
Boolc .K \2,CU 



Copyright^ .. 



COPYRIGHT DEPOSIT. 



t 

A ?T 

FIEST BOOK II LATH; 



CONTAINING 



GRAMMAR, EXERCISES, AND VOCABULARIES, 



ON THE METHOD OP 



CONSTANT IMITATION AND REPETITION. 



JOHN M'C LINTOCK, A.M., 



PROFESSOR OF LANGUAGES, 



GEORGE R. CROOKS, A.M., 

ADJUNCT PROFESSOR OF LANGUAGES IN DICKINSON COLLEGE. 



HARPER & BROTHERS, PUBLISHERS, 
82 CLIFF STREET, NEW YORK. 

1846. 



^A 






Entered, according to Act of Congress, in the year 1846, 

By Harper & Brothers, 

In the Clerk's Office of the Southern District of New York. 



PREFACE. 



This book is designed, as the title-page states, to 
contain within itself Grammar, Exercises, Reading- 
book, and Dictionary; in short, all that the pupil will 
need before commencing the regular reading of Cae- 
sar or any other easy Latin author. It has been pre- 
pared, as far as possible, on the following principles : 

1. The object of studying languages is twofold : (1), 
the acquisition of the languages themselves ; and (2), 
the mental discipline gained in acquiring them. 

2. No language can be thoroughly acquired with- 
out the outlay of much labour and time. All schemes 
which promise to dispense with such outlay must be 
pronounced visionary and chimerical. 

3. But labour without fruit does not contribute to 
mental cultivation. Labour and pain are not neces- 
sary companions : learning should not be " wrung 
from poor striplings like blood from the nose, or the 
plucking of untimely fruit." # 

4. The grammar of a language cannot be understood 
until the language itself is at least partially acquired. 

5. The vernacular may be learned, so far as its use 
is concerned, without grammar : a foreign living lan- 
guage may be so learned, but never so thoroughly, 
nor even so rapidly, as with grammatical aids. In the 
study of a dead language grammar is indispensable. 

6. "A grammar intended for beginners should be 
formed altogether differently from one intended for 

* Milton. 



IV PREFACE. 

the higher classes, both in the distribution of the mat- 
ter and in the mode of presenting it. Those who think 
that the pupil should use the same grammar from the 
beginning of his course to the end, are quite in error."* 

7. In elementary books, or in teaching, no etymo- 
logical form nor grammatical principle should be pre- 
sented to the pupil without an immediate application 
thereof to practice, which should be kept up, both 
orally and in writing, from the very first lesson. 

8. The all-important rule of practice, in the acqui- 
sition of language, is imitation and repetition. This 
is no new invention ; all good teachers have known 
and used it ; but yet it has been but slightly employ- 
ed in elementary books heretofore. 

9. Models for imitation should be simple at first, 
and gradually made more complicated ; but they 
should always be selected from pure authors, say, in 
Latin, from Cicero and Caesar. 

10. The pupil's ear should be trained to correct- 
ness from the beginning, and the simplest rules of 
prosody learned and applied as soon as possible. 
For this purpose, the quantity of all syllables should 
be marked in elementary books, and attention to it 
should be strictly enforced by the teacher. 

11. The foreign idiom, both as to the use and ar- 
rangement of words, should be made familiar to the 
pupil by constant practice. Nothing can be more 
hurtful than exercises in which foreign words are used 
in the idiom, and according to the arrangement of the 
vernacular. 

How far we have been successful in carrying out 
these principles, the book itself must show. 

* Kiihner • 



PREFACE. V 

We have aimed to combine the advantages of con- 
stant repetition and imitation of Latin sentences from 
the beginning, with a more thorough drilling in ety- 
mological forms than is common. In order to effect 
this combination, we have necessarily deviated from 
the ordinary grammatical course to some extent ; but 
we trust that experienced teachers will find, from an 
examination of the table of contents alone, that our 
arrangement is not devoid of systematic and even 
logical order. 

While we have not gone out of our way to bring in 
novelties, we have yet adopted every new method 
which we have deemed to be an improvement. None 
of the class-books of any repute in England or Ger- 
many have escaped our notice in the preparation of 
this work ; and we have made free use of them all, 
without slavish adherence to any. Perhaps the most 
marked peculiarity of the etymological part of the 
book will be found to be the doctrine of the genders of 
nouns of the third declension, which we have reduced, 
for the first time, to a form at once philosophical, we 
hope, and practical. * Some steps toward the meth- 
od here presented have been taken by Madvig, Weis- 
senborn, and others in Germany ; but none of these 
writers has brought out a clear exposition of the doc- 
trine, adapted to the actual purposes of instruction. 
The arrangement, also, of the verbs,f according to 
the formation of the perfect-stem, founded mainly 
upon the classification of Grotefend (better set forth 
by Allen), will be found, we trust, to be an improve- 
ment upon any yet offered. 

* The summary of rules, with all the exceptions, will be found to occu- 
py two pa^es only, viz., p. 132, 133. 
t Lessons lxii.-lxix., and p. 268-279. 

1* 



VI PREFACE. 



The Syntax, in its details, generally follows Zumpt ; 
but in the arrangement, especially of Part II., we 
have approached nearer to the plan of Billroth. 
The admirable syntax of Becker, adopted by Kuhner 
in his Greek and Latin Grammars, we deem too dif- 
ficult for beginners. 

The Exercises are selected, as far as possible, from 
Caesar's Gallic War. Although we have laboured 
hard to keep out bad Latin, we do not hope that all 
our sentences will escape criticism. We have found, 
from actual experiment in our classes, that the exer- 
cises to be rendered from English into Latin are 
within the capacity of any student of ordinary indus- 
try who studies the book in order ; and we do not 
know that this can be said of any book of the kind, 
of equal extent, in use among us. 

A few words as to the use of the book may not be 
out of place. Our own method has been to employ 
the lessons, for a considerable time at least, entirely 
in oral instruction, the teacher pronouncing first the 
Latin sentences distinctly, and requiring the pupil to 
give the corresponding English without book ; and 
then pronouncing the English sentences, and requi- 
ring the pupil to give the corresponding Latin. As 
the quantities are marked (in Part I.) in all syllables 
except those to which the general rules apply, we 
require the pupil to observe quantity in his pronun- 
ciation from the very beginning, so that he learns 
prosody by practice before the rules are given. For 
the purpose of review, the summary of Etymology 
(Part III.), which contains, in short compass, all that 
is necessary to be learned by heart, will be found 
very convenient. After the student has passed 



PREFACE. Vll 

through Parts I. and II., he will find little difficulty 
in committing accurately the Rules of Syntax (Part 
IV.), with most of which he will be already familiar. 
The Reading Lessons at the end will give him easy 
practice in the syntax* and in word-building. For 
the convenience of those who may need it, we have 
condensed into a few pages, in Appendix I., all of 
Prosody that is essential for the understanding of 
hexameter verse. 

The preparation of this book was originally sug- 
gested by our sense of the inadequacy of the ordina- 
ry modes of instruction, and especially by the ad- 
vantage which we ourselves had derived from the 
use of Ollendorff's method in the study of the Ger- 
man language. Finding that Rev. T. K. Arnold 
had prepared a series of books on the same principle, 
we used them in our own classes for some time, with 
a view to revising them for republication. They 
were found unsuited to our purpose in many respects, 
and we therefore formed the design of preparing an 
entirely new series, adapted to the use of American 
schools. The first of these is now presented to the 
public. 

Dickinson College, April 7, 1846. 

* # * In Part I. the quantity is marked on all syllables except those to 
which the general rules apply. At the beginning of Part II. additional 
rules of quantity are given, and the marks are subsequently omitted on 
many syllables, in order to afford the pupil exercise upon the rules. In the 
Syntax and Reading Lessons they are omitted almost entirely. Great pains 
have been taken to ensure accuracy in the marks of quantity, but we can- 
not hope to have avoided error entirely. 

* Our Second Book in Latin will contain a fuller development of Syntax, 
in a series of progressive exercises in writing Latin. 



TABLE OF CONTENTS. 



INTRODUCTION. 

Page 

} 1. Division of the Letters 1 

§ 2. Syllables, Quantity, Accent 1 

§3. Pronunciation . . 3 

§ 4. Division of "Words 4 

PART I. 

PARTIAL EXHIBITION OF THE FORMS OF "VVORDS. 

Summary of Essential Points 8 

§5. First Declension of Nouns. — First Conjugation of Verbs. (I. — V.) 10 
First Declension of Nouns, Nominative, Vocative, and Genitive 

Cases 10 

First Conjugation of Verbs, Intransitive 14 

First Declension of Nouns, Accusative Case. — First Conjuga- 
tion of Verbs, Transitive 17 

First Declension of Nouns, Dative and Ablative Cases . .19 
§ 6. Second Declension of Nouns. — Second Conjugation of Verbs. 

(VI.— VIII.) .22 

Second Declension, Masculine . . . . . . .22 

Second Declension, Neuter. — Second Conjugation of Verbs . 26 
$ 7. Adjectives of First Class, Three Endings. (IX. — X.) . . .28 

Forms of Adjectives in us, a, um 28 

Some forms of E s s e, to be 30 

§ 8. Third and Fourth Conjugations of Verbs. (XI.) . . .33 

§ 9. Passive Verbs. (XII.— XIII.) 36 

§ 10. Third Declension of Nouns, Partial Treatment. (XIV. — XV.) . 40 
§ 11. Adjectives of Second Class, Two Endings. (XVI.) . . .44 
§ 12. Adjectives of Third Class, One Ending. (XVII.) . . .46 
§ 13. Fourth Declension of Nouns. (XVIII.) . . . . .48 

§ 14. Fifth Declension of Nouns. (XIX.) 51 

§ 15. Pronouns. (XX.— XXXI.) 53 

Pronoun, Personal, 1st Person. Verb, 1st Person . . .53 
Pronoun, Personal, 2d Person. Verb, 2d Person . . .57 

Pronoun, Personal, 3d Person 61 

Pronouns, Demonstrative 63 

Pronoun, Relative 6S 

Pronoun, Interrogative 70 



X TABLE OP CONTENTS. 

Page 

Pronouns, Indefinite 72 

Pronouns, Correlative 74 

§ 16. Numerals. (XXXII.— XXXIII.) . . . .' . .77 

§ 17. Verbs of Third Conjugation in io. (XXXIV.) ... 81 

§18. Verbs, Deponent. (XXXV.) 83 

§ 19. Adverbs. (XXXVI.) 85 

§ 20. Prepositions. (XXXVII.— XXXVIII.) 88 

§ 21. Analysis of Tense formations. (XXXIX.— XLI.) ... 92 

PART II. 

FULLER EXHIBITION OF THE FORMS OF WORDS. 

§ 1. Additional Rules of Quantity 99 

§ 2. Tenses of Verbs for Completed Action, Partial Treatment. 

(XLIIL— XL VI.) 102 

Perfect Tenses of E s s e 102 

Perfect Tenses of 1st, 2d, and 4th Conjugations .... 104 

Perfect Tenses of 3d Conjugation 106 

§ 3. Third Declension of Nouns, Fuller Treatment. (XL VII. 

— LVII.) 110 

Irregular Nouns 129 

Summary of Rules of Gender, Third Declension . . . .132 
§4. Comparison of Adjectives. (LVIII. — LX.) .... 134 

§5. Comparison of Adverbs 140 

§ 6. Supine. (LXI.) . . .141 

§ 7. Tenses of Verbs for Completed Action, Active Voice. Fuller 

Treatment. (LXIL— LXIX.) .144 

Forms of Perfect Stem, 1st Conjugation 144 

Forms of Perfect Stem, 2d Conjugation 146 

Forms of Perfect Stem, 3d Conjugation 149 

Forms of Perfect Stem, 4th Conjugation 159 

§ 8. Tenses for Completed Action, Passive Voice. (LXX.) . .162 

I 9. Participles. (LXXL— LXXV.) 165 

Present Participle Active .165 

Future Participle Active 168 

Perfect Participle Passive .' 170 

Ablative Absolute 172 

§ 10. Infinitive. (LXXVL— LXXIX.) 176 

Forms of Infinitive 176 

Accusative with Infinitive 178 

§ 11. Gerund. (LXXX.) 184 

§ 12. Gerundive. (L XXXI.— L XXXII.) 187 

Gerundive used for Gerund 187 

Gerundive used to express Duty or Necessity .... 189 

$ 13. Imperative Mood. (L XXXIII.) 192 

§ 14. Sentences 194 

$ 15. Conjunctions. (L XXXI V.—L XXXV.) 195 



TABLE OF CONTENTS. XI 

§ 16. Subjunctive Mood, (LXXXVL— XCIH.) 199 

Subjunctive Present 199 

Subjunctive Perfect 202 

Subjunctive Imperfect and Pluperfect. Conditional Sen- 
tences 205 

Subjunctive with u t, n e (Purpose) 209 

Subjunctive with ut (Consequence). Succession of Tenses .212 
Subjunctive with quin, quo, quominus. Periphrastic Forms 214 

Subjunctive with quum 217 

Subjunctive in Relative Sentences 220 

§ 17. Oratio Obliqua. (XCIV.) 223 

§ 18. Impersonal Verbs. (XCV.— XCVI.) 226 

1 19. Irregular Verbs. (XCVIL— CI.) 230 

Posse 230 

Velle, Nolle, Malle 232 

Ferre ....'....;.. 234 

Fieri, Edere 236 

Ire, Quire, Nequire 238 

§ 20. Defective Verbs. (CII.) 241 

part in. 

SUMMARY OF ETYMOLOGY. 

§ 1. Letters, Quantity, fyc. . 247 

§ 2. Noun 248 

§ 3. Adjective 251 

§ 4. Numerals 254 

§ 5. Pronoun 255 

§6. Verb 258 

1. Classes of Verbs 258 

2. Parts of the Verb 258 

3. Conjugation 259 

4. The Auxiliary E s s e, to be 260 

5. Paradigms of Regular Verbs 261 

6. Verbs in io of the 3d Conjugation 266 

7. Deponent Verbs 266 

8. Periphrastic Conjugation 266 

9. Formation of Perfect Stem 267 

10. Lists of Verbs, with various Perfects and Supines . . . 268 

First Conjugation 263 

Second Conjugation 269 

Third Conjugation 271 

Fourth Conjugation 276 

Deponent Verbs 277 

Inchoative Verbs 279 

11. Irregular Verbs, Paradigms 279 

12. Defective Verbs 282 



Xii TABLE OF CONTENTS. 

Page 

13. Impersonal Verbs . 283 

$ 7. Adverb 285 

§ 8. Preposition 288 

§ 9. Conjunction 289 

§ 10. Interjection 290 

PART IV. 

SUMMARY OF SYNTAX. 
PART I. SIMPLE SENTENCES. 

I. Subject and Predicate 293 

II. Use of Cases 295 

Nominative 295 

Genitive 295 

Dative 298 

Accusative 300 

Ablative . . . . * . . . . . . .302 

UL Use of the Indefinite Verb 306 

Infinitive . - 306 

Participle 307 

Gerund 308 

Gerundive 308 

Supine 309 

PART II. COMPOUND SENTENCES. 

I. Co-ordinate Sentences 310 

II. Subordinate Sentences . . 310 

A. Participial Sentences . 311 

B. Accusative with Infinitive 312 

C. Conjunctive Sentences . 313 

D. Relative Sentences 316 

E. Interrogative Sentences 318 

Oratio Obliqua . . . 319 

Appendix I. Prosody 323 

Appendix II. Greek Nouns . . 326 

Appendix III. The Calendar .327 

Appendix IV. Abbreviations 329 

"Word-building 333 

Reading Lessons 340 

Latin-English Vocabulary 355 

English-Latin Vocabulary 383 



INTRODUCTION* 



§ 1. DIVISION OF THE LETTERS. 

(1.) The letters are the same as in English, with 
the omission of wj^ k is used in but few words, and y 
and zjmly in words borrowed from the Greek. 

(2.) Six are vowels. 1 viz., «, e, % o 9 u,y : the remaining 
nineteen are consonants. 2 

1 Sounds formed by an u mjiterrurrt ed emission of the air from the throat. 
Called vowels (vocales = sotrrrdmg letters), because capable of being 
sounded by themselves. 

a Sounds formed by interrupting the emission of air from the throat. 
Called consonants (con-sonare = to sound together), because incapable 
of being sounded by themselves. 

(3.) The consonants are divided into 

(a) Liquids, 3 I, m, n, r; 

(b) Spirants, 3 /z, s,jf 

(c) Mutes, 3 6, c, d,f, g, Jc, p, q, t] v; 

3 The Liquids are formed by a partial interruption of the voice ; the Spi- 
rants chiefly by the breath ; and the Mutes by a more complete interrup- 
tion of the passage of the air from the tliroat. i7is regarded, indeed, sim- 
ply as an aspiration, though in many words it fills the place of a conso- 
nant. 

(d) Double consonants, 4 x; z. 

4 JTis compounded of c s, gs, and z (occurring only in Greek words) of d s. 

(4.) The union of two vowels into one syllable forms 
a diphthong. These are, in Latin, au, e u, ae, o e (gen- 
erally written ce, «), and, in a few words, ei, oi, ui. 

§ 2. SYLLABLES, QUANTITY, ACCENT. 

(5.) Every word contains as many syllables as vow- 
els ; e. g., mil e s, a soldier, is not pronounced in one syl- 
lable, as the English word miles, but in two, mi-les. 

(6.) The quantity of syllables (that is, their length 

* This Introduction may be omitted by very young pupils in their first 
study of the work ; but the references to it in the subsequent lessons 
Bhould be carefully attended to. 



2 ClUANTITY. ACCENT. 

or shortness) depends upon that of the vowels which 
they contain. The dash ("*") placed over a vowel de- 
notes that it is long ; the semicircle ( w ), that it is short. 
A vowel that may be used either as long or short is 
marked ( r ), and is said to be common. 

(7.) The following rules for the quantity of sylla- 
bles must be carefully observed : 

(a) All diphthongs are long ; e. g., mens-se, tables; 
aTu-rum, gold. 

(b) A vowel followed by another vowel is short ; 
e, g., Deus, God. 

This rule applies, even though h intervene between the two vowels, as 
h is not regarded as a consonant (3, b, n. 3) ; e. g., traho, veho. 

(c) A vowel followed by two consonants, or a doub- 
le one (3, d), is long by position ; e. g., in am ant, the 
a before nt is long by position. 

[JSP [Every syllable to which none of these three rules is applicable will be 
marked with its proper quantity in the following pages, until other rules are given.] 

(8.) A word of but one syllable is called a Monosyl- 
lable ; of two, a Dissyllable ; of more than two, a Pol- 
ysyllable. Thus, lex is a monosyllable ; leg is, a dis- 
syllable ; in col as, a polysyllable. 

(9.) The last syllable of a word is called the yjtir 
mate ; the next to the last, the penult ; the second from 
the last, the antepenult. Thus, in the word incolas, 
the syllable lalfTs the ultimate, co, the penult, and in 
the antepenult. 

(10.) The accent of a syllable is a stress or eleva- 
tioji of the voice in pronouncing it. Observe the fol- 
lowing rules : 

(a) Every dissyllable is accented on the penult ; e. 
g., bonus, pono. 

(b) Every polysyllable is accented, 

1. On the penult, when the penult is long ; e. g., 
amare. 



PRONUNCIATION. 3 

2. On the antepenult, when the penult is short; 
e.g., animus. 

§ 3. PRONUNCIATION. 

(11.) [Almost every modern nation has its own way of pronouncing Lat- 
in. But as the vowels have nearly the same sounds in all the different 
countries of Continental Europe, there is something approaching to uni- 
formity in their pronunciation ; the English, however, give peculiar 
sounds to some of the vowels, and they pronounce Latin, therefore, unlike 
all the rest of the world. In this country two methods prevail, which, for 
convenience' sake, may be called the Continental and the English. We 
give them both, stating, at the same time, our decided preference for the 
first, both on the score of consistency and convenience. In both methods 
the consonants are pronounced nearly as in English.] 

(a) The Continental Method. 

Table of Vowel Sounds. 

Short a, as in hat. Long I, as in machine. 

Long a, as in father. Short 6, as in not. 

Short e, as in net. Long 6, as in no. 

Long e, as in there. Short u, as in tub. 

Short I, as in sit. Long u, as in full. 

Diphthongs. 

se or ce, as e in there. 

au, as ou in our. 

eu, as eu in feud. 

ei (rarely occurring), as i in nice. 

(b) The English Method. 
The vowels have the English long or short sounds. 
Exc. A final, in words of more than one syllable, 
has a broad sound ; as, fama (fame-ah). 

Monosyllables. 

In monosyllables, if the vowel be the last letter, it 
has the long sound ; as me, do ; if any other letter, the 
short sound ; as e L 6i>. 



4 DIVISION OF WORDS. 

Dissyllables and Polysyllables. 

(1.) The vowel of an accented penult has the long 
sound, 

(a) Before another vowel ; as, D e us. 

(b) Before a single consonant; as 9 J 6 vis. 
It has the short sound, 

(a) Before two consonants, or a double consonant ; 
as, mundus, rexit. 

(2.) The vowel of an acc ented antepe nult has the 
short sound ; as, regibus. 

(3.) An accentea^vTrw&\ before a mute and liquid 
has usually the long sound ; as, s a era. 

§ 4. DIVISION OF WORDS. 

(12.) I. Words are divided, according to their sig- 
nification, into eight classes, called Parts of Speech, 
viz., Noun, Adjective, Pronoun, Verb, Adverb, Prep- 
osition, Conjunction, Interjection. 

(13.) The Noun is the name of an object (person, 
or thing) ; e. g., John, man, house. 

Nouns are divided into, 

(a) Proper, denoting individual objects ; e.g., John, 
Ccesar, Rome. 

(b) Common, denoting one or more of a class of 
objects ; e. g., man, house, horses. 

(c) Abstract, denoting a quality; e. g., goodness, 
haste, virtue. 

(14.) The Adjective expresses a quality or property 
belonging to an object ; e. g., good, small ; as, a good 
boy, a small house. 

(15.) The Pronoun is a substitute for the noun; e. 
g., he, she, it, are substitutes for man, woman, book. 

(16.) The Verb declares something of a person or 
thing. 



DIVISION OF WORDS. 5 

E. g., the boy dances ; the boy sleeps ; the boy is good. (In this 
last case the quality "good" is affirmed of "boy," by means of 
the verb is.) 
52IP 5 Participles, Gerunds, and Supines are words partaking in the 
meaning of the verb, and in the form of the noun. 

(17,) The Adverb qualifies the meaning of a verb, 
adjective, or other adverb ; e. g., the boy learns rapid- 
ly ; the boy is remarkably faithful ; the boy learns very 
rapidly. 

(18.) Prepositions express the relations of objects 
simply ; e. g.,from me ; in the house. 

(19.) Conjunctions connect words and sentences ; 
e. g m , Thomas and John went to town ; Thomas went, 
but John remained. 

(20.) Interjections are merely signs of emotion ; e. 
g], alas!) 

(21.) II. Words are divided, according to their 
form, into, 

(1) Four inflected, viz., Noun, Adjective, Pronoun, 
Verb. < " " ' ' -^ 

(2)Pour uninfected, viz.. Adverb, Preposition, Con- 
junction, Interjection. 

Rem. Inflection is the variation of a word to express different rela- 
tions ; e. g., boy, boys, the boy's hat ; I love, I am \o\ed, &c. The in- 
flection of Nouns is called Declension ; of Verbs, Conjugation. The 
Latin language makes much more use of inflection than the English. 

(22.) III. Words are divided, according to their jfo?-- 
mation, into, 

(1) Derivative, i. e., derived from other words. 

(2) Primitive, i. e., not derived from other words. 

E. g., manly, manhood, are derivatives from the primitive man. 

(3) Compound, i. e., made up by the union of two 
or more words. 

(4.) Simple, i. e., not so made up. 

E. g., m an-kind is a compound, made up of the two simple words 
man and kind. 

A 2 



PART I. 



PARTIAL EXHIBITION OF THE FORMS OF WORDS, 



INCLUDING 



TENSES OF VERBS FOR INCOMPLETE ACTION. 



SUMMARY. 



[The rules and statements on this page and the following are to be 
thoroughly learned, as they must be applied constantly.] 

(23.) Of the Letters. 

(1) Six are vowels, a, e, i, o, u, y ; 

(2) Four liquids, I, m, n, r ; 

(3) Three c-sounds, c, g, q ; 

(4) Two ^p-sounds, b, p ; 

(5) Two ^-sounds, d, t ; 

(6) Two double consonants, x, z. 

(7) The diphthongs are au, eu, ae, oe (and rarely ei, oi, 
ui)> 

(24.) General Rules of Quantity. 

(1) A vowel before another is short ; e. g., via. 

(2) A vowel before two consonants, or a double one, is 
long by position ; e. g., am a nt. 

[As a mute followed by a liquid causes some exceptions to this 
rule, we shall mark the quantity, in that case, doubtful ; thus, 
I gri.] 

(3) All diphthongs axe long ; e. g., mens e§, au-rum. 

[In the following pages of Part I., the quantity of all syllables is 
marked, except those which are covered by the above rules.] 

(25.) General Rules of Gender. 

[In English, gender is determined by sex alone ; e. g., man is mas- 
culine, woman feminine. But in Latin, gender is determined partly by 
the meaning of nouns, and partly by their endings. The general rules 
here given from the meanings apply to nouns of all the declensions.] 



SUMMARY. 9 

I. Masculines: Names of male beings ; of most rivers, 
wvnds, mountains, months, and nations. 

II. Feminines : Names of female beings, cities, countries, 
trees, plants, and islands. 

III. Neuters : All indeclinable words. 

IV. Common : Such as have but one form for masculine 

and feminine ; e. g., exul,«n exile (male or female). 
[These four rules are contained in the following verses.] 

(25. a.) Males, rivers, winds, and mountains most we find 
With months and nations Masculine declined; 
'But females, cities, countries, trees we name, 
As Feminine ; most islands, too, the same. 
Common are such as both the genders take, ■ 
And Neuter all words undeclined we make. 

[There are many exceptions from these rules, which must be learned 
by observation.] 

Explanation of Marks and Abbreviations. 
The mark w indicates a short vowel. 
" " — indicates a long vowel. 

" " = indicates that two words or phrases are equiv- 
alent to each other. 
" " -{- between two words shows that they are com- 
pounded together. 
e. g. means, for example (exempli gratia). 
Passages in brackets [ ] are not meant to be committed to 
memory. 

In the Exercises, words in parentheses ( ) are not meant 
to be translated. 

The References are made to paragraphs, not to pages. 
In a reference, R. means Remark ; N. means foot-note. 



§ 5. 

FIRST DECLENSION OF NOUNS.— FIRST CON- 
JUGATION OF VERBS. (I.— V.) 



LESSON I. 

First Declension of Nouns. — Nominative, Vocative, and 

Genitive Cases. 

(26.) Examples. 

(a) Shade or shadow, 



(b) Of the shade, 

(c) The wood, 

(d) Of the wood, 



Umbra. 
Umbrae. 
Sylva. 
Sylvse. 



(27.) The Latin has no article. Umbra may be a 
shade, or tjie shade, according to its connection with 
other words. 

(28.) The words umbra and sylva are names of 
things belonging to certain classes, and are, therefore, 
common nouns (13, b). 

(29.) In English, certain words (of, with, by, &c.) 
are generally placed before nouns, to express their re- 
lations to other words ; e. g., of the wood, &c. ; but in 
Latin these relations are commonly indicated by dif- 
ferent endings of the noun (21, (2),R.) ; e. g., sylv-a, 
the wood; sylv-se, of the wood. 

(30.) That part of the noun to which the ending is 
added is called the stem; e. g., sylv- is the stem of 
sylv-a; terr- is the stem of terr-a, the earth. 

(31.) There are in Latin six endings, which, added 
to the stem, form six cases, the Nominative, Genitive, 
Dative, Accusative, Vocative, Ablative. 

(32.) And as we may speak of objects as one or 
more, there are two numbers, the singular and plural, 



FIRST DECLENSION. 11 

distinguished by their endings ; e. g., umbra, the shad- 
ow ; umbrse, the shadows. 

(33.) In this lesson we shall use but three cases, the 
nominative, vocative, and genitive. 

(a) The nominative answers to the question who? 
or what ? and gives the simple name of the thing spok- 
en of. In the example (26, a), umbra, shade, is in the 
nominative. 

(b) The same form of the noun, when spoken to, is 
called the vocative ; e. g., umbra, shade ; O shade ! 

(c) The genitive expresses, in general, those rela- 
tions which are expressed in English by the possessive 
case, or by the preposition of, and answers to the ques- 
tion whose? of whom? of what? e. g., umbra, the 
shade (of what?), sylvae (of the wood). Here sylvae 
is in the genitive. 

(34.) There are five declensions of nouns, distin- 
guished from each other by the endings of the geni- 
tive singular. In this lesson we shall use only nouns 
of the 

FIRST DECLENSION. 

Case-Endings and Paradigm. — Nominative and Gen- 
itive. 

(a) E>~DI> T GS. 



Nona, and Voc. 
Gen. 


S;n £ . 

a 


Plur. 
3d 

arum. 



(b) By adding these endings to the stem sylv-, we 
get the following 

PARTIAL PARADIGM. 



Nom. and Voc. 
Gen. 



Sing. riur. 

sylv-a, the wood ; O wood ! sylv-se, the woods ; O woods ! 
sylv-ae, of the wood. \ sylv-arum, of the woods. 



(36.) (a) Thus, nouns of the first declension have the noin. 
and voc. ending a (short), and the gen. ending ae (long, 24, 3). 



12 FIRST DECLENSION. 

(b) The penult a of the gen. pi. is long, (c) They are of the 
feminine gender, except the names of men or male beings, or 
rivers: thus, sy iv-a is fern.; but naut-a, a sailor, poet-a, 
a poet, and the like, are masc. 

[A few Greek nouns of this declension end in e fern., and as, es, masc. 
See Appendix.] 

(37.) EXERCISE. 

[In the Vocabularies, the nom. case is always given, with the genitive 
ending subjoined.] 

I. Vocabulary. 

Queen, regina, 39. 
Croion, corona, ae. 
Wing, ala, ae. 
''Dove, columba, ae. 
Feather, pluma, ae. 
Daughter, f ilia, ae. 
A Celt, Celta, ae. 
Farmer, agricola, ae. (m.) 
Rose, rosa, oe. 
Maid-servant, ancilla, ae. 

II. Translate "into Latin. 

Of a crown. — Of a queen. — O Galba ! — Of crowns. — Of a 
feather. — Of eagles. — Of the Celt. — Wings. — Hoses. — Of 
doves. — Of injuries. — Of a daughter. — O daughter! — Of the 
province. — Languages. — Provinces. — Belgians. — Of the prov- 
inces. — Of the maid-servant. — O maid-servant ! — The farmers. 
— O farmer!— Of memory. — O Belgian! — Of Gaul. — The 
eagles. 

III. Answer the questions in the foot-note.* 

[A few questions are subjoined in the foot-notes, merely as specimens to 
the first lessons.] 



Galba, Gralba, ae. (w.) 

Flight, fuga, ae. 

Province, provincia, ae. 

Memory, recollection, memoria, ae. 

Gaul, Gallia, ae. 

Eagle, aquila, ae. 

A Belgian, Belga, ae. 

Injury, injuria, ae. 

Language, lingua, ae. 



LESSON II. 
First Declension of Nouns. — Nominative, Vocative, and 
Genitive Cases. 
(38.) Examples, 
(a) The queen's crown. \ Corona reginse. 

* What is the quantity of u in umbra ? (24, 2.) Of ae in sylv-ae ? (24, 3.) 
Of u in columba ? (24,2.) Of the penult (9) in f Ilia ? (24,1.) Of i in 
Hnc-na? Of i in ancilla ? (24, 2.) 



FIRST DECLENSION. 



13 



(a) Rule of Position. — The genitive (when unemphatic) 
stands after the noun on which it depends; e. g., re- 
g 1 n ae in (a) stands after corona. 

(h) The queen's crown (i.e., Re gin as corona. 
not the king's). 

(b) Rule of Position. — The genitive (when emphatic) 
stands before the noun on which it depends ; e. g., in (b) 
reginse stands before corona. 

[Words in the exercises considered emphatic are in italics.] 

(39.) 



EXERCISE. 

I. Translate into English. 
Ala columbae. Rosa ancillas. 
Piuma aquilas, Galbce f iiga. 
O regina (voc). Provincia Galliae. 
Filia agricolae. Memoria fugas. 
Regince f ilia. O f ilia ! 
Columbce pluma. Aquilarum fuga. 

II. Answer the questions in the foot-note * 

III. Translate into Latin. 

The wings of eagles. 
O eagle. 

Galba's daughter. 
The shades of the woods 



Fuga Belgarum. 
Plumas aquilarum. 
Injilridriim memoria. 
Lingua Celtarum. 
Filiae reginarum. 
Lingua Belgarum. 



The queen's dove. 
The farmer's eagle. 
The flight of doves. 
The girl's rose. 
The queen's opinion. 
The flight of the Celts. 
The wings of the doves 



The memory of the queen. 

The girl's dove. 

The language of the province. 



The recollection of an injury. O Belgians ! 

O Celts ! The flight of the queen. 



* 1. What is the quantity of the ultimate (9) of a n c i 1 1 ae ? Why ? (24, 
3.) Of its penult? (9.) Why? (24,2.) Of the penult of G alii se ? Why? 
(24. 1.) 

2. "What is the quantity of a in i n j u r i a r u m ? (366.) in memoria? 
(36, a.) 

3. What is the stem ofcolumba, a 1 a, r o s a ? &c. (30.) 

4. What is the gender of ro s a, al a, fuga? &c. (36, c.) W r l\at is the 
gender ofG-alba, agricola? (25, a.) 

5. What is the case of r o s a, p r o v i n c i ce, i n j u r i a r u m, m e m o- 
r i a ? What their number ? 

6. How many cases have Latin nouns ? (31.) Whnt are they ? (31.) 



B 



14 FIRST DECLENSION. 

LESSON III. 
First Declension of Nouns. — Nominative and Genitive 
Cases. — First Conjugation of Verbs. — Intransitives. 
(40.) Examples. 



To fly, 
To dance, 

(a) The eagle flies, 

(b) The girl dances, 



volare. 
saltare. 
aquila volat. 
puella saltat. 



(41.) SUBJECT AND PREDICATE. 

(a.) Every sentence (e. g., the eagle flies) consists 
of two parts: 

1. The subject, i. e., that of which something is de- 
clared (a noun, or some word used instead of a noun) ; 
e. g., eagle. 

2. The predicate, i. e., that which is declared of 
the subject (generally a verb) ; e. g., flies. 

Rem. The predicate is frequently an adjective or participle connected 
with the subject by the verb is ; e. g., the rose is sweet. 

(b.) The verb in the predicate agrees with the sub- 
ject in number and person; e. g.,the eagle flies: here 
flies is in the third person singular, to agree with eagle. 



(42.) Active Verbs are those which express activi- 
ty ; e. g., the eagle flies, the boy dances. Active verbs 
are either 

(a) Transitive, i. e., such as require an object to 
complete their meaning ; e. g., the boy killed (whom ? 
or what ?) the squirrel. Here killed is a transitive verb. 

(b) Intransitive, i. e., such as do not require an ob- 
ject ; e. g., the birds fly ; the boy dances. 

[All the verbs used in this lesson are intransitives.] 

(43.) (a) The infinitive form of a verb expresses 
its action indefinitely, without reference to person or 
time ; e. g., to dance, to plough. 



FIRST CONJUGATION OF VERBS. 15 

(b) The indicative mood of a verb expresses its 
action definitely, as a fact or question ; e.g., he ploughs. 
Does he dance? 

[The imperative and subjunctive moods are treated of here- 
after.] 

(44.) Tenses. 

(a) The present tense expresses incomplete action 
in present time ; e. g. 9 I am ploughing, I plough. 

(b) The imperfect tense expresses incomplete ac- 
tion in past time; e.g., I was ploughing, I ploughed. 

(c) The future tense expresses incomplete action in 
future time ; e. g., I shall be ploughing, I shall plough. 

[Rem. As these three forms all express imperfect or incomplete action, 
they should be called Present Imperfect, Past Imperfect, Future Im- 
perfect. But as the present names are fixed by almost universal 
usage, we retain them ; advising the student to fix distinctly in his 
mind the principle that these forms properly express action as con- 
tinuing or incomplete. The tense-forms for completed action will be 
given hereafter.] 

(45.) Conjugations. 

(a) In Latin, the different moods, tenses, numbers, 
and persons of verbs are expressed by various end- 
ings ; and the affixing of these to the proper stem of 
the verb is called conjugation. (21, Rem.) 

(6) There are four conjugations of verbs, distin- 
guished by their infinitive-endings. 

(c) The infinitive-ending of the first conjugation is 
are (along) ; e.g., vol-are, to fly ; ar-are, to plough. 

(rf) To find the stem of any verb, strike off the in- 
finitive-ending ; e. g., vol-are, stem vol-; ar-are, 
stem ar-. To form any mood, tense, &c, of a verb, 
affix the proper ending to the stem thus found. 



16 



FIRST CONJUGATION. INTRANSIT1VES. 



(46.) SOME ENDINGS OF THE FIRST CONJUGATION. 



[P 


infinitive, are. 




INDICATIVE. 


| 3d Sing. 
3d Plural. 


Present. 

at. 
ant. 


Imperfect. 

abat. 
abant. 


Future. 

abit. 
abunt. 



(47.) By affixing these endings to the stem v 6 1-, 
we get the following 



PARTIAL PARADIGM. 





infinitive, vol-are, to fly. 




INDICATIVE. 


3d Sing. 
3d Plur. 


Present. 

vol-at, he, she, 

it flies. 
vol-ant, tliey 

fly- 


Imperfect. 

vol-abat, he, she, it 

was flying. 
vol-abant, they were 

flying. 


Future. 

vol-abit, he, she, it 

toillfly. 
vol- abunt, they will 

fly- 



Rem. In Latin we need not use the personal pronouns he, she, it, or 
they, with the verb, as in English, because the person-endings t and 
n t indicate the person sufficiently.* 
(48.) EXERCISE. 

I. Vocabulary. 



Girl, puella, se. 
Forces, copios,t arum (pi.), 
Sailor, nauta, oe (m.). 
A Belgian, Belga, 89. 
To hasten, festln-are. 
To watch, vigil-are. 



Galbd, Galba, 39. 

To fly, vol-are. 

To dance, salt-are. 

To cry out, exclam-are. 

To sup, ccen-are. 

To walk, ambul-are. 



II. Example. 

The eagle flies. J A qui la volat. 
Rule of Position. — The subject nominative generally pre- 
cedes the verb; e. g., in the above example, aquila 
precedes volat. 

[In the above example, which word is the subject ? Why ? (41, a, 1.) 
Which the predicate? Why 1 (41, a, 2.) How does volat agree with 
aquila? Why? (41, b.)] 

III. Translate into English. 

Columbae volant. — Ancilla saltat. — Puellae exclamant. — Re- 
gina coenabat. — Puella ambulabat. — Copiae festinant. — Aqui- 
lae volabant. — Galba festinabit. — Regina saltat. — Nautae vigi- 
labant. — Filia reginas saltabit. — Belgae festinant. — Filia Gal- 

* But when a new subject is introduced, or emphasis is required, the 
personal pronoun must be used in Latin. 

t Copia, in the singular, means abundance; in the plural, forces. 



FIRST CONJUGATION. TRANSITIVES. 17 

bae exclamat. — Puellae ambiilabant. — Copiae Belgamm festlna. 
bunt.- — Saltabant. — Ambulabant. — Ccenabunt. — Nauta ambula^ 
bit. — Vigilabunt. — Nautse saltant. — Agricola coenabit. 

IV. Answer the questions in the foot-note.* 

V. Translate into Latin. 

The dove flies. — The girl walks. — The maid-servant hastens. 
— The sailors dance. — The queen's maid- servant cries out. — The 
farmer was supping. — The queen will sup. — The sailor was 
watching. — The farmer's daughter will dance. — The girl's dove 
will fly. — The queen's maid-servant will walk. — She was hast- 
ening. — They were watching. — He (or she) was supping. — 
The eagles were flying. — Galba was hastening. — The forces of 
the Belgians will hasten. — Eagles will fly. — The sailors were 
crying out. — The queen was walking. 



LESSON IV. 
First Declension of Nouns, Accusative Case. — First 
Conjugation of' Verbs, Transitives. 
(49.) To love, 

Queen, 
Daughter, 
(a) The queen loves her 
daughter. 



am-are. 

regina. 
fllia. 



Regina f 1 1 i a m a m a t. 
The queen her-daughter loves. 

Rem. The possessives, his, her, &c, are not expressed in Latin, except 
for the sake of perspicuity or emphasis. 

(50.) (a) It has been stated (41) that every sentence 
consists of two parts, subject and predicate ; so the 
English sentence (49, a) contains the subject, queen, and 
the predicate, loves. But this predicate is limited by 

* What is the quantity of the ultimate of Columhcz ? Why ? (24, 3.) Of 
the penult? Why? (24,2.) Of the ultimate a of puella? (36, a.) Of the pe- 
nult? (24,2.) Why? Of the antepenult ? Why? (24,1.) Whatkindof 
action does volant express ? (44, a.) In what time ? What kind does am- 
bulabal ? (44, b.) In what time ? In what tenses may incomplete action 
be expressed ? (Pres., past, and fut.) What is the stem of volant ? Of ex- 
clamant ? Of ccenabant ? [The stem may be found by striking off any 
tense-ending.] Why can the personal pronoun be omitted in Latin? (47, 
Rem.) When must it be used ? (47, Rem., N.) 

B2 



18 OBJECT ACCUSATIVE. 

the word daughter, which is called the direct object of 
the verb. So, in the Latin sentence (49, a), we have, 

Subject. Direct object. Predicate. 

Regina. filiam. amat. 

(b) A verb thus taking an object is called a Trans- 
itive verb (42, a), and its direct object is said to be 
in the Objective case in English (e. g., daughter), and 
in the Accusative case in Latin (e. g., fill am). We 
have thus the following : 

(51.) Rules of Syntax, 

(a) The Accusative is the case of the direct object. 

(b) Transitive verbs govern the accusative. 

(52.) The accusative-endings of the first declension are, 
Sing, am; e. g., fili-am, regm-am, daughter, queen. 
Plur. as ; e. g., fili-as, regin-as, daughters, queens. 

(53.) EXERCISE. 

I. Vocabulary. 

Moon, lima, oe. 

To delight, delectare. 

Medicine, medicma, ee. 



To take possession of; ) occip§r6> 

or, to seize, ) 

Island, insula, as. 
To call, vocare. 
To (prep.), l ad. (with accus.). 
Poet, poeta, se. 
To praise, laudare. 
To love, am are. 
Earth, terra, as. 



To prepare, parare. 

8hade or Umbra, *. 
Shadow, > 

To obscure, obscurare. 

To arm, armare. 

Through (prep.), per (with ace). 

II. Example. 

The poet praises the queen. I Poeta reginamlaudat. 
Rule of Position. — The object accusative stands before the 
transitive verb ; e. g., in the above example, the object 
re gin am stands before the transitive verb laud at. 

III. Translate into English. 

Luna nautas delectat. — Agricola f Ilias amat. — Ancillse medl- 
cinam parant. — Umbra terrse (33, c) lunam obscurat. — Nautae 
reginam laudant. — Galba copias armabat. — Umbra sylvarum 
agi-icolas delectat. — Galba sylvas occupat. — Copise Belgarum 
sylvas occupabant. — Columbse per sylvas volabant. — Regina 
ancillas vocat. — Ancillae reginam amant. — Agricola f lliam voca- 



FIRST DECLENSION. DATIVE AND ABLATIVE. 19 

bat. — Regina poetam laudabit. — Rosse ancillas delectant. — Co- 
pias armabunt (47, Rem.). — Sylvas occupabunt (47 Rem.). 

IV. Answer the questions in the foot-note .* 

V. Translate into Latin. 

The moon delights the farmer. — The farmer's daughter (38, b) 
prepares the medicine. — The eagle's feathers delight the queen. 
— The Belgians arm (their) forces. — The shade of the wood de- 
lights the poet. — Galba will take possession of the wood. — 
(They) walk through the woods. — (They) take possession of the 
island.— The farmer loves (his) daughter. — The farmer's daugh- 
ter praises the poet. — The queen will call the maid-servants. — 
The queen loves (her) maid-servants. — The shadow of the 
earth will obscure the moon. — The poet will praise the sailors. 



LESSON V. 

First Declension. — Dative and Ablative Cases. 
(54.) The dative case of nouns expresses the object 
to or for which any thing is done ; e. g., the man gives 
(to) the boy a book. Here boy is in the dative case. 

Rem. The accusative case, book, is the direct object of the verb gives ; 
the dative, boy, the remote object. 

(55.) (a) The ablative case of nouns expresses the 
person or thing with, from, in, or by which any thing 
is done ; e. g., he filled the cup with wine. Here, with 
wine would be expressed in Latin by one word, in the 
ablative. 

(b) The ablative is also governed by prepositions 
expressing the relations with, from, by, &c. 

(56.) The Dative endings are, Sing, ae : Plur. Is 
(long). 

* (I.) What pronouns are not expressed in Latin? (47,R.,49,R.) For what 
purpose are they sometimes used ? (2.) By what is the transitive verb 
limited? (By a direct object.) What is the case of the direct object in 
Latin ? (51, a.) What is the direct object of a in a t, 1 a u d a t ? &c. 



20 



DATIVE AND ABLATIVE. 



The Ablative endings are. Sing, a (long) : Plur. Is 
(long). 

(57.) FIRST DECLENSION. 

CASE-ENDINGS AND PARADIGM COMPLETE. 





Singular. 


Plural. 


Norn. 


a. 


89. 


Gen. 


se. 


arum. 


Dat. 


38. 


is. 


Ace. 


am. 


as. 


Voc. 


a. 


89. 


Abl. 


a. 


Is. 





Singular. 


Plural. 


Nom. 


sylv-a, a wood. 


sylv-39, woods. 


Gen. 


sylv-39, of a ivood. 


sylv-arum, oj woods. 


Dat. 


sylv-39, to a wood. 


sylv-Is, to woods. 


Ace. 


sylv-am, a wood. 


sylv-as, woods. 


Voc. 


sylv-a, O wood ! 


sylv-39, O woods ! 


Abl. 


sylv-a, ivith, &c, a wood. 


sylv-Is, with, &c, woods. 



Rem. Some nouns of this declension are used only in the plural; 
viz., d I v 1 1 i 83, riches ; n u p t i 89, a marriage ; i n s i d i ae, an ambush. 
(58.) EXERCISE. 

I. Vocabulary. 



Way, via, 39. 

To show, monstrare. 

Ambush, or snares, insidio?, arum 

(used only in the pi.). 
Wild beast, fera, 39. 
To give, dare.* 
To beseech, obsecrare. 
Letter, litters, arum.t 
Friendship, amicitia. 

II. Examples. 

(a) The farmer shows the 
way to the girls. 



* confirmare. 



To establish, 
To strengthen 
With (prep.), cum (governing the ab- 
lative case). 
To abound, abundare 3 (with abl.). 
Deserter, perfuga, 39. 
Tear, iacryma, 39. 
Inhabitant, incola, 33 (25, IV.). 



Agricola puellisviam mon- 
strat. 

Rule of Position. — The remote object usually precedes 
the direct; e. g., in example (a), puellts precedes mam. 
(b) The queen walks with the j Regina ciim ancillis ambu- 
maid-servants. 1 lat. 

Rule of Position. — The preposition and its noun precede 
the verb; e. g., in example (&), the words cum ancillis 
precede ambuldt. 

* Dare has a short before re. 

t LittSra, sing., means a letter (as of the alphabet) ; Htteros, plur., a 
letter = an epistle. 



FIRST DECLENSION. 21 

III. Translate into English. 

Galba insidias parat. — Galba Belgis (54) insidias parat. — Bel- 
gae amieitiam confirmant. — Belgae cum regina amici tiara confir- 
mant. — Insula fens* abundat. — Poeta reginae (dat., 54) rosam 
dabat. — Copias per insiilam festinant. — Perfugse reginam obse- 
crabant. — Perfugae cum laci*5*mis reginam obsecrabant. — Per- 
fuga reginae (dat., 54) litteras dabat. — Incolae reginam obse- 
crabant. 

IV. Translate into Latin. 

The poet praises the queen. — Galba establishes friendship. — 
Galba establishes friendship with the Belgians. — The Belgians 
will prepare snares. — The Belgians will prepare snares for the 
inhabitants (54). — The islands abound (in) herbs (58, III., note). 
— Poets give roses to queens (54). — The Belgians are beseech- 
ing Galba. — The Belgians are beseeching Galba with tears. — 
The queen will establish friendship. — The queen will establish 
friendship with the Belgians. — The deserters will beseech the 
queen. — The deserters will beseech the queen with tears. — 
The Belgians were preparing snares. — The Belgians were 
preparing snares for the deserters (54). 

* Ferls is the abl. Rule of Syntax. — The all. case is used with all 
verbs and adjectives of abounding and wanting. 



§ 6. 



SECOND DECLENSION OF NOUNS.— SECOND 
CONJUGATION OF VERBS. (VI.— VIII). 



LESSON VI. 
Nouns. — Second Declension, Masculine. 
(59.) Examples. 



Crassus, Crass-us. 

Messenger, nunti-us. 

To hasten, festinare. 
The messenger of Crassus 

hastens. 
The messengers hasten. 



Of Crassus, 
messengers, 



Crass-i. 
nunti-i. 



Nunti-us Crass-i festmat. 



Nunti-i festinant. 



(60.) The Second Declension comprises all nouns 
whose gen. sing, ending is I (long). The nom. has 
two endings, us for masc. gender, and um for the 
neut. 

(61.) The case-endings for the masculine gender are 
as follows : 





Sing. 




Plur. 


Nom. 


US. 


Nom. 


1. 


Gen. 


1. 


Gen. 


orum. 


Dat. 


6. 


Dat. 


is. 


Ace. 


um. 


Ace. 


OS. 


Voc. 


e. 


Voc. 


i. 


Abl. 


o. 


Abl. 


Is. 



Rem. The nouns in us of this declension are the only Latin nouns in 
which the vocative-ending differs from the nominative. 

(62.) By adding these endings to the stem serv- of 
the noun serv-us (a slave), we get the 

PARADIGM. 





Sing. 


Plur. 


Nom. 


serv-us, a slave. 


serv-i, slaves. 


Gen. 


serv-I, of a slave. 


serv-orum, of slaves. 


Dat. 


serv-6, to or for a slave. 


serv-is, to or for slaves. 


Ace. 


serv-um, a slave. 


serv-6s, slaves. 


Voc. 


serv-e, O slave ! 


serv-i, O slaves ! 


Abl. 


serv-6, with, by, &c, a slave. 


serv-is, with, by, &c, slaves. 



SECOND DECLENSION. 



23 



[Rem. L Nearly all nouns in us are masc. ; but the names of trees, plants, 
&c, are fern, by the general rule (25, a). The four nouns, alvus, 
belly; colus, distaff; humus, ground; vannus, fan, are also 
fern. Virus, juice; pelagus, the sea; vulgus, the common 
people, are neuter. 

Rem. 2. Filius, son, and proper names in ius, take i for the voc- 
ative-ending; e. g., fill, O son! TullI, O Tully ! 

Rem. 3. Deus, God, has deus for voc. sing. ; and in the plural N. 
and V. dii, G. deorum, D. and Abl. diis, Ace. deos.] 
[For Greek nouns of this declension, see Appendix.] 



(63.) 

I. Vocabulary. 



EXERCISE. 



Master (of a family or of slaves), do- 

rnin-us, I. 
Slave, serv-us, T. 
Village, vTc-iis, I. 

Ambassador, or lieutenant, legat-us, I. 
Garden, hort-us, T. 
To, ad (prep, with ace). 
In, in (prep, with abl.). 



Captive, captiv-us, I. 

A German, German-us, I. 

To call, vocare\ 

To recall, revocare.* 

To call together, convocare.* 

An u^Eduan, iEdu-us, I. 

Tojlog, verberare. 

To ride (on horseback), equitare\ 

He rides to the village, ad vicum e qui tat. AVhen to implies 
motion, it must be translated by ad with the accusative. 

II. Translate into English. 

Domlnus servum vocat. — Servus domino (54) medicinam par- 
at. — Crassiis vicum occupat. — Nuntius Crassi vigilat. — Servi 
ad vicum festinant. — Nuntius legato (54) viam monstrat. — Servi 
dominos laudant. — Agricola ad vicum equitat. — Captivi festina- 
bunt. — Galba copias (48, I.) Germanoriim convocat.* — Nun- 
tius captivos re vocat. — Servi in horto ambulabunt. — ^dui 
Crasso (54) insidias parabant. — Nuntius copias iEduoriim revo- 
cabat. — Dominus sei*vos verberat. 

III. Translate into Latin. 

[Recollect that words in parentheses ( ) are not to be translated.] 
The messengers call-together the iEduans. — The slaves pre- 
pare medicines for (their) master (dat., 54). — The iEduans take- 
possession-of the woods. — The master praises (his) slaves. — The 
slave is hastening to (ad, with ace.) the woods. — The ambassa- 
dors ride to the village. — Crassus will prepare an ambush for the 

* The prefix con gives the verb the additional meaning of together ; the 
prefix re of back, as in revbedre and convocare. 



24 



SECOND DECLENSION. 



JEduans. — The lieutenant calls together the Germans. — The 
messenger will show the way to the captives (54). — The 
slaves are watching. — The master flogs (his) slave. — Galba will 
recall the lieutenant. — The Germans were preparing an ambush 
for Galba (54). — The slave was showing the way to the mes- 
senger (54). — The messenger was hastening to the village. — 
The slaves are watching in the garden. 



LESSON VII. 
Nouns. — Second Declension, Masculines continued. 

(64.) All nouns of the second declension whose 
stem ends in r reject the ending u s in the nom. and e 
in the voc. ; e. g., N. and V. ager, field, instead of 
ager-u s 9 ager-e. Moreover, most of those which have 
e in the nominative drop it in the oblique* cases ; 
e. g. 9 N. ager, G. Sgri instead of ager-I. 

(65.) Learn the following 





PARADIGM. 




SINGULAR. 


Nom. 


ager, field (m). 


puer (m.), boy. 


vir, man. 


Gen. 


agr-I, of the Jield. 


puer-I, of the boy. 


vir-I, of the man. 


Dat. 


agr-o, to or for Jield. 


puer-o, to or for. 


vir-6, to dr for. 


Ace. 


agr-um, field. 


puer-iim, boy. 


vir-um, man. 


Voc. 


ager, O field I 


puer, O boy ! 
puer-6, with, by, fyc. 


vir, O man ! 


Abl. 


agr-6, with, by, 8? c, field. 


vir-6, with, by, SfC. 


PLURAL. | 


Nom. 


agr-i, fields. 


puer-i, boys. 


vir-I, men. 


Gen. 


agr-6rum, of fields. 


puer-ortim, of boys. 


vir-orum, of men. 


Dat. 


agr-is, to or for fields. 


puer-is, to or for. 


vir-Is, to or for. 


Ace. 


agr-os, fields. 


pneY-os, boys. 


vir-os, men. 


Voc. 


agr-i, O fields ! 


puer-T, O boys ! 


vir-I, O men / 


Abl. 


agr-is, with fields. 


puer-is, with, by, SfC. 


vir-Ts, with, by,fyc. 



Rem. Only the following nouns keep the e in all the cases, viz., adul- 
ter, adulterer ; puer, boy; socer, father-in-law ; gener, son-in-law ; ves- 
per, evening ; llberl (used only in plural), children ; with the com- 
pounds of fer and ger; e. g., Lucifer, Lucifer ; corniger, homed. 



* The oblique cases include all the cases except the nominative and 
vocative. 



SECOND DECLENSION. 



25 



(66.) 

I. Vocabulary. 



EXERCISE. 



Boy, puer, I. 

Master (of a school), magister, tri (64). 

Father-in-law, socer, I (65, R.). 

Herb, herba, ae. 

Scholar, discipul-us, I. 

Son, ffli-us, I (62, R. 2). 

II. Example. 

(a) The wood abounds in 
wild beasts. 



Man, vir, I. 
Game, lud-us, I. 
Son-in-law, gener, I (65, R.). 
Children, llberi, orum (rarely used in 

singular). 
Field, ager, agri (64). 



Sylva feris abundat. 
The wood in -wild -beasts 
abounds. 



(a) Rule of Syntax. — The ablative case is used with ad- 
jectives and verbs of abounding and wanting. 

III. Translate into English. 

Puer magistrum amat. — Regina soceriim amabit. — Pueri in 
agro ambiilabunt. — Agri herbis (abl., 66, II., a) abundant. — Ag- 
ricola per agros (58, II., b) equitat. — Agricola soceriim vocat. — 
Puellae magistrum laudant. — Viri in agris ambulabant. — Ludi 
pueros delectant. — Regina generos amabit. — Viri ad vicum 
festinabant. — Agricola liberos amat. — Magister discipulos con- 
vocat. 

IV. Translate into Latin. 

The girls walk in the fields. — The field abounds in herbs (66, 
II., a). — The sailor calls back the boys. — The queen loves (her) 
son-in-law.- — The queen gives (her) son-in-law (dat., 54) arose. 
— The scholars love (their) master. — The fields abound in herbs 
(66, II., a). — The farmers were walking through the fields. — 
The son of the master calls the boys. — The master walks in 
the garden with (his) sons. — The herbs of the field delight the 
poet. — Games delight girls. — The farmer shows the way to 
the boy. — The master will praise (his) scholars. — The master 
will flog (his) scholars. 

c 



26 



SECOND CONJUGATION OF VERBS. 



LESSON VIII. 

Nouns. — Second Declension, Neuter. — Verbs, Second 
Conjugation. 



(67.) 


Slave. 




servus 


masc). 




Cup. 


poculiim (neut.). 


To fill. 


implere. 


The slave fills his master 's 


Servus poculum domim 


cup. 


implet. 




The-slave the-cup qf-his-master 




fills. 


(68.) The case-endings of the second declension for 


the neuter gender are, 








Sing. 


Plur. 






Nom. Ace, Voc. 


urn. 


a. 






Gen. 


1. 


orum. 






Dat., Abl. 


6. 


is. 





Rem. The endings of the nom., ace., and voc. are always the same in 
neuter nouns. In this declension, those of dat. and abl. are alike also. 

(69.) By adding these endings to the stem pocul-, 
we get the 



PARADIGM. 



Nom. 
Gen. 
Dat. 

Arc. 

Voc. 

Abl. 


Sing. 

pocul-um, a cup. 

pocul-i, of a cup. 

pocul-o, to or for a cup. 

pocul- urn, a cup. 

pocul-um, O cup ! 

pocul-6, with, by, &c, a cup. 


Plur. 

pocul-a, cups. 

pocul-orum, of cups. 

pocul-is, to or for cups. 

pocul-a, cups. 

1 6cul-a, O cups ! 

] 6cul-is, with, from, &c, cups. 



THE SECOND CONJUGATION OF VERBS. 

(70.) The second conjugation comprises all verbs 
whose infinitive-ending is ere (e long before re) ; e. g., 
m on- ere, to advise; doc- ere, to teach. 

(71.) SOME ENDINGS OF THE SECOND CONJUGATION OF VERBS. 



infinitive, ere. 



INDICATIVE. 



3d Sing. 
3d Plural. 



Present. 

et. 
ent. 



Imperfect. 

ebat. 
ebant. 



Future. 

ebit. 
ebunt. 



SECOND CONJUGATION OF VERBS. 



27 



(72.) By affixing these endings to the stem mon-, we 
get the following 



PARTIAL PARADIGM. 



infinitive, mon-ere, to advise. 


INDICATIVE. 


3d Sing. 
3d Plur. 


Present. 

nion-et, he, she, &c, 

advises. 
mon-ent, they advise. 


Imperfect. 

mon-ebat, he, she, &c, 
was advising, 

mon-ebant, they were 
advising. 


Future. 

mon-ebit, he, she, &c, 

will advise. 
mon-ebunt, they will 

advise. 



EXERCISE. 



To Jill, implere (70). 
Danger, perlciilum, I. 
To fear, tiniere (70). 
Forum, forum, I. 
Town, oppidum, l. 



(73.) 

I. Vocabulary. 

Assistance, auxilmm, I (6 
To ask, e?itreat, rogare. 
Camp, castra, drum (pi.) 
To move, movere (70). 
Cup, poculum, I. 
Wine, vinum, I. 

II. Translate into English. 

Legatus auxilium rogat. — Galba copias ad (63, 1., E^ 3 ) castra 
revocat. — Servus poculum vino (55, a) implet. — Crassiis castra 
movet. — Copiae ad oppidum festinabant. — Agricola oppidum 
laudat. — Copiae Germanorum ad castra festinabunt. — Nuntius 
periculum timet. — Pueri per forum ambulant. — German! peri- 
cula non timent. — Legati per oppidum ambiilabunt. — Agi'icolal 
oppida JEduorum laudabat. — Crassiis oppidum occiipabat. — 
Servi pociila implebant. 

III. Translate into Latin. 

The JEduans were asking assistance. — The Germans will 
move (their) camp. — The Germans were praising the town.-— 
The ambassadors of the iEduans hasten to (63, I., I^ 8 ) the 
camp. — The forces of the Belgians fear the danger. — The mes- 
senger will recall the ambassadors to the camp. — Galba's mes- 
senger will recall the Germans to the town. — The ambassadors 
praise the towns of the Germans. — The farmers were walking 
tli rough the forum. — The boy walks through the town. — The 
sailors will not fear the danger. — Crassus will not move (his) 
camp. — The Germans were-taking-possession-of the town.- 
The servant was filling the cup. 



§ 7. 
ADJECTIVES OF FIRST CLASS. (IX.— X.) 



LESSON IX. 
Adjectives. — Class I, us, a, um. 

(74.) The Adjective (14), in Latin, agrees with the 
noun in gender, number, and case, and therefore has 
endings to distinguish these; e. g., puer bon-us, a 
good boy ; puella bon-a, a good girl; dbnum bon- 
um, a good gift. 

(75.) We divide adjectives into three classes, ac- 
cording to their endings. Those of the^rs^ class have 
the fern, ending of the first decl. of nouns, and the masc. 
and neut. endings of the second. Thus, 



(76.) 


ENDINGS. 






PARADIGM. 




STNGULAK. 




M. 


F. 


N. 


M. 


F. 


N. 


N. 


US. 


a. 


um. 


bon-us. 


bon-a. 


bon-iim. 


G. 


i. 


ae. 


i. 


bon-I. 


bon-ae. 


bon-I. 


D. 


6. 


ae. 


6. 


bon-6. 


bon-ae. 


bon-6. 


A. 


um. 


am. 


um. 


bon-um. 


bon-am. 


bon-um. 


V. 


e. 


a. 


um. 


bon-e. 


bon-a. 


bon-um. 


A. 


6. 


a. 


6. 


bon-6. 


bon-a. 


bon-6. 


PLURAL. 


N. 


I. 


ae. 


a. 


bon-I. 


bon-ae. 


bon-a. 


G. 


orum. 


arum. 


orum. 


bon-orum. 


b on- arum. 


bon-orum. 


D. 


is. 


is. 


is. 


bon-Is. 


bon-Is. 


bon-Is. 


A. 


6s. 


as. 


a. 


bon-6s. 


bon-as. 


bon-a. 


V. 


i. 


oe. 


a. 


bon-I. 


bon-ae. 


bon-a. 


A. 


IS. 


IS. 


Is. 


bon-Is. 


bon-Is. 


bon-Is. 



(77.) Adjectives whose stem ends in er do not 
take the endings us of the nominative and e of the 
vocative. 

(a) Most of them drop the e in inflection ; e. g., 

pulcher, pulchr-a, pulchr-um, beautiful; 
pulchr-I, pulchr-se, pulchr-i, &c. 



ADJECTIVES OF FIRST CLAS3. 



29 



(b) But as per, rough; lacer, torn; liber, free; miser, 
miserable ; prosper, fortunate ; tener, tender (and the com- 
pounds of ger and f er; e. g., corniger, flammifer), re- 
tain it; e. g., 

miser, miser-a, miser-iim, 
miser-i, miser-ae, miser-i, &c. 



(78.) 

I. Vocabulary. 



EXERCISE. 



Good, bon-us, a, urn. 
Great, rnagn-us, a, urn. 
Many, mult- us, a, um. 
Thick, dens-us, a, um. 
Broad, wide, lat-us, a, um. 
My, me-us, a, um. 
Thy, tu-us, a, um. 

II. Examples. 

(a) The slave fills the large 
cup. 



His, hers, its (own), sm-us, a, um. 

To see, videre. 

Master (of slaves), herus, I. 

To have, habere. 

Example, exemplum, L 

River, fluvius, 1. 

To frighten, terrere. 



Serviis poculuinmagnum 
implet. 

Rule of Position. — (a) The adjective, unless emphatic, fol- 
lows the noun; e. g., in the above example, magnum 
follows poc iilum. 



(b) The slave fills the queen's 
large cup. 



Serviis magnum reginae poc- 
iiliim implet. 

Rule of Position. — (b) When the noun governs another in 
the genitive, the adjective stands first, and the genitive 
between it and its noun ; e. g., in example (b), magnum 
reginae pociilum. 

III. Translate into English. 

Regina f Iliam suara amat. — Serviis pSciilum meum implet. — 
Servi pociila magna implent. — Pueri magistriim boniim amant. 
— Belgae vicos multos habent. — Agricola boniis viam monstrat. — 
Magister pueros bonos docebit. — Magistri bom exempla bona 
pueris (54) dant. — Legatiis magnam reginae (78, II., b) coronam 
videt. — Perfiigae ad fliiviiim latum festinant. — Serviis magnum 
pueii (78, II., b) pociilum implebat. — Sylvae densae nuntios ter- 
rent. — Pueri sylvam densam timebunt. — Servus boniis herum 
amat. 

IV. Translate into Latin. 

The iEduans have many villages. — The queen loves (her) 

C2 



30 SOME FORMS OF ESSE. 

good son. — The farmer shows the thick wood. — Good slaves 
love (their) masters. — Good masters love (their) slaves. — The 
Belgians have many towns. — The broad rivers frighten the de- 
serters. — The boy sees the large town. — Crassus recalls the good 
lieutenant. — The son praises the great queen. — The Germans 
have large villages. — He praised thy slave. — He loves thy daugh- 
ter. — He will praise his own daughter. — The deserters were 
hastening to the broad river. — The slave will fill the large cup 
of his master (78, II., b). — The lieutenant will see many villages 
of the Belgians (78, II., b). — The thick wood will frighten the 
boys. 



LESSON X. 
Some Forms of E ss e. — Adjectives continued. 
(79.) Learn the following forms of the irregular 
verb Esse, to be : 



infinitive, esse, to be. 



INDICATIVE. 



3d Sing. 
3d Plur. 



Present. 

est, is. 
sunt, are. 



Imperfect. 

erat, was. 
erant, were. 



Future. 

ent, he, she, it will be. 
erant, they will be. 



/on \ / \ t j 7 • • I Inertia vitium est. 

(80.) (a) Indolence is a vice. I 7 _ 

I Indolence a vice is. 

Here Inertia is the subject of the sentence ; v I- 
t i u m is the predicate ; both in the nominative. 

Rule of Syntax. — (a) The noun in the predicate must be 
in the same case as the subject, when it denotes the same 
person or thing. 
(81.) (b) The rose is beauti- 1 Rosa pulchra est. 
Jul. I The rose beautiful is. 

Here r 6 s a is the subject, and pulchra the pred- 
icate ; both in nom. sing. fern. 

Rule of Syntax. — (b) "The adjective in the predicate agrees 
with the subject in gender, number, and case. 

[As a general rule, a sentence should not end with a monosyllable ; but 
in short passages, such as the above, especially when the word before est 
ends in a vowel, or m, it is admissible.] 



ADJECTfVES, CLASS FIRST. 



31 



I Europe, Europa, 03. 

! Peninsula, peninsula, ae. 

! Anger, Ira, as. 

! Illustrious, clariis, a, urn. 

i Crow, cor v us, I. 

Black, niger, a, urn (77, a). 

Not, non (always placed before the 

word which it qualifies) 
I Ahvays, semper (adv.). 

Cow, vacca, ae. 
\ Attica, Attica, ae. 

Britain, Britannia, 89. 

Ireland, Hibernia, ae. 



(82.) EXERCISE. 

[Refer to Rules of Position (78, II.) and to Rem. on adjectives ending in 
er (77).] 

I. Vocabulary. 

Happy, beatiis, a, urn. 
True, verus, a, urn. 

Friendship, amicitia, ae. 

Everlasting, sempiternus, a, um. 

Labienus, Labienus, 1. 

Foolish, stultus, a, um. 

Tender, tener, a, um (77, b). 

Flame, ilamma, ae. 

Red, ruddy, ruber, a, 11m (77, a) . 

A leaf, folium, 1. 

Bull, taurus, 1. 

Horned, corniger, a, um (77, b). 

Lamb, agnus, 1. 

Miserable, miser, a, um (77, b). 

Rem. In such phrases as the good, the wise, Sec, the noun (men J is 
omitted in Latin, as in English ; e. g., good men = b o ni ; fools = 
s tultl ; the happy = b e ati. Also, many things = multa (neut.) ; 
all things = o m n 1 a. 

II. Examples. 

The good are always happy. 
True friendships are everlast- 
ing. 
Labienus was a lieutenant. 
The foolish are not happy. 

III. Translate into English. 

Puella pulchra est (81, b). — Herbae agroriim tenerae sunt (81, 
b). — Alae aquilarum magnse sunt. — Flamma rubra est. — Folia 
rosarum pulchra sunt. — Tauri cornigeri sunt. — Agni teneri in 
agris sunt. — Regina pulchra in horto ambulabat. — Puer agnos 
pulchros videt. — Vera amicitia sempiterna est. — Stulti miseri 
sunt. — Europa peninsula (80, a) est. — Attica peninsula est. — Ira 
vitium est magnum. — Crassus legatus erat. — Labienus legatus 
clarus erat.— Corvus plumas mgras habet. — Stulti non sunt 
beati. — Bonus semper beatiis est. 

IV. Translate into Latin. 

The queen was beautiful, — The queen's daughter was beau- 



Bom semper beati sunt. 
Veras amicitiae sempiternae 

sunt. 
Labienus legatus erat. 
Stulti non sunt beati. 



32 ADJECTIVES OF FIRST CLASS. 

tiful. — The beautiful daughter walks in the garden. — The fields 
abound in tender herbs (66, II., a). — The feathers of doves are 
beautiful. — The feathers of crows are black. — The flames were 
ruddy. — The leaves of roses are tender. — -Cows are horned. — 
The queen walks in the garden with (cum) her beautiful daugh- 
ters (f lliabus*). — The girl will see the tender lambs in the fields. 
— The good are not always happy. — Fools are not always mis- 
erable. — Crassus was a great lieutenant. — Britain is an island. — 
Ireland is an island. — Geneva is a large town. — Anger is always 
a vice. — Everlasting friendships are true. — Friendships are not 
always everlasting. 

* Filia, daughter, anddea, goddess, have abl. pi. in abiis, instead of 
is, to distinguish them from filiis, sons, diis, gods. 



§ 8. 



THIRD AND FOURTH CONJUGATIONS OF 
VERBS. 



LESSON XI. 
Verbs.— Third and Fourth Conjugations. 
(83.) The Third Conjugation comprises all verbs 
whose infinitive ending is ere (e short before re); 
e. g. 9 scrib-ere, to write. 

(84.) SOME ENDINGS OF THE THIRD CONJUGATION. 



infinitive, ere. 



INDICATIVE. 



Singular. 
Plural. 



Present. 
It. 

unt. 



Imperfect. 

ebat. 
ebant. 



Future. 

et. 
ent. 



(85.) By affixing these endings to the stem scrib-, 
we get the following 



PARTIAL PARADIGM. 



infinitive, scrib-ere, to write. 


I INDICATIVE. 


3d Sing. 
3d Plur. 


Present. 

scrib-it, he, she, &c, 

writes. 
scrlb-unt, they write. 


Imperfect. 

scrib-ebat, he, she, 
&c, was writing. 

scrib- ebant, they were 
writing. 


Future. 

scrib-et, he, she, &c, 

will write. 
scrib-ent, they wilL 

write. 



THE FOURTH CONJUGATION. 

(86.) The Fourth Conjugation comprises all verbs 
whose infinitive-ending is ire (i long before re) ; e. g., 
aud-Ire, to hear. 

(87.) SOME ENDINGS OF THE FOURTH CONJUGATION. 



infinitive, ire. 



INDICATIVE. 



3d Sing. 
3d Plur. 



Present. 
It. 

iunt. 



Imperfect. 

iebat. 
iebant. 



Future. 

iet. 
ient. 



(88.) By affixing these endings to the stem aud-, 
we have the following 



34 THIRD AND FOURTH CONJUGATIONS OF VERBS. 



PARTIAL PARADIGM. 



infinitive, aud-Ire, to hear. 



INDICATIVE. 



3d Sing. 
3dPlur. 



Present. Imperfect. 

aud-it, he, she, &c., aud-iebat,&e,s&e, &c, 

hears. was hearing. 

aud-mnt, they hear, aud-iebant, they were 
I hearing. 



Future. 

aud-iet, he, she, &c, 

will hear. 
aud-ient, they will 

hear. 



(89.) 

I. Vocabulary. 

To send, mittere (83). 
In (prep.), m.* 
To sleep, dormire (86). 
Bed-chamber, cubiculiim, I. 
To run, currere (83). 
To rule, regere (83). 
A Gaul, G-allus, I. 
Tower, castellum, I. 



EXERCISE. 



Small, parvus, a, iim. 

To come, venire (86). 

A Roman, Romanus, a, iim. 

To lead, ducere (83). 

World, mundus, I. 

To conquer, vincere (83). 

To fortify, miinire (86). 

Divitiacus, Divitiacus, I. 



II. Example. 

Crassus comes to the large j Crassiis magniim ad oppi- 
town. j diim venit. 

Rule of Position. — The adjective belonging to a noun gov- 
erned by a preposition is frequently placed before the 
preposition, e. g., magnum in the example. 

III. Translate into English. 

Belgaelegatos mittunt. — Belgae legatos ad Crassiim mittunt. — 
Pueri in ciibiculo dormiunt. — Puellae parvo (89,11.) in ciibiculo 
dormiebant. — Regina magnum ad oppidum veniet. — Galba co- 
pias Romanorum ducit. — Dii (62, R., 3) mundum regunt. — 
Deus mundum semper regit. — Roman! Gallos vincebant. — Le- 
gatiis castella muniebat. — Mdui nuntium ad Labienum mittunt. 
— Copiae Belgariim ad oppidum venient. — Divitiacus copias 
^Eduorum ducebat. 

IV. Translate into Latin. 

The horse runs. — The boy sleeps. — The boy was running. — 
The slave comes. — Crassus fortifies many towers. — The slave 
was coming to (63, 1., I3P) his master. — The beautiful boy will 
sleep in a little bed-chamber (89, II.). — The gods always govern 

* In, signifying into or unto, governs the accusative ; signifying in 
governs the ablative. 



THIRD AND FOURTH CONJUGATIONS OF VERBS. 35 

the world. — The Romans are coming to the large town. — The 
farmer was sleeping in the field. — Divitiacus was leading the 
forces of the iEduans. — The Belgians send messengers to Cras- 
sus. — Crassus sends a messenger to the Belgians. — The girls 
will sleep in a little bed-chamber.- — Crassus will fortify the 
towers. — The Romans take-possession-of the towers of Gaul. 



§ 9. 
PASSIVE VERBS. (XII.— XIII.) 

LESSON XII. 

Verbs. — Passive Voice. — First and Second Conjuga- 
tions. 
(90.) The endings of the third persons of verbs, in 
the tenses for incomplete or continued action (44), are 
the same in the passive as in the active voice, with 
the addition of the svllable ur. Thus, we have in the 



(91.) 



FIRST CONJUGATION. 



PRESENT. 



3d Sing. 
3d Plur. 



Active. 

am-at, he, she, it, loves, 
am-ant, they love. 



Passive. 

am-at-wr, he, she, it is loved* 
am-ant-wr, they are loved. 



IMPERFECT. 



3d Sing. 
3d Plur. 



Hm-dbat, he was loving. am-abat-wr, he was loved, 
am-dbant, they were loving, am-abant-wr, they were loved. 



3d Sing. 
3d Plur. 



am-dbit, he shall or will 

love. . 
a.m-dbunt, they shall or 

will love. 



am-abit-wr, he shall or will be loved. 

am-abunt-wr, they shall or will be 
loved. 



(92.) 


SECOND CONJUGATION. 


PRESENT. 


3d Sing. 
3d Plur. 


Active. 

mon-ei, he advises, 
mon-ent, they advise. 


Passive. 

Taon-et-Hr, he is advised. 
| mon-ent-tfr, they are advised. 


IMPERFECT. 


3d Sing. 
3d Plur. 


mon-ebdt, he was advising, 
mon-ebant, they were advi- 
sing. 


mon-ebat-ur, he was advised. 
mon-ebant-wr, they were advised. 


FUTURE. 


3d Sing. 
3d Plur. 


mon-ebtt, he will advise, 
mon-ebunt, they will ad- 
vise. 


mon-ebit-Mr, he will be advised. 
mon-ebunt-tfr, they will be advised. 



* The English language has no forms for incomplete action in the pass- 
ive voice. He is loved, he was loved, dec, the house is built, &c, properly 
express action complete. An awkward periphrasis — he is being loved, 



Crassus legatum vocat. 
Legatus a Crasso vocatiir. 



PASSIVES OF FIRST AND SECOND CONJUGATIONS. 37 
(93.) EXERCISE. 

I. Vocabulary. 

Game, sport, ludus, I. I Wine, vmum, I. 

To delight, delectare. | Seize, occupare. 

II. Examples. 

(a) Crassus calls the lieuten- 

ant. 

(b) The lieutenant is called 

by Crassus. 

In these examples, the same action is expressed (viz., the calling of 
the lieutenant) in {a) by the active form, in (b) by the passive. Ev- 
ery sentence in which a transitive verb occurs may thus be changed 
into the passive form. The agent (Crassus) is the subject nomina- 
tive in (a) ; and in (b) is expressed by the ablative (Crasso J with the 
preposition a, by. 

Hem. If the subject be a thing, not a person, nor considered as a per- 
son, the preposition is omitted ; e. g., Poculum vino impletur, the 
cup is filled with wine. (This is the abl. of cause or means.) 

III. Translate into English. 

Auxiliiim a legato rogatur. — Auxilium a legato rogabatur. — 
Auxilium a legato rogabitur. — Copiae a Galba revocantur. — Pocu- 
lum a servo implebatiir. — Oppida a Crasso occupabantur. — Me- 
dicina ab ancillls parabitur. — fueri bom a magistro laudantur. 
— Copiae Germanorum a Labieno revocabuntur.— Pocula vino 
(93, II., R.) implentur. — Pueri ludis (93, II., R.) delectantur. 

IV. Translate into Latin. 

The master is loved by (his) scholars. — The master will be 
loved by (his) good scholars. — The cups will be filled (with) 
wine (93, II., R.). — The Germans were called together by 
Crassus. — The villages were seized by the Romans. — The 
towns will be seized by the iEduans. — Medicines are prepared 
by the slaves. — Good boys will be praised by their masters. — 
The good boys will be advised by their masters. — The scholars 
are taught by their master. — The scholar was taught by his 

the house is being built — is sometimes employed, but is not to be approved. 
The house is building is a form sanctioned by usage, but in many verbs it 
would be ambiguous. The pupil must remember, then, that in the exer- 
cises in the First Part, the forms is loved, is advised, was advised, &c, are 
used to express incomplete action. 

D 



38 PASSIVES OF THIRD AND FOURTH CONJUGATIONS. 

master. — The girls are delighted with games (93, II., R.). — 
The slaves will be delighted with games. — The queen is praised 
by (her) maid-servant. — The queen was praised by (her) maid- 
servant. — The queen will be praised by (her) maid-servant. 



LESSON XIII. 
Verbs. — Passive Voice. — Third and Fourth Conjuga- 
tions. 

(94.) THIRD CONJUGATION. 



PRESENT. 



3d Sing. 
3d Plur. 



Active. 

reg-it, he, she, it rules, 
reg-unt, they rule. 



Passive. 

regit-wr, he, she, it is ruled. 
regunt-wr, they are ruled. 



IMPERFECT. 



3d Sing. 
3d Plur. 



reg-ebat, he was ruling. ||regebat-wr, he was ruled. 
reg-ebant, they were ruling. \\regebBiit-ur, they were ruled. 



3d Sing. 
3d Plur. 



reg-et, he shall or will rule, 
reg-ent, they shall or will 
rule. 



reget-ur, he shall or will be ruled. 
regent-z/r, they shall or will be ruled. 



(95.) 



FOURTH CONJUGATION. 



PRESENT. 


3d Sing. 
3d Plur. 


Active. 

aud-it, lie hears. 
aud-iunt, they hear. 


Passive. 

audit-wr, he is heard. 
|audiunt-wr, they are heard. 


IMPERFECT. 


3d Sing. 
3d Plur. 


aud-iebat, he was hearing. 
aud-iebant, they were hear- 
ing. 


audiebat-ilr, he was heard. 
audiebant-i/r, they were heard. 


FUTURE. 


3d Sing. 
3d Plur. 


aud-iet, he shall or will 

hear. 
aud-ient, they shall or will 

hear. 


aud-iet-wr, he shall or will be heard. 
audient-xir, they shall or will be heard. 



(96.) 

I. Vocabulary. 



EXERCISE. 



disponerS. 



A Roman, Romanus, I. A Gaul, Galliis, i. 

To lay aside, deponere. To distribute, 

Garrison, presidium, 1. arrange, 

II. Translate into English. 

Legati a Belgis mittuntiir. — Mundus a Deo regitiir. — Copiae 



PASSIVES OF THIRD AND FOURTH CONJUGATIONS. 39 

Romanorum a Galba ducuntur. — Galli a Romanis vincuntiir. — 
Ira a reglna deponitur. — Castellum a Labieno munltur. — Praesi- 
dia a legato disponuntur. — Legati adiEduos mittebantur. — Co- 
piae iEduorum ad vicum ducentur. — Epistola aregina scribitur. — 
Oppida Belgarum muniebantiir. — Nuntii ad Crassiim mittentur. 

III. Translate into Latin. 

Galba is conquered by the Belgians. — The camp is fortified 
by Crassus. — The forces of Crassus are led to the camp. — The 
forces of the iEdui are sent to the village. — Anger will be laid- 
aside by the queen. — Galba was conquered by the Gauls. — Let- 
ters will be written by the queen. — Letters are written to (ad) 
Crassus. — The garrisons are not distributed by Crassus. — The 
towers are not fortified by the Belgians. — The world is always 
governed by God. — The Germans are ruled by a lieutenant. — 
A letter will be written by the queen. 



§ 10. 

THIRD DECLENSION OF NOUNS.— PARTIAL 
TREAT ME N T. (XI V.— XV.) 



LESSON XIV. 
Nouns. — Third Declension. 

(97.) The Third Declension comprises all nouns 
whose gen. sing, ends in I s. 

Rem. To find the stem of any noun of this declension, strike off is 
from the gen. sing.; e. g., gen. horn in is (of a man), stem horn in. 

(98.) The case-endings are as follows : 



Singular. 


Plural. 




M. &F. 


Neut. 




M. &F. 


Neut. 


1ST. 


— 


— 


N. 


es. 


a (la). 


G. 


is. 


is. 


G. 


iim (ium). 


urn (ium). 


D. 


I. 


I 


D. 


ibus. 


ibus. 


A. 


em (lm). 


like N. 


A. 


es. 


a (la). 


V. 


like N. 


like N. 


V. 


es. 


a (la). 


A. 


e(I). 


e(i). 


A. 


ibus. 


ibus. 



Rem. 1. The nom. ending is not given, because of the many forms in 
which that case occurs. Of the changes to which the stem is sub- 
ject, see hereafter (Part II.). 

2. Of the endings im, I (in ace. and abl. sing.), and ia, ium (plur.), see 
hereafter (Part II.). 

3. The genders of all nouns of this declension are marked in the vo- 
cabularies. The general rules of gender (25, a) of course apply to 
this declension: special rules are given (355). "We give here only 

(99.) Partial Rule of Gender. — Most nouns which add s to 
the stem to form the nominative are feminine. 

(100.) PARADIGMS MASCULINE AND FEMININE FORMS. 



Sing. 


Speech (m. ). 


Honour (m.). 


City (f.). 


Nation (race), f. 


Law (f.). 


N. and V. 


sermd. 


honor. 


urb-s. 


gens (gents). 


lex (legs). • 


Gen. 


sermon-is. 


honor-is. 


urb-is. 


gent-is. 


leg- is. 


Dat. 


sermon-i. 


honor-i. 


urb-T. 


gent-I. 


leg-i. 


Ace. 


sermon-em. 


honor-em. 


urb-em. 


gent-em. 


leg -em. 


Abl. 


sermon-e. 


honor- e. 


urb-e. 


gent-e. 


leg-e: 


Plur. 


Speeches. 


Honours. 


Cities. 


Races. 


Laws. 


N., A., V. 


sermon-es. 


honor-es. 


urb-es. 


gent-es. 


leg-es. 


Gen. 


sermon-um. 


honor-um. 


urb-mm. 


gent-rum. 


leg-iim. 


D. and A. 


sermon-ibus. 


honor-ibus. 


urb-ibus. 


gent-ibus. 


leg-ibiis. 



THIRD DECLENSION OF NOUNS. 41 

Rem. 1. Observe that d or t in the stem is dropped in the nom. before 
s; and c or s combined with s to form x ; e.g., laus = laud-s ; 
arx = arc s; lex = leg-s; gens = gent- s. 

2. All the endings are short bnt i (dat. sing.) and es (X., A., Y. plnr.). 
(101.) EXERCISE. 

L Vocabulary. 

[In the following vocabularies, the stem of every noun of the third de- 
clension is placed immediately after the nominative form, and before 
the erenitive ending.] 



King, rex, (reg) is, m. 
Law, lex, (leg) is, f. 
To abrogate, abrogare. 
Just, jusMs, a, urn. 
Worthy, dignus, a, am. 



Rock, petra, oe. 

Tree, arbor, (arbor) is, f. 

To build a nest, nidificare. 

CcEsar, Caesar, (Caesar) is. 
And. et (conj.). 



Pari, pars, (part) is, f. Consul, consul, (consul) is, m. 

Common people, plebs, (pleb) is, f. ; General, imperator, (imperator) is, m. 
To leave, relinquere. \ A Helvetian, Helvetius, I. 

II. Translate into English. 

Rex leg-es„abrogat. — Copiae ad urb-ern festinant. — Leg-es 
justae sunt. — Pars pleb-is orb-em relinquit. — Magna pars pleb- 
is urb-4m relinquit. — Aquilae in petris et arbor-ibus nidrficant. — 
Leg-e* a reg-e abrogantur. — Copiae ad urb-ern revocantur. — 
Helve*ii ad Caesar-em legatos rnittunt. — Nuntiiis serrnon-em 
consul-is laudat. — Imperator nuntios revocat. — Rex dignis (54, 
and 82, I., R.) honor-es dabit. — Copiae Belgariini urb-em relin- 
quebant. — Caesar ad vicos festinabat. — Legati ad imperator-em 
mittuntur. — Imperator nuntios ad urb-em mittet. — Legatus 
part-ein copiarum revocabit. 

III. Translate into Latin. 

The laws were just. — The king will revoke the laws. — The 
general will leave the village. — The consuls send ambassadors. — 
The consuls recall the ambassadors. — Doves build their nests in 
gardens and trees. — The consuls are praised. — The city is for- 
tified. — Honours will be given. — Honours are given to the wor- 
thy (82, I., R.). — Ambassadors will be sent to the consuls. — 
Honours are given to Caesar (54). — The speech of the consul 
is praised. — Honours are given to the general. — A great part 
of the common-people will leave the city. — The consuls will 
recall the common-people. — The ambassadors will leave the 
city. — The general will be sent. — Caesar will be recalled. — 
The laws were unjust. 

D2 



42 



THIRD DECLENSION. 



LESSON XV. 
Nouns, — Third Declension, continued. 

(102.) PARADIGMS. NEUTER FORMS. 



Sing. 


Sea (n.). 


Song (n.). 


Work (n.). 


Animal (n.). 


N., A., V. 

a. 

D. 

Abl. 


mare, 
mar-is. 
mar-i. 
marl. 


carmen, 
carmm-is. 
carmm-i. 
carmm-e. 


opus. 
6per-is. 
6per-I. 
6per-e. 


animal, 
animal-is. 
animal-i. 
animal-I. 


Plur. 


Seas. 


Songs. 


Works. 


Animals. 


N., A., V. 

G. 
D., Abl. 


mar-ia. 

mar-ium. 

mar-ibus. 


carmm-a. 

carmin-um. 

carmin-ibus. 


6per-a. 

oper-iim. 

oper-ibus. 


animal-Ta. 

animal-ium. 

animal-ibus. 



Rem. 1. Neuters whose nom. ends in al, ar, or e, take I for abl. sing. 

ending; ia, nom. plur., and mm, gen. plur. 
2. Partial Rule of Gender. — Nouns whose stems end in al or ar are 

neuter. 



(103.) 

I. Vocabulary. 



EXERCISE. 



To cure, heal, sanare\ 

To mitigate, mitigare. 

River, flumen, (flumm) is (n.). 

To swim across, transnare (gov. ace). 

Work, opus, (5per) Is (n.). 

Fish, piscis, (pise) Is (m.). 

Time, tempiis, (tempor) is (n.). 

To change, mutare. 

Man, homo, (homin) is (m.). 

Stormy, turbid, turbidus, a, um. 



Name, nomen, (nomin) Is (n.). 

To enrol, conscribere. 

Treaty, fcedus, (feeder) Is (n.). 

To violate, violare. 

Spoil or booty, prseda, ae. 

Ally, socius, I. 

Summer, sestas, (sestat) is (f.). 

Cold, frigus, (frigor) is (n.). 

Burden, onus, (oner) Is (n.). 

To carry, portare. 

Wound, vulniis, (vulner) is (n.). 

II. Translate into English. 

Consul nomina conscribit. — Caesar fcedus {ace.) violabat, £t 
prsedam sociis (54) dabat. — iEstas frigus {ace.) mitigat. — Per- 
fugae flumen {ace.) transnabant. — Magnum opus est. — Flumen 
piscibus abundat {66, I., a). — Tempus homines mutat. — Tem- 
pora miitantur. — Frigus aestate (93, II., R.) mitigabitur. — 
Copise Belgarum flumina transnabant. — Servus onus {ace.) 
magnum portat. — Caesar nomina non consciibet. — Onus mag- 
num est. — Medicina vulnus sanat. — Carmina puellas delectant. 
— Nomina hommum miitabuntur. — -Maria turbida sunt. — Flu- 
men magnum erat turbidum. — Magna sunt onera captivorum. 



THIRD DECLENSION. 43 

III. Translate into Latin. 

The Germans violate treaties. — The consuls will not enrol 
the names. — The slaves were carrying great burdens. — The 
messenger was-swimming-across the river. — The boy swims- 
across the river.-^— Great burdens are earned. — The burden will 
be carried by the slave. — The rivers abound in fish (66, I., a). — 
The wounds are healed. — The burdens are great. — The lieu- 
tenant will not violate the treaty. — The names are enrolled by 
the consuls (93, II.). — The treaty is violated. — The treaty is 
violated by Caesar. — The treaty will be violated, and the spoil 
will be given to the allies (dat.). — The consul enrols the names 
of the deserters. — The names of the deserters will be enrolled. 
— The wounds of the prisoners will be healed. 



§ 11. 



ADJECTIVES OF THE SECOND CLASS. 



LESSON XVI. 

Adjectives. — Second Class. — Two Endings. 

(104.) Adjectives of the Second Class have is in 

the nom. sing, for masc. and fern, endings, and e for 

the neuter. They are declined throughout like the 

third declension of nouns ; e. g., brevis, short. 

(105.) PARADIGM. 





SINGULAR. 


PLURAL. 




Masc. 


Fem. 


Neut. 


Masc. 


Fem. 


Neut. 


N.V. 


brev-is. 


brev-is. 


brev-e. 


brev-es. 


brev-es. 


brev-Ta. 


a. 


brev-is. 


brev-is. 


brev-is. 


brev-ium. 


brev-ium. 


brev-iiim. 


D. 


brev-1. 


brev-I. 


brev-I. 


brev-ibus. 


brev-ibus. 


brev-ibus. 


Ace. 


brev-em. 


brev-ein. 


brev-e\ 


brev-es. 


brev-es. 


brev-ia. 


Abl. 


brev-I. 


brev-I. 


brev-I. 


brev-ibus. 


brev-ibus. 


brev-ibus. 



Rem. 1. Twelve adjectives* of this class take er for the ending of 
the nom. sing. masc. instead of is; e. g., acer, acris, acre; cele- 
ber, Celebris, celebre. 

Rem. 2. The abl. has e instead of % in juvenis, a youth; oedllis, 
adile. The gen. pi. has um instead of ium in celer, swift. 



(106.) 

I. Vocabulary. 



EXERCISE. 



► omnis, e. 



Father, pater, (patr) is. 

Noble, nobilis, e. 

Every, ) 

All, the whole, ) 

Sweet, dulcis, e. 

To demand, poscere. 

Soldier, miles, (mllit) is (m.). 

Study, zeal, stiidium, I. 

Kind, benigniis, a, um. 

Dog, canTs, (can) is (c, 25, IV.). 

To endure, tol8rare\ 

Hostage, obses, (obsid) is (c, 25, IV.) 



Uncertain, incertus, a, um. 
Useful, utilis, e. 
Iron, ferrum, I. 
Gold, aurum, I. 
Severe, heavy, gravis, S. 
Life, vita, ae (f.). 
Brave, fortis, e. 
Patiently, patientSr (adv.). 
Wolf, lupus, i (m.). 
Like, similis, 8. 

A chief, princeps, (princip) is (c, 25, 
IV.). 



Acer, sharp. 
Alacer, cheerful. 
Campester, of the plain, 
Cel<5 ber, famous. 



Celer, swift. 
Equester, equestrian. 
Paluster, marshy. 
Pedester, pedestrian. 



Saluber, salubrious. 
Sylvester, woody. 
Terrester, terrestrial. 
Volucer, swift. 



ADJECTIVES, SECOND CLASS. 45 



Pater filio benignus est. 
Canis lupo similis est. 



II. Examples. 

(a) The father is kind to his 
son. 

(b) The dog is like (to) the 
wolf. 

(c) Rule of Syntax. — The dative case is used with all adjec- 
tives that are followed by the words to or for in Eng- 
lish : hence with adjectives expressing (a) advantage or 
disadvantage, (b) likeness or unlikeness. 
[Adjectives of likeness or unlikeness also take the gen.] 

III. Translate into English. 

Milites omnes periculum timent. — Imperator fortis milites 
omnes convocat.— Vita brevis est. — Vita est brevis et incerta. — 
Vinum est dulce. — Principes fortes oppida omnia muniebant. — 
Caesar obsides nobiles poscit. — Tempiis breve est. — Non omnes 
milites sunt fortes. — Ferrum utile est. — Auriim et ferriim sunt 
utllia hominibus (106, II., c). — Miles vulniis grave patienter 
tolerat. — Consul fortis pericula non timebit. — Ferrum utile 
hominibus (106, II., c) est. — Milites fortes vulnera gravia pa- 
tienter tolerabunt. — Studium est pueris (106, II., c) utile. — 
Imperator militibiis (106, II., c) benignus erat. — Canis lupo 
similis est. 

IV. Translate into Latin. 

The noble queen comes to the city. — The brave lieutenant en- 
dures patiently (his) severe wound. — All the soldiers hasten to 
the camp. — The brave chiefs will fortify many towns. — The 
noble hostages come to Caesar (63, I., iy). — The time is un- 
certain. — Soldiers are not always useful. — Towns are useful 
for men (106, II., c). — Noble ambassadors are sent. — Many 
hostages are demanded by the consuls (93, II.). — All the 
soldiers will be called together. — Not all chiefs are noble. — 
Wine is sweet and iron is useful. — The dangers are not fear- 
ed by the brave soldiers (93, II.). — The brave lieutenant 
praises the noble chief. — Dogs are like wolves (106, II.). — 
The study of letters (litterarum) is useful for all (106, II.). — 
The soldiers are kind to the prisoners (106, II.). — Gold is heavy. 
—Iron is not like gold (106, II.). 

Even in these, the ending Is is sometimes found in nom. sing. masc. ; 
c. g., tumultus equestris, Liv., xxix., 35. 



§ 12. 



ADJECTIVES OF THE THIRD CLASS. 



LESSON XVIL 

Adjectives. — Third Class. — One Ending. 

(107.) Adjectives of the Third Class have but one 
ending in the nominative for all three genders ; e. g. 9 
felix (m., f. 9 n.), happy; audax (m., f., n.), bold; 
pauper (m., f., n.), poor. 

(108.) paradigm. — Felix, happy. 





SINGULAR. 


PLURAL. 




Masc. 


Fem. 


Neut. 


Masc. 


Fern. 


Neut. 


N.V. 


felix. 


felix. 


felix. 


felic-es. 


felic-es. 


felic-ia. 


G. 


felic-is. 


felic-Ts. 


felic-is. 


felic-ium. 


fellc-mm. 


felic-ium. 


A. 


felic-i. 


felic-i. 


felic-i. 


fellc-ibus. 


fellc-ibus. 


fellc-ibus. 


Ace. 


felic-em. 


felic-em. 


felix. 


felic-es. 


felic-es. 


felic-ia. 


Abl. 


felic-i. 


felic-i. 


felic-i. 


fellc-ibus. 


fellc-ibus. 


fellc-ibus. 



[Rem. 1. The abl. has e instead of I (a) in pauper, poor; sen ex, old 
(gen. senis) ; princeps, chief; compos, possessed of, and most end- 
ing in es; e. g., h o s p e s, guest ; p ub e s, grown up, &c. Also in 
the compounds of corptts, color, and pes. 

(b) Participles in ns have, as participles, e, but as adjectives I; e. g., 
florenterosa, the rose blooming; florenti rosa, in a blooming 
rose. 

(c) Adjectives used as nouns take e; e. g., sapiens, a wise man, 
abl. sapiente. 

Rem. 2. The gen. pi. takes um instead of ium in vetu s, old (veterum) ; 
cons or s, partaking of; degener, degenerate; dives, rich; 
mops, helpless ; m e m 6 r, mindful ; immemor, unmindful ; sup- 
pi ex, suppliant; uber, rich; vigil, watching. Also in all which 
take e in the abl. ; e. g., princeps, principe, principtim.] 



ADJECTIVES. THIRD CLASS. 47 



(109.) EXERCISE. 

I. Vocabulary. 

War, bellum, I. 

Fierce, atrox, (atroc) is (107). 

To wage, carry on, gerere. 

Horse-soldier, eqnes, (equit) is (in.). 

Tenacious, tenax, (tenac) is (107). 

Wise, sapiens, (sapient) is (107). 

Death, mors, (mort) is (f.). 

To renew, redintegrare. 

Rich, dives, (divit) is (107). 

To terrify, terrere. 

II. Example. 
The inhabitants carry on a 

fierce war. 



Stag, cervus, I. 

Poicerful, potens, (potent) is (107). 

Scout, explorator, is (m.). 

To kill, occidere. 

Battle, praelium, I. 

And, et (conj.). 

Sivift, velox, (veloc) is. 

Horse, equus, I. 

Citizen, civis, (civ) is (c., £5, TV.). 



Incolse bellum atrox gerunt. 
[Refer to 78, II., a.] 



III. Translate into English. 

Incolae bella magna et atrocia gerunt. — Nuntius velox ad castra 
venit. — Equites veloces ad sylvam festinant. — Vir sapiens mor- 
tem non timet. — Discipulus memoriam tenacem habet. — Me- 
moria in pueiis est tenax. — Imperator nuntium velocem mitt^t. 
— Principes fortes praelium atrox redintegrabunt. — Cervus ve- 
lox est. — Equus velox currit. — Canes sunt veloces. — Sapiens 
(82, I., R.) non semper dives est. — Divites non semper beat! 
sunt. — Princeps potens legatos mittit. — Principes potentes 
captivos occidunt. — Imperator principes omnes convocat. 

IV. Translate into Latin. 

The thick woods terrify the swift messenger. — The fierce 
battle terrifies all the inhabitants. — The noble general was prais- 
ing the swift messenger. — The illustrious consul sends ambas- 
sadors to (63, I., ISP) the powerful chief. — The powerful 
chief will kill all the prisoners. — Rich (men) are not always 
wise. — The wise (man) does not fear the fierce battle. — The 
soldiers praise the rich citizen. — The memory in boys is al- 
ways tenacious. — Dogs and horses are swift. — The consul 
will not renew the fierce battle. — The illustrious general will 
recall the swift horse-soldiers. — Rich citizens fear fierce wars. 
— The fierce battles were terrifying all the hostages. — The 
wise general calls-together all the ambassadors. — The fierce 
battle will be renewed. — All the prisoners will be killed by the 
powerful chiefs (93, II.). — The swift messengers are frighten- 
-Great wars are carried on. -Rich citizens are killed. 



§ 13. 
FOURTH DECLENSION OF NOUNS. 



LESSON XVIII. 
Nouns. — Fourth Declension. 
(110.) The Fourth Declension comprises all nouns 
whose gen. sing, ends in us (long). The nom. ending 
for masculines is u s, and for neuters u ; e. g., f r u c t- 
u s, fruit, masc. ; corn-u, horn, neut. 
(111.) The case-endings are as follows: 



Sing. 


Masc. 


Neut. 


Plur. 


Masc. 


Neut. 


N. and V. 


US. 


U. 


N. and V. 


US. 


ua. 


Gen. 


US. 


us or u. 


Gen. 


uum. 


uum. 


Dat. 


Ul. 


u. 


Dat. 


ibus. 


ibus. 


Ace. 


um. 


u. 


Ace. 


us. 


ua. 


Abl. 


. u. 


u. 


Abl. 


lbus. 


ibus. 



(112.) By adding these endings to the stems fruct- 



\ii^.; J3y aaamg x 
and corn-, we get the 



PARADIGM.* 





Sing., fruit (m.). 


Plur., fruit. 




Sing., horn ( n. ). 


Plur., horns. 


N. and V. 


fruct-us. 


fruct-us. 








Gen. 


fruct-us. 


fruct-uum. 


N., A., V. 


corn-u. 


corn-ua. 


Dat. 


fruct-ui. 


fruct-ibus. 


Gen. 


corn-us, or u. 


corn- uum. 


Ace. 


fruct-um. 


fruct-us. 


Dat, Abl. 


corn-u. 


corn-ibus. 


Abl. 


fruct-u. 


fruct-ibus. 









[Rem. 1. The following take ubus in dat. and abl. plur. instead of 
ibus, viz., acus (£,), needle; arcus (m.), bow ; artus (m.), joint; 
ficus it), Jig-tree; lac us (m.), lake; partus (m.), birth; portus 
(f), harbor; querciis (f.), oak ; speciis (m.), den ; tribus (f.), 
tribe; pecu (n.), cattle; veru (n.), a spit.\] 

2. The feminine nouns of this declension are, acus, needle; anus, 

* The fourth declension is only a contracted form of the third : thus, 

N. fruct-us. 

G. fruct-uis, contr. fructus. 

D. fruct-ui. 

Ace. fruct mm, contr. fructum, &c. 
t The following verses embrace these : 

Arcus, acus, portus, veru, 
Ficus, lactis, artus, 

Specus, quercus ; also, pecu, 
Tribes too, and partus. 



NOUNS. FOURTH DECLENSION. 



49 



old woman; domus, house; ficiis, Jig; manus, hand ; nurus, 
daughter-in-law ; portlcus, gallery ; t r 1 b u s, tribe ; quercus, 
oak. Also, Idus, -Mm (used only in plural), the Ides* 
3. Domiis (f.), house, is thus declined : 



Sing-. 
Plur. 



N., V. 
doni-us. 

doni-us. 



G. 



-mini 
-drum. 



u 



-ibus. 



Ace. 



-os, 

-us (rarely). 



Abl. 



-Ibus. 



4. The gen. domi is used only in the sense of at home; e. 
meae, at my home, at my house. 

(113.) EXERCISE. 

I. Vocabulary. 



, domi 



To lead over, or across, transducers. 

Approach, adventus, us (m.). 

To atvait, expectare. 

Singing, cantus, us (m.). 

Fruit, fructus, us (m.). 

To adorn, ornare. 

Four, quattuor (indeclin.). 

To build, aedificare. 

Horn, coram, us (n.). 

Army, exercitus, us (m.). 

Harbour, portus, us (m.). 

Enemy, hostls, (host) is (c, 25, IV.). 

Bird, avis, (av) is (£). 

II. Examples. 

(a) The Helvetians lead 
part of their forces across 
the Rhine. 

(b) Ccesar leads a great ar- 
my of Germans across the 
Rhine. 



Grief, luctus, fist (m.). 

To lay aside, deponere. 

Sadness, mceror, orist (m.). 

Tempest, procella^ae. 

To raise, tollere. • 

Wave, fluctus, us (m.). 

Star, sldus, (sider) is (n.) (102). 

Shore, littus, (littor) is (n.) (102). 

Wind, ventus, I (ni.). 

Roll, volvere. 

Boundary, finis, (fin) is (m.). 

The Rhine, Hhenus, i. 

Ship, navis, (nav) is (f.). 

Helvetii partem c5piarum 
Rhenum transducunt. 



C se s a r magnum Germano- 
rum exercitum trans 
Rhenum transducit. 
Rule of Syntax.— {a) Verbs compounded with the prepo- 
sition trans are generally followed by two accusatives ; e. 
g., partem and Rhenum in (a), 
(b) But sometimes the preposition is repeated ; e. g., trans 
in (b). 
III. Translate into English. 
Helvetii Casdris (38, b) adventiim expectabant. — Adventu 



* Acus, manus, tribus, domus, porticus, and Idus. The rest are fern, by 
the general rule (25, II.). 

t Moeror = silent grief ; luctus — mourning. 

E 



50 NOUNS. FOURTH DECLENSION. 

(abl., 55, a) Csesaris hostes terrentur. — Avis puellam cantu (55, 
a) delectat. — Fructus arbores (acc.pl.) ornant. — Fructus terrae 
agricolam delectant. — Pater domus (ace. pi.) quattuor sedifica- 
bit. — Naves in portu sunt. — Regma luctum deponit. — Sapientes 
luctum et mcerorem deponunt. — Procella magnos fluctus (ace. 
pi.) tollebat. — Procella fluctus (ace. pi.) ad sidera tollit. — Puer 
tauriim cornu (abl., 55, a) tenet. — Cornua cervi magna sunt. — 
Fluctus magni ventis (55, a) volvuntur. — Legatus exercitum du- 
cit. — Legatus ab ^Eduis (from the iEduans ; i. e., their country) 
exercitum ducit. — Agricola tauriim cornibus (55, a) tenebat. — 
Adventiis patris puellam delectabit. — Csesar exercitum flumen 
transducit (113, II., a). — Legatus per fines Helvetioriim exer- 
citum ducet. — Ariovistiis Germanos ti*ans Rheniim transducit 
(113, IL, b). 

Rem. Home As translated by domum, the ace. of domus; thus, The 
sailor leads the boy home — Nauta pueruni domum ducit. 

IV. Translate into Latin. 

My father will build four houses. — The tempest is rolling 
great waves to the shores (63, 1., HP). — Vast waves are raised 
to the stars by tempests. — The turbid sea is rolling vast waves 
to the shores. — The farmer leads the girls home from (ab) the 
city. — Csesar will lead the army over the turbid river. — Cassius 
leads the army through the boundaries of the JEduans and 
Helvetians. — The Helvetians await the coming of Caesar. — 
The boy will hold the bull by the horns (55, a). — The farmer 
is delighted by the fruits (55, a) of the earth. — The king lays 
aside his griefs and sadness. — The singing of the birds (avium) 
will delight the soldiers. — The trees are adorned by many fruits. 
— There are many large ships in the harbour. — The winds raise 
the great waves to the stars. — The lieutenant was leading the 
army of the iEduans across the Rhine. (Repeat trans (113, 
II., b) ). — The horns of bulls are large. — The queen will lay 
aside her grief and sadness. — The master sends his slaves home. 



§ 14. 



FIFTH DECLENSION OF NOUNS. 



LESSON XIX. 

Nouns. — Fifth Declension. 

(114.) The Fifth Declension comprises all nouns 
whose gen. ending is el. The nom. ending is es. 

(115.) There are but few nouns of this declension, 
and they are all feminine except dies, day, and me- 
ridies, mid-day; and even dies is fern, in the sing. 
when it means a fixed day. 

(116.) The case-endings are as follows: 



Sin*. 
Plur. 


N.V. 

es. 
es. 


G. 

ei. 
eruni. 


D. 
flL 

ebiis. 


Ace. Abl. 
em. e. 

es. ebus. 



Rem. In the gen. and dat. the e in e i is long when a vowel stands be- 
fore it; e. g., di-el: short when a consonant stands before it; e. g. t 
fid-el. 

(117.) By adding the endings to the stems r- and 
di-, we get the 

PARADIGMS. 



Thdng (f). 


N. V. 


G. 


D. 


Ace. 


Abl. 


Singular. 


r-es. 


r-ei. 


r-ei. 


r-em. 


r-e. 


Plural. 


r-es. 


r-erum. 


r-ebus. 


r-es. 


r-ebus. 


Day (m.). 












Singular. 


di-es. 


di-el. 


di-el. 


di-em. 


dl-e. 


Plural. 


di-es. 


dl-erum. 


di-ebus. 


di-es. 


di-ebus. 



Rem. Only res, dies,, specie; 
dat., and abl. plur. are wanting 



, have the plur. complete ; 
in all others. 



the gen., 



(118.) 

I. Vocabulary. 



EXERCISE. 



Hope, spes. ei. 

Day, dies, ei (m.). 

To appoint, constitiiere. 

To had out, e due ere. 

To lead back, reducere. 

Line of battle, acies, ei. 

To draw tip, instniere. 

About, circiter (prep, with ace). 

About mid-day, circiter meridiem. 

Victory, victoria, es. 



Mid -day, meridies, ei (m.). 

Sixth, sextus, a, urn. 

Reward, praemiuni, i. 

Sun, sol, (sol) is (m.). 

Setting, occasus, us. 

Seventh, septimus, a, urn. 

Out of, e or ex (prep, with ablative). 

Faith, promise, fides, SI. 

The next, postSrus, a, um 

To fight, pugnare\ 



52 NOUNS. FIFTH DECLENSION. 



Caesar aciem instriiit. 
Poster 6 die castra movent. 



II. Examples. 

(a) Ccesar draws up the line 
of battle. 

(b) The next day they move 
the camp. 

(c) Rule of Syntax. — The point of time at which any thing 
occurs is expressed by the ablative ; e. g., in (b) postero 
die. — At sun-set = so lis occasu. 

III. Translate into English. 

Spes victories milites delectat. — Milites spe (93, II., R.) vic- 
toriae delectantur. — Diesvenit. — Caesar diem constituit. — Caesar 
diem ciim legatis constituit. — Imperator fortis exercitum educit, 
et aciem instriiit. — Circiter meridiem pugnant. — Caesar, circiter 
meridiem, exercitum in castra reducit. — Sexto die (118, II., c) 
Caesar exercitum ex castris educit. — Spes praemiorum piieros 
delectat. — Pueri spe praemiorum delectantur. — Solis occasu 
Helve til castra movebant. — Septimo die Belgae copias omnes 
ex castris educebant. — Solis occasu Ariovistus aciem instriiit. 
— Circiter meridiem proeliiim redintegrabunt. — Consul clarus 
diem ciim legatis constituit. — Principes nobiles fidem violant. 

IV. Translate into Latin. 

The hope of victory delights the noble chiefs. — The consul 
about mid-day leads out the army and renews the fierce battle. 
— The powerful chiefs, at the-setting of-the-sun (118, II., c), 
kill all the prisoners. — The day will come. — The consul, at the 
setting of the sun, will renew the great battle. — At the setting 
of the sun the great battle will be renewed. — On the sixth day 
all the forces will be led back to the camp. — The Germans ap- 
point a day with Caesar. — The next day the Germans move 
(their) camp- — -Ariovistus, on the next day, draws out the line 
of battle. — Caesar appoints the mid-day with the ambassadors. — 
About mid-day the messengers come. — About mid-day the con- 
sul will come. — Caesar will not violate (his) promise. 



§ 15. 
PRONOUNS. (XX.— XXXI.) 

LESSON XX. 

Pronouns. — Substantive-Personal and Adjective- 
Personal. — Verbs, First Person. 

(119.) The three pronouns ego, I; tu, thou; sui, of 
himself, herself, itself, are called Substantive, because 
they are used as substantives, not as adjectives ; and 
Personal, because they express the person speaking, 
the person spoken to, and the person spoken of 

(120.) The Substantive-Personal Pronoun of the 
first person is thus declined : 





Norn. 


Gen. 


Dat. 


Ace. 


Abl. 


Sing. 
Plur. 


ego, J. 
nos, we. 


mei, of me. 

nost 4 I of us. 
nostrum, ) 


mihl, to me. 
nobis, to us. 


me, me. 
nos, us. 


me, by me, &c. 
nobis, by us, &c. 



(121.) Derived from the Substantive-Personal Pro- 
nouns are the Adjective-Personal or Possessive Pro- 
nouns ; called Adjective, because they agree with 
nouns ; and Possessive, because they express possession 
(my, thy, his, &c). 

(122.) The Adjective-Personal Pronouns of the frst 
person are declined, in both sing, and plur., like adjec- 
tives of the First Class (76, 77, a). They are, 

(a) Derived from me I, N. meus, mea, meum, my, m^. 

Gr. mei, meae, mei, of my (voc. masc. ml). 
&c. &c. (like b 6 n u s, 76.) 

(b) " from nostrl, N. noster, nostra, nostrum, our, ours. 

G-. nostrl, nostroe, nostrl, of our. 
&c. &c. (like p u 1 c h e" r, 77, a). 

(123.) The following forms of Verbs in the first per- 
son must now be learned : 

E2 



54 



PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 



FIRST CONJUGATION I FIRST PERSON ENDING 


S. 


infin. act., are. infin. pass., dri. 




Indie, present. 


Imperfect. 


Future. 


1st Sing. 
1st Plur. 


Act. J Pass. 
6, or. 

amus. j amur. 


Act. Pass. 
abam. abar. 
abamiis. j abamur. 


Act. 
abd. 
abimus. 


Pass. 
abor. 
abimur. 



(124.) Thus, from the stem am, of am- a re, to love, 
we have : 



infin. act., amare, to love. 



infin. pass., amari, to be loved. 



Indie. Pres. 



Act. 
am-6, 

I love. 
am-amus, 
we love. 



Pass. 
am-6r, 
I am loved. 

am-amur, 
tee are loved. 



Imperfect. 



Act. 
am-abam, 
I was loving. 
am-abamus, 
we were h 



Pass. 
am-abar, 
/ was loved. 
am-abamur, 
we were loved. 



Future. 



Act. 
am-abo. 
I shall love. 
am-abimus, 
we shall love. 



Pass. 
am-abor, 
I shall be loved. 
am-abimur, 
we shall be loved. 



[Rem. The student will learn the passive endings readily by observing 
that r is the passive characteristic, which is added to the active; the con- 
sonant ending of the active, where it has one, being dropped.] 
(125.) EXERCISE. 

I. Vocabulary. 



Book, liber, bri (m.), (64). 

Friend, amicus, i (m.). 

Brother, frater, (fratr) is (m.). 

Cicero, Cicero, (Ciceron) is (m.). 

Sister, soror, (soror) is (f.). 

With (i. e., at one's house), apud 

(prep. ace). 
Fault, culpa, se. 
Yesterday, heri (adv.). 

II. Examples, 
(a) I have a hook. 



All my (possessions), omnia mea* 

(neut. pl.). 
Five, quinque. 
Sharply, acriter. 
To-morrow, eras (adv.). 
Very much, greatly, valde (adv.). 
To blame, vituperarS. 
To sing, cantare. 
Three, tres, tiia (adj. of Class II.). 



Est mihi liber (i. e., there is 
a book to me). 

Rule of Syntax. — The dative case is used with est or sunt, 
to denote the person who has or possesses something.* 
The thing possessed is nom. to est or sunt. 



Puer me cum in horto heri 
ambulabat. 



(6) The boy icas walking 
with tM in the garden yes- 
terday. 
Rule of Position. — The preposition cum is suffixed to the 

personal pronouns ; e. g., mecum, with me; nobiscum, 

with us, instead of cum me, ciim nobis. 

[Recollect that the personal and possessive pronouns are not expressed 
in Latin, unless emphasis or perspicuity demands it.] 

* This is called the Dative of Possession, and should always be referred 
to as such by the pupil. 



PERSONAL PRONOUNS. FIRST PERSON. 55 

III. Translate into English. 

Ego canto, amicus audit. — Ego et frater ambulamus.* — Ego 
et filius meus festmamus. — Sunt mihi tres libri (125, II., a). — 
Sunt mihi quattuor equi et quinqiie canes. — In horto ambula- 
bam. — A bonis (82, I., R.) amabor. — Cicero a me laudatur. — 
Hostes nobiscum (125, II., b) acriter pugnant. — Heri in agris 
ambulabamus. — Pater ad nos nuntium mittet. — Culpa nostra est. 
— Cras in hort5 caenabimiis. — Delectabamur. — Pueri in horto 
nobiscum ambulabunt. — Litterarum studiumf (38, b) mihi (106, 
II,) utile erit. — A magistro laudabar. — Omnia mea mecum 
porto. — Ego a fratre valde amor.— -Nos laudamur, puellse vitu- 
perantiir. — Nos a magistro verberabimur. 

IV. Translate into Latin. 

We praise the beautiful girl. — We have (125, II., a) four large 
cups. — I have (= there are to me) four sons and three daughters 
(125, II., a). — We shall praise Caesar's brave soldiers. — I walk, 
my friend rides. — I and my sister will ride.* — I and my brother 
will walk* in the king's garden. — I and my father will sup* in 
the garden to-morrow. — We shall always praise the wise and 
good.— The works of Cicero will be praised by us (93, II., b), 
the works of Caesar by the soldiers. — The fault is mine. — We 
have many large cups (125, II., a). — I have three beautiful sisters. 
—I have four brothers. — My father will walk with me in Cae- 
sar's garden (Ctesdrts m horto). % — The study of literature is 
iseful to us (106, II.). — To-day we shall sup with (apud) 
Crassus. 



LESSON XXI. 

Pronouns, Personal and Possessive, continued, — Verbs, 
First Person, continued. 
(126.) The following are some of the endings for 
the first person in verbs of the 

* If a predicate have two or more nominatives, connected by a conjunc- 
tion, it takes generally the plural number ; and if the nominatives be of 
different persons, the verb takes the first person rather than the second, 
the second rather than the third. 

t Litterarum s t u d i u m = the pursuit (or study) of literature (letters) . 

% In all such cases, put the prep, between the genitive and the noun 
governed by the prep. 



56 



VERBS. FIRST PERSON. 



SECOND CONJUGATION. 





STEM. 


SINGULAR ENDINGS. 


PLURAL ENDINGS. 






Active. 


Passive. 


Active. 


Passive. 


Present. 


moil" 


e6. 


eor. 


emus. 


emur. 


Imperfect. 


mon- 


ebam. 


ebar. 


ebamus. 


ebamur. 


Future. 


mon- 


ebo. 


ebor. 


ebimus. 


ebimur. 



[Rem. The student will learn these forms readily by observing that 
they differ chiefly from those of the first conjugation in having I be- 
fore the last syllable instead of a. By adding the endings, as above 
given, to the stem mon-, which stands at the left hand, he will form 
the paradigm of monere, to advise] 

(127.) The following are some of the endings for 
the first person in the third and fourth conjugations. 

THIRD CONJUGATION. 





STEM. 


SINGULAR ENDINGS. 


PLURAL ENDINGS. 


Present. 

Imperfect. 

Future. 


reg- 
reg- 
reg- 


Active. 

6. 

ebam. 
am. 


Passive. 

or. 

ebar. 

ar. 


Active. 

imus. 

ebamus. 

emus. 


Passive. 

imur. 

ebamur. 

emur. 



[Rem. Compare these with the endings of the 2d conj., and observe 
that, 

1. In the pres. e is dropped in the sing., and i assumed in the plur. 

2. The imperfect is precisely the same. 

3. But the future is a new form. 

4. By adding the endings to the stem placed at the left, you form the 
paradigm of r egg re, to rule] 



(128.) 



FOURTH CONJUGATION. 





STEM. 


SINGULAR ENDINGS. 


PLURAL ENDINGS. 


Present. 

Imperfect. 

Future. 


aud- 
aud- 
aud- 


Active. 

i6. 

iebam. 

iam. 


Passive. 

ior. 

iebar. 

iar. 


Active. 

imus. 

iebamus. 

iemus. 


Passive. 

imur. 

iebamur. 

iemur. 



[Rem. Observe that the endings of the 4th conj. differ from those of 
the 3d simply by prefixing the letter f. In the 1st plur. the i pre- 
fixed combines with that of the endings imus, imur, and forms imus, 



(129.) 

I. Vocabulary. 

Fierce, ferox, (feroc) is (107). 
Nothing, nihil (neut. indecl.). 
To be well, valere. 
To arrange, disponere. 

II. Example. 

I have nothing to do with 
Antony (125, II., a). 



EXERCISE. 



Wicked, improbils, a, urn. 
Garrison, presidium, l. 
Latin, Latmiis, a, iim. 
Antony, Antonius, i. 

Nihil est mihi ciim Antonio 
(i. e., there is nothing to me 
with Antony). 



VERBS. SECOND PERSON. 



57 



III. Translate into English. 

2d Conjugation. — Ego et frater valemus (125, III.*). — A 
magistro docebimur. — Linguam Latinam doceo. — A patre mo- 
neor. — A magistro bono docemur. — Ab hoste timebar. — Hos- 
tium adventum non timebo. 3d Conjugation. — Regebamur. — 
Prassidia disponebamus. — A Deo regimur. — Ego exercitum 
ducam. — A filio meo relinquar. — Liipos feroces occidimus. 
4th Conjugation. — Castella muniemus. — Avium cantum audi- 
miis. — Cras ad urbem veniam. — Nihil est mihi cum improbis. 
— Nihil est nobis cum hostibus. 

IV. Translate into Latin. 

2d Conjugation. — I and my son are well (125, III.*). — 
We shall see the brave soldiers. — I am taught by good masters. 
— We were fearing the approach of the enemy. — 1 was teach- 
ing the Latin language. — We shall be feared by the enemy. — 
We shall be advised by our father. 3d Conjugation. — We 
were led by a brave general. — I was killing three wolves. — We 
are ruled by a good king. — We shall arrange the garrisons. — 
I shall bring (ducere) my daughter from (ab) the city. — We 
shall lead the forces of the Germans. 4th Conjugation. — We 
were heard by the master. — We shall sleep in the little town 
(89,11.). — We shall come to the town to-morrow. — I shall be 
heard by the girls. — We were fortifying the towns. — We have 
nothing to do with the foolish (129, II.). — I have nothing to do 
with Caesar. 



LESSON XXII. 

Pronouns.- — Substantive-Personal and Adjective- Per- 
sonal. — Verbs, Second Person. 
(130.) The Substantive-Personal Pronoun of the 
second person is thus declined : 



| Norn. 


Gen. 


Dat. 


Ace. Voc. 


Al>l. 


Sing. 
Plur. 


td, thou. 
vos, you. 


tui, of thee. 
vestri, > of 
vestrum, ) you. 


tibl, to thee. 
vobis, to you. 


te, thee. ;tu, thou. 
vos, you.Wos, you. 


te, by. 

vobis, by. 

1 



(131.) The following are some of the endings of t\. 
second person of verbs of the 



58 



PERSONAL PRONOUN. 



-SECOND PERSON. 







FIRST 


CONJUGATION. 






STEM. 


SINGULAR ENDINGS. 


PLURAL ENDINGS. 


Pres. 
Imp. 
Fut. 


am- 
am- 
am- 


Act. 

as. 

abas, 
abis. 


Pass. 

arls. 

abaris. 

aberis. 


Act. 

atis. 

abatis. 

abitis. 


Pass. 

ammi. 

abaminl. 

abimini. 



(132.) 

I. Vocabulary. 



EXERCISE. 



Yesterday, heri. (adv.). I To wound, vulnerare. 

To-day, hodie (adv.). I To fight, pugnare. 

II. Translate into English. 

Cras meciim coenabis. — Tu me amas, ego te amo. — Vos 
vobiseiim pugnatis. — Tu cantas, nos audimus. — In horto ambu- 
labatis. — Tu a patre valde amaris. — Vos vituperamini, nos lau- 
damiir. — Nihil est Ubi cum Csesare. — Cras vobiscum coenabo. 
— Nos laudabimur, vos vituperabimim. — Nihil vobJs est cum bo- 
nis. — Heri ambulabatis. — Hodie pugnabitis. — Laudabamini. — 
Vulnerabimini. — Vocatis. — Vocamini. — Amatis. — Amamini. 
— Cantabatis. — Vocabamini. 

III. Translate into Latin. 

' To-day ye were supping with us (125, II., b). — Ye love us, 
we love you. — Ye were singing, we were hearing. — Ye have 
nothing to do with the king (129, II.). — Thou wast greatly 
loved by Caesar. — Ye shall be praised by our master. — Ye shall 
be blamed by the good (82, 1., R.). — Ye are called by the mes- 
senger.— Thou lightest with thyself* (125, II., b).~ Ye shall 
sup with us to-morrow. — Thou wilt fight to-morrow. — Thou 
wast loving. — Thou wast loved. — Thou wilt blame. — Thou 
wilt be blamed. — Ye are praising. — Ye are praised. — Thou 
woundest. — Thou art wounded. 



LESSON XXIII. 



Pronouns, Personal and Possessive, continued. — Verbs, 
Second Person, Second Conjugation. 
(133.) The following are some of the endings for 
the second person, in verbs of the 



* Tecum. 



VERBS. SECOND PERSON. 



59 







SECOND 


CONJUGATION. 






STEM. 


SINGULAR ENDINGS. 


PLURAL ENDINGS. 


Pres. 
Imp. 
Fut. 


nion- 
mon- 
nion- 


Act. 

es. 
ebas. 

ebis. 


Pass. 

eris. 

ebarls. 

eberis. 


I Act. 

etis. 

ebatis. 

ebitis. 


Pass. 

emmi. 

ebamini. 

ebiminl. 



(134.) The Adjective-Personal (or Possessive) Pro- 
nouns of the Second Person are 9 tuus, a, urn, thy ; 
and vester, vestra, vestrum, your. 

N. tuus, a, um, thy, thine. 
G. tin, 33, i, of thy, &c. 
N. vester, vestra, vestrum, your. 
G. vestri, vestrae, vestri, of your. 
(135.) EXERCISE. 

I. Vocabulary. 



(a) Derived from t u I, 

(b) Derived from vestri, 



Thou art, es (2d person sing. ind. 

pres. of esse). 
Ye are, estis (2d person pi. of do.). 
I ivas, eram (1st imperf. do.). 
Cause, > causa. 

For the sake of, S causa (abl.). 
To learn, discere. 

II. Examples. 

(a) N e is an interrogative particle used in asking questions. 
It is annexed to the word to which it especially refers ; e. g., 
(1 ) Do you teach the boy ? Tune puerum doces ? 



Of concerning; de (prep. abl.). 
To laugh, ridere. 
To rejoice, gaudere. 
Safety, salus, (saliit) is (f.). 
Leader, guide, dux, (due) is (m.). 
Why, cur (adv.). 
Because, that, quod (conj.). 



(2) Do you teach the boy ? 

(3) Do you teach the boy ? 



D 6 c e s n e puerum ? 
Pueriimne doces ? 
In (1) tu has the emphasis; in (2) doces; and in (3) 
puerum. 



(b) Ye are warned, for the 
sake of your (own) safety. 



Vestrse salutis causa 
monemim. 

Rule of Position. — Causa, for the sake of (the abl. of 
causa, a cause), is always placed after the genitive which 
depends on it. 
(c) I was your leader. | Dux ego vester eram. 

III. Translate into English. 

Videsne serviim meum ? (135, II., 2). — Tuae salutis causa 
(135, II., b) moneris. — Cur ridetis ? — Vestrae salutis causa 
monemim. — Gaudeo quod tu et pater tuus valetls (125, III., *)• 



60 



VERBS. SECOND PERSON. 



— Videbasne milites ? — De culpa tua monebaris. — Cur ridsba- 
tis. — Hostium adventum non timebis. — Tuae salutis causa mon- 
eberis. — Nos discemus, vos docebimini. — Timetisne Cse saris 
adventum? — Esne tu beatus ? — Culpa tua est {the fault is thine). 
— Pueri in horto vobiscum ambulabant. — Magister ego vester 
eram (135, II., c). 

IV. Translate into Latin* 

[The emphatic words are in italics.] 
Did you see your master ? — Do you fear the approach of 
Caesar? — Are you happy? — You were warned (advised) for 
the sake of your own safety. — Are you and your father well t 
(125, III., *). — The fault was yours. — You shall see the ene- 
my, but (sed) shall not fear (them). — I am your friend. — I was 
your friend. — You teach, but we learn. — You shall teach, but 
we shall learn. — Why do you not (non) fear the master ? — You 
were warned of (d e) your fault. — Do you see your slaves ? — 
Are you Caesar ? — Why do you fear the master ? — You shall 
see great cities and many men. — We shall sup with you to-mor- 
row. — You shall be warned, for the sake of your own safety. — 
We rejoice that you and your daughter are well (125, III., *). 



LESSON XXIV. 
Verbs, Second Person, Third and Fourth Conjugations. 
(136.) The following are some of the endings of 
the second person in verbs of the 

THIRD CONJUGATION. 





STEM. 


ACTIVE ENDINGS. 


PASSIVE ENDINGS. 


Pres. 

Imper. 

Fut. 


reg- 
reg- 
reg- 


•2d Sing. 
IS. 

ebas. 

es. 


2d Plur. 
ItlS. 

ebatis. 
etis. 


2d Sing. 

ens. 
ebaris. 

eris. 


2d Plur. 

lmmi. 

ebanrini. 

emini. 



(137.) The following are some of the endings of 
the second person in verbs of the 

FOURTH CONJUGATION. 





STEM. 


ACTIVE ENDINGS. 


PASSIVE ENDINGS. 


Pres. 
Imp. 
Fut. 


aud- 
aud- 
aud- 


2d Sing. 

Is. 

iebas. 

ies. 


2d Plur. 
ItlS. 

iebatis. 
ietis. 


2d Sing. 

iris. 

iebaris. 

ieris. 


2d Plur. 

lmmi. 

iebammi. 

iemml. 





When you, your, occur, translate them both in sing, and plur., for 
the sake of practice. 



PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 61 

(138.) Observe, 

(a) That the present endings of the 3d and 4th conjugations are nearly 
alike, the vowel (i) of the fourth being long (I). 

(b) That the imperfect and future endings of the fourth conjugation 
differ from those of the third by prefixing the letter i. 

EXERCISE. 

(139.) Vocabulary. 



Plant, planta, os. 

To sow, to plant, serere. 

To find, invenire. 

Orator, orator, (orator) is (m.). 

Voice, vox, (voc) is (f.). 

To react, legere. 



Whence, unde (adv.). 
Long, longe (adv.). 
Badly, male. 
To punish, punire. 
So, tam (adv.). 
Bird, avis, (av) is (f.) 



(140.) Translate into English. 

3d Conjugation. — Cur non scribis. — Arbores et plantas sere- 
batis. — Hodie ad Caesarem mitteris. — Cur tam male scribis ? — 
Ad castra reducemim. — Legis-ne Ciceronis opera ? — Scribis- 
ne epistolam ad Caesarem? 4th Conjugation. — Unde venis? 
— Cur tam longe dormis ? — Magistrum bonum invenies. — Audis- 
-ne magistri vocem? — Ciir non venietis ? — A Caesare audiris. 
— A magistro puniemini. — Oratorem audietis. — In horto dor- 
miebatis. — Cantum avium auditis. 

(141.) Translate into Latin. [Refer to 135, II.] 

3d Conjugation. — Are you writing a letter ? — Thou wast 
planting a tree to-day. — Were (you) reading the works of Cicero ? 
— Why do you read so badly ? — Are you writing a letter to the 
messenger? — Thou wilt read Csesar to-day. — Thou art sent 
to the camp. — Thou wilt be led by the ambassadors. 4th Con- 
jugation. — Why do you not come ? — Ye shall hear the voice of 
Caesar. — Thou wilt sleep in the camp. — Ye shall be heard by 
the master.— -Thou shalt be punished. — Ye are heard. — Thou 
shalt hear the singing of the birds. 



LESSON XXV. 
Pronouns. — Substantive- Personal and Adjective- Per- 
sonal, Third Person. 
(142.) The Substantive Pronoun of the third per- 
son is thus declined : 

F 



62 



PERSONAL PRONOUN. 



-THItti) PERSON. 



Sing. 


Mom. 


Gen. 


Dat. 


Ace. 


Abl. 


sui, of himself, 


sibl, to him- 


se, himself &c. 


se, by himself, 






herself itself. 
sui, of ilcem- 


self, &c. 




&c. 


Plur. 


— 


sibl, to them- 


se, themselves. 


se, by them- 






selves. 


selves. 




selves, &c. 



(143.) The Adjective Pronoun of the third person 

is declined like an adjective of the first class : thus, 

Derived from sui, N. suus, a, um, his, hers, its, his own. 

G. sui, se, I, of his, hers, its, &c. 

Rem. Observe that sui is not a regular pronoun of the third person, 
like the English he, she, it, but reflexive ; e. g., puer s e laudat, the 
boy praises himself. It therefore has no nom. case. [The nom. 
pronouns he, she, it, are not often expressed in Latin; but when 
they must be, a demonstrative pronoun, generally hie, is, or i lie, is 
employed.] 

EXERCISE. 

(144.) Vocabulary. 

Hand, mantis, us (f.) (112, 2). 
To love (with esteem), dilig-ere. 
To live, viv-ere. 
To contend, contend-ere. 
To defend, defend-ere. 
To burn, incend-ere. 
Townsman, oppidanus, a, um. 
A Sequa?iian, Sequanus, l. 

(145.) Examples. 

(a) Ccesar calls Divitiacus 
to himself. 

(b) The girl writes the let- 
ter with her own hand. 



Among, inter (prep.). 

Corn, frumentum, i. 

From (prep.) a or ab.t 

A legion, legio, (legion) Is (f ). 

To rule, command, imper-are (with 

dat. of person). 
To send away, ; 



> dimitt-ere. 



Caesar Divitiacum ad se vocat. 



Puella epistolam manti sua 
scribit. 



[Rem. Se is often doubled, for the sake of emphasis.] 



(c) Men always love them- 
selves. 

(d) The good live not for 
themselves, but for all. 



Homines semper sese dili- 

gunt. 
Boni non sibl, sed omnibus 

vivunt. 



(146.) Translate into English. 

Hostes inter se contendunt. — Oppidani se suaque ab hosti- 
bus defendebant. — Helve til oppida sua omnia incendunt. — Cae- 
sar tres legiones seciim habet. — Consul legatos ab se dimittet. 
— Sapiens omnia sua* secum portat. — Helvetii et Sequani ob- 

* Omnia sua = all his (property) ; the noun being understood. 

t A is used before consonants only ; ab before either vowels or consonants. 



DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS. 



63 



sides inter sese dabant. — Boni sese non diligunt. — Helve til 
frumentum omne* secum portabant. — Improbi sibi semper vi- 
vunt. — Sapiens sibi semper imperat (147). 

(147.) Rule of Syntax. — The Dative is used with some 
verbs signifying to command, to rule, to obey, 

(148.) Translate into Latin. 

Good men do not praise themselves. — The townsmen were 
fighting with each other (inter s e). — The wise man always 
carries all his (property) with him. — Bad men always love them- 
selves. — The general has three legions with him. — The towns- 
men will carry all their corn with them. — Bad men do not rule 
themselves (147). — The iEduans will defend themselves and 
their (property) from the soldiers. — Caesar was dismissing the 
messenger from him self. — The Germans will burn their villages. 



LESSON XXVI. 
Demonstrative Pronouns. 
(149.) The Demonstrative Pronouns are so called 
because they are used to point out an object ; e. g., 
this, that, these, those. 

(150.) Is, that (often used for he, she, it (143, R.), 
is thus declined; also idem, the very same, com- 
pounded of is and dem. 





Singular. 


Plural. 


Singular. 


Plural. 


N. 


is, ea, id. 


il, eoe, ea. 


idem, eadeni, 
idem. 


iidem, eoedem, 
eadem. 


G. 


ejus. 


eorum, earurri, 
eorum. 


ejusdem. 


eorundem, ea- 
ruridem, eo- 
rundem. 


D. 


el. 


us, or eis. 


eidem. 


ilsdem. 


Ace. 


eum, eain, id. 


eos, eas, ea. 


eundem, ean- 
dem, idem. 


eosdem, eas- 
dem, eadem. 


Abl. 


eo, ea, eo. 


us, or eis. 


eodem, eadem, 
eodem. 


ilsdem. 



(151.) The following forms of the verb esse, to be, 
must now be learned. 

* Frumentum omnS = all their corn. 



64 



DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS. 



TENSES. 


8INGULAE. 


Present. 

Imperfect. 

Future. 


1st. 

sum, I am. 
eram, was. 
ero, shall or will be. 


2d. 

es, thou art. 

eras. 

eris. 


3d. 

est, he, she, 6cc.,is. 

erat. 

erit. 




PLURAL. 


Present. 

Imperfect. 

Future. 


1st. 

sumus, we are. 
eramiis, were. 
erimus. 


2d. 

estis, ye are. 
eratis. 
eritis . 


3d. 

sunt, they are. 

erant. 

erunt. 



EXERCISE. 



(152.) Vocabulary. 

To keep off, ) 

To prevent, ) ^ 

To refrain, temperare. 

Merchant, mercator, (mercator) is 

(m.). 
Colour, color, (color) is (m.). 
And, atque (conj.). 
Plato, Plato, (Platon) is. 

(153.) Examples. 

(a) The Helvetians contend 
with the Germans, and 
keep them off from their 
boundaries. 

(b) The father calls his (own) 
son to him(self). 

(c) The father calls his 
daughter and her son to 
Yi\m(self). 

13P 1 Observe carefully, that if his, hers, its, refers to the principal sub- 
ject of the sentence, it is expressed by the possessive (suus, a, iim) ; but 
if not, by the genitive (ejus) of the demonstrative (is, ea, id). 

(154.) Translate into English. 

(1) Is, ea, id, used for he, she, it (personal). 

Ii ab injuria temperant. — Is est in provincia tua. — Merca- 
tores ad eos ssepe veniunt. — Ab ils multa (82, I., R.) poscimiis. 
— Belgse cum iEduis contendunt, eosqiie suis finibus (153, a) 
prohibent. 

(2) I s, used as demonstrative, this, that ; also, i d e m, as the same. 

* Suis finibus is in the ablative. All verbs of separating, depriving, Sec, 
may take a noun in the ablative, with the direct object in the accusative. 



Elegant, elegans, (elegant) is. 
Gladly, willingly, libenter (adv.). 
Way, journey, iter, (ltiner) is (n.). 
Kingdom, regnilm, I. 
Flower, flos, (flor) is (m.). 
Writer, scriptor, (scriptor) is (m.). 
Never, nunquam (adv.). 



Helvetii cum Germanis con- 
tendunt, eos que suis fini- 
bus prohibent.* 

Pater f ilium suum ad se vo- 

cat. 
Pater filiam suam et f ilium 

ejus, ad se vocat. 



DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS. 



65 



In eo itinere Caesar Crassum videt. — Dumnorix, eo tempore 
(118, II., c) regnum tenebat. — Non semper idem floribus (125, 
II., a) est color. — In ea provincia sunt quattuor legiones. 

(3) Distinction between ejus and suiis, a, um. 

Cicero est scriptor ciarus ; ejus libros libenter legimus. — 
Caesar ad se Dumnorigem atque filium ejus vocabit. — Plato est 
scriptor elegans ; ejus opera libenter lego. 

Dux ego vester eram. — Es-ne tu Socrates ? — Estisne beati ? 
— Caesar dux vester erat. 

(155.) Translate into Latin. 

They were walking in the garden yesterday. — The king 
will give them (dat., 54) rewards. — They are in Gaul. — Mer- 
chants never come to them. — We were demanding rewards of 
(ab) them. — In that province Caesar finds many deserters. — In 
that province there are three legions. — At that time (abl., 118, 
II., c) Caesar was leading the army. — Horses (125, II., a) have 
not always the same colour. — Caesar calls Divitiacus and his 
brothers to him (self). — Caesar is an elegant writer ; we read his 
works with pleasure. — I am your leader. — You shall be our 
leader. — Caesar was our leader. — The iEduans contend with 
the Helvetians, and keep them off their boundaries. 



LESSON XXVII. 
Demonstrative Pronouns, continued. 
(156.) The Demonstrative hie, haec, hoc, this, 
points out an object which is present to the speaker, 
and is called demonstrative of thej^r^ person; e. g., 
this book (of mine), hi c liber. 





Nom. 


Gen. 


Dat. 


Ace. 


Abl. 


Sing. 
Plur. 


hie, haec, hoc. 
hi, hse, haec. 


hujus. 

horum, harum, 
hortim. 


hale, 
his. 


hunc, hanc, 

hoc. 
hos, has, 

haec. 


hoc, hac, hoc. 
his. 



Rem. Hie is used also (as was stated 143, R.) for he, site, it ; e. g., hi c 
dicit, he (this man) speaks. 

(157.) Iste, ista, istud, this, that, points out an 

F 2 



66 



DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS. 



object which is present to the person spoken to, and is 
called the demonstrative of the second person ; e. g., 
that book (of yours), iste liber. 





Norn. 


Gen. 


Dat. 


Ace. 


Abl. 


Sing-. 
Plur. 


iste, ista, 
istud. 

isti, istae, 
ista. 


istius. 

istorum, arilm, 
orum. 


isti. 
istls. 


istum, istam, 

istud. 
istos, istas, 

ista. 


isto, ista, isto. 

istls. 



Rem. Iste is often used to denote contempt; e. g., iste-ne dicit? 
Does that fellow speak ? 

(158.) II le, ilia, illud, points out an object re- 
mote from the speaker (that, the former, opposed to 
hie), and is called the demonstrative of the third per- 
son. It is used often for the personal pronoun he, she, 
it (143, R.). 

It is declined throughout like iste, ista, istud. 



Rem. In the genitives, istius, illius, ipsius, the penult I is long, 
contrary to the general rule (24, 1) that a vowel before another is 
short. 

(159.) Ipse, ipsa, ipsum, is properly an adjunc- 
tive pronoun, as it is added to other pronouns ; e. g., 

J (and not another) praise myself. I Ego me ipse laud6. 
I praise myself (and not another). | Ego me ipsum laudd. 

EXERCISE. 

(160.) Vocabulary. 



Opinion, sententia, oe. 

To please, placere. 

To displease, displlcere. 

Sou I, animus, I. 

Proverb, pro v erbium, l. 

Lazy, ignavus, a, um. 

Excellent, \ . „ w « 

CefeWe^5 pra ° larUS ' a ' Um - 

Reason, ratiS, (ration) is (f.). 

(161.) Examples. 
(a) This opinion pleases me, 
that displeases (me). 



Animal, animal, (animal) is (neut.). 
Plea-sing, agreeable, gratiis, a, um. 
Base, turpis, e (104). 
Friend, amicus, I. 
To boast, prsedicare. 
To obey, parere (with dat., 147). 
Old, vetus, (veter) is (108, R,., 2). 
Song, carmen, (carmm) is (n.). 
Precept, prasceptum, I, 



Haec sententia mi hi placet, 
ilia displicet. 



DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS. 67 

Rule of Syntax. — Verbs of pleasing, obeying, persuading, 
commanding, favouring, and the reverse,take the Dative 
case. 

Iste tutis amicus vir clarus 

est. 
Animus ipse se mo vet. 



Turpe est de seipso prae- 
dicare. 



(b) That friend of yours is 
an illustrious man. 

(c) The soul itself moves it- 
self. 

(d) It is base to boast of one 1 s 
self. 

Rule of Syntax. — The infinitive is used as the subject of 
a verb, and is then regarded as a noun in the neuter gen- 
der; e. g., praedicare (to boast), in (d), is nom. to est, 
and turpe (base) agrees with it in the neuter. 

(162.) Translate into English. 

(a) Hi pueri magistro parent. — Has litterae valde me delec- 
tant. — Ciceronis libri valde mihi placent : eos libenter lego. — 
Hoc bellum grave est. — Hie puer bonus est, ille ignavus. 

(b) Ista tua f ilia pulchra est. — Istud tuum carmen mihi (106, 
II., c) gratiim est. — Praeclara sunt ista tua praecepta. — Vetiis 
illud proverbhim mihi placet. 

(c) Omne animal seipsum diligit. — Imperator ipse militibus 
(147) imperat. — Ego me ipse non laudabam. — Tu teipsum laud- 
abis. — Sapiens sibi ipsi imperat. 

(d) Jucundiim est amare. 

(163.) Translate into Latin. 

(a) That illustrious precept was-pleasing-to (placebat) Cato. 
— That brave general will command the soldiers. — The soldiers 
willingly obey this brave general. — This precept pleases me, 
that displeases (me). — The works of Caesar please me very 
much; I read them gladly (libenter). 

(b) That horse of yours is a beautiful animal. — I keep in 
memory (memoria teneo) that excellent precept of yours. — 
Those songs of yours are pleasing (grata) to me. — That letter 
of yours was delighting me very much. 

(c) The soul rules itself (161, c) by reason (ratione, 55, a). — 
The poet himself praises himself (159). — Caesar himself will 
command the legions (161, c). — The soldiers willingly (libentSr) 



68 



RELATIVE PRONOUN. 



obey Caesar himself. — Do you (135, II., 1) praise yourself ?- 
Wise men themselves always rule themselves (147). 

(d) It is pleasant to love (one's) friends. — It is base to boast 
of (one's) friends. — It is agreeable to please (one's) father. 



LESSON XXVIII. 
(164.) The Relative Pronoun (who, which), qui, 
q u se, q u 6 d, is thus declined : 



Sing. 
Plur. 



qui, quae, 
quod. 

qui, quae, 
quae. 



cujus. 

quorum, quarum, quibus. 
quorum. 



quern, quam, 

quod, 
quos, quas, quae. 



quo, qua, quo. 
quibus. 



Hem. duicunque, quae cun que, quodcunque (whosoever, which- 
soever, whatsoever) is declined like qui, quae, quod: cunque be- 
ing simply annexed to the different cases. 

(165.) The Relative commonly refers to some preceding 
word, which is therefore called the antecedent ; e. g., The man, 
who lives well, is happy. Here man is the antecedent; who, 
the relative. The sentence in which the relative occurs is call- 
ed the relative sentence ; the other the principal or antecedent 
sentence ; e, g. (above), the man is happy, is the principal sen- 
tence : who lives well, the relative sentence. 
EXERCISE. 

(166.) Vocabulary. 



Poor, aegens, (aegent) is (108). 

Enough, satis (adv.). 

Nearest to, neighbours to, proxnnus, 

a, iim. 
To dwell, incolere (intrans.). 
To inhabit, incolere (trans). 
Blood, sanguis, (sangum) is (m.). 
Also, etiam (conj.). 
Heart, cor, (cord) is (n.). 
To despise, contemnere. 
Magnanimous, magnanlmus, a, urn. 
Honest, honourable, honestus, a, iim. 

(167.) Examples, 
(a) The boy, who reads, 
learns. 



Fountain, fons, (font) is (m.). 

Water, aqua, 33. 

Winter-quarters, hiberna, orum (pi.). 

To winter, hiemare. 

Arethusa, Arethusa, 33. 

To return, restore, reddere. 

Virtue, virtus, (virtut) is (f.). 

To repel, propulsare. 

To vaunt, ostentare. 

Fame, fama, ae. 

To do, to make, facere. 

One, unus, a, um. 

Puer, qui legit, discit. 



RELATIVE PRONOUN. 



69 



The girl, who reads, learns, 
(b) The boy, whom we see, 

is handsome. 
The girl, whom we see, is 

handsome. 



P u e 1 1 a, q u ae legit, discit. 
Puer, quern videmus, est 

pulcher. 
Puella, quam videmus, est 

pulchra. 



Rule of Syntax. — The Relative Pronoun must agree with 
its antecedent in gender and number (as in (a) ), but its 
case is fixed by the construction of the relative sentence 
(e. g., in (a) qui is nomin. to legit: in (b) quern is 
ace, governed by videmus). 



(c) /who write. 
We who write, 



(d) He is poor who has not 
enough. 



Ego, qui s crib 6. 
Nos, qui scribimus. 
Rule of Syntax. — The verb in the relative sentence agrees 
with the relative in number, but takes the person of the 
antecedent. 

f (1) iEgens est is, qui non 
satis habet. 

(2) Is aegens est, qui non 
satis habet. 

(3) Qui non satis habet, is 
aegens est. 

(4) Qui non satis habet, 
gegens est. 

Rule of Position. — The relative generally stands at the be- 
ginning of its sentence, and (1) as near to its antecedent 
as possible. (2) I s and qui are made emphatic when 
is begins the principal sentence and qui the relative 
sentence ; (3) and still more emphatic when the relative 
sentence stands first. (4) The antecedent is often 
omitted entirely. 

(168.) Translate into English. 

(a) Proximi sunt Germanis, qui trans Rhenum incolunt. — 
Omne animal, quod sanguinem habet, habet etiam cor. — Cae- 
sar, tres legiones, q u ae in provincia hiemabant, ex hibernis edu- 
cit. — Omnia (82, I., R.) quae pulchra sunt, honesta sunt. 

(b) Felix est rex, quern omnes elves amant. — In hac insu- 
la est fons aquae dulcis, cui nomen est Arethusa (125, II., a). 



70 INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS. 

— Ariovistus obsides reddit, quos habet ab JEduis. — Gallise 
sunt partes tres, quarum unam Belgae incolunt. 

(d) (1) Beat! sunt ii, quorum vita virtute (abl., 55, a) regi- 
tiir. — (2) Is fortis est, qui injuriam propulsat. — (3) Qui se 
ostentat, is stultus dicitur (is called a fool). — (4) Qui famam 
bonam contemnit, virtu tern contemnit. — Fortis et magnanimus 
est, non qui facit, sed qui propulsat injur! am. 

(169.) Translate into Latin. 

(a) The songs which we hear are pleasant (grata) to us 
(106, II., c). — The king who rules wisely is happy. — All animals 
which have blood have also hearts. — Caesar leads across the 
Rhine the five legions which were wintering in the province. 

(b) Happy is the teacher whom all (his) scholars love. — In 
that (ea) island (there) is a city whose name is (to which the 
name is*, 125, II., a) Syracuse (Syracuse). — In this (hac) 
city there is a fountain whose name is Arethusa. — Of Britain 
(there) are three parts, of which (gen.) the English inhabit 
one. 

(d) (1) Happy is he whose life is ruled by the precepts of 
virtue. — He is wise who diligently serves (colit) the gods. — 
(2) They are brave who repel an injury. — (3) They who vaunt 
themselves are called fools. — (4) Who repels an injury, is 
brave and magnanimous. 



LESSON XXIX. 

Interrogative Pronoun. 

(170.) The Interrogative Pronoun is precisely like 
the Relative in form, excepting that for the nom., sing., 
and masc., it has quis, and for the nom. and ace, neut., 
quid; thus, quis, quae, quid. 

(171.) Quisnam, quaenam, quidnam, express a more 
emphatic interrogation than the simple quis, quae, quid, the 
syllable nam answering to our English "pray ;" e. g., 

Pray, what are you doing ? \ Quidnam agis ? 

* Sunt, plural, because Syracussa is plural. 



INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS. 



71 



(172.) In asking questions, the different cases of qui s can be 
used as substantives or as adjectives, excepting that 

(1) In the nom. sing, masc, quis is used as a substantive. 
In the noni. sing, masc, qui is used as an adjective. 

(2) In the nom. and accus., neut., quid is used as a sub- 

stantive. 
In the nom. and accus., neut., quod is used as an ad- 
jective. 



Quis venit ? 

Qui homo venit ? 

Quis homo est ? 

Quid times ? 

Quod periculum times ? 



(1) Who comes ? 
What man comes 1 
Who is the man 1 

(2) What do you fear ? 
What danger do you 

fear 1 
(173.) The answer yes is given by repeating the verb which 
asks the question ; no, by repeating the verb with non. Vero 
(certainly), added to the verb in an affirmative answer, gives it 
more emphasis ; e. g., 



Are you writing ? 

I am writing. 

Are you reading ? 

I am not reading. 

Will you do what I ask ? 

I will certainly do (it). 

EXERCISE 

(174.) Vocabulary. 



Scribis-ne ? 
S cribo. 
Legis-ne ? 
Non lego. 
Faeies-ne quae* rogo? 
Faciarn vero. 



New, novus, a, iim. 

News, novl (neut. gen. of novus, used 
with a neut. adj. or pronoun). 

Nilm, interrogative particle, used 
when no is expected as the an- 
swer. 

To do, agere. 

To be among, interesse (inter + 
esse) ; but quid interest 1 = what 
is the difference ? 



Between, among, inter (prep., ace). 
Beast, brute, bestia, ae. 
An evil, malum, I. 
Without, sine (prep., abl.). 
Figure, figura, ae. 
Mortal, mortalis, e. 
Certainly, verd (affirmative parti- 
cle). 
To carry, vehere. 
Immortal, immortalis,t 6. 



* Heec, quae, plural, should be translated this, what, singular, 
t Observe the force of in prefixed to adjectives. Mortalis = mortal; 
in -f- mortalis = immortalis, immortal. 



72 INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. 



(175.) Examples. 

(a) What is the news ? 

(b) Is there anything new? 
(There is not, is there ?) 

(c) Why do you laugh ? 



Quid est novi? (=What 
is there of new?) 

Num est quidnam novi? 
(N u m expects the answer no.) 

Quid rides? 

(176.) Translate into English. 

Quis nos vocat? — Cujiis hie liber est? — Quern vides? — 
Quid agis. — Quid interest inter hominem et bestiam ? — Quam 
domum invenies sine mails ? — Quid legis? — Epistolam. — Quae 
amicitia est inter improbos ? — Num Caesarem times ? — Non ti- 
meo. — Qua in urbe (125, IV. . N., t) siimus? — Quis homo 
est? — Ego sum Caesar. — Num animus f iguram habet ? — Sunt 
ne homines mortales ? — Sunt vero. — Quid times ? Caesarem 
vehis. 

(177.) Translate into Latin. 

Who calls me ? — Whose are those books ? — What men do 
you see ? — What are you writing ? — A letter. — What book are 
you reading ? — What is the difference between the good and 
the wicked ? — Who is the soldier ? — What is the difference be- 
tween wolves and dogs ? — Do you not fear the enemy ? — I do 
not fear (them.) — What man will you find without a fault (cul- 
p a) ? — In what town are we ? — Whose house is this ? — What 
city will you find without evils? — What is the difference 
between men and beasts ? — What do you fear ? You are car- 
rying the king. — Are men immortal (num) ? — They are not. 



LESSON XXX. 
Indefinite Pronouns. 
(178.) The Indefinite Pronouns denote an object in 
a general way, without reference to a particular indi- 
vidual ; 6. g., any one, some one, &c. They are, 

1. duidam, a certain one, &c., plural, some. 

2. Gluivis, > 7 



INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. 



73 



3. Quisquam, any, any one (e. g., when it is denied that there are any). 
[Neut. quicquam (subst.) ; quodquam (adj.). This pronoun is used 

chiefly in negative sentences.] 

4. duispiam, somebody, some (neut). 

5. Aliquis, some one, something (neut.); any (adj.). 

6. duisque, each, unusquisque,mc& one (stronger than qui s que). 

7. Ecquis? used interrogatively, (does) any one? anything? 

§3^ Observe carefully that each of the above takes quid in 
neuter nom., and ace, when used substantively; and quod 
when used adjectively. 

EXERCISE. 



(179.) Vocabulary. 

The tenth, decimiis, a, urn. 

A javelin, tragula, ae. 

To see, to notice, conspicere. 

Judgment, discretion, consilium, I. 

Eternity, aetemitas, (aBtemitat) is (f.). 

Maker, artificer, faber, fabri (m.). 

Fifth, quintus, a, urn. 

Youth, juventus, (juventut) is (f.). 

Fortune, fortuna, ce. 

Forever, in aetemum. 

Belong, pertinere\ 

(180.) Examples, 
(a) Something new. 
Each one of us. 
A certain thing new. 
Some dignity. 



Art, ars, (art) is (f.). 

Form, forma, 89. 

To discover, invenire. 

For, etenim, conj. (always stands 

first in its clause). 
Cultivation, humanity, humanitas, 

atis (f.). 
Common, communis, is, e. 
Bond, vinculum, I. 
Dignity, dignitas, (dignitat) is (£}. 
Body, corpus, (corpor) is (n.). 



Aliquid novi. 
Unusquisque nostrum. 
Quiddam novi. 
Aliquid dignitatis. 
Rule of Syntax. — The indefinite pronouns may be used 
partitively, and then govern the genitive. 



(b) A certain one of the sol- 
diers. 
Some of the soldiers. 



Quidam (sing.) ex militi- 

biis. 
Quidam (plur.) ex militl- 
biis. 

Rem. The ablat. with ex is used instead of the genitive, especially 
with quidam. 

(181.) Translate into English. 

Quidam ex militibiis decimae legionis veniebat. — Quinto die 
(118, II., c) tragula a quo dam milite conspicitur. — Viri, in 
quibus aliquid consilii (180, a) est, magnanimi sunt. — Tempiis 

G 



74 CORRELATIVE PRONOUNS. 

est pars qusedam geternitatis. — Cuivis (125, II., a) animali 
corpus est. — Quilibet est faber fortune suse. — Unicuique* 
(125, II., a) nostrum (180, 120) est animus immortalis. — 
Quisque nostrum (180) in eeternum vivet. — Animus non habet 
formam aliquam, nee figuram. — Aliquid novi invenies.— 
Etenim omnes artes, quse ad humanitatem pertinent, habent 
quod dam commune vinculum. 

(182.) Translate into Latin. 

[The pronouns of the lesson are italicized in the exercise.] 
Some of the soldiers of the fifth legion are wounded (pres.).— 
On the fifth day (118, II., c) the enemy is noticed by a certain 
soldier of the tenth legion. — Men, in whom there is some dignity 
(180), are magnanimous. — To each man (=of men) there is 
a soul and a body. — I will give the book to any-one-you-please 
of the scholars. Each one of us shall live forever. — You will 
discover a certain thing new. — Some of the soldiers are in the 
city. — For all the arts which belong to cultivation have a certain 
common bond. — Youth is a certain part of life. — Is not (estne) 
any man-you-please the maker of his own fortune ? — Has the 
soul (use num) any form or figure ? 



LESSON XXXI. 

Correlative Pronouns. 
(183.) Correlative Pronouns are such as answer to 
each other ; e. g. 9 how great ? so great. How many ? 
so many, &c. 

[This correlation is often expressed in English by adverbs or conjunc- 
tions : such a man as : as is the general, so are the troops, &c] 
(184.) The Correlative Pronouns are 



Demonstrative. 


Relative. 


Indefinite. 


talis, such. 

tantus, so great, so 
much. 

*tot, so many. 
*totidem, just so many. 


quails ; as, of what 
kind. 

quantus, as great. / 

*quot, as many. 


qualiscunque, of whatever 

kind. 
quantu scunque, however 

great. 
aliquantus, somewhat great. 
^aliquot, some. 
*quotquSt, however many. 



* Unus and quisque" are both declined in iinusquisque\ Unus 
■•s gen. fin i us, <lat. an I. 



CORRELATIVE PRONOUNS. 



75 



Rem. 1. Q,ualis ? of what kind? quantus? how great? quot? 

how many ? are also used interrogatively. 
2. Those marked thus (*) are indeclinable ; the rest are declined like 

adjectives. 

EXERCISE. 



(185.) Vocabulary. 

Where, ubi (adv.). 

Toil, opera, ae. 

Pleasure, voluptas, (voluptat) is (f.). 

Reward, premium, I. 

Gold, aurum, i. 

Money, pecunia, se. 

(186.) Examples. 

(a) So much toil (= of toil). 
How much pleasure 1 (= of 

pleasure ?) 
No reward (= nothing of re- 
ward). 
Much gold (= of gold). 



Fear, timor, (timor) is (in.). 

Or, vel (conj.). 

Advantages, bona (neut. adj.). 

To afford, praebere. 

To covet, expetere. [is (f.). 

Liberality, liberalitas, (liberalitat) 



Tantum operse. 
Quantum voluptatis? 

Nihil praemii. 

Multum auri. (But, much 
money = magna pecunia, 
not multum pecuniae.) 

Aliquantum agri. 



A pretty large piece of 
ground. 

Rule of Syntax. — The neuters, tantum, quantum, 
aliquantum; also, multum, nihil, quid, aliquid, 
and others, are used as neuter nouns, and followed by the 
genitive (Synt., 695, &., R.). 

Obs. Tantum, quantum in neut, with genitive = so much, so 
many, hoio much, how many ; but in masc. and fern., agreeing with 
the noun, so great, how great ; e. g., how many books ? quantum 
librorum; so great fear, tantiis timor. 



(b) As is the master, so are the 
scholars. 



Qualis est magister, tales 
sunt discipuli ; or (with est 
and sunt omitted), qualis 
magister, tales discipuli. 

(187.) Translate into English. 

Quales sunt duces, tales sunt milites. — Fortunae bona (82, 
II.), quantacunque sunt, incerta sunt. — Tantus timor omnem ex- 
ercitum occupabat. — Ubi tantam virtu t^m invenies ? — Quan- 
tum voluptatis virtfs praebet ! — Fratii est (125, II., a) nliquan- 



76 CORRELATIVE PRONOUNS. 

tiim pecuniae. — Virtus nihil praemii vel pecuniae expetit. — Pater 
miM magnam pecuniam dabit. — Quantum (186, Obs.) librorum 
habes ? — Quot homines, tot sententiae. 

(188.) Translate into Latin. 

As are the generals, so are the soldiers. — As is the king, so 
are the leaders. — As are the masters (heri), so are the slaves. 
— As are the fathers, so are the children. — So great an army 
js coming. — The advantages of the body, however great they 
may be (sunt), are uncertain. — Where will you find so great 
liberality ? — How many (186, Obs.) rewards does virtue afford ? 
— Good (men) covet no (186, a) reward. — Will your father 
give (135, II.) you much money ? — Has your brother much 
gold ? — As are the chiefs, so are the citizens. — My father has 
(125, II., a) a pretty large piece of ground. 



§ 16. 
NUMERALS. (XXXIL— XXXIII.) 



LESSON XXXIL 
Numerals. — Partial Table. 
(189.) Numerals are divided into the four classes 
following, of which the first three are adjectives, the 
fourth, adverbs. 





CARDINAL. 


ORDINAL. 


DISTRIBUTIVE. 


ADVERBIAL. 






One apiece, one by 






One, two, &c. 


First, second, &c. 


one, one at a time, 
<fcc. 

singuli, ae, a. 


Once, twice, &c. 


I. 


unus, a, urn. 


primus, a, iim. 


sSmel. 


II. 


duo, OB, 6. 


secundus, a, urn. 


blni, ae, a. 


bis. 


III. 


tres, es, tria. 


tertius, a, um. 


terni, a3, a. 


ter. 


IV. 


quattuor. 


quartus, a, iim. 


quaterni, ae, a. 


quat£r. 


V. 


qumque. 


quintus, a, um. 


quini, ae, a\ 


qumquies. 


VI. 


sex. 


sextiis, a, um. 


seni, ae, a. 


sexies. 


VII. 


septem. 


Septimus, a, iim. 


septem, ae, &. 


septies. 


VIII. 


octo. 


octavus, a, um. 


octoni, 33, a. 


octies. 


IX. 


n 6 v em. 


noniis, a, um. 


novenT, ae, a. 


no vies. 


X. 


decern. 


decimiis, a, um. 


deni, a?, a. 


decies. 


XL 


undScini. 


undecimus, a, 


undeni, ae, a. 


tmdecies. 


XII. 


duodecim. 


duodecimos, a, 
um. 


duodeni, ae, a. 


duodecies. 



Rem. For the declension of unus and duo, see 194. Tres is declined 
like a plural adjective of second class, 194. The remaining - cardinals 
are undeclined. The ordinals and distributives are declined like 
adjectives of the first class. 

EXERCISE. 

(190.) Vocabulary. 

Another, alt£r, a, iim (194, R. 1.). 
Thirty -six, sex et triginta. 
To levy, conscrlbere. 
Night-watch, virflia, ae. 
From, after, de (with abl.). 
To strive, to hasten, contendere. 
Italy, Italia, ae. 



In all t altogetlier, omnino. 
Multitude, multitudo, (multitudln) 

is (f.). 
Hour, hora, ae. 
To be distant, distare\ 
Mile, millia,* (mill) ium (pi. n.). 
Year, annus, I. 
Month, mensis, (mens) Is (m.). 



* Mi 116, plur. millia = 1000. Millia (passuum, of paces understood) 
= a mile. 

G2 



78 NUMERALS. 



(191.) Examples. 

(a) They fight four hours. 

(b) The city is distant five 
miles. 

(c) A ditch eleven feet wide. 



Horas quattuor pugnant. 
Urbs distatquin que millia. 

Fossa undecim pedes lata. 

Rule of Syntax. — The accusative answers to the questions 
how long 1 (whether of time or space), how broad 1 how 
high? &c. ; e. g., in (a) horas; in (b) millia; in (c) 
pedes. 
(d) How long ? may also be expressed by a noun in the geni- 
tive, depending on another noun; e. g., a ditch of ten feet, 
fossa decern pedum. 

(192.) Translate into English. 

Erant omnino itinera duo. — Galliae sunt partes tres, quarum 
unam incolunt Belgae, alteram Aquitam. — Unus e multitudine* 
vulneratur. — Horas sex pugnabant. — Urbs distat decern millia. — 
In anno duodecim menses sunt. — Caesar duas legiones conseri- 
bit. — Caesar tres legiones quae in Gallia hiemabant educit. — 
Caesar tres legiones ex hibernis educit. — Sunt omnino itinera 
quatuor. — Caesar de quarta vigilia legiones educit. — Consul 
legionem decimam in castra reducit.— Caesar cum quinque le- 
gionibus in Italiam contendit. — Erat omnino in Gallia legio 
una. 

(193.) Translate into Latin. 

There are in all three ways. — There are of Gaul three parts, 
of which the Sequanians inhabit one. — There are of the city 
five parts. — Four of (= out of) the multitude are wounded. — 
The soldiers fight seven hours. — In three years are thirty-six 
months. — The villages are distant nine miles. — The wood is dis- 
tant four miles. — The consuls will levy six legions. — Caesar will 
lead out five legions from Italy. — The general was levying two 
legions in Gaul. — Caesar will lead out the soldiers in the second 
watch. — The consul, in the third watch leads back the soldiers 
into the camp. — The tenth legion fights (pugnat).— There are 
altogether in Gaul two legions. — Caesar brings back the fifth le- 
gion. — Caesar brings back the fifth legion after the second watch. 



NUMERALS, 



79 



LESSON XXXIII. 
Numerals, continued. 
(194.) Declension of unus, duo, and tres. 





One, Sing. 




Two, Plur. 


Three, Plur. 


N. 
G. 
D. 


unus, a, um. 
unius, lus, lus. 
um, i, I. 
the rest regular. 


N.V. 
Gen. 
D. Ab. 
Ace. 


duo, duae, duo. 
duorum, duarum, duorum. 
duobus, duabus, duobus. 
duos and duo, duas, duo. 


tres, tres, tria. 
trium, trium, trium. 
tribus, tribus, tribus. 
tres, tres, tria. 



Rem. (1.) Like unus are declined 
Alius, a, fid, another* 
Alter, a, um, the one, the other (of two). 
Neuter, tra, tram, neitlier of the two. 
Nullus, a, um, no one. 
Solus, a, um, alone. 
Totus, a, um, the whole. 



Ullus, a, um, any one. 

Ut6r, tra, trum, which of the two. 

Uterque, traquS, trumque, each of 

the two, both-, and other compounds 

of titer. 



(2.) Like duo is declined ambo, ae, o, both. 



EXERCISE 

(195.) Vocabulary. 

What one, quotus, a, um. 

Most, plerusque, aque, unique ; e. g., 

most men, homines plerique ; most 

insects, insecta pleraque. 
Virgil, Virgilius, I. 
More, magis (adv.). 

[Refer to the column of distributives (189),] 

(196.) Examples. 

(a) My father will give us 
two books apiece. 

(b) What hour is it ? The 
third. 

(c) He will come for my sake 
alone. 

(d) Which pleases you 1 
Neither. 

(e) The beams are three 
feet distant {apart) from 
each other. 



A beam, trabs, (trab) is (£). \ 

Insect, insectum, i. 

Horace, Horatius, T. 

To migrate, migrare. 

Writer, scriptor, (scriptor) is (m.). 

Mother, mater, (matr) is (f.). 



Pater nobis bin 6s libros da- 
bit. 
Quota hora est? Tertia. 

Me a unius causa (abl.) ve- 

niet. 
Uter tibi placet? Neuter. 

Trabes inter se distant t e r n 6 s 
pedes (191, c). 



"When alius is repeated, it means some, others. 



80 NUMERALS. 

(197.) Translate into English. 

Mater nobis quaternos libros dabit. — Nobis sunt (125, II., a) 
term equi. — Binse omnibus avibiis alae sunt. — Insecta pleraque 
senos, alia octonos, pedes habent. — Quota hora est ? Nona. — 
Milites utriusque exercittis sunt fortes. — Tua umus causa ve- 
nient. — Virgilius atque Horatius poetae sunt praeclari ; uter tibi 
magis placet? (161, a.) Virgilius. — Bis in anno milites veni- 
unt.— September est noniis anni mensis. — Trabes inter se dis- 
tant binos pedes (191, c). 

(198.) Translate into Latin. 

[Some of the words will be found in 194, It. 1.] 
We have (125, II., a) four dogs apiece (196, a). — The mas- 
ter gives us five books at a time.— All men have (125, II., a) 
two eyes apiece. — Most insects have six (senos) feet; some 
(194*) nine, others (194*) ten, others (194*) twelve.— What 
o'clock (hour) is it ? — The fifth. — The eighth. — The eleventh. 
— The twelfth. — The generats of each army are brave. — Why 
do you come ? For your sake alone (196, c). — Cicero and 
Caesar are excellent writers ; which pleases you ? Neither. 
— Which pleases you more ? Caesar. — The birds migrate twice 
in the year. — The soldiers will come eight times a year. — Oc- 
tober is the tenth month of the year ; November the eleventh ; 
December the twelfth. — The beams are four feet distant from 
each other.— -The beams are seven feet apart from each other. 



§ 17. 
VTERBS OF THE THIRD CONJUGATION IN 15. 



LESSON XXXIV. 
Verbs of the Third Conjugation in id. 

(199.) Some verbs of the third conjugation, instead 
of taking the simple verb-stem for the tense-stem in 
the tenses for incomplete action, add i to the verb- 
stem in these tenses. They form the infinitive, how- 
ever, in ere, like other verbs of the third. 



(200.) 


Infin. Active, 


cap -ere, to take. 


SINGULAR. 


Present. 

Imperfect. 

Future. 


cap-i-o. 

cap-I-ebam. 

cap-i-am. 


cap-is, 

cap-i-ebas. 

cap-i-es. 


cap-it. 

cap-i-ebat. 

cap-i-et. 


PLURAL. 


Present. 

Imperfect. 

Future. 


cap-i-mus. cap-i-tis. 
cap-i-ebamus. cap-i-ebatis. 
cap-i-emus. cap-i-etis. 


cap-i-unt. 

c&p-i-ebant. 

cap-i-ent. 




Infin. Passive, cap-i, to be take 


n. 


; SINGULAR. 


, Present, 
i Imperfect. 
! Future. 


cap-i-6r. 

cap-i-ebar. 

cap-i-ar. 


cap-&-ris. 

cap-i-ebaris. 

cap-i-ens. 


cap-i-tur. 
cap-i- ebatur. 
cap-i-etur. 


PLURAL. 


Present. 

Imperfect. 

Future. 


cap-i-mur. 

cap-i-ebamur. 
cap-i-emiir. 


cap-i-mmi. 

cap-i-ebamini. 

cap-i-emini. 


cap-i-untur. 

cap-i-ebantur. 

cap-i-entur. 



EXERCISE. 



(201.) Vocabulary. 

[In all cases, verbs of the class described above will be indicated in 
the vocabularies by the ending id, after the infinitive form ; e. g. f to 
make, facSre (i5).] 



82 



VERBS OF THIRD CONJUGATION IN IO. 



Pardon, favour, venia, ae. 
Excuse, excusatio, (excusation) is 
(£). 

To receive, accept, accipere (id). 
Way, road, iter, (Mner) is (neut.). 
To undertake, suscipere (io). 
To make, facere (id). 

(202.) Example, 



And, que.* 

Ship, navis, (nav) is (f.). 

To repair, to renew, to rebuild, rSfi- 

cere (id). 
Long, longus, a, um. 
Wall, murus, I. 
Harbour, portiis, us (m.). 



Willingly Ccesar gives par- 
don and receives the excuse. 



Libenter Caesar dat veniam, 
excusationemque* accipit. 

(203.) Translate into English. 

Labienus multa Germanorum (78, II., b) oppida capiebat. — 
Helvetii per provinciam nostram iter faciunt. — Vulnera gravia 
a militibus accipiuntur. — ^Edui bellum magnum suscipiebant. 
— Libenter Caesar nuntios accipit, iisque (201, N.) veniam dat. 
— Imperator obsides civitatis libenter accipiet. — Nuntiiim a 
patre eras accipies. — Crassus naves longas, quae in portu sunt, 
reficit. — Consul muros urbis reficit. 

(204.) Translate into Latin. 

The enemy were making (their) way through our province. — 
The Romans were rapidly (c e 1 e r i t e r) making their way through 
Gaul. — We shall receive a messenger from the city to-day. — 
The Helvetians were undertaking a severe and great war.— 
The soldiers receive many and severe wounds. — We shall make 
(our) way through Britain. — Caesar will willingly receive the 
excuse of the iEduans, and grant them (iisque) favour. — The 
gifts of a father are gladly (libenter) received. — The long ships 
are repaired by Caesar. — The general was rebuilding the old 
(ve teres) ships which were in the harbour. — We shall re- 
build the old walls. 

(205.) Observe the formation of the following 
words : 

Accipere (to receive), = ad (fo)+capere (to take). 
Suscipere (to undertake), = sub (under)-\-caipere. 
ReficerS (to rebuild), = re-f-facere (to make again). 
Ijp' In the composition of verbs with prepositions, a frequently passes 
into i, as in these examples. 

* E t joins words or sentences which are considered independent and 
of equal importance with each other ; que joins a word or sentence close- 
ly to another, as an appendage to it. 



§ 18. 
DEPONENT VERBS. 



LESSON XXXV. 



Deponent Verbs. 

(206.) Deponent verbs are such as have the pass- 
ive form, but an active meaning; e. g. 9 hortor, / ex- 
hort (not I am exhorted). 

(207.) The forms of deponents in the tenses for 
incomplete action of the indicative mood are precisely 
the same as those of passive verbs (Lessons XII., 
XIII.) ; we therefore need only give the first persons. 

(208.) 



DEPONENT FORMS. 



INDICATIVE. 



1st conj, 
2d conj. 
3d conj. 
4th conj. 



hortor, I exhort. 
fateor, I confess. 
sequor, I follow. 
metior, 2" measure. 



hortabar, I was exhorting. 
fatebar, I was confessing. 
sequebar, I was following. 
metiebar, I was measuring. 



hortabor, I will exhort. 
f atebor, I will confess. 
sequar, I will follow. 
metiar, I will measure. 



INFINITIVE. 



1. hort-arl, 
to exhort. 



2. fat-erl, 
to confess. 



3. sequ-I, 
to follow. 



4. met-iri, 
to measure. 



[ ISF" 3 In the vocabularies deponent verbs are always given by the in- 
finitive forms. Observe that the ending -ari shows that the verb is of 
the 1st conj.; -eri, the 2d; -i, the 3d; -iri, the 4th.] 



EXERCISE. 



(209.) Vocabulary. 

[Transitive deponents govern the accusative, unless it is otherwise 
mentioned in the vocabularies.] 



To embrace, amplect-I. 

To gain, to possess one's self of, pot- 
iri (with gen. or abl. ; general- 
ly gen. in Cses.). 

To endeavour, con-ari. 

To follow, sequ-i. 

As, as if, tanquam (adv.). 



To strive after, pursue, persequ-I 

(per + sequi, to follow through). 
Glory, gloria, ae. 
All, totus, a, urn (194, R., 1). 
Bravery, virtue, virtus, (virtut) is (f.). 
Long, diu (adv.). 
Sin. fault, peccatum, i. 



84 DEPONENT VERBS. 



(210.) Example. 



Helvetii per provinciam nos- 
trum iter facer e conantur. 



The Helvetians endeavour to 

pass (= to make way) 

through our province. 

Rule of Syntax. — The infinitive is used in Latin (as in 
English) to complete the imperfect ideas expressed by 
certain verbs ; e. g., I wish, I can, I hasten, I endeavour -, 
&c, as facer e in the above example.* 

(211.) Translate into English. 

Pater filium et filiam amplectitur. — Imperator milites diu hor- 
tabatiir. — Dumnorix totius (194, R. 1) Gallise potitur. — Pecca- 
ta mea fatebor. — Principes totius Galliae potiri conabantur. — 
Roman! per Britanniam iter facere conentur. — Gloria virttitem 
tanquam Umbra sequitur. — Magnos homines virtute (55) meti- 
mur, non fortuna. — Milites semper gloriam persequuntur. — 
Milites ducem libenter sequebantiir. 

(212.) Translate into Latin. 

The father will embrace (his) sons and daughters. — The chiefs 
possess themselves of all the province. — Do you confess (135, 
II.) your fault? — The Helvetians were endeavouring to pass 
through Gaul. — Glory will follow bravery as a shadow. — We 
were exhorting the soldiers yesterday. — We shall gladly follow 
Caesar. — They are rapidly making their way through our prov- 
ince. — You measure men by (their) fortune, not by (their) 
bravery. — The chiefs will endeavour to lead the army across the 
Rhine (113, II., a). — Generals always strive after glory. — Are 
you exhorting (135, II.) your son ? — The Romans always fol- 
lowed glory. 

* Observe carefully that a purpose is never expressed by the simple 
infinitive in L atin. It would not be L atin tosaydiscerevenit, he comes 
to learn. 



§ 19. 
ADVERBS. 



LESSON XXXVI. 
Adverbs. 

[This section need not be learned by heart in the first course, but the 
distinction of primitive and derivative should be acquired ; and the section 
should be afterward referred to whenever examples occur.] 

(213.) Adverbs (17) are either Primitive or Deriva- 
tive. 

[We give but a few here ; a fuller list will be given hereafter. — See 
Summary of Etymology, 678.] 

(214.) Primitive Adverbs: 

1. Negative. — Non, not; haud, not; ne (interrog. orimper.), not; ne- 
quidem (always separated by some word), not even. 

2. Of Place. — Ubl, where; lbl, there; quo? whither? hue, hither; 
illuc, thither; unde, whence; inde, thence, &c. 

3. Of Time. — Nunc,/ww; turn or tunc, then; nupSr, lately ; eras, 
to-morroiu ; ho die, to-day ; heri, yesterday, &c. 

4. Of Quality, Sec. — Admodum, very; an, whether ; cur, why (in- 
terrog.) ; etiaru, also ; fere, almost, &c. 

(215.) Derivative Adverbs are nearly all formed 
from adjectives or participles by adding e or iter to 
their stems. 

1. Add e to the stem of adjectives of the first class ; e. g., 

Adjectives. Adverbs. 

Alt-us, high. Alt-e, high. 

Liber, free. Liber-e, freely. 

Clar-us illustrious. Clar-e, illustriously. 

Sec. Sec. 
Rem. Bonus makes benS, icell, and malus (bad), male, badly. All 
others end in e [long). 

2. (a) Add iter to the stem of adjectives of the second and third class- 
es ; e. g., 

Adjectives. Adverbs. 

Celer, swift. Celer-itSr, swiftly. 

Brev-is, brief. Brev-iter, briefly, 

(b) But those which end in ns do not take the connecting vowel i; 

H 



86 



ADVERBS. 



Prudens, prudent. Pruden-ter, prudently. 

Sapiens, wise. Sapien-ter, wisely. 

Rem. Audax, bold, makes audac-ter, boldly. 

3. Some are derived from nouns by adding tiis or tim to the stem 
by means of a connecting vowel, e. g., ccel-itus, from heaven; fund- 
ltus, from the ground, totally ; greg-a-tim, by flocks, &c. 

(216.) Cases of adjectives, especially in the neuter 
gender, are often used as adverbs ; e. g., dulce, sweet- 
ly ; prlmum,j^rs£; f also, falsely, &c. 



EXERCISE. 



(217.) Vocabulary. 

Well, bene, derived irregularly from 

bonus, good. 
Bravely, fortiter, derived regularly 

(215, 2, a) from fortis, brave. 
Sharply, spiritedly, acrlter, derived 

regularly from acer (acr-is), sharp. 
Swiftly, celeriter, derived regularly 

from celer, swift. 
Happily, beate, derived regularly 

(215, 1) from beatus, happy. 
Honestly, honeste, derived regularly 

from honestus, honest. 

(218.) Examples. 



Almost, fere. 

Rightly, recte, derived regularly 
from rectus, right. 

Impiously, impie, derived regularly 
from impius, impious. 

In flocks, gregatim. 

To labour, laborare. 

To blame, to accuse, find fault with, 
incus are. 

Socrates, Socrates, (Socrat) is. 

Not even, nequidem (always separa- 
ted by one or more words). 



Honeste et recte viver& est 
bene et beate vivere. 



(a) To live honestly and 
rightly is to live well and 
happily. 

Rule of Position. — The adverb is generally placed before the 
word which it qualifies. 

(b) Almost all men love them- I Omnes fere homines sese dili- 
selves. I gunt. 

Fere is generally placed between the adjective and noun. 



(c) He does not praise even 
Socrates. 



Ne Socratem quidemlaudat. 



(219.) Translate into English. 

Hostes nobiscum (125, II., b) acriter pugnabant. — Equi in 
agris celeriter currebant. — Bene vivere est beate vivere. — Cer- 
vi gregatim semper currunt. — Semper sapiens recte vivit. — Diu 



ADVERBS. 87 

et acriter mZlites pugnabant. — Omnes fere homines impie vivunt. 
— Omnes fere aves bis in anno migrant. — Ne Ciceronem quidem 
laudabit. — Ne hoc quidem (not even with this) delectabitur. 

(220.) Translate into Latin. 

The iEduans were fighting long and bravely. — Caesar sharply 
accuses the Helvetians. — Horses and stags run swiftly. — The 
farmers were labouring long in the fields. — Almost all men love 
their (own) children. — Caesar led almost all the Germans across 
the Rhine (113, II., a). — I waited for you long. — The bad do 
not live happily. — To live happily is to live rightly. — You will 
not be delighted even with this. — Not even this will delight (my) 
father. — Not even Caesar will be praised. — Almost all birds fly in 
flocks.— They do not praise even Virgil. — Almost all wise (men) 
live happily. — Almost all men strive-after glory. — To live pru- 
dently is to live happily. — The commander will blame the 
lieutenant sharply. 



§ 20. 



PREPOSITIONS. (XXXVIL— XXXVIII.) 

LESSON XXXVIL 
Prepositions. 

[This section (221) need not be learned by heart in the first course, but 
should be constantly referred to whenever examples occur.] 

(221.) The following prepositions govern the ac- 
cusative case : 



Ad, to. 

Apud, at. 

Ante, before (of time and place). 

Adversus, adversum, against. 

Cis, citra, on this side. 

Circa and circum, around, about. 

Circiter, about, towards (indefi- 
nitely of time or number). 

Contra, against. 

Erga, towards. 

Extra, beyond, without. 

Infra, beneath, below (the contrary 
of supra). 

Inter, between, among. 

Intra, within (the contrary of ex- 
tra). 



J.uxta, near to, beside. 

6 b, on account of. 

Penes, in the power of. 

Per, through. 

Pone, behind. 

Post, after (both of time and space). 

Praeter, beside. 

Prope, near. 

Propter, near, on account of. 

Secundum, after, in accordance 

with. 
Supra, above. 
Trans, on the other side. 
Versus (is put after its noun), to- 

wards a place. 
Ultra, beyond. 



(222.) The following govern the ablative case : 



P r ae, before, owing to. 
Pro, before, for. 
Sine, without. 

Tenus (is put after its noun), as far 
as, up to. 



A, ab, from, by. 

Clam, without the knowledge of. 

Coram, in the presence of. 

Cum, with. 

De, down from, concerning. 

E, ex (e before consonants only, 

ex before both consonants and 

vowels), out of, from. 

The following lines contain the prepositions governing the ablative, and 
can be readily learned by heart : 

Absque, a, ab, abs, and de, 
Coram, clam, cum, ex, and e, 
Tenus, sine,. pro, and prae. 

(223.) The following govern the accusative or 
ablative : 

1. In, (a) ivith the accus., (1) into, on, to (to the question whither?) (2) 
against, (b) With tlie ablative, in, on (to the question where ?) 

2. Sub, (a) with the accus., (1) under (to the question whither?) (2) about 



PREPOSITIONS. 



or towards (indefinitely of time), (b) With the ablative, under (to the 
question where ?) 

3. Super, (a) with the accus., above, over, (b) With the ablative, upon, 
concerning. 

4. Subter, under, beneath (but little used). 

EXERCISE. 



(224.) Vocabulary. 

The Garonne (river), Garumna, ae. 
An Aquitanian, Aquitaniis, T. 
Aquitania, Aquitania, 83. 
The Leman, or Geneva (lake), Le- 

mannus, I. 
Jura (mountain), Jura, 33 (m. 25, a). 
To extend or carry, perducere (per 

H-ducere). 
State, civitas, (civitat) is (f.). 
Royal poiuer (kingdom), regnum, I. 



History, historia, 83. 

Fable, fabula, 83. 

To bound (limit), continere (con+tS- 

nere). 
Part or side, pars, (part) is (f.). 
On one side, una ex parte. 
The Rhone (river), EJhodanus, I. 
To divide, divider e. 
Lake, laciis, us (m.), (112, R. 1). 
To remain, manere. 



G alios ab Aquitarris Garum- 
na fltimen dividit. 



(225.) Examples. 

(a) The river Garonne sepa- 
rates the Gauls from the 
Aquitanians. 
Rule of Syntax. — Two nouns expressing the same person 

or thing take the same case, and are said to be in appo- 
sition with each other ; e. g., in the above example, Ga- 
rumna fltimen. 

(b) Ccesar hastens into Gaul. 

(c) There was altogether in 
Gaul one legion. 

(226.) Translate into English. 

Caesar a lacu ad montem, murum perducit. — Apud* Herodo- 
tiim, patrem historian, sunt multae fabulse. — Caesar a lacu Le- 
manno ad montem Juram, murum perducit. — Mercator in urbe 
manet. — Pueri in domo sunt. — Princeps regnum in civitate oc- 
cupat. — Consul exercitum in fines Sequanorum ducit. — Hel- 
veth continentiir una ex parte (125, IV., N.J) flumine Rheno ; 
altera ex parte monte Jura, tertia ex parte lacu Lemanno et 
flumine Rh6dano. 



Caesar in Galliam contendit. 
Erat omnino in Gallia legio 
una. 



* Apud is used with the names of authors (instead of in, with the name 
of their works) ; e. g., apud Ciceronem legimus, we read in Cicero. 

■ H 2 



90 PREPOSITIONS. 

(227.) Translate into Latin. 

Csesar was extending walls and ditches (fossasque) from the 
river to the camp. — The soldiers remain in the camp. — Caesar 
will seize the royal power in the state. — -The river Rhine sep- 
arates the Gauls from the Germans. — Caesar hastens into Italy 
and levies (conscribere) five legions. — The deserters remain in 
the town. — The general will lead the soldiers into Italy. — Aqui- 
tania is bounded on one side by the river Garumna ; on another 
side by mountains ; on the third side by the river Rhone. — 
You will find (invenies) many fine (praeclara) precepts 
in (apud) Cicero.— -You will find many fables in Herodotus, the 
father of history. 



LESSON XXXVIII. 
Prepositions in Composition. 

(228.) Most of the prepositions given in Lesson 
XXXVII. are used as prefixes in composition with 
verbs, and modify their signification; e. g., pone re, 
to place ; post-ponere, to place after. 

(229.) The following prepositions are never used 
alone, but always as prefixes in composition : 

1. Amb, round, about (from am bo, both) ; ambire (from amb+ire, to 
go round), to walk round, to canvass for votes. 

2. Con, together (a variation ofcum, with) ;con-jung£re(co n-f-j u n- 
ger£), to join together, to unite. 

3. D i or d i s, asunder (a variation of d e,from) ; dis-cedere(di s-f-c e- 
dere, to give place asunder), to depart. 

In, with adjectives, means not; in-doctus, unlearned; with 
verbs, means in, into; e. g., ir-rump6re (in-f-rumpere), to 
burst into. 

4. R e, back, again ; r 8 - f i c e r 6 (r 8+f a c 8 r 8, to 'make again), to refit. 

5. 86, aside; se-duc8r$ (se+ducerS, to lead astray), to seduce. 



PREPOSITIONS. 91 



Cohort, cohors, (c6hort) is (f.) 

To station, collocare (con-H6car8). 

To distribute, distribuere (dis+tri- 

buere). 
Africa, Africa, ae. 
Europe, Europa, as. 
Horseman, Sques, (Squit) is (m.). 



EXERCISE 

(230.) Vocabulary. 

Again (adv.), rursus. 

To join together, conjung-gre. 

To burst into, irrurnpere. 

To burst into the camp, in castra ir- 
rurnpere. 

Mediterranean, Mediterraneus, a, 
urn. 

To separate, separare (se+parare). 

(231.) Translate into English. 

Consul rursus legiones in hiberna reducit.— Legatus quinque 
cohortes cum exercitu eonjungit. — Milites omnes in oppidum 
irrumpunt,- — Mare Mediterranean! Africam ab Europa separat. 
— Belgae se cum Germanis conjungebant. — Imperator exercitum 
in hlbernis collocat. — German! equites in castra (223, 1, a) 
irrurnpere conantiir. — Galba exercitum in hlbernis collocat, 
legionesque in civitates distribuit. 

(232.) Translate into Latin. 

Caesar will lead the cohorts back again into winter-quarters. 
— All the Germans were bursting into the camp.— The Belgi- 
ans will unite themselves with Caesar. — The brave soldiers were 
trying to burst into the town. — -The illustrious general was sta- 
tioning the soldiers in winter-quarters.— The legions are distrib- 
uted among (in, with accus.) the states. — The legions are led 
back into winter-quarters.— The Mediterranean Sea separates 
Spain (Hispania) from Africa. — Caesar will join all the horsemen 
with the army. 



§ 21. 

ANALYSIS OF TENSE-FORMATIONS. (XXXIX. 
—XL I.) 



LESSON XXXIX. 

Active Voice. 
(233.) (a) The student must have observed that in 
all the tenses for incomplete action in the active voice 
the person-endings are as follows : 



Sing. 
Plur. 


1st person, o or m. 
1st person, mus. 


2d person, s. 
2d person, tis. 


3d person, t. 
3d person, nt. 



(b) He must have observed, also, that these end- 
ings are added to the proper tense-stem in each tense. 
We take up the tenses in order. 

(234.) PRESENT TENSE. 

(a) Person-endings, o, s, t, m u s, 1 1 s, n t. 

(b) The Tense-stem is the simple verb-stem. 

(c) To connect the person-endings with the tense- 
stems, certain connecting vowels are used. In the 
present tense these are, for 

(1.) First conjugation, a; e.g., am-a-t. 
(2.) Second " e ; e. g., mon-e-t. 

(3.) Third " i; e.g., reg-i-t. 

(4.) Fourth " i ; e. g., aud-z-£.* 

Rem. 1. Observe that in the 1st person of the 1st and 3d conjugations 
the connecting vowel does not appear ; a m - o, r e g - o (not am-a-o, 
reg-i-o). 

Rem. 2. In the 3d person plural, the third conjugation uses u instead 
of i; e. g., r e g - u - n t ; the fourth inserts u ; e. g., a u d - i - u n t. 

* A ma, mone, audi, are the proper crude forms of these verbs re- 
spectively. They are classed together, in a philosophical treatment of the 
language, as one conjugation of pure verbs ; while those of the third con- 
jugation form the conjugation of consonant verbs. 



ANALYSIS OF TENSE-FORMATIONS. 



93 



(235.) 






TABLE. 








| Tense- 
1 Stem. 


Connect. 
Vowel. 


Person- 
Endings 




FOEMS COMPLETE. 










1. 


2. 


3. 


4. 


1. 


am- 


a. 


0. 


! amo (ania-o). 


mone-o. 


reg-o. 


audi-o. 








s. 


i ama-s. 


mone-s. 


reg-is. 


audi-s. 


a 


nion- 


e. 


t. 


ama-t. 


mone-t. 


reg-i-t. 


audi-t. 


3. 


reg- 


i. 


mus, 


> ania-mus. 


mone-mus. 


reg-i-mus. 


audl-mus. 








tis. 


ama-tis. 


rnone-tis. 


re°:-i-tis. 


audi-tis. 


4. 


aud- 


;i(u). 


nt. 


1 ama-nt 


inone-nt. 


reg-u-nt 


audi-u-nt. 



Rem. Observe that the voir els are long- before the person-endings in 
1st, 2d, and 4th conjugations, except where they come before o or 
t. In those before o, the general rule (24, 1) prevails ; and it is also 
an invariable rule, in L atin, that no vowel in a final syllable can be 
long before t. 



(236.) 



EXERCISE. 



[The pupil should hereafter analyze the tense-forms, as they occur, some- 
what as follows :] 

Amas: verb-stem, am-; pres. tense-stem, am-; connecting 
vowel, a; 2d per s. ending, s. 

Monemiis : verb-stem, mon- ; pres. tense-stem, mon- ; con- 
necting vowel, e ; 1st plur. ending, mus. 

Itegitis: verb-stem, reg-; pres. tense-stem, reg-; connect- 
ing vowel, i ; 2d plur. ending, tis. 

Audiunt: verb-stem, aud-; pres. tense-stem, aud-; con- 
necting vowels, i and u; 3d plur. ending, nt. 

In like manner, analyze 
Festinas, habet, videtis, convoco, festinatis, 

Vigllamus, prohibent, legit, habetis, pugnat, 

Vocatis, poscimus, donnimus, muniunt, laudant, 

Revocant, veniunt, auditis, ambulamus, vulneramus. 



LESSON XL. 

Analysis of Tense-Formations, continued. 

Active. 

(237.) IMPERFECT TENSE. 

(a) Per son-endings i , m, s, t, mus, tis, nt. 

(b) The tense-stem, 

(1.) In 1st conj. adds ab to the verb-stem ; e. g 
(2.) In 2d conj. " eb " c. g 

(3.) In 3d conj. " eb " e. g 

(4.) In 4th conj, u leb " e. g. 



am-ab. 
m 6 n - e b. 
reg-eb. 
aud-ieb. 



94 



ANALYSIS OF TENSE-FORMATIONS. 



(c) The connecting vowel a is used to join the tense- 
stems and person-endings; e. g., amab-a-m. 







Con. 














Stem. 


Vow. 


Endings. 




FORMS COMPLETE. 










1. 


2. 


3. 


4. 








m. 


amaba-m. 


moneba-m. 


regeba-m. 


audieba-m. 


1. 


am-ab- 




s. 


amaba-s. 


moneba-s. 


regeba-s. 


audleba-s. 


2. 


mon-eb- 




t 


amaba-t. 


moneba-t. 


regeba-t. 


audieba-t. 


3. 


reg-eb. 


a. 


mus. 


amaba-mus. 


moneba-miis. 


regeba-mtis. 


audieba-mus. 


4. 


aud-ieb- 




tis. 


amaba-tis. 


moneba-tis. 


regeba-tis. 


audleba-tis. 






nt. 


amaba-nt. 


moneba-nt. 


regeba-nt 


audleba-nt. 



FUTURE TENSE. 



(238.) I. We treat the 1st and 2d conjugations first. 
In these, 

(a) The person-endings are, o, s, t, mus, tis, nt. 

(b) The tense-stems, precisely like the imperf. in 
the same conjugations, 

(1.) In 1st conj., add ab to the verb-stem; e. g., am-ab. 
(2.) In 2d conj., " eb . " e. g., mon-eb. 

(c) The connecting vowel i is used to join the tense- 
stems and person-endings; e. g., amab-i-t ; moneb- 
I-t. But in the third person plural, u is used instead 
of I; e. g., amab-u-nt. 

Rem. In the 1st person the connecting vowel is dropped (as in 234, 
c, R. 1) ; thus, amab-o (not amab-i-o). 

(239.) TABLE. 





Tense-Stem. 


Connecting 
Vowel. 


Person- 
Endings. 


FOKMS COMPLETE. 








0. 


1. 

amab-o. 


2. 
moneb-o. 


1. 


am-ab- 




ft 


amabi-s. 


monebi-s. 






i. 


amabi-t. 


monebi-t. 


2. 


mon-eb- 


"1 mus. 
1 tis. 


amabi-mus. 


monebi-mus. 








amabi-tis. 


monebi-tis. 






u. 


nt. 


amabu-nt. 


monebu-nt. 



(240.) II. The 3d and 4th conjugations present some 
irregularity in the future. 

(a) The person-endings are, m, s, t, mus, tis, nt. 

(b) The tense-stem, 

(1) In the 3d conj., is the simple verb-stem; e.g., reg. 

(2) In the 4 th conj., it adds i to the verb-stem; e.g., aud-i. 



ANALYSIS OF TENSE-FORMATIONS. 



95 



(c) The connecting vowel e is used to join the 
tense-stem and person-endings; reg-e-mus, aud-i- 
e-mus. But in the first person a is substituted for e 
in both conjugations; e. g., reg-a-m, aud-i-a-m, 
not reg-e-m, audi-e-m. 

(241.) TABLE. 



Tense-Stem. 


Con'g. Vowel. 


Pers. Endings. 


FORMS 


COMPLETE. 








3. 


4. 


reg- 


a. 


m. 


rega-m. 


audia-m. 






it 


rege-s. 


audie-s. 






rege-t. 


audie-t. 


audi- 


e. 


<( urns. 


rege-mtis. 


audie-mus. 






1 tis. 

Ut. 


rege-tis. 


audie-tis. 






rege-nt. 


audie-nt. 



(242.) (a) EXAMPLES. 

Amabatis: verb-stem, am-; tense-stem, amab-; imperf. con. 
vowel, a; 2d plur. ending, -tis. 

Amabitis: verb-stem, am-; tense-stem, amab-;/^. con. 
vowel, i; 2d plur. ending, -tis. 

Audiemiis: verb-stem, aud-; fut. tense-stem, audi-; con- 
necting vowel, e; 1st plur. ending, -mils. 

j|2P The pupil should keep up the habit of finding any tense-form 
which he may need to use, by putting together its proper parts ; e. g>, 
stem, ending, &c, rather than by recurring to the paradigms.] 

(b) Analyze the following : 

Laudabam, laudabo, laudabitis, 

Docebamus, muniebamus, legam, 

Occidebant, dormiebatis, scribemus, 

Dormiam, audiet, docebunt, 

&c. &c. &c. 



LESSON XLI. 
Analysis of Tense- Formations, continued. 

PASSIVE VOICE. 

(243.) The passive-endings are, 

Sing. 1st person, r; 2d person, ris or re; 3d person, tur. 
Plur. 1st person, mur; 2d person, mini; 3d person, ntur. 

(244.) These endings are affixed to the tense-stems, 
formed as in the active voice, and with the same con- 






96 ANALYSIS OF TENSE-FORMATIONS. 



necting vowels. Only the following apparent irregu- 
larities are to be noticed. 

(a) In the 1st pers. pres. indie, the ending r is added to the 
full present active form ; e. g\, a m o, amo-r; doceo, doceo-r, 
&c. 

(b) In the 3d conj., 2d pers. sing., pres., e is used for con- 
necting vowel instead of i ; e. g., reg-e-ris, reg-e-re, in- 
stead of re g-i-ris, &c. 

(c) In the 1st and 2d conj., future, 2d pers. sing., e is used 
for connecting vowel instead of i ; e.g., moneb-e-ris, amab- 
e-ris, instead of amab-i-ris, moneb-i-ris. 

(245). EXERCISE. 

Examples. — Docentiir: verb-stem, doc-; pres. tense-stem, 

doc-; connecting vowel, e; 3d plur. pass, ending, -ntiir. 
Amabamiir: verb-stem, am-; imperf. tense-stem, amab-; 

imperf. conn, vowel, a; 1st plur. pass, ending, -mur. 
Audientiir: verb-stem, aud-; fat. tense-stem, audi-;/w£. 

conn, vowel, e; 3d plur. pass, ending, -ntiir. 
Regor: verb-stem, reg-; pres. act. 1st pers., re go-; 1st 

pers. pass, ending, -r. 

(246.) Analyze 

Regebamiir, occidemiir, laudantur, 

Docebimur, audiemim, videbimur, 

Timebaris, ddceberis, docebuntur, 

Docebamini, amatiir, regitiir, 

&c. &c. &c. 



PART II. 



FULLER EXHIBITION OF THE FORMS OF WORDS. 



§ 1. 

ADDITIONAL RULES OF QUANTITY. 



LESSON XLII. 

[The student should now leam thoroughly the following rules of 
quantity, most of which he has seen illustrated frequently already.] 

GENERAL RULES. 

(246.) (1) A vowel before another is short ; e. g., vi-a. 

(2) A vowel before two consonants, or a double one, is long 
by position ; e. g,, b e 1 1 urn. 

- Rem. A mute followed by a liquid in the same syllable renders the 
preceding short vowel common in verse; e.g., volu-cris. (In 
prose, the short vowel remains short.) 

(3) All diphthongs and contracted syllables are long ; e. g., 
au-rum, co-go (for co+ago). 

SPECIAL RULES. 

(1.) Final Syllables. 
1. Monosyllables. 
(247.) (a) Most monosyllables ending in a vowel are long ; 
but the particles que, ve, ne, pte, &c, attached to other words, 
are short. 

(b) Most monosyllables ending in a consonant are long ; but 
the nouns cor, f e 1, m e 1, v i r, 6 s (ossis) ; the pronouns q u i s, 
quid, q u 6 1 ; and the particles nee, in, an, ad, sed, with 
all ending in t, are short ; also es, 2d person of sum. 

2. Dissyllables and Polysyllables. 
(A) Final Vowels. 

(248.) a final is short in nouns, except the abl. of the 1st de- 
clension ; long in verbs, and in indeclinable words, 
except it a, quia, e j a. 

(249.) e final is short in nouns (except 5th declension) and 
verbs (except imperatives) ; long in adverbs de- 
rived from adjectives of the first class, with 
ferme, fere, ohe. 

(250.) i final is long ; but mi hi, tibi, sibl, ibi, ubi, are 
common ; nisi, quasi, short. 



100 ADDITIONAL RULES OF QUANTITY. 

(251.) o final is common ; but long in dat. and abl. cases of 
nouns and adjs. used as adverbs (e. g., falso, 
&c.) ; ego, duo, 6c to, are short. 

(252.) u final is always long ; e. g., diu. 

(B) Final Consonants. 

(253.) All final syllables ending in a consonant (except s) are 

short. 

Rules for & final. 

(254.) Final as, es, 6 s, are generally long ; e.g., am as, 
doces, equos. 

Rem. 1. 6 s is short (1) in nouns which have short penult in the gen. ; 

e. g., mil e" s (mill t -is). 
2. 6 s is short in comp 6 s, imp o«. 

(255.) Final is and us are generally short; e. g., reg-is, 
domin- ii s. 

Rem. 1. I s is long (1) in dat. and abl. plural of nouns ; (2) in 2d per- 
son sing, of verbs of 4th conjugation ; (4) compounds of vis ; e. g., 
mavis, quamvis, &c. 

2. u s is long (1) in nouns of 3d decl. which have ii long in the penult 
of gen.; e.g., virtus (utis), pal us (u d i s) ; (2) in gen. sing., and 
N., A., V. plur. of 4th declension. 

(2.) Derivation and Composition. 

(256.) Derivative and compound words generally retain the 

quantity of the primitive and simple words ; e. g., a mo, 

a micus ; p 6 no, im p 6 no. 

(3.) Increase. 

[A noun is said to increase when it has more syllables in the gen. 
than in the nom. [e.g., mil-es, mil- it -is ; here It is the increase); 
a verb, when it has more syllables than the 2d pers. sing, indie. 
(e.g., am-as, am- at -is ; here at is the increase.] 

(257.) In the increase of nouns, a and o are generally long ; 
e, i, u, y, short. 

(258.) In the increase of verbs, a, e, and o are generally 
long ; i, u, short. 

Rem. e before se is generally short. 

(4.) Penults. 

(259.) Every perfect tense of two syllables has tlie first long 

(as v I di), except b i bi, f i di, t u li, d e di, s t e ti, and s c i di. 

(260.) Penults of adjectives, (1) id us, icus, short; (2) 



ADDITIONAL RULES OF aUANTITY. 101 

i n us, doubtful (often long) ; (3) i 1 is and b i lis, derived from 
verbs, short ; from nouns, long. 

[All exceptions to the above rules that are not stated will be marked 
in the vocabularies.] 

(261.) EXERCISE ON QUANTITIES. 

[Give the quantity of the unmarked syllables of the following words, 
with the rule for each.] 

1. Final Vowels. 

Ipse, agmine, die, regere, rege, docebere, re, move, movere, bene (adv., 
from bonus), Caesare, optime (adv., from optimus), me, dommi, vigilia, audi, 
adventu, ire, hi, consilio, consule, de, tertia, vigilia, contra, roga, m6neo, 
ita, fructu, amo. 

2. Final Consonants. 

Obsides, bonas, vigilias, amat, miles (militis), milites, rogaveras, has, 
bonum, lampas (lampadis), pedes (peditis), pedites, illas, adventus (gen.), 
regis, simul, audis, linter, auditis, vigiliis, caput, virtus (virtutis), dominis, 
manus, regitur, regitis, munio, muniveras. 

3. Increase. 

Amatis, militis, audiris, obsidem, monemus, monebatis, itineris, rSgabas, 
mSnebamur, audimus, monebimini, voluptatis, sermonis, murmure, pSdites, 
clamorem, mihtes, vulturem, amatis, monebatis, monetote, audite, iegimus, 
pedem, segetis (from seges). 

4. Penults. 

Maledicus, mirificus, beneficus, facilis (from facio), puSrilis (from puer), 
fimabilis (from amo), servilis (from servus). 



§ 2. 

TENSES OF VERBS FOR COMPLETED AC- 
TION.— PARTIAL STATEMENT. (XLIIL— 
XL VI.) 



LESSON XL1II. 
Tense Forms for Completed Action. — Indicative. 

(262.) In Part I. we made use only of those tenses 
of the verb which express action as continuing or 
incomplete, viz., the' present, imperfect, and future. 
There are three tenses also for completed action, viz., 
perfect {I have written), imperfect (I had written), fu- 
ture perfect {I shall have written). The stem for all 
these is the same. 

(263.) The endings for these three tenses are, 





SINGULAR. 


PLURAL. 


Perfect. 

Pluperf. 
Fut. Perf. 


1st. 
1. 

eram. 
ero. 


2d. 

isti. 

eras, 
eris. 


3d. 

it. 

erat. 
erit. 


1st. 

imus. 

eramus. 
erimus. 


2d. 

istis. 

gratis, 
eritis. 


3d. 

( erunt, or 
\ ere. 

grant. 

erint. 



(264.) By adding these endings to the perfect-stem 
fu- of the verb esse, to be, we obtain the forms per- 
fect {I have been), pluperfect {I had been), future per- 
fect {I shall have been). 



Tense-Stem. 


Perfect. 


Pluperfect. 


Future Perfect. 




(1- 


eram. 


ero. 




1 isti. 


gras. 


eris. 


Fu- 


Ht. 


erat. 


erit. 


) imus. 


eramus. 


erimus. 




| istis. 


gratis. 


eritis. 




1, erunt, or ere. 


grant. 


erint. 



(265.) Double use of the Perfect. — It must be carefully ob- 
served that the Latin perfect has two uses, one answering to 
the English perfect, and the other to the English imperfect. 



TENSES FOR COMPLETED ACTION. 



103 



Praise, laus, (laud) is (f.). 
After, post (prep. ace). 
Before, ante (prep. ace.). 
Because, quia (conj., 248). 
How long ? quamdiu (adv.). 
Afterward, postea. 
Virtuous, probus, a, um. 



Si ib vita semper probi fueri- 
mus, etiam post mortem 
beati e rim us. 



Thus, Jul means not only I have been, but I was. We call 
the former the perfect present ; the latter the perfect aorist,* 
which expresses momentary action in past time ; e. g., Crassus 
was chief of the embassy — Crassus princeps legationis fuit. 

EXERCISE. 

(266.) Vocabulary. 

To be over, to preside over, to com- 
mand, praeesse (proe-f-esse, to be 
before). 

To be wanting, de-esse (de-f-esse, 
to be from). 

To be in, to be present at, interesse 
(inter+esse, to be among). 

Sick, aeger, gra, gram (77, a). 

(267.) Examples. 

(a) If we shall have been al- 
ways virtuous in life, after 
death also we shall be 
happy, 

(b) The Roman soldiers 
were present at many bat- 
tles. 

Rule of Syntax. — The compounds of esse with the prepo- 
sitions p r ae, i n t e r, o b, p r o, d e, take the dative case. 

(268.) Translate into English. 

Themistocles vir magnus et clariis fuit. — Cur heri in schola 
non fuisti ?■ — Quia ciim patre in horto fui. — Quamdiu in urbe 
fuistis ?■— Sex dies (191, c). — Ante bellum in urbe fueramus. 
— Crassus legatus (225, a) copiis Romanorum prsefuerat. — 
Nunquam deerit tibi laus hominum, si semper probus fueris. 
— iEgerne (135, II., a) fuisti heri ? — Ante Ciceronis setatem 
oratores multi et clari fuerant, nee postea defuerunt.— Csesar 
prseliis multis interfuit. 

(269). Translate into Latin. 

[Recollect the double use of the perfect {present and aorist, 265).] 
Divitiacus commanded (prsefuit) the forces of the iEduans. 



Milites Romani proem's multis 
interfuerunt. 



* The awist use of the perfect is more common in Latin than the 
present. 



104 



TENSES FOR COMPLETED ACTION. 



— Tf you shall have been always virtuous in life, after death 
also you shall be happy. — If we are always virtuous, the praise 
of men shall never be wanting to us. — We were not in school 
yesterday, because we had been in the garden with (our) fa- 
ther. — Had you been (135, II., a) in our garden ? — Have you 
been sick ? — How long have you been in the city ? Four 
days (191, c). — The lieutenant had been in the city before the 
war. — Before the age of Caesar there had been many and 
great generals ; nor were they wanting afterward. — Caesar and 
the Roman soldiers were present at many battles. 



LESSON XLIV. 
Tenses of Verbs for Completed Action, continued. 

(270.) The tense-stem of the perfect tense is form- 
ed in most verbs as follows : 

(1) In 1st conj. by adding av to the verb-stem ; e. g., am-av. 

(2) In 2d conj. " u " e. g., mon-u. 
(4) In 4th conj. " iv " e.g., aud-iv. 

[The third conjugation is treated in the next lesson.] 

(271.) By adding the perfect-endings (263) to the 
tense-stems formed (as in 270), we obtain the follow- 
ing perfect-tense forms of am are, to love ; m on ere, 
to advise ; audi re, to hear* 





PRF.-STEMS. 


ENDINGS. 




1st conj. 
2d conj. 
4 th conj. 


amav- 
monu- 
audiv- 


/, thou, he, we, ye, they, 

> I, isti, it, lmus, istis, erunt, or 1 
j ere, ( 


have loved, 
have advised, 
have heard. 



* In the first, second, and fourth conjugations, it is ohvious that the per- 
fect is made up of the crude-form of the verb and/wi; e.g., ama-fui = 
amavi ; mone-fui = monui ; audi-fui = audivl. 



PERFECT TENSE. 



105 



EXERCISE. 



(272.) Vocabulary. 

Preceptor, praeceptor, (proeceptor) is 

(m.). 
Tribune, tiibuniis, I (m.). 
Sister, soror, (soror) is (f.). 
Disgrace, ignonimia, ae (f.). 



Pleasant, jucundus, a, tim. 
All night, per totam noctem. 
Diligently, diligenter (215, 2, b). 
From every side, undique" (adv.). 
To excite, excitare. 



Puerum amavi. 
A puero (i. e., from a boy) 
matrem amavi. 



(273,) Examples. 

(a) I loved the boy. 

(b) From my boyhood I have 
loved my mother. 

[Obs. In (a) the perfect aorist is used; in (b) the perfect Resent.'] 

(274.) Translate into English. 

Caesar omnes undique mercatores ad se (145, a) convocavit. 

— A puero fratrem et sororem amavi. — Cur per totam noctem 

vigilavisti ? — Quia pater seger fuit. — Milites diu et acriter pug- 

naverunt.- — Hos pueros* magister diligenter docuit linguam 

Latinam.* — Tua ipsiiis (159) causa (135, II., b) te saepe monui. 

— Timor ignominies Germanos ad virtutem excitavit. — Jucun- 

dum avium (78, II., b) cantiim audivimus. — Dormivistine ? — 

Non dormivi. — Caesaris adventus oppidanos terruit. 

[Inflect all the verbs in this lesson through the perfect tense, and 
form the perfect according to (270).] 

(275.) Translate into Latin. 

Caesar called together all the lieutenants from every side to 
himself (145, a). — From my boyhood I have loved my precep- 
tors. — The good preceptor taught me* the Greek language. — 
Caesar called-together all the lieutenants and tribunes (tribunos- 
que, 202, N.) of the soldiers to himself. — The slaves have 
watched all night. — (Your) father has often advised you for 
your own sake (135, II., b). — The Gauls took-possession-of 
Rome. — The love of glory has always excited the Romans to 
bravery. — We have diligently taught the boys. — Why did you 
not sleep ? Because my mother was sick. — They have heard 
the pleasant singing of the birds. — We have fortified all the 



* Verbs of teaching take two accusatives, one of the person, the other 
of the thing. 



106 PERFECT TENSE. 

towers of Gaul. — The coming of Caesar terrified the ZEduans 
and Helvetians. — I have often walked in Caesar's garden, on- 
the-other-side-of the Tiber (trans Tiberim). 



LESSON XLV. 

Tenses for Completed Action, continued. — Perfect 
Tense, Third Conjugation. 
(276.) The perfect tense-stem of most verbs of the 
third conjugation is formed by adding s to the verb- 
stem ; e. g., 

Perfect-stem, 
reg-ere, to rule, reg-s = rex- 

scrib-ere, to write, scrib-s = scrips- 

lud-ere, to play, lud-s = lus- 

(277.) Rules of Euphony. 

(1) A k-sound before s forms x; dtic-s = dux; reg-s = 
rex. 

Rem. c, g, h, gn, qu, are classed among k-sounds. v also (generally) 
before s forms x; viv-s = vix. 

(2) b before s is changed into p; e.g., scrib-s = scrips; 
nti b-s = nups. 

(3) A t-sound is (generally) dropped before s; 1 u d- s = 1 ti s ; 
claud-s = claus. 

Rem. t and d are the t-sounds. 

(278.) By adding the perfect-endings (263) to the 
stems of reg-ere, scrib-ere, lud-ere, we obtain 
the perfect tense-forms (have ruled, have written, have 
played). 



PERFECT-STEMS. 


ENDINGS. 




(r£g-s = ) rex- 
jscrlb-s = ) scrips- 
(lud-s = ) lus- 


J, thou, he, we, ye, they, 

>I, isti, It, Imus, istis, erunt, orl 
) ere\ ( 


have ruled, 
have written, 
have played. 



PERFECT TENSE. 



107 



EXERCISE. 



(279.) Vocabulary. 

Suddenly, subito. 

To say, dicere. 

To draw (as a sword), stringere. 

Sword, gladlus, I. 

Trial, judicium, I. 

To lead together, conducere. 

(280.) Examples. 



To divide, dividere. 

Household, farailia, as. 

Orgetorix, Orgetorix, (Orgetorig) is. 

A dependent, cliens, (client) is (a). 

Nature, natura, 33. 

Stoic, stoicus, I. 



(a) Did not Ccesar say these 
things ? 

(b) Did Ccesar say this (i.e., 
is it possible that he did) ? 



Nonne Caesar haec dixit ? 
(No nne is used in asking ques- 
tions when the answer yes is 
expected.) 
Num Caesar haec dixit ? 
(N u rn is used when the answer 
no is expected.) 

(281.) Translate into English. 

[Recollect double use of perfect (265).] 
Caesar dims legiones conscripsit ; tres ex hibernis eduxit. — 
Principes Gerrnanorura omnes suas copias Rhenum (113, II., 
a) transduxerunt. — Consul gladium strinxit. — Nonne (280, a) 
gladios strinxistis ? — Num iniperator gladium sti'inxit ? — Or- 
getorix ad judicium omnem.suam familiam et omnes clientes 
conduxit. — Caesar exercitum in duas partes divlsit. — Nonne 
epistolam ad pati^em scripsisti ? — Stoici diviserunt naturam 
hominis in animum &t corpus. — Multas litteras hodie scrip- 
simus. 

[What is the force of e in eduxit ? of con in conduxit ? of trans in 
transduxit ? Describe the formation of the perfect, and the euphonic 
changes, in all the verbs of this lesson.] 

(282.) Translate into Latin. 

The soldiers suddenly drew their swords. — Caesar levied five 
legions in Italy. — Caesar levied six legions in Italy, and led out 
four from (their) winter-quarters in Gaul. — The iEduans en- 
deavoured to lead (113, II., a) all their forces across the Rhine. 
— The general divided the army into five parts. — Did Caesar 
say these (things) yesterday (280, b) 1 — Did you not write a let- 
ter to your brother ? — Have you written a letter to the king 
(280, b) ? — Orgetorix led-toge ther all his household to the trial. 



108 



PLUPERFECT AND FUTURE PERFECT. 



— Orgetorix led-together to the trial all his household and all 
(his) dependents. — Why have you drawn (your) sword ? — Why 
have you not written to (your) father ? — The iEduans levied 
many soldiers. — We have divided the nature of man into soul 
and body. 



LESSON XL VI. 

Tenses for Completed Action, continued. — Pluperfect 
and Future Perfect Tenses. 

(283.) (a) The pluperfect tense simply adds to the perfect 
tense-stem the imperfect of esse (to be); viz., eram, 
eras, &c. 

(b) The future perfect simply adds to the perfect tense-stem 
the future of esse ; viz., ero, eris, &c. ; but in 3d plural it 
changes u into i; viz., erint, instead of erunt. 

(284.) Thus, from am-are, mon-ere, reg-ere, 
aud-ire, we have, 



PRF.-STEM. 


PLUPERFECT-ENDING. 




1. amav- 

2. rnonu- 

3. rex- 

4. audiv- 


/, thou, he, we, ye, they, 
> eram, eras, erat, eramiis, eratis, erant, < 


had loved, 
had advised, 
had ruled, 
had Jieard. 




FUTURE PERFECT. 




1. amav- 

2. monu- 

3. rex- 

4. audiv- 


> ero, ens, erit, erimiis, eritis, erint, < 


shall have loved, 
shall have advised, 
shall have ruled, 
shall have heard. 



EXERCISE. 



(285.) Vocabulary. 



Defiles, angustiae, arum (pi. 

To err, errare. 

To draw, ducere. 

A principle, principium, I. 



To attach, oppugnare. 
Near, juxta (prep. ace). 
Already, jam (adv.). 
To take by storm, expugnarS. 

(286.) Translate into English. 

(a) Pluperfect. — Milites dm et aeriter pugnaverant. — Pater 
filium ssepe moniierat. — Duas legiones in Italia conscripsera- 
mils. — Helve tii jam per angustias copias suas transduxerant. — 



PLUPERFECT AND FUTURE PERFECT. 109 

Ccesar castella Galliae muni ve rat et tres legiones ex hlbernis 
eduxerat. 

(b) Future Perfect. 
Hem. The future perfect is sometimes used in Latin, when in Eng- 
lish we should use the simple perfect or future ; e. g., 
When I {shall) have written the I daum epistolam s c r i p s e r 6, ad te 
letter, I shall come to you. \ veniam. 

Quum amicum in horturn duxero, ad te veniam. — Hand 
erravero, si a Platone principium duxero. — Quum hostes cas- 
tella expugnaverint, urbem ipsam (159) oppugnabunt. — Haud 
erraveris, si a Cicerone principia duxeris. 

(287.) Translate into Latin. 

(a) Pluperfect. — The general had drawn his sword. — Near 
the city the soldiers had fought long and spiritedly. — Caesar had 
levied one legion in Italy, and led-out seven from (their) win- 
ter-quarters in Gaul.— -The Helvetians had already led their 
forces across the Rhine (113, II., a), through the boundaries 
of the Sequanians. — I had often advised you for your own 
sake (135, II., b). 

(b) Future Perfect (R., 286, b). — When we have written 
the letters, we shall come to the city. — We shall not have err- 
ed, if we shall have drawn (ducere) our principles from Plato. 
— When Caesar shall have taken-by-storm the city, he will at- 
tack the tower itself (159). 

K 



§ 3. 



NOUNS OF THIRD DECLENSION— FULLER 
TREATMENT. (XLVIL— LVII.) 

[The third declension contains more nouns than all the others togeth- 
er. It also involves greater difficulties ; and we therefore give it a 
full treatment in the following section, which should be carefully 
studied.] 



LESSON XLVIL 

(288.) The genitive-ending of the third declension 
is is. 

Rem. To find the stem of any noun of this declension, strike off is 
from the gen.; e.g., G., n 6 m in is (of a name), stem, nom in. 

(289.) ENDINGS FOR ALL THE CASES. 





SINGULAR. 




PLURAL. 




M. and F. 


N. 




M. and F. 


N. 


N. 


— 





N. 


es. 


a (ia). 


G. 


IS. 


is. 


G. 


ilm (ium). 


urn (ium). 


D. 


1. 


I. 


D. 


ibus. 


ib iis. 


A. 


em (im). 


like Nom. 


A. 


es. 


a (ia). 


V. 


like Nom. 


like Nom. 


V. 


es. 


a (ia). 


A. 


6(1). 


e(i). 


A. 


ibus. 


lbiis. 



(290.) The nom.-ending is not given, because of the many- 
forms in which that case occurs. The most common nom.-end- 
ing is s ; but the stem itself is often employed as the nom. ; 
and is often, again, changed. We make six classes, which 
must be carefully distinguished, viz. : 
(291.) CLASSES. 

I. Nouns which add s to the stem in the nominative with- 
out any vowel change. (Feminines.) 
II. Nouns which insert a connecting vowel (e or i) before 

adding s. {Feminines.) 
III. Nouns which change the stem-vowel (i into e) before 
adding s. [Masculines.) 



NOUNS, THIRD DECLENSION, CLASS I. 



Ill 



V. Nouns which present the unchanged stem in the nom- 
inative without adding s. {Masculines, except -al, 
-ar, -ur, which are Neuter.) 
VI. Nouns which present the stem changed in the nomina- 
tive without adding s. {Masculines, Feminines, and 
Neuters.) 

(292.) [Before entering- upon the paradigms, the student should learn 
thoroughly the following rules of euphony, which prevail generally 
in Latin nouns and verbs.] 

(1) c or g before s unites with it to form x ; e. g., le g-S is 
written lex; arc-s = arx; voc-s = vox, &c. 

(2) d or t before s is dropped; e. g., laud-s = laus; 
quie t-s = quies ; parent-s = parens. 

(293.) Class I. — The Nominative adds s to the 
Stem, without any Vowel change. {Feminines.) 



Sing. 


City (f.). 


Citadel (f.). 


Praise (f.). 


Race (nation), f. 


Quiet (f.). 


N. and V. 


urb-s. 


arx (arc-s). 


laus (laud-s). 


gens(gent-s). 


quies. 


Gen. 


urb-is. 


arc-is. 


laud-Is. 


gent-is. 


quiet-is. 


Dat. 


urb-I. 


arc-i. 


laud-T. 


gent-I. 


quiet-i. 


Ace. 


urb-em. 


arc-em. 


laud-em. 


gent-em. 


quiet-em. 


Abl. urb-e. 


arc-e. 


laud-e. 


gent-e. 


quiet-e. 


Plur. 


Cities. 


Citadels. 


Praises. 


Races (nations). 




N., A., V. 


urb-es. 


arc-e s. 


laud-es. 


gent-es. 


quiet-es. 


Gen. 


urb-Tum. 


arc-ium. 


laud-urn. 


gent-mm. 


quiet-um. 


D. and A. 


urb-ibus. 


arc-ibus. 


laud-ibus. 


gent-ibus. 


quiet-ib iis. 



On this class, observe carefully that, 

(294.) As to the case-endings, iii m is the gen. plur. ending 
of those nouns whose stems end in two consonants ; e. g., urb-s, 
urb-is, urb-ium; nox, noct-is, noct-ium; cohors, cohort- 
is, cohort- ium. 

(295.) As to gender, they are mostly feminine. Hence, 

Rule of Gender.— Nouns which add s to the stem, without 
changing the stem- vowel, to form the nom., are feminine. 

[Rem. Exceptions. The following are masculines : 



1. dens (dent-is), tooth. 

mons (mont-Ts), mountain. 
fons (font-is), foun tain. 
pons (pont-is), bridge. 
rudens (rudent-is), rope. 



*bidens (bident-Is), hoe. 
*torrens (torrent-is), torrent. 
*tridens (trident-is), trident. 
*"oriens (orient-is), east. 
*ocddens (occident-Ts), west. 



* These nouns in ens are properly adjectives, with a masc. noun under- 
stood ; e. g. } oriens sol, torrens amnis, &c. 



112 



NOUNS, THIRD DECLENSION, CLASS I. 



2. Grex, (greg) is, a flock; also a few nouns in ix and ax. 

3. Paries, (pariet) is, wall; pes (pedis), /<?<?£; lapis, (lapid) is, stone , 
vas (vad-is), surety, .] 

' The rules of gender should be learned by heart ; the lists of ex- 
ceptions need not be, unless they are very short. All exceptions are 
marked in the vocabularies ; and the lists should be referred to whenever 
cases occur.] 

To Class I. belong the nouns of the following endings, of which the 
pupil has had frequent examples : 

Libertas, libertat-is, liberty; dignitas, dignitat-is, dig- 
nity ; and, in short, all nouns in as, at i s. 
Virtus, virtut -is, virtue ; and all others in us, u t i s. 
Palus, palud -is, swamp ; and others in us, u d i s. 

In the following exercise several of the exceptions will be found. 

EXERCISE. 



(296.) Vocabulary. 

Highest (tJoe top), summus, a, iim. 

Middle, medius, a, um. 

To leave, relinquere (perf.-stem, re- 

liqu-). 
To secede, secedere (perf.-stem, se- 

cess-). 
To take care of, curare. 
To touch upon, to reach, attingere. 
To seek, to aim at, petere. 
To cut down, rescindere. 



Romulus, Romulus, I. 
Hercynian, Hercynius, a, um. 
Senate, senatus, us (m.). 
Agrippa, Agrippa, se (m.). 
Where, ubmam ? 

The commo7i people, plebs, (pleb) Is. 
Patricians (of Rome), patres, (patr) 

iim (pi.). 
An interreign, interregnum, I. 
Speedy, citus, a, iim. 



[The nouns which occur in the preceding lesson are not named in the 
vocabulary : the learner will find them, and observe their gender.] 

(297.) Examples. 

(a) On the top of the mount- 
ain. 

(b) On the tops of the trees. 

(c) In the middle of the city. 

(d) Where in the world ? 

(298.) Translate into English. 

Magna pars plebis urbera reliquit, et in montem (295, R. ] ) 
secessit. — Turn patres Agrippam ad plebem miserunt (401, 3, b). 
— Hercynia sylva fines multarum gentium attinglt. — Cassiiis, 
legatus (225, a), tres cohortes in arcem oppidi duxit. — Ubi- 
nam gentium siimus ? — Deiis curat gentes. — Aquilse in sum- 



In summo mont^. 

In summis afboribiis. 
In media urbe\ 
Ubinam gentium? 



NOUNS, THIRD DECLENSION, CLASS II. 



113 



mis montibiis mdificant. — Magnus (78, II., b) avium grex 

(295, R., 2) summam arcem petunt. — Mllites pontem (295, R., 

1) rescindunt. — Leges Romanorum justae fuerunt. — Summus 

mons (295, R., 1) ab hostibus tenetur. — Csesar ad utramque 

(194, R. 1) partem pontis presidium reliquit. — Post Romuli 

mortem unius (194) anni interregnum fuit. — Sapientes mortem 

non timent. — Mors cita veniet. 

[All the nouns should be declined, the rale of gender given, and the ex- 
ceptions referred to if necessary. The formations of the verbs should be 
carefully analyzed.] 

(299.) Translate into Latin. 

The laws were just. — The fountain was beautiful. — The 
Hercynian forest touches the boundaries of five nations. — The 
common-people left the city, and seceded to the mountain. — 
The doves buiit-their-nest in the top of the citadel (297, a). — A 
large flock of birds flew over the city. — The soldiers fought 
long on the middle of the bridge (297, c). — Then the senate sent 
an ambassador to the common-people. — God takes care of cities 
and nations. — The Belgians inhabit one part of Gaul, the Aqui- 
tanians another. — Where in the world (297, d) are we ? in 
what city do we live ? — -Caesar fortified each part of the bridge. 



LESSON XL VIII. 

Nouns. — Third Declension, continued. 
(300.) Class II. — The Nominative inserts a Con- 
necting-vowel (e or l) before adding s to the Stem. 
(Feminines.) 



e inserted. 


i inserted. 


Singular. Cloud {(.). 


Ship (£). 


N. and V. 
Gen. 
Dat. 
Ace. 

Abl. 


nub-e-s. 

nub-is. 

nub-i. 

nub-6m. 

nub-e\ 


nav-^-s. 
nav-is. 
nav-I. 

nav-em or im. 
nav-e or I. 


Plural. 


Clouds. 


Ships. 


N. and V. 

Gen. 
D. and Abl. 


nub-es. 

nub-ium. 

nub-ibus. 


nav-es. 

nav-ium. 

nav-Tbus. 



K 2 



114 



NOUNS, THIRD DECLENSION, CLASS II. 



On this class, observe carefully, 

(301.) As to the case-endings: [(1) The ace. -ending im 
instead of em is used : 1 . sometimes (but rarely) in the words 
clavis, key ; messis, harvest; navis, ship : 2. commonly 
in f e b r i s, fever ; pelvis, basin ; p u p p i s, stern ; r e s t i s, 
rope; securis, axe ; turris, tower: 3. always in amussis, 
a rule ; s i t i s, thirst ; t u s s i s, cough ; vis, force,] 

[(2) The abl. -ending i instead of e is used (not, however, to 
the exclusion of e) in all those words which take im in the 
ace; e. g., turris, turrim, turri: vis, vim, vi (al- 
ways). Also in i g n i s, fire ; civis, citizen.'] 

(3) The gen. plur. ending i u m instead of u m is used in 
most nouns which insert e or i before adding s to the stem. 
[Proles, canis, panis, vat is, juvenis have um.] 

(302.) Rule of Gender. — Nouns which insert a vowel (e or i) 
before adding s in the nominative arefeminines. 

[Rem. Exceptions: 

Amnis (m.), river. fascis (m.), bundle. 

Axis (m.), axle. follis (m.), bellows. 

Callis (m.), path. funis (m.), rope. 

Canalis (m.), canal. fastis (m.), club. 

Collis (m.) ; hill. ignis (m.),Jire. 

Crinis (m.), hair. niensis (m.), month. 

Ensis (m.), sword. orbis (in.), circle. 



panis (m.), bread. 
piscis (m.),Jlsh. 
postis (m.), post. 
sentis (m.), bramble. 
unguis (m.), finger nail. 
vectis (m.), lever. 
vermis (m.), worm.] 



EXERCISE. 

[In the vocabularies, the Roman numerals I., IL, &c, placed after 
nouns, refer to the class to which they belong.] 

(303.) Vocabulary. 



To dread, formidare. 

Pilot, gubernator, is (m.). 

To bring-, agere (perf.-stem, eg-). 

To procure, comparare. 

A Carthaginian, Carthaginiensis, is. 

To raise, to kindle, excitare. 

Power, potestas, (potestat) is (f., I.). 

Barbarian, barbarus, I. 

Vehemently, greatly, vehementer 

(215, 2, b). 
To build, aedif icare. 



A fleet, classis, is (f., IL). 

And, ac. 

Twenty, viglnti (indecl.). 

Lofty, altus, a, ma. 

Thirteen, tredecim (indecl.). 

The Druids, Druides, um (m., pi.). 

Thirst, sitis, (sit) is (f., XL). 

To relieve, levare. 

To dispute, dispiitare. 

To terrify, terrerg (perfect-stem, 



terrii-). 

(304.) Translate into English. 
Nubes saBpe lunam obscurant. — Cives classem hostium for- 



NOUNS, THIRD DECLENSION, CLASS III. 



115 



midant. — Caesar naves loagas gedificavit, et nautas gubemato- 
resque (202, N.) comparavit. — Crassus ad oppidum turres 
altas egit. — Ve teres Roman! vim Caithaginiensium non formi- 
daverunt. — Caesar turres tredecim excitavit. — Milites ignes 
magnos in summo monte (297, a) excitaverunt. — Druides de 
deorum immortalium vi ac potestate disputant. — Classis adven- 
tus cives terruit. — Aqua sitlm (301, 1) levat. — Nova navium 
figura vehementer (215, 2, b) barbaros terruit. 

(305.) Translate into Latin. 

Lofty towers are raised by Caesar. — The general prepared 
twenty long ships. — The lieutenant brought the towers to the 
wall of the city. — The power of the Romans terrified the Gauls. 
— Wine does not relieve thirst. — The sun is often obscured 
by the clouds. — The approach of the fleet and the soldiers ter- 
rified the citizens. — A great fire is kindled on the top of the 
mountain by the iEduans. — The general stationed the ships 
near the wall of the city. — The clouds are black. — The coming 
of our fleet and the strange (nova) figure of the ships terrified 
all the barbarians. 



LESSON XLIX. 
Nouns. — Third Declension, continued. 

(306.) Class III. — The Nominative changes the 
Stem-vowel (I into e) before adding s to the Stem. 



Vowel i changed into e. 


Singular. Soldier (m.). 


Book (m.). 


N. and V. 
G-en. 
Dat. 
Ace. 
Abl. 


mil£-s (milet-s). 

milTt-is. 

mllit-i. 

niilit-em. 

milit-e. 


cod<?x (codecs). 

codic-is. 

codic-T. 

codlc-em. 

codic-e. 


Plural. 


Soldiers. 


Books. 


N. and V. 

Gen. 
D. and A. 


millt-es. 

milit-um. 

mllit-ibus. 


codic-es. 

codic-uiri. 

codic-ibus. 



On this class, observe that, 

(307.) As to the case-endings, they are all regular. 

(308.) As to gender, they are masculine. Hence, 



116 



NOUNS, THIRD DECLENSION, CLASS III. 



Rule of Gender. — Nouns which change the stem-vowel 
I into e before adding s in the nominative are masculine. 

Exc. Merges (f.), (mergitis), a sheaf. 



EXERCISE. 



(309.) Vocabulary. 

To double, duplicare. 

Brutus, Brutus, I. 

Sharp, spirited, acer, acris, acre 

(105, R. 1). 
Defender, vindex, (vindic) is (m., 

in.). 

Liberty, libertas, (libertat) is (f., I.). 
Foot-soldier, footman, pedes, (pedit) 

is (m., III.). 
Embark upon, conscendere, con+ 

scandere (perf.-stem, cpnscend), 

(for upon, in with the accusative). 
To depart, discedere. 
I began, ccepl. Perfect, defective. 
To sustain, sustmere (sub and te- 

nere), perf.-stem, sustinu. 



At his own expense, sumptu. suo 

(abl.). 
Expense, sumptus, us. 
To support, alere (perf.-stem, alu). 
Greatness, magnitudo, (magnitudin) 

Is (f.). 
A Briton, Britannus, I. 
Guest, hospes, (hospit) is (m. and f., 

25, a). 
To injure, to maltreat, violare. 
Companion, comes, (comit) is (m. 

and f, 25, a). 
Narrow, angustus, a, urn. 
Place, locus, I (nom. pi., loci and 

16 ca). 
Conspiracy, conjuratio (nis) (f.). 



(310.) Translate into English. 

Caesar numerum obsidum duplicabit. — Brutus erat acer 
libertatis vindex. — Equites et pedites in naves con- 
scenderunt. — Dumnorix ciim equitibiis discedere coepit. — 
Dumnorix magnum numeriim e q u i t u m suo sumptti jfluit. — 
Milites omnes magnitiidinem sylvarum timuerunt. — Bri- 
tanni antiqui hospites nunquam violaverunt. — Comites 
principis angusto in loco e qui turn nostrorum vim dm 
sustinuerunt. 

(311.) Translate into Latin. 

The chiefs began to go away with all the horsemen. — The 
horse-soldiers and foot-soldiers did not sustain the attack (vim) of 
the enemy. — The general supported the soldiers at his own 
expense. — The companions of Dumnorix sustained bravely the 
attack of our footmen. — The Germans maltreated the ambas- 
sadors. — The companions of the lieutenant are embarking-upon 
the ships. — The greatness of the woods terrifies the horsemen 
and the footmen. — Dumnorix always maltreats (his) guests. — 
The messenger began to depart with all the guests. — Brutus, 



NOUNS, THIRD DECLENSION, CLASS IV. 



117 



the defender of liberty, made (fecit) a conspiracy. — The 
townsmen for a long time supported a large number of footmen 
at their own expense. — The chiefs doubled the number of 
horsemen. 



LESSON L. 

Nouns. — Third Declension, continued. 

(312.) Class IV. — The Nominative adds e to the 
Stem. 





Sea (n.). 


Seas. 


Net (n.). 


Nets. 


N., A., V. 
Gen. 

Dat., Abl. 

i 


mar-e. 
mar-is. 
mar-i. 


mar-ia. 

mar-ium. 

mar-ibus. 


ret-e. 
ret-is, 
ret-i. 


ret-ia. 

ret-idm. 

ret-ibus. 



On this class, observe that, 

(313.) As to the case-endings, the abl. is always I, the nom. 
plur. ia, and the gen. plur. iiim. 

(314.) As to gender, they are all neuter. Hence, 

Rule of Gender. — Nouns which add e to the stem (instead 
of s) in the nom. are neuter. 

EXERCISE. 

(315.) Vocabulary. 

By sea and land, terra marique, abl. 
(not marl et terra). 

To wash, alluere (ad-f-luere). 

To use, uti (dep. governs abl.). 

To be accustomed, consuesc&re (per- 
fect-stem, consuev). 

Navigation, navigatio, (navigation) 
is(f.). 

Vast, vastus, a, um. 

Open, apertus, a, um. 

Ocean, oceanus, I. 

The Venetians, Veneti, orum (pi.). 

Broad, latus. a, um. 



But, autem (not so strongly advers- 
ative as sed, and always placed af- 
ter one or more words of the sen- 
tence). 

Other, different, alius (194, It. 1). 

Bed, cublle, (cubil) is (IV.). 

Splendid, splendidus, a, um. 

A dock-yard, navale, (naval) is (IV.). 

To commit, to join (as battle), com- 
mittere (perf.-stem, commis). 

In the mean time, interim (adv.). 

Huntsman, venator (is), m. 

Far, longe (adv.). 



118 NOUNS, THIRD DECLENSION, CLASS IV. 



(316.) Examples. 

(a) For Marseilles is washed 
on three sides by the sea. 



Massilia enim tribus ex parti- 
bus marl (abl., 93, II., b, 
R.) aMitiir. 

Nostro mari (55) longis navi- 
bus utl consuevimiis. 



(b) In our sea (i. e., the Med 
iterranean) we were accus- 
tomed to use long ships. 
Rule of Syntax. — The deponent verb u 1 1, to use, governs 
the ablative ; e. g., n a v i b u s, in (b). 

(317.) Translate into English. 

Longe alia navigatio est in angusto marl atque in vasto 
atque aperto oceano.— Longae fuerunt naves quibus (abl., 316, 
b) nostro marl (55) uti (infin.) consuevimus. — Veneti autem 
latls navibus titi consueverunt. — Mihi (125, II., a) cub lie est 
terra. — Romanorum cub ilia magna fuerunt et splendida. — 
Imperator quinque naves ex navali eduxit et praelium com- 
misit. — Turris erat proxima portul (106, II., c) navalibus- 
que. — Caesar, interim, omnes naves quae erant in navalibus 
incendit. — Venator rete diligenter parabat. — Venatores retia 
cervis (54) parabant. 

(318.) Translate into Latin. 

The farmers were preparing nets for the (54) doves. — Cor- 
inth is washed on two sides by the sea. — The ships which (316, 
b) the Venetians were accustomed to use in our sea were long. 
— In the vast and open ocean we use broad ships. — Navigation 
is far different (longe a 1 i a) in a narrow river and in the open 
sea.~I had (125, II., a) a high tree (for my) bed. — Caesar was 
pursuing Pompey by sea and land.— -The tower was very near 
to the dockyard. — The general, in the mean time, was rebuild- 
ing all the old ships in the port and dockyards. 



NOUNS, THIRD DECLENSION, CLASS V. 



119 



LESSON LI. 

Nouns. — Third Declension, continued. 

(319.) Class V. — The Nominative presents the 

Stem unchanged. 

1. Masculine Forms. 



Singular. 


Honour (m.). 


Consul (m.). 


Goose (m.). 


Brother (m.). 


N. and V. 


honor. 


consul. 


anser. 


frater. 


Gen. 


honor-is. 


consul-is. 


anser-is. 


fratr-is. 


Dat. 


honor-i. 


consul-i. 


anser-i. 


fratr-i. 


Ace. 


honor-em. 


consul-em. 


anser-em. 


fratr-em. 


Abl. 


honor-e. 


consul-e. 


anser-e. 


fratr-e. 


Plural. 


Honours. 


Consuls. 


Geese. 


Brothers. 


N., A., V. 


honor- es. 


eonsul-es. 


anser-e s. 


fratr-es. 


Gen. 


honor-um. 


consul-urn. 


anser-um. 


fratr-um. 


D. and Abl. 


honor-ibus. 


consul-ibiis. 


anser-ibus. 


fratr-ibus. 



On these, observe, 

(320.) As to case-endings, they nearly all take the regular 
endings throughout ; but those whose stem ends in ter or ber 
drop the e in all cases but the nom. ; e. g., f r a t e r, f r a t r i s ; 
imber (a shower) i m b r i s. 

Rem. Imber, linter, venter, take ium for gen. pi. ending. 
(321.) As to gender, 

Rule of Gender. — Nouns which present the unchanged 

stem in the nom. (except those whose stems end in al, 

ar, ur, or) are masculine. 

[Exception (1.) In or: arbor, oris (tree), is feminine ; and ad or, oris, 

{pure wheat), aequor, oris (sea), m armor, oris (marble), are neut. (Obs., 

masculines have 6 (long) in the stem; neuters 6 (short)). The ending ul 

generally belongs to names of male beings (e. g., consul) : if applied to 

females, it may be feminine also (e. g., exul, a female exile). 

Exception (2.) er: linter (boat) is masc. or fern. : the following are 
neuter: cadaver (corpse), uber (teat), ver (the spring), verber (lash); 
also, all names of plants in er: e. g., piper (pepper), zingiber (gi?iger), 
fcc.] 

EXERCISE. 

(322.) Vocabulary. 



Noise, clamor (oris, V., 1). 
Cassius, Cassius, L 
Yoke, jugiim, T. 
Archer, Sagittarius, i. 
Slinger, funditor (oris, V., 1) 
Succour, subsldium, I. 
Rain, imbgr (is, 320). 



Continuance, contmuatid, (continua- 
tion) is (f.). 

Skin, tent made of skins, pellis, (pell) 
is (f. II.). 

Desert, desertum, I. 

Shepherd, pastor (oris, V., 1). 

Hunter, venat6r (oris, V., 1). 



120 NOUNS, THIRD DECLENSION, CLASS V. 

(323.) Translate into English. 

Iraperator ad se mercatores undique convoeavit. — 
Milites omnes magno cum clam ore in oppidum irruperunt. 
— Helvetii Cassium consulem occidunt, exercitumque ejus 
(153, c) sub jugum* mittunt. — Caesar sagittarios et fundi- 
tores subsidiof (dat.) oppidanisf (dat.) misit. — Milites con- 
tinuatione imbrium (320, R.) sub pellibus continentur. — 
Incolse desertorum sunt pastores, venatores, et mer- 
catores. — Divitise mercatorum sunt incertae. — CaeSar 
omnem equitatum funditores sagittariosque pontem (113, 
II., a) transduxit et ad hostes contendit. 

(324.) Translate into Latin. 

The Britons slew the general, and sent all the soldiers under 
the yoke. — The archers and slingers killed the chief. — By the 
continuance of the rains, the merchants are kept in the town. — 
The townsmen burst into the tents (pelles) with a great noise. 
— The archers and the slingers hasten to the town. — The con- 
sul Cassius led all the slingers over the bridge. — The Britons 
killed the scouts (exploratores), and sent the archers and sling- 
ers under the yoke. — The scouts hasten to the consul. — The 
general sent twenty soldiers for a succourf (dat.) to the mer- 
chants, f — The inhabitants of the town are merchants. — The 
riches of merchants, however great (184) they are, are uncer- 
tain. — The soldiers slew all the inhabitants of the desert. — The 
illustrious consuls led all the footmen over the bridge (113, 
II., a). 

* A conquered army was made to march under a sort of yoke or gallows 
as a mark of disgrace. 

f Rule of Syntax. — Double Dative. Two datives, one of the person, the 
other of the thing, may be used with esse, and with verbs of giving, 
coming, sending, &c. 



NOUNS, THIRD DECLENSION, CLASS V. 



121 



LESSON HI. 

Nouns.— Third Declension, continued. 

(325.) Class V. — The Nominative presents the 
Stem unchanged. 
2. Neuter Forms. 



Singular. 


Animal (n.). 


Spur (n.). | Lightning (n.). 


Marble (n.). 


N., A. ; V. 
Gen. 
Dat. 
Abl. 


animal. 

animal-is. 

animal-i. 

animal-i. 


calcar. 
calcar-is. 
calcar-I. 
calcar-i. 


fulgur. 
fulgiir-is, 
fulgur-i. 
fulgur-e. 


m arm or. 
marmor-is. 
marmor-i. 
marmor-e. 


Plural. 


Animals. 


Spurs. 


Lightnings. 


Marbles. 


N., A., V. 

Gen. 
D. and Abl. 


animal-ia. 
animal ium. 
animal-ibus. 


calcar-ia. 

calcar-Tum. 

calcar-ibus. 


fulgur-a. 

fulgur-um. 

fulgur-ibus. 


marmor-a. 

marmor-um. 

marmor-ibus. 



On these, observe, 

(326.) (a) As to case-endings, those in al, ar, make abl. i, 
nom. plur. i a, gen. plur. ium. 

(b) As to gender, they are neuter. Hence, 

Rule of Gender. — Nouns which present in the nom. the 
unchanged stem in al, ar, ur, and or (short), are neuter. 

Exceptions in al: Sal (salt) is masc. and neut. in the sing., and masc, 
sales, in plur. L ar, laris (household god), masc. 

Exceptions in ur: Fur (thief), furfur (bran), turtur (turtle-dove) f 
vultur (vulture), are masc. 

Exceptions in Sr. (Recollect that or, oris (with o long), is a masc. 
ending (321) ; and that arbor, oris (tree), is fern.) 
Rem. Os, ossis (bone), is neut. 

EXERCISE. 

(327.) Vocabulary. 

Level, plain, planus, a, urn. 

A plain, the sea, osquor, is (V., 2), 

(derived from sequus, plain: see 

below, 328). 
Revenue, tax, vectigal, (vectigal) is 

(V.,2). 
To create, ere are. 
Hatred, odium, odium, I. 
Many, very many, complures, a or 

ia (gen. urn or ium), used only in 

plural. 
Class, geniis, (genSr) i"s, neut. 



Temple, templum, I. 

To place, ponere. 

Abode, domicilium, I. 

To goad, concitare. 

Frugality, parsimoni^l, ae. 

Indeed, quidem (adv.). 

Placid, placidiis, a, iim. 

A marble temple, a temple of marble, 

templum de marm6re. 
Sharp, acutus, a, um. 
Glare, splendor, (splendor) is (V., 1). 
To farm, redimere (r^dem-). 



122 NOUNS, THIRD DECLENSION, CLASS V. 



(328.) Example. 

The sea is level, from which 
also the poets call it 
sequor {the sea). 



Mare planum est ; ex quo 
etiam sequor illud poetae 
vocant. 

' Here the antecedent of quo is the sentence mare" planum est. 

(329.) Translate into English. 

Magnum hoc fuit vectigal, sed magnum creavit odium. — 
Dumnorix, complures annos (191, a, Rule) omnia iEduorum 
vectigalia redemerat. — Complura {or compluria) sunt gene- 
ra, animalium. — Templum de mar more in foro ponam. 
Crassus domum magnam de marmore splendido aedif icavit. 
— F ulg u r a milites vehementer terruerunt. — Terra est dom- 
icilium hommum et animaliu m. — Milites subito equos c a 1- 
c a r i b u s (abl., 55, a) concitare coeperunt. — C a 1 c a r i a acuta 
sunt. 

(330.) Translate into Latin. 

Glory is a great spur to brave men. — The horses fear the 
sharp spurs. — The glare of the lightnings terrified the horses. 
— Almost (fere, 218, h) all animals are useful to men. — These 
were great revenues indeed, but they created great hatreds. — 
The seas were level and placid. — Frugality is a great revenue. 
— We shall place a temple of splendid marble in the midst (in 
medio foro, 297, c) of the forum. — The poets call (mare) the 
sea sequor, because (quia) it is level. — The woods are the 
abode of many animals. — Pompey for many years had farmed 
the revenues of Asia. — The cavalry (equites) began to put 
spurs to their horses (= to goad the horses with spurs). 



NOUNS, THIRD DECLENSION, CLASS VI. 



123 



LESSON LIII. 

Nouns. — Third Declension, continued. 
(331.) Class VI. — The Nominative presents the 
Stem changed. 
1. Masculine Forms. 





(a) n of the Stern dropped. 1 


(b) r of the Stern 


changed to s. 


!(c) Verbalsin io {all Jem.). 


Singular. 


Speech (m.). 


Dust (m.). 


F lower (m.) 


Reason (f.). 


i.,A.,V. 


senno. 


pulvis. 


flos. 


ratio. 


G-en. 


sermon-is. 


pulver-is. 


flor-is. 


ration-is. 


Dat. 


sermou-i. 


pulver-i. 


flor-i. 


ratio Q-L 


Ace. 


sermon-em. 


pulver-em. 


flor-em. 


ration-em. 


Abl. 


sermon-e. 


pulver-e. 


flor-e. 


l ation-e. 


Plural. 


Speeches. 


Flowers. 


Reasons. 


N.,A.,V. 


sermon-es. 


pulver-es. 


flor-e s. 


ratioa-es. 


Gen. 


sermon-um. 


pulver-um. 


flor-um. 


ration-um. 


D.&Abl. 


sermon-ibtis. 


pulver-Ibus. 


flor-ibus. 


ration-ibus. 



On this class, observe, 

(332.) As to case-endings : 1. Final n of the stem is gener- 
ally dropped in Latin nouns in the nominative. (In sanguis, 
sanguin-is (blood), it is changed into s.) 

2. Final r of the stem is often changed into s, as in pulvis, 
flos, mos, &c. 

(333.) Rule of Gender. — Nouns which simply drop n of the 
stem in the nom. are masculine (except abstract nouns 
in Io). 

Special Rem. — Abstract nouns in io (onis) are feminine ; e. g., rat-io, 
reason ; ultio, revenge. (They are a very large class, formed by add- 
ing io to the supine-stem of verbs.) 

(334.) Rule of Gender. — Nouns which change er of the 
stem into is, or into 6s, are masculine; e. g., pulvis 
(pulver), flos (flor). 

EXERCISE. 

(335.) Vocabulary. 



Manner, custom, mos, (mor) is (VI., 

Robber, latrd, (latron) is (VI., 1, a). 
Pirate, proedo, (praedon) is (VI., 1, a). 
Centurion, centurid, (centurion) is 

(VI., 1, a). 
Lion, led, (leon) is (VI., 1, a). 



Speech, language, sermo, (serm6n) 

is (VI., 1, a). 
Surrender, deditio, (dedition) is 

(VI., 1, c). 
Rebellion, rgbellid, (rebellion) Is 

(VI., 1, c). 
The Sacred Way, Via Sacra. 



124 



NOUNS, THIRD DECLENSION, CLASS VI. 



To slay, triicidare. 

Nurse, nutrix, (nutric) is (I.). 

Devoid of, expers, (expert) is (107). 

To draw, trahere (trax- ; 277, 1). 

Eloquent, disertus, a, um. 

Adorned, omatus, a, um. 

To go, ire. 

By chance, forte" (adv.). 

As, slcut. 

Kind, blandus, a, iim. 

More latroniim. 
More suo. 



Speech (in the abstract), or an ora- 
tion, oratid, (oration) is (VI., 1, c). 

Dust, pulvis, (pulver) is (VI., 1, b). 

Egyptian, iEgyptus, i. 

Sweet, pleasant, suavis, is, e. 

To wander, errare. 

To employ, uti (with abl., 316, b). 

To finish, conficere (io). 

The rest, the remaining, reliquus, a, 
um. 

(336.) Examples. 

(a) After the manner of rob- 
bers, 

(b) After his (her or their) 
own manner. 

(c) Devoid of reason, Rationis expers. 
Rule of Syntax. — Adjectives signifying abounding, want, 

privation, &c, govern the genitive (sometimes abl.). 

(d) We say, a cloud of dust ; the Latin says, a power of 
dust — vis pulveris. 

(337.) Translate into English. 

1. (Masculines, Class VI, 1, n dropped.) — Centuriones 
militiim Labienum libenter sequebantur. — Legatus sermo- 
nem longum conficit. — Multi iEdui Csesaris sermon! (dat., 
267, b) interfuerunt. — Imperator reliquos lat rones praedo- 
nesque trucidavit. — Africa nutrix est 1 eon iim ferocium. 

2. (Verbal Nouns in ion, all Feminine.) — Helve tii legatos 
de (concerning) deditione ad Caesarem miserunt. — Barbari 
rebellionem turpem fecerunt. — Legatus, oratione acri 
(abl., 55, a), barbaros ad deditionem traxit. — Oratio diserta 
et ornata omnibus (161, a) placet. — Ferae sunt rationis et 
orationis expertes. 

3. (Nouns changing er of the Stem into is, or into 6s; all 
Masculines.) — Pulvis et umbra sumus. — Milites, eodem tem- 
pore (118, II., c) magnam vim pulveris videbant. — Ibam 
forte via sacra (abl., 55, a) sicut meus est mos. — iEgyptl, 
more praedoniim (336, a), naves incendere (infm., 210) con- 
sueverunt. — Suaves tuae mores mihi (161, a) valde placent. — 
Praedones, more suo, oppida incendere coeperunt. 



NOUNS, THIRD DECLENSION, CLASS VI. 



125 



(338.) Translate into Latin. 

1. {Masculines, Class VI., 1, n dropped.) — Caesar employs 
ind language* (abL, 316, b), and draws the barbarians to a sur- 
ender. — Many of the Helvetians heard the severe speech (78, 
I., b) of Caesar. — The bands of robbers and pirates wander by 
ea and land. — The general slew all the wicked pirates. — Is 
135, II., a) Africa the nurse of lions ? — Is Europe (num, 280, 
) the nurse of fierce lions ? 

JZ. (Verbals in io, all Feminine.) — Caesar drew-out from 
their) winter-quarters the four legions which he had levied 
conscripserat) in Italy. — The eloquent oration pleased all. 
-The barbarians made a base rebellion after (their) surrender. 
-Lions are devoid of reason and speech. 

3. (Nouns changing er of the Stem into is, or into 6s ; Mas- 
ulines.) — The flowers are beautiful. — The customs of the 
xermans were good. — Death turns (vertit) all things into 
lust. — At the same time (118, II., 6),agreat cloud of dust (336, 
I) was seen by the soldiers. — I was sleeping in the garden, as 
s my custom. — The JEduans, after the manner of pirates, slew 
he ambassadors. 



LESSON LIV. 
Nouns. — Third Declension, continued. 

(339.) Class VI. — The Nominative presents the 
Stem changed. 

2. Feminine Forms. 



n of the Stem dropped, and i changed into 5. 


Singular. 


Image (f.). Hail (f.). 


N. and V. 
Gen. 
Dat. 
Ace. 
Abl. 


imago. 

imagin-is. 

imagm-i. 

miagln-em. 

imagin-e. 


grand 6. 

grandin-is. 

grandin-i. 

grandin-em. 

grandm-e. 


Plural. 


Images. 


Hail. 


N., A., V. 

Gen. 
D. and Abl. 


imagin-es. 

imagin-um. 

imagln-ibus. 


grandin-es. 

grandin-um. 
grandin-ibus. 


... 



* Sermo. 

L2 



126 



NOUNS, THIRD DECLENSION, CLASS VI. 



On these, observe, 

(340.) Rule of Gender. — Nouns which drop n 5 and change 
i into o in the nom., are feminine. 
Exceptions. Or do (order), car do [hinge), turbo (whirlwind), are 
masculine. Nemo (nobody), mar go (margin), are common. 
(Homo, man, is masc. by the general rule, 25, a.) 
Rem. Card (fiesh) makes gen. carnis, dat. carni, &c, contracted 
from carinis, carini, &c. 

EXERCISE. 

(341.) Vocabulary. 

Sleep, somnus, I. 

Same, Idem, eadem, idem (150). 

Multitude, multitudo, (multitudin) is 

(VL, 2). 
To set forth, exponere. 
Swallow, hirundd, (hirundin) is (VI., 

2). 
Harbinger, prasnuntia. oe. 
Spring, ver, is (321, exc. 2). 
Resemblance, similitude, (similitu- 

din) is (VI., 2).* 
To preserve, keep, servare. 
To call (name), appellare. 
Council, concilium, i. 

(342.) Translate into English. 

1. Somnus imago mortis est. — Legati eadem quae Caesar 
dixerat multitudin! exponunt. — Hirundines praenuntiae 
veris sunt. — Galli oppidum ex similitudine floris L ilium 
appellabant. — Consul matrum virginum que precibus exci- 
tatur . — P oe tae celebrant R-omulum, originem gentis . 

2. Principes iEduorum magnam multitiidinem ho mi- 
ni! m ex agris coegerunt. — Milites ordines non servant. — 
Caesar centuriones piimoriim ordiniim ad concilium convocat. 
— Cicero in magnis turbinibiis navem reipublicae (351, 3) 
giibernavit, et salvam in portu collocavit. 

(343.) Translate into Latin. 

1. Speech (sermo) is the image of the mind.— Sleep is often 

the harbinger of death.-— The soldiers feared the force of the 



Lily, lilium, i. 

Virgin, virgo, (virgin) is (VI., 2). 

Prayer, prex, nom. not used, (prSc) 

is (L). . 
To celebrate, to extol, celebrare. 
Origin, origd, (origin) is (VI., 2). 
To collect, cogere, con+agere (perf.- 

stem, coeg). 
Order, rank, ordo, (ordin) is (VI., 2) 

(m.). 
Whirlwind, turbo 1 , (turbin) is (VI., 

2, 340, exc). 
Safe, salvus, a, iim. 



* Similitude floris = resemblance to ajlotver. 



NOUNS, THIRD DECLENSION, CLASS VI. 



127 



hail. — The centurions were setting-forth the same (things) 
which the general had commanded. — The brave soldiers are 
moved by the prayers of the mothers and the virgins. 

2. The consuls collect a great multitude of men from the 
towns. — Caesar dismisses from (ab) the council the centurions 
of the first ranks. — The archers and the slingers did not keep 
their ranks. — Caesar calls (v 6 care) to the council the centuri- 
ons of all the ranks. — The brave consul in the great whirlwinds 
will govern the ship of state (351, 3). — Caesar will place the 
ship of state safe in the port. 



LESSON LV. 
Nouns. — Third Declension, continued. 

(344.) Class VI. — The Nominative presents the 
Stem changed. 
3. Neuter Forms. 



N.,A.,V. 
Gen. 
Dat. 
Abl. 



(a) Vowel changed. 



Song (n.). 



carmen, 
carmin-is. 
camiin T. 
carmm-e. 



Strength (n.). 



robur. 
robor-is. 
robor-i. 
robor-e. 



(b) Vowel and Cons, changed. 



Work (n.). 



opus. 
6per-is. 
oper-T. 
oper-e. 



Body (n.). 



corpus, 
corpor-is. 
corpor-i. 
corpor-e. 



(c) Cons, changed. 



Law (n.). 



J US \. 

jur-is. 

jur-i. 

jur-e. 



Song: 



Works. 



Bodies. 



N., A., V. carmm-a. 

Gen. jCarmin-um. 
D., Abl. carmin-ibus. 



robor-a. 

rdbor-um. 

robor-ibus. 



6per-a. corpor-a. 
oper-um. corpor-uni. 
5per-ibus. corpor-Ibus. 



jur-a. 

jur-um. 

jur-ibus. 



On this class, observe, 

(345.) As to gender, they are all neuter. Hence, 

Rule of Gender. — Nouns which, in the nominative, change 
the stems in into en, or into iir, and er, or, or ur into 
us, are neuter. 

Exceptions. (1.) In en: only pecten, pectinis (masc), a comb. 
(2.) or into ur: none. 
(3.) er into us : none. 

(4.) or into us : only lepus, leporls (masc), a hare. 
(5.) ur into us: mus, muris (masc), mouse; tellus, uris 
(fern.), earth. 



128 



NOUNS, THIRD DECLENSION, CLASS VI. 



(346.) Under this head may be classed the follow- 
ing nouns of rare endings : 

1. Poem a, atis (neuter), a poem. Nouns of this form are 
derived from the Greek, and are all neuters. They prefer the 
ending is to ibiis in the dat. and abl. plur. 

2. Halec (neuter), halecis, brine, and lac (neuter), lactis, 
milk, are the only Latin nouns ending in c in the nom. 

3. Caput, capitis, head, is the only Latin noun ending in 
t in the nom. It is neuter. 

EXERCISE. 



(347.) Vocabulary. 

Arrogance, arrogantia, ae. 

Crime, crimen, (crimin) is (VI., 3, 

a). 
To want (lack), to be free from, ca- 

rere (with abl.). 
Folly, stultitia. 
Wonderful, mirif icus, a, urn (minis 

+facio). 
Naked, nudus, a, um. 
Strong, validus, a, um. 
The whole affair, omnis res. 

(348.) Examples, 
(a) To condemn to death. 



To delay, tardarS. 

Gift, muxms, (muner) is (VI., 3, b). 

Quickly, cito (adv.). 

Hare, lepus, (lepor) is (m., 345, 4). 

Milk, lac, (lact) is (n., 346, 2). 

Flesh, card, (earn) is (f., 340, R.). 

Young man, juvenis, is (m.) : gen. 

pi., um. 
Danube, Danubius, I (m.). 
Jugurtha, Jugurtha, 8B. 
If, si (conj.). 



Capitis (or capite) condem- 
nare ( = to condemn of the 
head). 

Rule of Syntax. — With verbs of condemning, the punish- 
ment (if capital) is put in the gen. or abl. 

(b) To be free from a crime. Crimine car ere ( = to want 

crime). 

Rule of Syntax. — The ablative case is used with verbs (and 
adjectives) of abounding and wanting. 

(349.) Translate into English. 

Socrates arrogantise et stultitise crimine carebat. — Rhenus 
et Rhodanus magna sunt flu mi n a. — Magna et mirifica sunt 
omnia Dei opera. — G alii semper nu do cor pore (synt.,716, 2) 
pugnabant. — Corpora Germanorum valida et mirifica fuerunt 
— Magnitudo operiim omnem rem tardabat. — Si munera 



IRREGULAR NOUNS. 129 

tardas, nihil das ; bis dat, qui cito dat. — Venator le pores timi- 
dos in sylvis persequitur. — Athenienses Socratem capite con- 
demnarunt.* — Ctir talem virum capitis condemnastis ? — 
Britanni lacte et carne vlvunt. 

(350.) Translate into Latin. 

The bodies of the young men were strong. — The man (vir) 
was free from the crime of folly. — The Danube and the Rhine 
are great rivers. — Do the Gauls (num, 280, b) fight with naked 
body ? — The works of Cicero are excellent : I read them (eos) 
with pleasure (lib enter). — The Romans condemned Jugurtha 
to death (348, a). — Did the Athenians (280, b) condemn Socra- 
tes to death ? — The captives were condemned (imperf. pass.) to 
death. — The timid hare was wandering in the woods and fields. 
— Is-it-possible-that (280, b) the Britons live (on) (abl.) milk 
and flesh? — Your pleasant songs (161, b) delighted (delec- 
tare) me. 



LESSON LVL 
Irregular Nouns. 

(351.) We give here the declension of a. few irreg- 
ular nouns. 





1. 


J 


upi 


ter. 




Nom. 










Jupiter. 


Gen. 










Jovis. 


Dat. 










Jovi. 


Ace. 










Jovem. 


Abl. 










Jove. 



► * The perf. and plup. tenses are often thus contracted : omdrdt for 
dmdvSrat ; vigilastfc for visrilavistis. 



130 



IRREGULAR NOUNS. 



2. Bos, an ox or cow. 

Singular. Plural. 

Nom. Bos. Boves. 

Gen. Bovis. Bourn. 

Dat. Bovi. Bobiis or Bubiis. 

Ace. Bovem. Boves. 

Voc. Bos. Boves. 

Abl. Bove. Bobiis or bubiis. 

[In double nouns, each noun is inflected ; e. g.,] 

Respublica (res+publica), a republic, state. 

Singular. 



Nom. Respublica. 
Gen. Reipublicae. 
Dat. Reipublicae. 
Ace. RempubKcam. 
Yoc. Respublica. 
Abl. Republica. 



Plural. 

Respublicae. 

Rerumpublicarum. 

Rebuspublicis. 

Respublicas. 

RespubKcse. 

Rebuspublicis. 



4. Jusjurandum (jus+jurandum), an oath. 

Singular. Plural. 

Nom. Jusjurandum. Jurajuranda. 
Gen. Jurisjurandi. 

Dat. Jurijurando. 

Ace. Jusjurandum. Jurajuranda. 

Abl. Jurejurando. 

Rem. The genitive, dative, and ablative plural are not used. 

EXERCISE. 



(352.) Vocabulary. 

Faith, promise, fides, ei. 

To bind, obstringere, (ob-hstringere) 

(perf.-stem, obstrinx). 
To take care of curare. 
Folly, stultitia, ae. 
To lose, amittere, (a+mittere) (perf.- 

stem, amis). 
To intrust, committer^, (con-f-mit- 

t6r6) commis (with dat.). 
Especially, inaxime (adv.). 
To worship, colore (perf.-stem, cd- 

hi-). 



Apis, Apis, is (f.). 

Sacred, sanctus, a, urn. 

Formerly, olim. 

Guardian, custos, (custod) is (m. 

and f.). 
Juno, Juno, (Junon) is (f.). 
Husband or wife, conjux, (conjiig) 

is (m. and f.). 
Nation, natio, (nation) is (f.). 
An JEgyptian, iEgyptus, I. 
But especially, maxime autem. 
Minprva, Minerva, ae. 



IRREGULAR NOUNS. 131 

(353.) Translate into English. 

Principes inter se fidem et jusjurandum dabant. — Ario- 
vistus civitatem jurejurando (55) et obsidibiis obstrinxit. — 
Apud Romanes, consules rempublicam curaverunt. — Multae 
nationes per stultitiam respublicas suas amiserunt. — Vete- 
res maxime J 6 v e m coluerunt. — iEgypti Apim, sanctum 
bovem (225, a), olim coluerunt. — Jupiter est hujus urbis 
custos. — Juno erat Jovis conjux. — Cives iram Jo vis timent. 
— Cornua bourn sunt magna. 

(354.) Translate into Latin. 

The robbers will give an oath among themselves. — Caesar 
binds all the Germans by a promise and an oath. — Caesar bound 
the chiefs of the state by an oath and by hostages. — The senate 
intrusts (com mitt it) the whole republic to Cicero. — The 
consuls will take care of our republic. — The ancients worship- 
ped many gods, but especially Jupiter. — We have lost the re- 
public by (per) our own folly. — Jupiter is the guardian of our 
house. — Apis, the sacred ox, is the guardian of this city. — 
Minerva was the daughter of Jupiter. — Good men do not fear 
the anger of Jupiter. 



132 RULES OF GENDER, THIRD DECLENSION. 

(355.) LESSON LVIT. 



Summary of Rules of Gender from the Nominative 
Formation* 



I. Masculines either 

1. Add s, and change the stem- vowel before it; e. g., ' 
gurges, gurgit-is, whirlpool; miles, milit-is, sol- { 
dier ; codex, codic-is, book. 



2. Present the stem er, ul, or, without adding s; e. g., 
anser, anser-is, goose; consul, consul-is, consul; 
honor, ho nor -is, honour. 



3. Drop n without adding s; e.g., sermo, sermon-is, 
speech; car bo, carbon -is, coal. 

4. Change er of the stem, into is, or into os ; e. g., ) 
cinis, ciner-is, ashes; pulvis, pulver-is, dust ; > 
flos, f lor -is, flower. ) 

II. Feminines either 

1. Add s without changing the stem-vowel; e.g., urb-s, 
urb-is, city ; nox (noct-s), noct-is, night; vox 
(voc-s), voc-is, voice; quies, quiet-is, quiet. 



2. Insert a vowel (e or i) before adding s ; e. g., nub-e-s, 
nub-is, cloud ; nav-i-s, nav-is, ship. 



3. Drop n, and change i into o ; e. g., imago, im agin -is, 
image; grando, grandin-is, hail. 

III. Neuters either 

1. Add e to the stem ; e. g., mare, mar -is, the sea. 

2. Present the unchanged stem al, ar, ur, or; e.g., ani- 
mal, animal-is, animal; calcar, calcar-is, spur; 
fulgiir, fulgur-is, lightning; sequor, sequor-is, sea. 

3. Change in of the stem into en, or into ur, and er, or, 
or ur into us ; e. g., carmen, carmin-is, song ; ebur, 
ebor-is, ivory; opus, 6per-is, work; corpus, cor- 
por-is, body ; crus, crur-is, leg. 



* Abundant illustrations of these rules have been given. The student 
should now learn them thoroughly by heart, and apply them in the sub- 
sequent lessons. 



EXCEPTIONS. 133 



Exceptions. 



[. 2. 



[. 1. Only merges, mergitis (f.), sheaf, 

f er, feminine : linter, boat, 
er, neuter: cadaver, uber, verber, ver, tuber, spin- 

ther, with all the names of plants in e r. 
or, feminine : arbor, tree. 
or, neuter: cor, ador, aequor, marmor. 

Rem. The neuters have 6 (short) in the stem ; the mas- 
culines, o (l07lg). 

r o S The abstract nouns in io are all feminine ; e. g., ratio 
I " I (f.), ratioms, reason. 

I. 4. None. 



II. !.<! 



'Masculines. Mens, fons, mons, pons, dens and its 
compounds, torrens, occidens, oriens. 
Grex, Greek nouns in ax, and a few in ix ; lapis, 



II. 2.{ 



l Masculines. Latin nouns ending in nis ; e. g., ignis 
(m.),fire ; with 
Piscis, orbis, callis, and canalis ; 
Unguis, caulis, axis, and annalis ; 
Fascis, sentis, fustis, canis, ensis ; 
Vectis, vermis, postis ; also mensis. 
jy ,, { Masculines. Ordo, cardo, homo, turbo. 
* ( Common. Nemo, margo. 

III. 1. None. 

i Sal, masculine and neuter in singular; masculine in 
III. 2. < plural. Lar, laris, masculine. 

f Fur, furfur, turtur, vultur, masculine. 
Masculine : changing i n into e n, only pecten, comb ; 
■ « J changing or into us, only lepus, hare ; chang- 

ing ur into us, only mus, mouse. Feminine : 
tellus, earth. 



* There are also a few Greek words that are masculine. As, assis, 
coin, is masculine ; vas, vasis, vase, is neuter. 

M 



§ 4. 



COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES. (LVIIL— LX.) 

(356.) Adjectives are inflected both in English 
and Latin to express degrees of quality ; e. g., 



Positive. 

Brave, 
Fort- is, 



Comparative. 

braver, 
fort- i 6 r, 



Superlative. 

bravest. 

fort- issimus. 



LESSON LVIIL 



The Comparative Degree. 

(357.) The comparative has the ending ior for 
the masculine, and ius for neuter. These endings 
are added directly to the stem of the adjective ; e. g. 9 



Brave, fort-is ; 
Hard, dur-us ; 
Beautiful, pulch-er \ 
(stem, pulchr-) ; ! 



Masculine. 

braver, fort- ior; 
harder, dur-ior ; 



fort- ius. 
dur-ius. 



more beautiful, pulchr-ior ; pulchr-ius. 



Rem. If the stem ends in a vowel, the comparative is formed by the 
use of magi s, more, instead of the ending; e. g., 

pious, pi-us ; more pious, magis pius. 

fit, idone-us ; more fit, magis idoneus. 



(358.) 



DECLENSION OF COMPARATIVES. 





SINGULAR. 


PLURAL. 




Masc. and Fem. 


Neut. 


Masc. and Fem. 


Neut. 


N. and V. 


dur-ior. 


dur-ius. 


dur-iores. 


dur-iora. 


Gen. 


dur-iorts. 


dur-ioris. 


dur-iorum. 


dur-iorum. 


Dat. 


dur-iori. 


dur-iori. 


dur-ioribus. 


dur-ioribus. 


Ace. 


dur iorem. 


dur-ius. 


dur-iores. 


dur-iora. 


Abl. 


dur-iore. 


dur-iore. 


dur-ioribus. 


dur-ioribus. 



Rem. In the later writers, I is used for abl. sing, ending frequently 
instead of e. 



COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES. 



135 



EXERCISE. 

(359.) Vocabulary. 



Like, similar to, similis (takes dat., 

sometimes gen., 106, II., c). 
Amiable, amabilis, is, e. 
Eloquent, eloquens. 
Excellent, praestans. 
Ignorance, igndratio, (ignoration) is. 
Knowledge, scientia, ae. 
Silver, argentum, i. 
Vile, paltry, vllis, is, e. 
Justice, justitia, ae. 

(360.) Examples, 
(a) A pirate is more like a 
wild beast than a man. 



ear, precious, carus, a, urn. 
Few, pauci, ae, a (used only in pi.). 
Indeed, quidem (adv. ; always stands 

next after the word to which it 

refers). 
Swift, celer (105, It. 1). 
Than, quam (conj.). 
To seek, quoerere. 
Antonine, Antoninus, i. 
Future, futurus, a, urn. 



(b) Nothing is more amiable 
than virtue. 



Praedo ferae (106, II., b) est 
s i m i 1 i o r quam homini 
(dat.). 
Nihil est amabilius quam 

virtus, or 
(c) Nihil est virtu te ama- 
bilius. 

(c) Rule of Syntax. — The conjunction quam (than) is fre- 
quently omitted, and then the noun with the compara- 
tive must be put in the ablative case. 



Cicero was more eloquent 
than Ccesar. 



Cicero fuit C ae s a r e elo- 
quent i o r. 

(361.) Translate into English. 

Nihil est virtute praestantius. — Virtus est praestantior 
juam robur (344). — Ignoratio malorum utilior est quam sci- 
entia. — Aurum gravius est argento. — Argentum vilius est 
iuro, virtutibus aurum. — Liipi ferociores sunt quam 
:anes. — Tullus Hostilius ferocior erat Romulo. — Justitiam 
[juaerimus ; rem (app., with justitiam, 225, a) auro cario- 
rem. — Paucis (dat. gov. by carior, 106, II., b) carior fides 
est, quam pecunia. — Mihi (dat.) amicus fuit me ipso carior. 
— Omnes suos (i. e., his friends) caros habet (he holds) ; me 
(ace.) quidem se ipso carior em. — Nemo Romanorum (par" 
titive gen.) eloquentior fuit Cicerone. 

(362.) Translate into Latin. 

1. With qua m. — The horse is swifter than the dog. — Igno- 



136 COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES. 

ranee of future evils is better than knowledge (of them). — Lions 
are fiercer than wolves. — Antonine was more pious (357, R.) 
than Caesar. — The son was more amiable than the father. — A 
robber is more like a wolf (dat., 106, II., b) than a man. 

2. Without quam (with ablative). — Justice is a thing more 
precious than gold. — Gold is more paltry than virtue. — Nothing 
is more amiable than virtue. — To Crassus his friends were 
dearer than himself. — He (had) held all his own (friends) 
dear, but Cicero even dearer than himself. — What (170) is 
heavier than water ? Gold.— What is more excellent than 
strength ? Virtue. 



LESSON LIX. 

Superlative Degree. 
(363.) The superlative ending is i s s I m u s, which 
is added to the stem of the adjective. 

Positive. Comparative. Superlative. 

Dear, car-us ; dearer, car-ior ; dearest, car- is si mils. 

Brave, fort-is ; braver, fort-ior ; bravest, fort- i s s i m ii s. 

Happy, more happy, most happy, 

f elix (felic-s) ; felic-ior ; felic- i s s i m ii s. 

(364.) But adjectives whose stems end in e r add 
the ending rimus, 

Unhappy, miser ; most unhappy, miser- r i m u s. 

Swift, celer ; swiftest, celer- r i m ii s. 

Beautiful, pulcher ; most beautiful, pulcher- rimus. 

(365.) Several adjectives whose stems end in 1 add 
limus. 

Easy, f acil-is ; easiest, facil- 1 i m ii s. 

EXERCISE. 

(366.) Vocabulary. 



Cyrus, Cyrus, I. 

Hannibal, Hannibal, (Hannibal) is. 

Difficult, difficilis (di-f-facilis). 

Moderation, modus, I. 

Darius, Darius, I. 



To preserve moderation, modum ha- 
bere (= to have moderation). 
Carthage, Carthago, (Carthagm) is. 
Metal, metallum, I. 
To stain, macular^. 



COMPARISON OP ADJECTIVES* 137 

(367.) Examples. 

(a) Socrates was very ivise. i Socrates sapientissimus 

I fuit. 

A high degree of quality (very good, very wise, &c.) is expressed in 
Latin by the superlative. 



(b) Of all these, the Bel 
gians are the bravest. 



Horum omnium fortissimi 
sunt Belgae. 

Rule of Syntax. — The genitive plural is used with the 
superlative degree : the most learned of the Romans ; 
doctissimiis Romanorum (partitive gen., synt., 697). 



(c) Among the Helvetians 
the noblest was Orgetorix. 



Apud Helvetios nobi- 
lissimus fuit Orgetorix. 

(368.) Translate into English. 

Urbs Syracuse (app., 225, a) Graecarum urbium est pul- 
cherrima. — Praestantissimi Persarum reges fuerunt Cyrus et 
Darius.- — Pompeius magnam belli gloriam morte (55, a) tur- 
pissima maculavit. — Hannibal fortissimiis erat omnium 
Carthaginiensium. — Gallorum omnium fortissimi sunt Bel- 
gse. — Cicero eloquentissimus fuit Romanorum. — Difficilli- 
mum est modum habere (161, d). — Apud iEduos nobilissi- 
mus etfortissimus fuit Divitiacus. 

(369.) Translate into Latin. 

Plato was very wise (367, a). — Plato was the wisest of all 
the Greeks (367, b). — The city Rome was the most beautiful 
of all the Roman cities. — Of all these, the Britons are the bra- 
vest. — The most excellent leaders of the Romans were Caesar 
and Pompey. — Carthage was a very beautiful city. — Of all 
things, the most difficult is to preserve moderation. — Of all 
(men), the most happy (beatus) is the wise (man). — The hard- 
est of all metals is iron. — Among the Greeks Themistocles 
was the noblest.^ — Caesar led the bravest soldiers across the 
very broad river. 

M2 



138 



IRREGULAR COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES. 



LESSON LX. 



Irregular Comparison of Adjectives. 
(370.) Several adjectives are quite irregular in 
their comparison. The following are the most im- 
portant. 



Positive. 


Comparative. 


Superlative. 


good, bonus. 
bad, malus. 


better, nielior. 


best, optimus. 


worse, pejor. 


worst, pesslmus. 


great, magnus. 


greater, major. 


greatest, maximus. 


much, multiis. 


more \ pMs (n ' sm ^' 
more ' } plures, a (pi.). 


most, } i _ « ^ 

' > pluiimus. 
very many, ) * 


small, parvus. 


less, minor. 


least, minimus. 


old, senex. 


older, senior. 


wanting. 


young, juvenis. 


younger, junior. 


wanting. 


outward, exteras. 


more outward, exterior. 


outermost, extremes. 


beloiv, inf eras. 


lower, inferior. 


lowest, infimus, or 


above, sup eriis. 


higher, superior. 


highest, supremus, or 
summus. 


kind, posterus. 


hinder, posterior. 


hindmost, postremiis. 



(371.) Several adjectives have no positive, but form 
the comparative and superlative from a preposition, 
adverb, or obsolete word. 





Comparative. 


Superlative. 


{on this side, citra.) 
[within, intra.) 

{beyond, ultra.) 

[near, prope.) 
{bad, deter.) 


nearer, citerior. 
inner, interior. 

farther, ulterior. 

nearer, propior. 

worse, deterior. 
former, prior. 


nearest, citimus. 
inmost, intimus. 

nearest, } « « 

. ' > proximus. 
next, ) r 

worst, deterrimus. 

first, primus. 



Rem. 1. Dives, rich; richer, ditior, divitior; richest, ditissimus, divi- 
tissimus. (Cicero uses the longer form, Caesar the shorter.) 

2. Compound adjectives in dicus, ficus, volus, add entior for the 
comp., and entissimus for the superl. ; e. g., bene -volus (benevolent), 
bene vol- entior, benevol- entissimus. 
EXERCISE. 



(372.) Vocabulary. 

Disgraceful, unworthy, indigniis, a, 

urn (in-r-dignus). 
Infamy, disgraceful crime, flagi- 

tium, i. 
Wisdom, sapientia, oe. 



The Suevians, Suevi, oram. 
Warlike, bellicosiis, a, iim. 
Condition, conditio, (condition) is. 
America, America, ra. 
Emperor, imperator, oris (355, 1., 2). 



IRREGULAR COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES. 139 



Indigmim est a superiore 
vinci; indignius ab inferi- 
or e atque humiliore. 



(373.) Examples. 

(a) It is disgraceful to be 
conquered by a superior ; 
more disgraceful (to be 
conquered) by one inferior 
and lower. 

[Here the infin. pass, vinci is used as a neut. noun, noin. to est, and 
ndignum agrees with it in the predicate.] 

(b) What is better for man Quid est ho mini m e 1 i u s sa- 
ilian wisdom ? p i e n t i a (360, c) 1 

[Here homini is in the dat. (advantage or disadvantage, 106, II., b).] 

(374.) Translate into English. 

Nihil est melius quam (360, b) sapientia. — Hibernia 
ninor est quam Britannia. — Nihil est pejus flagitio. — Hos- 
es celeriter loca (209) superiora occiipabant. — Maxima 
)ars Aquitaniae obsides ad Caesarem misit. — Suevorum gens 
jst longe maxima et bellicosissima Germanorum omnium 
367, b). — Ariovistus agrum Sequanum, qui optimus erat 
otius Galliae occiipavit. — ^Infima est conditio et fortuna ser- 
orum.— Primus et maximus regum Homanorum fuit 
itomulus. 

(375.) Translate into Latin. 

It is disgraceful to be conquered by a junior, more disgrace- 
ul by a senior. — What is better than virtue ? what worse than 
ice ? — What is better for man than honour ? Wisdom. — Eu- 
ope is less than Asia ; Asia than America — The bravest of 
he Belgians were seizing the higher grounds (loca). — The 
neatest part of Gaul made (fecit) a surrender. — The first 
ind greatest of the Roman emperors was Caesar. — The poor 
ire often more benevolent (371, R. 2) than (quam) the rich. 
—The worst (men) are often more-happy than (quam) the 
►est. — Among the Helvetians (by) far the richest and noblest 
vas Orgetorix. 



§ 5. 



COMPARISON OF ADVERBS. 

(376.) Adverbs derived from adjectives admit of 
comparison. The comp. is the neuter form of the 
comparative of the adjective : the superlative substi- 
tutes e for u s. 



Learnedly, 
doct- e ; 


more learnedly, 
doct- i ii s ; 


most learnedly, 
doct- is si me. 


Joyfully, 
lset- e ; 


more joyfully, 
lset- i ii s ; 


most joyfully, 
laet-is si me. 


Happily, 
felic-iter ; 


more happily, 
felic-ius ; 


most happily, 
f elic- i s s i m e 


Well, bene ; 


tetter, melius ; 


best, optime. 



[No separate exercise upon these is necessary.] 



§ 6. 

SUPINE. 

(377.) The Supine presents the action of the verb 
under the form of a noun in two cases, the accusative 
and ablative. The former supine ends in um, the lat- 
ter in u ; which endings are added to the supine-stem 
of the verb. 

LESSON LXI. 
Supines. 
(378.) The Supine-stem is formed by adding to 
the verb-stem, 

(1) In 1st conj., at; e. g., am-at-. 

(2) In, 2d conj., it; e. g., mon-it-. 

(3) In 3d conj., t; e. g., reg-t = rect-. 

(4) In 4th conj., it; e. g., aud-it-. 

[Rem. Many supines, however, use different connecting vowels, or 
take s (and not t) before um and u. For this reason, therefore, all 
supine-stems will be given in the following' vocabularies. Where 
no supine-stem is given, it is to be understood that the verb has no 
supine.] 

(379.) The supine in um is a verbal noun of the accusative 
case, and is put after verbs of motion to express the design of 
that motion ; e. g., 



Legati ad Csesarem veniunt 

rogatum* auxilium. 
Ire dormitum. 



(a) Ambassadors come to 
Ctesar to ask assistance. 

(b) To go to sleep (to sleep- 
ing). 

(380.) The supine in u is a verbal noun of the ablative case, 
and is used after adjectives signifying good or bad, easy or diffi- 
cult, pleasant or unpleasant, &c. 

* Rogatum = accus. answering to the question whither. 



142 



SUPINE. 



Est facile f a c t u.* 



Est mirabile d i c t u. 



(a) It is (a thing) easy to do 
(or, to be done). 

(b) It is (a thing) wonderful 
to tell (or, to be told). 

(381.) The following are nearly all the supines in u which 
are in use : dictu, audit u, cognitu, factu, invent % 
memoratu. 

EXERCISE. 

(382.) Vocabulary. 

To ash, demand, postulare (postu- 

lat). 
To congratulate, gratulari (gratu- 

lat), dep. 
To come together, convemre (con+ 

venire, conven-, convent-). 
To complain, queror (quest). 
Custom, consuetudo, (consuetudin) 

is (f., 355, II., 3). 
To collect corn, frumentari (friimen- 

tat). 
A Trevirian, Trevir, I (65). 

(383.) Example. 



To besiege, oppugnare (oppugnat). 

Hand, band of men, manus, us. 

Wonderful, mirabilis, e (104). 

Very easy, perfacilis, e (104). 

To do, facere (fact). 

To say, tell, dlcere (diet). 

Best, optimus, a, urn (370). 

To find, invenlre (in+venlre), in« 

vent. 
To happen, accidere. 
To endure, tolerare (tolerat). 
Senate, senatus, us. 



(a) Divitiacus came to Rome 
to ash assistance. 



Divitiacus Romara venit 
auxiliiim postulatiim. 
Rule of Syntax.— The accusative is used with the names 
of towns and small islands, to answer* to the question 
whither ; e. g., in (a) Romam. 

(384.) Translate into English. 

1. Supine in urn. — Principes civitatis ad Caesarem gratu- 
latum convenerunt. — Treviii magna manii (55, a) castra op- 
pugnatiim venerunt. — L egati ab iEduis venerunt, questum. 
— Caesar ex consuetudine unam legionem misit frumenta- 
tum. — Legati Romam ad senatiim venerunt auxilium pos- 
tulatum. 

2. Supine in u. — Est perfacile factu. — Est jiicundum au- 
di tu. — Qusedam (178, 1) sunt turpia dictti. — Quod optimum 
est factu, faciam. — Virtus difficilis est inventu. — Multa 
accidunt dura toleratu. 



F actu as ablative of respect, wherein. 



SUPINE. 143 

(385.) Translate into Latin. 

[Words in Italic to be rendered by supines.] 

1. Supine in um. — The consuls, according to (ex) custom, 
;ent a large band to collect corn, — All the chiefs of the JEduans 
/vere coming to Rome to ask assistance. — All the ambassadors, 
iccording to custom,* came-together to Caesar to congratulate 
him). — The soldiers of the tenth legion came to the general to 
vmplain.— -The Germans came (in) a large band to attack the 
own. 

2. Supine in u. — It is (a thing) wonderful to be heard. — 
tV^hat (quod) is base to be said, I will not say. — What is diffi- 
cult to be done, I will do. — A true (verus) friend is difficult to 
)e found. — Some-things are very easy to be done. 

* According to custom = ex consuetudine. 



§ 7. 

TENSES OF VERBS FOR COMPLETED AC- 
TION.— PERFECT, PLUPERFECT, AND FU- 
TURE PERFECT. — FULLER STATEMENT. 
(LXIL— LXIX.) 

(386.) It has been stated (262) that the tense-stem of the 
perfect, pluperfect, and future perfect tenses is the same. In 
Lessons XL IV., XLV. we gave one mode of forming this 
tense-stem for each conjugation. There are several other 
modes, which we now proceed to state, taking up the conjuga- 
tions separately. To -make the tables complete, we shall repeat 
the first method at the head of each. 



LESSON LXIL 
Forms of Perfect-stem. — First Conjugation. 
(387.) There are four ways of forming the per- 
fect-stem in the first conjugation. 

I. By adding sly to the verb-stem ; am -are, am -a v. 
II. " u. " son-are, son-ii. 

III. reduplicating* the first con- > , „ , 

r • !** J >d-are, ded-. 

sonant with e ; ^ 

IV. lengthening the stem-vowel ; juv-are, j u v-. 
On this table, observe that Class 

I. contains most of the verbs of the first conjugation. 
II. contains eleven simple verbs (of which a list may be found, 661). 

III. contains but Uuo simple verbs, viz., dare, to give, and stare, to 

stand. 

IV. contains but two simple verbs, viz., jiivarS, to assist, and lavarS, 

to wash. 

(388.) To form the perfect, pluperfect, or future perfect of a 

* To reduplicate a consonant is to prefix it to a stem with some con- 
necting-vowel ; thus, mord-, reduplicate with o, momord; st- are, re- 
duplicate with e, stest-, but the second s is dropped, st6t-> 



PERFECT-STEM, FIRST CONJUGATION. 



145 



verb of any of the above classes, simply add the endings of those 
tenses respectively to the perfect-stem ; thus : 



Infinitive. Perfect-stem. Perfect tense. 



To forbid, vet-are, v e t u - 
To give, dare, ded- 
To help, juv-arS, juv- 



isti. 

it. 

imus. 

istis. 

erunt, or ere. 



Pluperfect. Future Perfect. 

eram. 
eras. 



erat. 
eramus. 
eratis. 
erant. 



ero. 

eris. 

erit. 

erimus. 

eritis. 

erint. 



EXERCISE. 



(389.) [J^ 3 Hereafter, in all the vocabularies, the perfect and supine 
stems of verbs will be given in parentheses, immediately after the infini- 
tive. When no perfect or supine stem is given, it will be understood that 
those forms of the verb are wanting ; and where two are given, that the 
verb uses both. Thus : to help, juvare (juv-, jut-) ; to glitter, micare 
(micu-) ; to fold, plicare (plicav-, plicu-, plicat-, plicit-). In these exam- 
ples micare has no supine ; plicare has two perfect and two supine forms.] 

(390.) Vocabulary. 

To demand (command), imperare 

(av-, at-). 
To give, dare (ded-, dat-, 387, III.). 
Hunger, fames (is), (300). 
To tame, domare (domu-, domit-, 

387, II.). 
To shine, or flash forth, emicare 

(emicu-, e+micare, 387, II.). 
To surround, circumstare (stit- and 

stSt-). 
The sand, dry ground, aridum, i 

(neut. <?/"aridus, dry). 
An attack, impetus, us (110). 
To assist, adjuvare (juv-, jut-, ad+ 

juvare). 

(391.) Examples. 

1) S t a r e — to stand ; con-stare, to stand together, to 
halt ; circum-stare, to stand-around, to surround. 
(The compounds of s t a r e, with prepositions of one sylla- 
ble, have stit- for perfect-stem; those with two, stet-.) 
(2) To resist or withstand Alicui resistere. 
any one. 

Partial Rule of Syntax. — Many verbs compounded with 
prepositions govern the dative. 

N 



Door, foris, (for) is (300). 

To creak, crepare (crepii-, crepit-). 

To chide, reprove, increpare (in-f" 

crepare, crepii-, crepit-). 
A little while, paullisper (adv.). 
To withstand, resistere (restit-, 

re+stare). 
To halt, constare (constit-, con-{- 

stare). 
As soon as, simulatque (adv.). 
To slay, kill, interficere (interfec-, 

interfect-). 
To make, facere, id (fee-, fact-, 

199). 



146 PERFECT-STEMj FIRST CONJUGATION 

(3) To put any one to flight, 



(4) To make an attack. 



Aliquem in fiigam dare 

( = to give unto flight) . 
Impetum face re. 



[The Latin words in the following exercises which illustrate the les- 
sons are spaced.] 

(392.) Translate into English. 

Oppidani, obsides quos Caesar imperav-erat, ded-erunt. — 
Venatores fame (abl., 55, a) lupos domu-erunt. — Ex monte 
subito (adv.) flammae emicu-erunt. — Imperator oppidanos 
frumento (55) adjtiv-it. — Num crepu-erunt fores ? — Cae- 
sar vehementer (215, II., b) milites increpu-it. — Hostes 
nostris paullisper restit-erunt. — Hostes militibus (391, 2) 
circumstet-erunt, multosque interfec-erunt. — Nostri in 
hostes impetum fec-erunt, atque eos (391, 3) in fiigam ded- 
erunt. — Nostri simulatque in aridd constit-erunt, in hostes 
impetum fec-erunt atque eos in fiigam ded-erunt. 

(393.) Translate into Latin. 

The flame shone-forth. — From (ex) the-top-of the mountain 
(297, a) the flame suddenly shone-forth. — The huntsman had 
tamed the wolf. — The townsmen had given the hostages. — 
The Belgians gave all the hostages that (rel. pron.) Caesar had 
demanded. — The general had reproved the lieutenant and 
(que) the soldiers. — Our (men) were-withstanding the enemy 
(dat.) — Our (men) bravely withstood the enemy, and (que) 
killed many. — The Belgians surrounded our (men) (dat., 391, 
2), and killed many. — The Romans often put the Belgians to 
flight. — Our men halted upon (in) the dry-ground. — As-soon-as 
our men halted upon dry-ground, they bravely withstood the 
enemy (391, 2). — Our men put-to-flight the enemy whom 
(dat., 391, 2) they had bravely withstood. 



LESSON LXIIL 
Perfect-stem. — Second Conjugation. 
(394.) The perfect-stem in second conjugation is 
formed in five ways. 



PERFECT-STEM, SECOND CONJUGATION. 



147 



mord-ere, mo-mord-. 



I. By adding u. to the verb-stem, ; mon-ere, mon-u-. 

II. " ev " del-ere, del-ev-. 

III. " s " man-ere\ man-s-. 

IV. reduplicating the first con- \ 

sonant and vowel ; \ 

V. lengthening the stem-vowel ; v 1 d -ere, v 1 d -. 

(395.) On this table, observe that Class 

I. contains m,ost of the verbs of the second conjugation.* 

II. contains only flere, to weep ; nere, to spin; del ere, to destroy ; 

with the compounds of the obsolete words p 1 e r e, to Jill ; 
6lere,t to grow ; suere,t to be accustomed. [For a list, see 
662, II.] 

III. contains many verbs, of which a list may be found (662, III.). 

The rules of euphony must be applied here. 

(a) b before s sometimes passes into s. 

Infinitive. Perfect. 

To command, jub-ere, jub-si=jussi, 

(b) t-sound before s droppeck 

Infinitive. Perfect. 

To laugh, rld-ere, rid-si = risT, 

(c) c-sound -}- s = x. Any c-sound before t = c. 

Infinitive. Perfect. Supine. 

To increase, aug-ere, aug-sl = aux-i, auctum (aug-tum). 

(d) c-soand after 1 or r dropped before s. 

Infinitive. Perfect. Supine. 

To glitter, fulg-ere, ful-si (ful(g)s-I), ful-sum(ful(g)sum). 

IV. contains four simple verbs. See list (662, IV.). 

Infinitive. Perfect. Supine. 

To bite, champ, mord-ere, mo-mord-T, morsum (mord-sum). 
To vow, promise, spond-ere, spo-pond-i, sponsiim (spond-sum). 
[The compounds of these verbs drop the reduplication ; e g., 

Infinitive. Perfect. Supine. 

To answer, respondere, respond-i, responsum (respond-sum).] 
V. contains eight simple verbs, for which see list (662, V.). 

Infinitive. 

To favour, fav-ere, 
To move, mov-ere, 



Supme. 

jus sum (jub-sum). 



Supine. 

risum (rid-sum). 



Perfect. 

fav-i, 
mov-i, 



Supine. 

fautum. 



EXERCISE. 

[Refer to 386 and 389.] 

(396.) Vocabulary. 



Carthage, Carthago, (Carthagin) is 

(339). 
To destroy, delere" (delev-, delet-, 

395, II.). 



To Jill up, complere (complev-, com- 
plet-, 395, II.) [con+plere]. 

Good will, voluntas, (voluntat) is 
(293). 



* Many examples of this class have already occurred. 

t Some of these have sco in present indicative : adolesco, consuesco. 



148 



PERFECT-STEM, SECOND CONJUGATION. 



To remain, manere (mans-, mans-, 

394, III.). 
To come, venire (ven-, vent-). 
A slayer, interfector, oris (319). 
To see, videre (vid-, vis-, 395, V.). 
To open, aperire (aperii-, apert-). 
Gate, porta, ae. 

Tojke, fugere (io), (fug-, fugit-). 
Bit, bridle, frasnum, I (plur. I and a). 
Saguntum, Saguntum, I. 
Hill, collis, is (in., 302, R.). 

(397.) Example. 



Scipio j Scipio, nis. 

(surnamed) > 
Africanus, ) Africanus, I. 
Numantia, Numantia, ae. 
A defence, fortification, munitio (nis), 

(f., 333, R.). 
Even up to, as far as, usque (adv.). 
Great, ingens, (ingent) is (107). 
Standard, signum, I. 
Tooth, dens, (dent) is, [m., 295, R.). 



On the very day of his ar- 
rival. 



Eodem quo venerat die 
( — the very day on which 
day he had come). 

(398.) Translate into English. 

Hannibal Saguntum delevit, Scipio Carthaginem. — Scipio 
Africanus urbes duas potentissimas, Carthaginem et Numan- 
tiam delevit. — Caesar has mumtiones diligenter auxit. — 
Galli partem collis, usque ad murum oppidi, castris (55, a) 
conripleverant. — Adventiis legati summa spe et voluntate 
urbem complevit. — Diu barbari in fide manse rant. — Ita 
complures dies (191, a) manserant castra. — Caesar eodem 
die (118, II., c) in iEduos castra movit. — Imperator, eodem 
quo venerat die (397) castra movit. — Brutus et Cassius, in- 
terfectores (225, a) Caesaris, bellum ingens moverunt.* — 
Legiones, simiilatque nostra signa viderunt, portas aperue- 
runt. — Equus fraenos momordit. — Spopondistine pro am- 
ico ? Spopondi. 

(399.) Translate into Latin. 

Scipio destroyed Carthage, a most powerful city. — God has 
filled the world with all blessings (bona, neut.). — Socrates 
never laughed. — The forces of the Gauls had filled the whole 
(o m n e m) place, even-up to the wall of the town. — The Gauls 
had filled-up the higher (superior) part of the hill with 
(their) very-crowded (d e n s i s s i m u s) camp. — The coming 
of Caesar filled the army with the highest hope and good-will. 
For many years the barbarians had remained in friendship and 



* In the sense of excited, stirred un. 



PERFECT-STEM, THIRD CONJUGATION. 149 

fidelity (fide que). — Csesar moved (his) camp into the (terri- 
tory of the) JEduans on the very day of his arrival. — The ene- 
my saw our soldiers, and fled. — The horses were champing the 
bits. — The wolf bit the dog with his teeth (55, a). 



LESSON LXIV. 

Perfect-stems, — Third Conjugation. 

(400.) The perfect-stem in the third conjugation is 
formed in six ways. 

I. By adding s to the verb-stem ; s c r i b -ere, s c r i p - s -. 
II. " u " col-ere, c 6 1-u -. 

III. " v, or iv " pet-ere, pet-iv-. 

IV. reduplication ; cur r -ere, c u c u r r -. 
Y. lengthening the stem-vowel ; f u g-ere, f u g-. 

VI. taking the simple verb-stem ; v o 1 v -ere, v o 1 v -. 

We shall take up these separately, treating in this lesson 
only the first. 

(401.) Class I. — Perfect- stem formed by adding s 
to the Verb-stem. 

Most verbs of the third conjugation come under this class. 
It has already been illustrated, but we here give a fuller ac- 
count of the rules of euphony, in connexion with the various 
stem -endings. 

1. b before s or t passes into p. 

Infinitive. Perfect. Supine. 

To write, scrib-ere, scrips-I (scrib-s-i), scriptum (scrib-tum). 
To many, nub-ere, nups-i (nub-s-i), nuptum (nub-tum). 

2. A c-sound -f-s = x (c, g", h, v, gu, qu are classed witb c-sounds. If a 

stem ends in c t, the t is dropped, and the c unites with s to form 
x). Any c-sound before t = c. 

Infinitive. . Perfect. Supine. 

To lead, duc-ere, dux-i (duc-s-i), duc-tum. 

To cover, teg-ere, tex-i (teg-s-i), tec-tum (teg-tum). 

To draw, trah-ere\ trax-i (trah-S-I), trnc-tuni (trnh-rmn). 

N2 



150 



PERFECT-STEM, THIRD CONJUGATION. 



Infinitive. Perfect. Supine. 

To live, vlv-ere, vix-i (viv-s-i), vic-tum (viv-tum). 

" . c extinc-tum 

To quench, extmgu-ere, extmx-I (extmgu-s-I), ^ ( e xtingu-tum). 

To boil, coqu-ere, cox-I (coqu-s-I), coc-tuin (coqu-tum). 

We class here also, 

Infinitive. Perfect. Supine. 

To flow, flu-ere (fluv-), flux-I (fluv-s-I), flux-urn (fluv-sum). 
To build, stru-ere (struc-), strux-i (struc-s-I), struc-tum. 

3. d or t before s either {a) is dropped, or (b) passes into s. 

Infinitive. Perfect. Supine. 

(a) To divide, divid-ere, divis-I (divid-s-i), divl-sum (divid-sum). 

(b) To yield, go, ced-ere, cess-I (ced-s-i), ces-sum (ced-sum). 
To send, mitt-ere, mis-I (mit-s-I), mis-sum (mit-sum). 

4. (a.) m or r before s sometimes passes into s. 

Infinitive. Perfect. Supine. 

To press, prem-ere, press-i (prem-s-I), pres-sum (prem-sum). 
To bear, ger-ere, gess-i (ger-s-I), ges-tum (ger-tum). 

[b.) But if m be retained, it assumes p before it. 

Infinitive. Perfect. Supine. 

To take, sum-ere, sum-ps-I (sum-s-i), sump-tum (sum-turn). 

5. If the stem ends in rg, the g is dropped before s. 

Infinitive. Perfect. Supine. 

To scatter, sow, sparg-ere, spars-i (sparg-s-i), spar-sum. 

EXERCISE. 



(402.) Vocabulary. 

To bind, surround, cingere (cinx-, 

cinct-, 401, 2). 
To draw up, instruere (instrux-, in- 
struct-, 401, 2). 
To shut, claudere (claus-, claus-, 

401, 3, a). 
To retreat, recedere (re+ced&re, 

cess-, cess-, 401, 3, b). 
To approach, accedere (ad-f-cedere, 

cess-, cess-, 401, 3, b). 
To grant, concedere (con+cedere, 

cess-, cess-, 401, 3, b). 
To bear, carry on, gerere (401, 4, a). 
To spend, consumere (con-fsumere, 

sumps-, sumpt-, 401, 4, b). 

(403.) Examples. 

(a) In all directions. 

(b) Upon an expedition. 



Rampart, vallum, I. 
Triple, triplex, (tripffc) is (107). 
Janus, Janus, I. 
Numa, Numa, se. 
Veteran, veteranus, a, iim. 
In three divisions, tripartito (adv.). 
Suddenly, repente (adv.). 
By -night, noctu (adv.). 
There, ib! (adv.). 
Dragon, draco, (dracon) is (333). 
Arms, arma, orum {used only in plu- 
ral). 
Neighbouring, finitimus, &, urn, 
State, clvitas, (civitat) is (293). 



In omnes partes. 
In expeditionem. 



PERFECT-STEM, THIRD CONJUGATION. 151 

(404.) Translate into English. 

In tua epistola nihil milii scripsisti de tuis rebus. — Bar- 
bari vallo et fossa (55, a) hiberna cinxerunt. — Caesar tripli- 
cem aciem instruxit legionurn veteranarum. — Romani tem- 
plum Jam bis post Numae regnum clauserunt. — Imperator 
exercitum in dnas partes divisit. — Caesar tripartito mllites 
equitesque in expeditionem mi sit. — Principes repente ex 
oppido cum copiis recesserunt. — Mllites noctu usque ad 
castra accesserunt. — Caesar obsidibus (54) libertatem con- 
cessit. — Gerniani cuni Helve tiis bellum gesserunt. — Mag- 
nuni et gi'ave onus armoruni nailites pressit. — Explorator ad 
castra hostium ace es sit, atque ibi magnam partem diei con- 
sump sit. — Cadmus dentes draconis spars it. 

(405.) Translate into Latin. 

The ambassador wrote nothing concerning his own affairs. — 
The scout approached even-up to the walls of the town. — The 
lieutenant sent-away messengers in all directions. — Caesar sent- 
away the horsemen in three divisions into the neighbouring 
states.- — Cadmus slew (interfecit) the dragon and sowed 
his (ej us) teeth. — Caesar drew up the veteran legions in (abl.) 
a triple line. — The soldiers spent a great part of the day in the 
camp. — The enemy approached the town by-night. — The 
townsmen shut the gates. — The Helvetians retreated by night 
with all (then*) forces. — Caesar sent-away the scouts in three 
divisions upon an expedition. — The general sent-away the mes- 
sengers by night in all directions. — The soldiers approached 
even-up-to the rampart, and there spent a great part of the day. 



LESSON LXV. 

Perfect- stem. — Third Conjugation, continued. 

(406.) Class II. — Perfect-stem adds u to the Verb- 
stem, 
(a) Without change of the verb-stem (see list, 6G6, II., a) ; 

e.g., 

To noujish, maintain, al-ere, al-u-i, al-tum. 

To honour, cultivate, col-Sre, col-u-i, cul-tunL 



152 



PERFECT-STEM, THIRD CONJUGATION. 



(b) With change of verb-stem (666, II., b). 
To place, pon-ere, pos-ii-I,* pos~i tufli. 

To beget, gign-ere, gen-ii-i, gen-i-tum. 

Class III. — Perfect-stem adds v or iv to the Verb- 

stem. 

(a) Adds v (and lengthens stem-vowel, if short). (List, 666, 

III., a.) 

[These generally drop n, r, or s c,t or change the order of the letters. 
They must be carefully observed, as they occur in the vocabularies.] 



To despise, spern-ere, 

To be accustomed, suesc-ere, 



sprev-I, spre-tum (spern-tum). 

suev-i, sue -tarn. 



(b) Adds iv (list, 666, III., b). 
To seek, strive after, pet-ere, pet-iv-T, 

EXERCISE. 

(407.) Vocabulary. 



pet-I-tum. 



Spaniard, Hispamis, I. 

Command, jussus, us. 

Against, contra (prep., ace). 

People, populus, I. 

Immediately, statim. 

Avienus, Avienus, I. 

To instigate, stir up, instigare 
(av-, at-). 

To place in, to put into, imponere 
(im-j-ponere, 406, b). 

To remove, removere (remov-, re- 
mot-, re+movere). 

To arrange, distribute, disponere 
(dis+ponere, 406, b). 

To relate, commemorare (av-, at-, 
con-J-memorare) . 

(408.) Examples, 
(a) By the command of Cce- 



Property, famitia, oe. 

To cross over, transire (trans+IrS, 

iv-, it-). 
To decree, determine, decernere 

(decrev-, decret-, de-f-cernere). 
To discourse, disserere (disseru-, 

dissert-, dis-f-serere). 
To plunder, diripere (ripu-, rept-, 

di+rapere)4 
A beast of burden, jumentum, I. 
Sacred rites, sacra, orum (n., pi.). 
Instead of, pro (prep., abl.). 
Advice, counsel, consilium, I. 
On account of, 6b (prep., ace). 
To despise, spernere (406, III., a). 
Winter, hiems, (hiem) is (293). 



Jussu (abl., 55, a) Csesaris. 



* P6no = p6sino ; posm = pos-iv-i. 

f In these verbs the n or sc does not properly belong to the root, but is 
employed simply to strengthen the present indicative and infinitive ; to 
know, no -ere, strengthened nose- ere, &c. 

X Observe that the compounds of rapere, fa cere, caper e, with prep- 
ositions, change a into i in the infinitive; diripere, con fi cere, acci- 
pere. 



PERFECT-STEM, THIRD CONJUGATION. 153 



In naves imp one re {put 

into ships). 
Ad exercitum. 
Ad fines iEduorum. 



(b) To place on shipboard. 

(c) With (near) the army. 
On the borders of the 

JEduans. 

Ad is often used by Caesar in the sense of near or with (i. e., along 

with). 

(409.) Translate into English. 

Hispani, jussu Caesaris, eos exercitus quos (165) contra pop- 
iiluni Rornanum multos jam annos (191, a) aluerant, statim 
dimiserunt. — Aviene (voc), quod {because) in Italia milites 
populi Romani contra rempublicam instigasti (349, N.) ; et, 
pro multibus, tuam familiam in naves imposuisti; 6b eas 
res, ab exercitu meo te removeo. — Csesar legiones quas in 
Italia, hibernomm causa (135, II., &), disposuerat, ad se 
revocavit. — Cur consilium meum sprevisti? — Caesar, his de 
causis qnas commemoravi, Rheuum ti'ansire deer eve rat. — 
Multi salutem sibi (dat.) in fuga petiverunt {or petierunt, 349, 
N.). — Caesar totam hiemem (191, a) ipse ad exercitum (408, c) 
manere decrevit. — Caesar duas legiones ad fines iEduorum 
posuit. 

(410.) Translate into Latin. 

The Spaniards had maintained an army (for) many years 
(191, a). — Orgetorix maintained, at-his-own-expense (sumptu 
suo), a large number of soldiers. — Caesar placed the camp on- 
the-borders-of (408, c) the Sequanians. — Socrates discoursed 
concerning (de) the immortality of the soul. — The pirates 
plundered many towns. — Caesar distributed three legions in 
Italy, for-the-sake-of winter-quarters. — Thou-hast-despised 
my counsels ; thou-hast-instigated the soldiers against the re- 
public ; thou hast put beasts-of-burden instead of soldiers into 
the ships : on-account-of these things, I remove thee from my 
army. — The Romans honoured most-religiously (maxima 
religione) the sacred-rites of Jupiter. — Caesar, for (de) 
these reasons, had determined to cross the Rhine. — Many sol- 
diers sought safety for themselves (by) flight. — The inhabitants 
sought peace from (a) the Romaus. 



154 



PERFECT-STEM, THIRD CONJUGATION. 



LESSON LXVL 



Perfect-stem. — Third Conjugation, continued. 

(411.) Class IV. — Perfect-stem reduplicates the 
first Consonant. 

[Some of these present vowel-changes, which must be carefully ob- 
served, (a) When the first vowel is i or u, the first consonant is 
reduplicated with that vowel -, (b) in other verbs, with e. (c) The 
compounds of dare, to give, with!.] 

(a) First vowel i, o, or u. 

Infinitive. Perfect. Supine. 

To learn, disc-ere, di-dic-i (s dropped), (no supine). 

To demand, posc-ere, po-posc-I, (no supine). 

To beat, tund-ere, tu-tud-i, tu-sum (tud-sum). 



(b) Other verbs reduplicate with e (note 


vowel-changes in 


stems). 






Infinitive. 

To fall, cad-ere, 


Perfect. 

ce-cid-i (1 short), 


Supine. 

ca-sum (cad-sum). 


To drive, repel, pell-ere, 


pe-pul-i, 


pul-sum. 


To fell, kill, csed-ere, 


ce-cid-i (1 long), 


caes-um. 


(c) Compounds of dare. 






Infinitive. 

To add, ad-dere, 


Perfect. 

ad-did-I, 


Supine. 

ad-di-tum. 


To lose, per-derS, 


per-did-i, 


per-di-tum. 


EXERCISE. 





(412.) Vocabulary. 

The whole, universus, a, um. 
Duty, service, munus, (muner) is 

(345), 
Walls, maenia, mm (pi., neut.). 
Corning together, conflict, cpngres- 

sus, us. 
Seventy, septtiaginta (indecl.). 
To touch, tangere (tetig-, tact-, 411, 

b). 
To spare, parcere (peperc-, parcit-, 

pars- ; governs dative). 

(413.) Examples. 
(1) To demand peace of 
Csesar. 



To surround, cingere (401, 2). 
Nobody, nemo, (nemm) is (m. and 

f, 25, a). 
Woman, miilier, is (f., 25, a). 
Child, infant, infans, (infant) is (c, 

25, a). 
Thirty, triginta. 
Eighty, octoginta. 
Immense, immensus, a, urn. 
Swm-of -money, p^cunia, ae. 
To add, addere (411, c). 

(a) Caesar&m pacem pos- 
cere ; or(i)pacem aCae- 
sare poscere. 



PERFECT-STEM, THIRD CONJUGATION. 155 

Rule of Syntax. — Verbs of demanding (a) govern two ac- 
cusatives, one of the person, the other of the thing ; 
but (b) the person may be put in the ablative with the 
preposition a or ab. 



(2) About twenty. 

(3) To give one's self wholly 
up. 

(4) The leader spared wom- 
en. 



C irciter vi ginti. 

T 6 1 u m se dare ( = to give 

one's self whole up). 
Dux mulieribus peper- 

c/&. C 1 1. 

Rule of Syntax. — Verbs of sparing govern the dative. 

|iy Observe, the perfect of cadere, to fall, is cecidi; of caedere, 
to fell or kill, cecidi. 

(414.) Translate into English. 

Legati ad Caesarem venerunt, eumque pacem (413, 1, a) 
poposcerunt. — Hoc a me (413, 1, b) munus universa pro- 
vincia poposcit. — Pueri linguam Latinam didicerant. — A 
Graecis Galli urbes maenibus cingere didicerunt. — Nostri, in 
primo congi*essu, circiter septuaginta ceciderunt; in his 
Quintus Fulginius. — Arbor vetus cecidit, quam (165) ferro 
(55, a) nemo cecidit. — Legatus, simulac provinciam tetigit, 
inertias (dat.) totum se dedit. — Postquam Caesar venit, obsides, 
arma, servos poposcit. — Milites non mulieribus, non infanti- 
bus, pepercerunt. — Caesar legionibus cohortes circiter ti*i- 
ginta addidit. — Mors null! (194, R. 1) hominum (partit. gen.) 
pepercit (413, 4). 

(415.) Translate into Latin. 

The iEduans demanded peace of Caesar (413, 1, b). — The 
whole province demanded peace of the Romans (413, 1, a). — 
Of-our-men (nostri, nom., pi.) about eighty fell; among 
them, Labienus. — Have you (135, II., a) learned the Latin 
language? — The farmer felled very-many (plurimas) trees 
in the wood. — As soon as the lieutenant touched the province, 
he plundered many towns. — The general demanded seventy 
hostages, and an immense sum of money. — The old trees fell. 
— This service the general demanded of me. — The leader 
spared all the temples of the gods ; but the soldiers spared not 
(non) women nor (non) children. — Caesar added to the foot- 
soldiers about twenty cohorts. — Caesar added to the foot-soldiers 
thirty horse-soldiers. 



PERFECT-STEM, THIRD CONJUGATION. 



LESSON LXVII. 

Perfect-stem, — Third Conjugation, continued. 

(416.) Class V. — Perfect-stem lengthens the Stem- 
vowel of the Yerh. 
(a) Without vowel-change. 



To read, gather, leg- 


are, 


leg-i, 


lec-tum. 


To conquer, 


vine 


-ere, 


vlc-i, 


vie- turn. 


(b) With vowel-change. 








To drive, 


ag-e 


re, 


eg-i, 


ac-tum. 


To break, 


fran 


g-ere, 


freg-i, 


frac-tum. 


(c) io verbs (199). 








Tofly, 


fug-i6, 


fug-ere, 


fug-i, 


fug-i-tum. 


To take, 


cap-id, 


cap-ere, 


cep-I, 


cap -turn. 


To cast, 


jac-id, 


jac-ere, 


jec-i, 


j ac-tum. 


To dig, 


fod-io, 


fod-ere, 


fod-i, 


fos-sum. 


To make, do, 


fac-io, 


fac-ere, 


f ec-I, 


fac-tum. 




EXERCISE. 





(417.) Vocabulary. 

Remains, remnant, reliquiae, arum 

(pi.) (57, ■&.). 
To collect, colligere (leg-, lect-, con-J- 

legere). 
To receive, take back, recipere (cep-, 

cept-, re+capere). 
Headlong, praeceps, (praecipit) is 

(adj., 107). 
To receive, accipere (cep-, cept-, ad+ 

capere). 
To bring -tog ether, to compel, cogere 

(coeg-, coact-, con-f agere). 
To break through, perfringere (freg-, 

fract-, per+frangere). 
Dart, javelin, telum, I. 

(418.) Examples. 

(a) To betake one' s self back. 
He went back to his house. 

(b) Within the memory of our 
fathers. 



To hurl, conjicere (jec-, ject-, con-f- 

jacere). 
To undertake, suscipere (cep-, cept-, 

sub-j-capere). 
To finish, conf icere (fee-, feet-, con-f- 

ficere). 
To begin, incipere (incep-, incept-, 

in+capere). 
Safe, tutus, a, um. 
Cappadocia, Cappadocia, se. 
A district, pagus, I. 
JEgypt, JEgyptus, i (£). 
Easily, facile (adv.). 
Trial, judicium, I. 
Family of slaves, f amilia, ae. 

Sere cipere. 
Se do mum recepit. 
Patrum nostrorum me- 
moria (abl., 55, a). 



PERFECT-STEM, THIRD CONJUGATION. 157 

(c) Lucius Cassius, the con- L. Cassius, consul. 
sul. 

The (prcenomen) first name is rarely written out. L . stands for L u c i u s, 
T. for Titus, &c. Consul is in apposition (225, a) with L. Cassius. 

(d) In mid-summer, |Media ae state (118, II., c). 
(419.) Translate into English. 

Servus mens orationes et historias et carmina legit. — Le- 
gatus reliquias exercitus co lie git, itineribusque tutis per Cap- 
padociam se in Asiam recepit. — Nostii acriter impetum fe- 
cerunt atque praecipites hostes egerunt. — Labienus, cum 
his copiis quas a Cassare acceperat, ad fines JEduorum con- 
tendit. — Pompeius magnam ex Asia et .^Egypto classem cog- 
ger at. — Milites facile (adv.) hostium aciem per fr egerunt 
atque in eos hnpetum fecerunt. — Hie pagus tinus, patrum 
nostrorum memoria, L. Cassium consiileni (418, c) interfece- 
rat, et ejus exercitum sub jugum (323, N.) miserat. — Hostes 
subito tela in nostros conjecerunt. — Pompeius bellum vere 
(in the spring, 118, II., c) suscepit, media aestate confecit. 

(420.) Translate into Latin. 

The general had collected (cogere) great forces. — Pompey 
brought-together a great army from Asia and Egypt. — Have 
you read the books of Cicero ? — The general collected the 
remnant of his army, and betook himself into Gaul. — Our 
(men) drove the enemy headlong, and slew many. — Labienus 
had received four legions from Caesar. — Labienus, with the 
legions which he had received from Caesar, hastened to the 
confines of the iEduans. — Orgetorix brought-together to the 
trial all his family-of-slaves from every side. — The enemy 
brought-together all (their) ships into one place. — The Homans 
easily broke-through the line-of-battle of the iEduans. — Caesar 
finished the great war in-mid-summer (418, d) which he had 
begun in-the-spring (118, II., c). 

o 



158 



PERFECT-STEM, THIRD CONJUGATION. 



LESSON LXVIII. 



Perfect-stem. — Third Conjugation, concluded. 

(421.) Class VI. — P erf ect- stem = simple Verb-stem, 
(a) Stems ending in u or v (list, 666, VI., a). 



To sharpen, 
To roll, 



acu-Sre, 
volv-ere, 



acu-i, 
volv-i, 



acu-tum. 
volu-tum. 



(b) Consonant-stems (list, 666, VI., b). 

To turn, vert-ere, vert-i, ver-sum. 

(c) Compounds of can do and fendo (obs.) belong here; 

To burn, incend-erg, incend-i, incen-sum. 

To defend, ward off, defend-ere, defend-i, defen-sum. 

EXERCISE. 

(422.) Vocabulary. 

The back, tergum, I. 

To flow together, confluere (conflux-, 

conflux-, con+fluere, 401, 2). 
Discipline, disciplina, se. 
Austerity, severity, severitas, (seve- 

ritat) is (293). 
To dissolve, dissolvSre* (solv-, solut-, 

dis+solvere). 
To return, revert6re (revert-, re- 

vers-, re+vertere). 

(423.) Examples. 

(a) The general appointed 
a day for the council. 

(b) What (number of) long 
ships he had. 

(c) To divide or distribute 
among. 



To appoint, to station, to determine, 

constituere (stitu-, stitut-, con+sta- 

tuere). 
To divide, to distribute, distribuere* 

(bu-, but-, dis-f-tribuere). 
Desirous, covetous, ciipidus, a, iim 

(governs genitive). 
To know, learn, cognoscere (cognov-, 

cognit-, con-|-noscere). 
To turn, vertere (421, b). 



Imperator diem c o n c i 1 i o 

(dat.) constituit. 
Quidquid n avium (180) lon- 

garum habebat. 
Distribuere (with ace. of 

thing, and dat. of person). 



(424.) Translate into English. 

Hostes terga verterunt. — Divitiae (57, It.) quae ad Romam 
confluxerunt, morum disciplinam severitatemque di s sol- 
ver unt Caesar diem cum legatis constituit. — Dies, quam 

Caesar constituerat cum legatis, venit, et legati ad eum 



PERFECT-STEM, FOURTH CONJUGATION. 159 

(150) reverterunt.— Milites sese (145, c) fortiter (215, 2) 
defenderunt. — Hostes copias suas in tres partes distribu- 
erant. — Caesar, quidquid navium longarum habebat, legatis 
praefectisque (423, c) distribuit. — Procellae fluctus vastos ad 
littora volverant. — Caesar exercitum flumen (113, II., a) 
transducere constituit. — Caesar Dumnorigem JEduum se- 
cum (125, II., b) ducere constituit, quod (conj.) eum cupi- 
dum imperii (synt., 696, b, 1) cognoverat. — iEdui ex itinere 
domum (113, III., R.) reverterunt. 

(425.) Translate into Latin. 

The soldiers defended the city very bravely (376). — The 
general stationed the foot-soldiers near (ad, 408, c) the wall of 
the town. — On-the-next-day (118, II., c) Caesar stationed all 
the horse-soldiers in-front-of (p r 6) the camp. — The chiefs of 
the states returned to Caesar. — The day which Caesar had ap- 
pointed for the council came, and the chiefs of the states re- 
turned to him. — Our (men) turned their backs. — The riches 
of the Romans had dissolved (their) discipline and austerity of 
manners. — What money (423, b) he had he distributed among 
(423, c) the lieutenants and soldiers. — The iEduans divided 
their forces into two parts. — The tempests rolled vast waves to 
the stars. — The general determined to take (ducere) the 
lieutenant with him. — The seas were rolling great waves to 
the shores. 



LESSON LXIX. 
Perfect-stem. — Fourth Conjugation. 
(426.) The perfect-stem in the fourth conjugation 
is formed in Jive ways. 

I. By adding i v to verb-stem ; a u d -ire, a u d - 1 v -. 

II. " u " aper-ire, aper-u-. 

III. " s " sep-ire, sep-s-. 

IV. lengthening stem-vowel ;ven -ire, v e n -. 

V. talcing simple verb-stem ; comper -ire, c o m p e r -. 



160 



PERFECT-STEM ? FOURTH CONJUG 



(427.) On this table, observe that Class 

I. contains most of the verbs of the fourth conjugation. 

[Numerous examples have already occurred. Any peculiar supines 

are given in the vocabularies.] 
II. contains four simple verbs (see list, 667, II.). 

Infinitive. 

To open, uncover, aper-ire, 
To leap, sal-ire, 

III. contains nine simple verbs (see list, 667, III.), 



Perfect. 

aper-u-J, 
sal-u-i, 



Supine. 

aper-tum. 
sal- turn. 



Infinitive. 

vine-Ire, 



To bind, 
To think, sent-ire, 

[V. contains but one verb. 

Infinitive. 

To come, ven-ire, 

V. contains two verbs. 



Perfect. 

vinx-I (vinc-s-i), 



s-I (sent-s-i), < 



Supine. 

vinc-tum. 
sen-sum 
(sent-sum). 



Perfect. 

ven-i, 



To ascertain, find, comper-ire, comper-I, 
To discover, reper-ire, reper-i, 

EXERCISE. 



Supine. 

ven-tum. 



Supine. 

comper-tum. 
reper-tum. 



(428.) Vocabulary. 

To leap down, desilire (desilu- and 

desili-, desult-, de+salire). 
To come near, to approach, appro- 

pinquare ( ad + propinquare, av-, 

at-), with dot. 
To agree, consentire (con+sentire, 

427, III.). 
To disagree, dissentire (dis+s entire, 

427, III). 
To come to, reach, arrive at, perve- 

nire (per+venire, 427, IV.). 



To come together, assemble, conve- 
nire (con+venire, 427, IV.). 

To find, invenire (m+venire, 427, 
IV.). 

Thither, to that place, eo (adv.). 

To open, aperire (427, II.). 

When, quum. 

Youth, juventus, ( jiiventiit) is (f.). 

To lay waste, popular!, dep. (popii- 
lat-). 

After that, postquam (adv.). 



Example. 

(a) In a battle of cavalry. lEquestri praelio. 

Mule of Syntax. — The ablative is used to express the man- 
ner of an action, especially with an adjective. 

(429.) Translate into English. 

Milites ex navibus desili erunt et hostibus (391, 2) appro- 
pinquarunt (349, N.). — Oppidani portas aperuerunt, et se, 
atque oppidum Caesari dederunt. — Hostes inter se dissense- 
runt. — Omnes cives una mente (abl., 428, a) consense- 



PERFECT-STEM, FOURTH CONJUGATION. 161 

runt.— Helve til jam per angustias copias suas transduxerant, 
et in iEduorum fines pervenerant, eorumque agros popiila- 
bantur. — Caesar cum Labieno Numantiam (711) pervenit, 
ibique consules invenit. — Quum milites e5 convene- 
runt, naves unum in locum coegerunt.— Eo postquam Cae- 
sar pervenit, obsides et arma poposcit. 

(430.) Translate into Latin. 

After-that the townsmen saw the standards, they opened the 
gates, and gave themselves (up) to Caesar. — The Germans, in the 
cavalry battle (428, a), leaped-down from (their) horses. — Thq 
general led the army through the straits, and on the seventh 
day arrived at the boundaries of the Germans. — The towns- 
men leaped-down from the wall. — All the soldiers agreed 
(with) one mind and voice (vox). — When Caesar arrived-at the 
town, the townsmen opened the gates. — When the general 
reached Numantia, he called together the citizens. — When the 
horsemen reached the town, the townsmen opened the gates. 
—The lieutenant led-back the soldiers to the town, and there 
Pound the general. 

02 



§ 8. 



FORMS OF TENSES FOR COMPLETED AC- 
TION, PASSIVE. 



LESSON LXX. 

Tenses of Verbs for Completed Action. — Indicative 
Passive. 

(431.) The tenses for completed action, passive 
{perfect, pluperfect, future perfect), are compounded 
of the perfect participle passive and of the tenses of 
the verb esse, to be: thus, amatus sum, I have been 
loved ; amatus es, thou hast been loved, &c. 

(432.) (a) The perfect participle of any verb is the form of 
which the supine is the accusative, and is inflected (like an ad- 
jective of three terminations) with the endings us, a, um; 
thus : 



w Supines. 

Amat-um, 


Perf. Part. 

amat-iis, a, iim, 


loved. 


Monit-um, 


momt-us, a, iim, 


advised. 


Rect-um. 


rect-us, a, um, 


ruled. 


Audit-um, 


audit- us, a, um, 


heard. 



(b) The perfect participle, then, of any verb, is formed by 
adding the inflection-endings us, a, um to the supine-stem. 



PERFECT FORMS, PASSIVE. 



163 



(433.) 


PARADIGM. 


PERFECT PASSIVE. 


aniatus, a, urn, < 


Singular. 

sum, / have been loved. 

es, thou hast been loved. 

est, he, she, it, has been loved. 


amati, 83, a, < 


Plural. 

sumus, we have been loved. . 
estis, ye or you have been loved. 
sunt, they have been loved. 


PLUPERFECT. 


amatus, a. una, < 


S ingular. 

eram, 7" had been loved. 
eras, thou hadst been loved. 
erat, he, she, it, had been loved. 


aniati, ae, a, < 


Plural. 

eramus, we had been loved. 
eratis, ye or you had been loved. 
erant, they had been loved. 


FUTURE PERFECT. 


amatus, a, una, < 


Singular. 

ero, / shall hav been loved. 
eris, thou wilt have been loved. 
erit, he, she, it, will have been loved. 


amati, as, a, < 


Plural. 

erimus, ice shall have been loved. 
eritis, you will have been loved. 
erunt, they will have been loved. 



(434.) Vocabulary. 

To rout, to defeat, pellgre (pSpul-, 

puis-, 411, b). 
To divulge, enuntiare (e-fnuntiare, 

av-, at-). 
Sure, certain, eertus, a, urn. 
To drive back, repellere (repul-, 

repuls-, re+pellere). 
Private information, indicium, I. 

(435.) Examples, 
(a) To inform any one. 



(b) Ccesar was informed. 



(c) All Gaul is divided into 
three parts. 



Beaming, mitiurn, I. 

Casticus, Casticus, T. 

Conference, colloquium, I. 

To hold, obtinere (obtinu-, obtent-, 

ob+tenere). 
Departure, discessus, us. 
Nobility, nobilitas, (nobilitat) ts (f., 

293). 



Aliquern certiorem fa- 
cere ( = to make any one 
more certain). 

Caesar certior factus 
est ( = Ccesar ivas made 
more certain). 

Gallia est oranis divisa 
in partes tres. 



164 PERFECT FORMS, PASSIVE. 

The perfect passive participle is sometimes used with est as an ad- 
jective, and is then to be rendered as a present tense; e. g., in (c), est 
divisa = ^s divided. 

(436.) Translate into English. 

Miles vulneratus est. — Bella gesta erant. — Exercttus Cassii 
ab Heivetiis pulsus erat, et sub jugum missus erat. — Ea 
res Helvetiis (54) per indicium enuntiata est. — Helvetii de 
Caesaris adventu certiores facti sunt. — tJbi de Caesaris ad- 
ventu Helvetii certiores facti sunt, legatos ad eum miserunt. 
— Barbari telis (93, II., b, R.) et munitione repulsi sunt. — 
Ini'tium fugae a Dumnorige et ejus equitibus factum est. — 
Legati a Divitiaco, iEduo (225, a) ad Caesarem missi erant. 
— Pater Castici regnum in Sequanis multos annos (191, Rule) 
obtinuerat et a senatu populi Romani amicus (80, a) appella- 
tus erat. — Dies colloquio (54) const! tutus est, ex eo die 
quintus. 

(437.) Translate into Latin. 

The centurions of the first ranks were wounded on the same 
day (118, II., c). — Caesar was informed (435, a) of (de) the 
approach of the enemy. — The general had been informed of 
the departure (d i s c e s s u s) of the Germans. — The beginning 
of the flight had been made by the soldiers of the tenth legion. 
— The tenth legion had been defeated by the Germans, and had 
been sent under the yoke. — The conspiracy of the nobility was 
divulged to the Helvetians through private -information. — The 
war had been carried-on (for) many years (191, Rule). — The 
enemy were driven-back by the darts of the soldiers. — Ambas- 
sadors were sent by Cassius the consul (225, a) to the chiefs. 
— The iEduans were called friends (80, a) by the senate of the 
Roman people. — The townsmen were wounded by the darts 
of the soldiers. — The horsemen of the enemy were driven-back 
by the darts of the soldiers. — A day had been appointed for tho 
conference. 



§9. 

PARTICIPLES. (LXXL— LXXV.) 

(438.) The Participle presents the idea of the verb 
under the form of an adjective : (a) the rising sun ; 
(b) I saw the boy writing a letter. Sometimes, as 
in («), its use is wholly adjective ; again, as in (b), it 
governs the case of its verb. There are two active 
participles in Latin, the participle of the present and 
the participle of the future ; two passive, the perfect 
and the verbal in dus. 



LESSON LXXL 

Present Participle Active. 

(439.) (a) The endings of the present participle active for 
the four conjugations are, 

1. 2. 3. 4. 

-ans, -ens, ens, -iens. 

(b) By adding these endings to the stems respectively of the 
verbs am-are, mon-ere, reg-ere, aud-ire, we obtain the 
present participle active : 

Loving, advising, ruling, hearing. 

Aui-ans, mon-ens, reg-ens, aud-iens. 

(440.) The present participle is declined like an adjective of 
the third class (108). 

Singular. Plural. 



N. V. Amantes, amantia. 
Gen. Amantium. 
Dat. Amantibus, &c. 

Rem. The abl. sing, ending is I when the part, is used strictly as an 
adj.; e. g., in florenti rosa, in a blooming rose. 



N. V. Amans. 
Gen. Amantls. 
Dat. Amanti, &c. 



166 



PRESENT PARTICIPLE ACTIVE. 



(a) Observe carefully that the Latin present participle ac- 
tive expresses incomplete or continued action ; the language has 
no active participle to express complete action. We cannot 
translate the English having loved by any Latin active parti- 
ciple. 

(b) But deponent verbs (206) have both participles, the pres- 
ent and the perfect ; exhorting, hort-ans; having exhorted, 
hort-atus. 



EXERCISE. 



* 



(441.) Vocabulary. 



406, 



To rise, orlii (dep., ort-). 

To desire, cupere (id-, iv-, it-, 

III., b). 
Labour, toil, labor, (labor) is (m., 

319). 
Watching, watchfulness, vigilantia, 

se. 
Especially, praesertim (adv.). 
To depart, discedere (dis+cedere, 

401, 3, b). 
To weep, flere (flev-, flet-, 395, II.). 
To look upon or at, intueri (dep.). 
All, the whole, cunctus, a, iim. 
To worship, adore, adorare. 
Eye, oculus, 1. 



A Persian, Persa, ae. 

To doubt, dubitare (av-, at-). 

To set out, prof Icisci {dep., profect-). 

To sit, sedere (sed-, sess-, 394, V.). 

Firmament, heaven, caelum, I. 

To shine, micare (389, K§p). 

The sun, sol, (sol) is (m., 319). 

Full, plenus, a, urn (with gen.). 

To be wanting, de esse (with dot.). 

Star, stella, as. 

To set (e. g., as the heavenly bod- 
ies), occidere (occid-, occas-, ob-f 
cadere). 

To throw before, projicere (jec-, 
ject-, pro+jacere). 

(442.) (a) Recollect that, to form pres. part, act., you add to the stem 
ans in 1st conj. ; e. g., am-ans : ens in 2d and 3d conjs. ; e. g., 
mon-ens, die-ens: iens in 4th conj.; e.g., aud-iens. Also, add 
lens in the io verbs (199) of 3d conj.; e. g., ctip-io, cup-iens; 
fac-io, fac-iens. 

(b) In deponent verbs, the same rules apply: hort-ari, hort-ans: 
6r-iri, or -l ens; intu-eri, intu-ens, &c. The perf. act. part, 
in deponents adds iis, a, um to the supine-stem: hort-ari, 
hortat-iis, &c. 

(c) The participle is used to abridge discourse. 

(1) He heard me when I ( He heard me saying that, 
said that= ) Me id dicentem audivit. 



things = 



1 C God, 
\ Deti 



eus, omnia giibernans. 



. „ m , . , , . C (The man) desiring. 

(3) To him that desires— { \ ., u /. 
I Gupienti. 



PRESENT PARTICIPLE ACTIVE. 167 

." „ __ , . . , r ( He threw himself before Ccesar, at 

(d) He threw himself at! , . f J J 

Caesar's feet, t a- n --j ~j- *. 

\ Se Coesari ad pedes projecit. 

(e) Can enim, vero, or auteni stand first in a clause or sen- 
tence ? (No.) 

(443.) Translate into English. 

Me id dicentem audivistine ? — P ersae solem 6 r i e n- 
tem (442, c) adorant. — Labienus, suos (his men) hortatus, 
cupientibus signum dat. — Non enim labor aut vigilantia, 
cupienti praesertim aHquid (178, 5), Cassio deerat (267, b). 
— Caesar ab hibernis in Itaiiam discedens, legatos convocat. 
— Mulieres flentes sese Caesari (442, d) ad pedes projece- 
runt. — Nemo, cunctam i n t ii e n s terram, de divma providen- 
tia dubitabit. — Caesar, in Itaiiam proficiscens, legatos 
omnes ad se revocavit. — DMtiacus, flens, a Caesare haec 
(these things) petebat. — Cicero Catonem vidit in horto s e- 
dentem. — Quanta (184, R. 1) est sapientia Dei, omnia 
giiber nantis ? 

(444.) Translate into Latin. 

[The words which illustrate the lesson are in Italic.] 
The firmament is full of shining (438, a) stars. — No one, 
when he looks at ( = looking, 442, c, 1) the firmament and stars, 
will doubt respecting (d e) the wisdom of God. — Did they hear 
me (135, II., a) when I said ( = saying) that (id) ? — The bar- 
barians were -worshipping the setting sun. — Labienus, having 
exhorted (440, b) his men, made an attack upon the enemy 
(in hostes). — Caesar willingly gave the signal to the soldiers 
when they desired it ( = desiring). — To him that desires ( = de- 
siring) anything, no labour will-be-wanting (267, b). — Caesar, 
departing from winter-quarters, gives rewards to the soldiers. 
— The eye, not seeing itself (se, ace.), sees other-things 
(alia). — The iEduans, weeping, threw themselves at the feet 
of Caesar (442, d). — I saw my brother sitting in the garden 
yesterday. — How-great is the power of God, who governs 
(= governing) the world ? 



168 PARTICIPLE FUTURE ACTIVE. 

LESSON LXXII. 

Participle Future Active. 
(445.) The ending of the future participle active is 
urus, which, added to the supine-stem, forms the 
participle ; e. g., 

About to love, or one who will love, amat-uriis. 
About to advise, or one who will advise, monit-urus. 

(446.) PERIPHRASTIC CONJUGATION 

The different tenses of e s s e (to be), joined with the participle 
future active, form what is called the periphrastic conjugation. 

C amaturus sum, I will love, am about to love, intend to love. 
Pres. \ amaturus es, thou, &c, &c. 

( So through all the persons. 

C amaturus eram, i" was about to love, intended to love, &c. 
Past. \ amaturus eras, thou, &c, &c. 

' So through all the persons. 

( amaturus ero, I shall be about to love, shall be on the point of lov- 

Fut. < w ' .'° w „ ,, 

amaturus ens, thou, &c, &c. 

^ So through all the persons. 

EXERCISE. 

(447.) Vocabulary. 

To call upon, invocare (in-f-vocare, 

av-, at-). 
To collect into a flock, congregare 

(av-, at-). 
Foreign, alienus, a, iim. 
To procure, comparare (av-, at-, con 

-f-parare). 
To last, durare (durav, durat).* 
To implore, implorare (in+plorare, 

av-, at-). 

(448.) Example. 

The Athenians sent ambas- 
sadors to consult the oracle. 



Alone, solus, a, iim (194, 1). 

To cross over, trajicere (trajec-, tri- 
ject-, trans+jacere).t 

Ammon, a surname of Jupiter, Ham- 
mon, is. 

To behold, spectare (av-, at). 

To proceed, pergere (perrex-, per- 
rect-). 

To consult, consiilere (consiilu-, con- 
sult-). 



Athenienses legatos miserunt, 
oraciilum consulturos. 



* Durare, transitive, = to harden; intrans., = to become hard, i. e., to 
last. 

t Transjicere, transit., = to convey over ; intrans., = to cross over. 



PARTICIPLE FUTURE ACTIVE. 169 

Rule of Syntax. — The future active participle is used after 
a verb of motion to express the design of that motion. 

(449.) Translate into English. 

1. Aves, in alienas terras migraturae, congregantur. — 
Caesar, in Galliam p r 6 f e c t u. r u s, centuriones convocat. — 
German!, bellum gesturi, Deos invocaverunt. — Sapiens 
bona ( neut. pi.) comparat semper duratura. 

2. Periphrastic Conjugation- — Caesar de quarta vigilia castra 
moturus es t. — S cripturus sum. — Dumnorix imperium 
suae civitatis obtenturus erat. — Imperator, cum sola 
decima legione profecturus erat. — iEdui auxilium a 
populo Romano imploraturi sunt. — German! bellum 
gesturi erant, 

3. Future Participle used to express a purpose (448). — Scipio 
in Africans trajecit, Carthaginem deleturus. — Ingens hom- 
inum multittido in urbem congregatur, ludos spectatur a. — 
Alexander in Asiam contendit, regnum Persarum occupa- 
turus. — Alexander ad Jovem Hammonem pergit, consul- 
turus de oiigine sua. 

(450.) Translate into Latin. 

1. The soldiers, when-about-to-set-out for (in) Spain, cailed- 
upon the gods. — Many (men) have procured possessions 
(bona) which-will-not-last ( = not about- to-last). — The gen- 
eral, when-about-to-cross the river, sends-away the horse-sol- 
diers. — Caesar, intending-to-send a messenger, calls together 
the centurions. 

2. Periphrastic Conjugation. — Dumnorix was about-to-seize- 
upon the royal-power. — The general is about-to-set-out from the 
camp with five legions. — The iEduans are ab out-to-carry -on a 
fierce war. — The hostages were intending-to-implore aid from 
the general. 

3. Future Participle to express a purpose. — The iEduans 
sent ambassadors to-implore help from Caesar. — The enemy 
crossed the river in-order-to-besiege the town. — The men flock 
(congregor) from- every -side to the town, to-behold the 
games. 

p 



170 



PERFECT PARTICIPLE PASSIVE. 



LESSON LXXIII. 

Perfect Participle Passive. 
(451.) (a) The perfect passive participle is formed (as stated 
432, b) by adding the adjective-endings iis, a, iim to the su- 
pine-stem ; e. g\, 

Inf. Supine-stem. Perf. Part. 

amare, a mat-, a mat- us, a, iim, loved, or having been loved. 

C conquered, or having- been 
vmcere, vict-, vict-us, a, urn, J conquered . 

(b) It is declined throughout like an adjective of the first 
class (76), and must agree with the substantive in gender, num- 
ber, and case ; e. g.<, puer laudatiis, puella 1 a u d a t a. 

(c) The deponent verbs use the perfect participle form ac- 
tively ; e.^ M hortatus, having exhorted. 

EXERCISE. 

(452.) Vocabulary. 



Sudden, repentlnus, a, iim. 
To alarm, perturbare (av-, at-). 
To seize, snatch up, arripere (arrip- 

io-, arripu-, arrept-, ad+rapere). 
Auxiliaries, auxilia, orum.* 
To put-to-Jlight, discomfit, f iigare. 
To drive-on or together, compellere 

(compul-, compuls-, con+pellere). 
To induce, adducere (dux-, duct-, 

ad+ducere). 
Influence, auctoritas, (auctoritat) is. 
To prevail upon, permovere" (mov-, 

mot-, per-j-movere, i. e., to move 

thoroughly). 

(453.) Examples. 

(a) At Corinth. 
At Rome. 
At Carthage. 
At Athens. 



A wagon, carriis, i. 

To buy up, coemere (em-, empt-, 

con+emere). 
Aristides, Aristldes (Aristid) is. 
Pharsalus, Pharsalus, I (f., 25, a). 
To depart-out-of, excedere* (excess-, 

excess-, ex+cedere). 
Rhetoric, rhetorical, se. 
To expel, expellere (expiil-, ex- 

puls-). 
To stimulate, inducere" (dux-, duct-). 
Strong-desire, ciipiditas, (tat) is 

(293). 



Corinthi. 

Romse. 

Carthagine. 

Athenis. 



Rule of Syntax. — The place where is put in the ablative, 



Auxilium in sing. = aid, assistance : in plur. = auxiliary troops. 



PERFECT PARTICIPLE PASSIVE. 



171 



if the name be of the third declension or plural number ; 
otherwise in the genitive. 



(b) From Rome. 
From Carthage. 



Roma. 
Carthagine. 



Rule of Syntax. — The place whence is put in the ablative. 
(c) To Rome. R 6 m a m. 

To Athens. Athenas. 

Rule of Syntax. — The place whither is put in the accusa- 
tive if it be a town or small island. 
Rem. With the names of countries or large islands, the prep, in or 
ad is employed: to Italy, in Italiam; to Egypt, ad M gyp turn. 



(d) The soldiers, having been 
defeated, took to flight. 
(Lat. The soldiers, defeat- 
ed, threw themselves into 
flight.) 

(e) The chief, when he was 
expelled from his country, 
fled to Rome. 

(f) As large a member as 
possible. 

(g) A sudden occurrence. 



Milites, pulsi, in fiigam se 
conjecerunt. 



Princeps, patria expulsiis, 
Romam fugit. 

Quam maximus numSr- 

us. 
Repentina res. 



(454.) Translate into English. 

Nostri {our men), repentina re (55, a) perturbati, arma 
arripiunt.— Auxilia perturbata, in fiigam se conjecerunt. — • 
Milites hostes f u g a t o s in Admen compulerunt. — Helvetii, his 
rebus adducti, legatos ad Csesarem de deditione mittunt. — 
Galli, his rebus adducti, et auctoritate Orgetorigis p e r- 
moti, jumentorum et carrorum quam maximum numerum 
coemerunt. — Principes, adventu Romanorum permoti, lega- 
tes ad Caesarem de deditione mittunt. — Aristides, patria ex- 
pulsus, Lacedsemonem fugit. — Dionysius, Syractisis e x p u 1- 
sus, Corinthi pueros docebat. — Principes, oppido expulsi, 
Romam (453, c) venerunt. — Legatus, repentina re pertur- 
batus, centuriones convocat. 

(455.) Translate into Latin. 

The Helvetians, prevailed upon by the influence of Cagsar, 
led (their) army across the Rhine. — The chiefs, induced by 



172 ABLATIVE ABSOLUTE. 

these considerations (= things), give hostages and an immense 
sum-of- money to the lieutenant. — Pompey, when he had been 
defeated (= defeated, 453, d) at Pharsalus, fled to Alexandria. 
— Jugurtha, when he was expelled from Africa, came to Rome. 
—The soldiers, alarmed by the sudden occurrence (453, g), 
take to flight (453, d). — For (enim) Pompey, although-he-had- 
been-defeated (— defeated) (in) no (nullo) battle, departed-out- 
of Italy. — Our (men) drove on the alarmed and discomfited 
enemy into the River Rhine. — The Helvetians, induced by 
these considerations (= things), bough t-up as large a number as 
possible (453, f) of horses and beasts-of-burden. — The orator, 
having -be en-expelled from Athens, taught rhetoric at Carthage 
(453, a, R.). — The general, induced by these considerations, 
gave great rewards to the soldiers. — Orgetorix, stimulated by a 
strong-desire of royal-power, made a conspiracy of the nobility. 



LESSON LXXIV. 
Participles. — Ablative Absolute. 

[The ablative absolute is a very important part of Latin construction, 
and should be thoroughly learned.] 

(456.) The participle is used in the ablative with a 
noun, when it is independent of the subject and object 
of the sentence. 



(a) When Tarquin was 
r eignin g, Pythagoras 
came into Italy. 



Pythagoras, Tarquinio 
regnante, in Italiam ve- 
nit. 



Here Tarquin is independent of Pythagoras, the subject of the sen- 
tence. 

(457.) The want of a perfect active participle in 
Latin is frequently supplied by the ablative absolute 
with a passive participle. 



(b) Labienus, having ta- 
ken possession of the 
mountain, was waiting 
for our men. 



Labienus, monte occiipa- 
1 5, nostros expectabat. 



ABLATIVE ABSOLUTE. 173 

Here it would be impossible to say Labienus, occupatus mon- 
tem, as occupatus is passive, not active. 

(.458.) A noun may be put in the ablative absolute 
with another noun without a participle. 



(a) In the praetor ship of Cce- 
sar. 

(b) In the consulship of Mar- 
cus Messala and Marcus 
Piso. 



Caesare praetore (= Caesar 

being praetor). 
M. Messala et M. Pisone 
consulibus(= Messala and 
Piso being consuls). 
[This construction is used mostly to designate the time of an event.] 
EXERCISE. 

(459.) Vocabulary. 



To avail, valere (valu-). 

Tiberius, Tiberius (i). 

To die, moriri and morl (mortii), dep. 

A pleading; dictio, (diction) is (333). 

Catiline, Catilina, as. 

Christ, Christits, I. 



To finish, perficere (per+facere, 
perf ec-, perfect-) ; also, conf IcSre 
(fee-, feet-). 

To reign, regnare (av-, at-). 

Night, nox, (noct) is (294). 

Territories, fines (pi. of finis, 300). 

(460.) Translate into English. 

Nihil praecepta valent, nisi adjuvante nattira (456, a), — 
Deo jiivante, facilis est labor. — Tiberio regnante, Chris- 
tus mortuus est. — Concilio dimisso, principes ad Caesarem 
reverterunt. — Die constittita causae dictionis, Orgetorix ad 
judicium omnem suam familiam, ad hominuni millia decern, 
undique coegit. — Caesar, op ere perfecto, praesidia disposuit. 
— Caesar, hostibus puis is (457, b) in fines iEduorum perve- 
nit. — Caesar, duo bus bellis confectis, in hiberna exerci- 
tum duxit. — Be 11 6 confecto, principes civitatum ad Caesa- 
rem, gratulatum (379), convenerunt. — Catilina, Cicerone 
consule (458), conjurationem fecit. — Nattira diic£, nun- 
quam errabimiis. — Orgetorix, Marco Messala et Marco 
Pisone consiilibus, conjurationem nobilitatis fecit. 

(461.) Translate into Latin. 

Our precepts will avail, when nature assists {■= nature assist- 
ing). — When the sun rises (=the sun rising), the night flees. 
— When the council was dismissed (=the council being dis- 
missed), the chiefs began to beseech Caesar. — When the coun- 
cil was dismissed, Caesar called the lieutenants to himself. — 

P2 



174 ABLATIVE ABSOLUTE. 

Caesar, when the work was finished (=the work being finished), 
fortified the towers. — Caesar, having defeated Pompey (=Pom- 
pey being defeated), returned to Rome. — Caesar, having finish- 
ed the war, led-back his army into the territories of the iEdu- 
ans. — In the consulship of Cicero, Catiline was expelled from 
Rome. — When God assists (= God assisting), it is not difficult 
to labour. — With God for our guide (— God leader), we shall 
never err. i 



LESSON LXXV. 
Ablative Absolute, continued. 

EXERCISE. 

(462.) Vocabulary. 



Phalanx, phalanx, (phalang) is (293). 
To hinder, prohibere (hibu-, hlbit-, 

pro+habere). 
Cnasus Pompey, Cnoeus Pompeius. 
Of one's own accord, ultro (adv.). 
To change, commutare (av-, at-) 
To be born, nasci (riatus), dep. 
Senate- fwuse, curia, oe. 
Augustus, Augustus, I. 



To abstain from, abstinere (absti- 
nii-, abstent-, abs+tenere), with 
abl. 

A plan, purpose, consilium, I (not 
concilium). 

To harass, lacessere (iv-, it-, 406, 
III., b). 

From higher ground, e loco supe- 
rior e. 

A dart, pllum, i. 

(463.) Translate into English. 

Labienus, monte occupato, nostros expectabat, praelioque 
abstinebat. — Barbari, consilio commutato, nostros lacessere 
cceperunt. — Milites, e loco superiore pills missis, facile hos- 
tium phalangem perfregerunt (416, h). — Cognito Caesaris ad- 
ventu, Ariovistus legatos ad eum mittit. — Cnoeo Pompeio 
et Marco Crasso consul! bus, German! flumen Rhenum j 
transiverunt. — Nullo hoste prohibente, Crassus legionem 
in Helve tios perduxit, ibique hiemavit. — His rebus cognitis, 
imperator ipse ad exercitum contendit. — Hac audita pugna, 
magna pars Aquitaniae obsides ultro misit. — Belgae, omnibus 
vicis oppidisque incensis, ad castra Caesaris contende- 
runt. — Angus to regnant e, Christus natus est. 



ABLATIVE ABSOLUTE. 



175 



(464.) Translate into Latin. 

The barbarians, having changed their plan ( = plan being 
changed), made an attack upon our men. — The soldiers, hav- 
ing-brok en-through the phalanx, began to harass the enemy. — 
The Belgians, having heard of this battle, sent ambassadors to 
Caesar.— The soldiers, having taken-possession-of the mountain, 
easily put the enemy to flight (391, 3). — Cicero, when he knew 
of the conspiracy, went to the Senate-house. — As no enemy 
hindered (—no enemy hindering), the lieutenant led the army 
across the .Rhine. — When this battle was heard (of), the Bel- 
gians, of-their-own-accord, sent hostages and ambassadors to 
Caesar. — In the consulship of Cicero and Antony, Augustus 
was born. 



§ 10- 
INFINITIVE.— (LXXVL— LXXIX.) 

LESSON LXXVL 
Infinitive Forms. 
(465.) The infinitive expresses action as completed 
or incomplete, but without reference to person or 
time ; e. g. 9 

ACTIVE. 

to love, or to be loving, loving, 

am-are. 
to have loved, 

am av-isse. 



Action Incomplete, 
(Inf. Pres. Act.) 

Action Completed, 
(Inf. P erf. Act.) 



PASSIVE. 

to he loved, 

am-ari. 
to have been loved, 

amatus, a, iim, esse orfuisse. 

[Rem. The names present and perfect do not distinguish properly the 
two forms of the infinitive, but, as they are in universal use, we 
have to adopt them. The student must remember that the present 
expresses action incomplete, and the perfect action complete ; but 
that the time of the action must depend upon the verb with which 
the infinitive is connected in the sentence.] 



Action Incomplete, 
(Inf. Pres. Pass.) 

Action Completed, 
(Inf. Perf. Pass.) 



(466.) 



FORMS OF THE INFINITIVE. 



PRESENT. 


PERFECT. 


Active. 


Passive. 


Active. 


Passive. 


1. am-are. 

2. mon-ere. 

3. reg-ere. 

4. aud-rr6. 


am-ari. 
mon-eri. 
reg-i. 
aud-iri. 


amav- "j 
audiv-J 


Smatus, a, um, ^ 

monitus, a, um, 1 ~ , c . „\ \ 
rectus, a, um, \ esse ( or fuiss6 )' | 
auditiis, a, um, J 



Rem. Observe that perf inf. act. simply adds the ending -isse to 
the perf -stem of the verb ; and perf inf. pass, is formed by the 
perf. pass. part, of the verb, oombined with esse* (sometimes 
fuiss£). 



INFINITIVE. 



177 



EXERCISE. 



(467.) Vocabulary. 

To lay waste, vastare (av-, at-). 
Ought, deb ere (debu-, debit-). 
To be vacant, vacare (intransit.). 
I am able, possum ; / was able, 
potui. 

(468.) Examples. 

(a) I wish to learn. 
The enemy began to cross 
the river. 



Peace, pax, (pac) is (293). 
A very few, perpauci, oe, a. 
Evil deed, malef Iciuni, I. 
To break through, perrampere (per- 
rup-, perrupt-). 



Cupio d i s c e r e. 
Hostes flumen transire cae- 
perunt. 

Rule of Syntax. — The infinitive is used, as in English, 
to complete the imperfect ideas expressed by many- 
words. 



(b) The Helvetians intend. 



Such words are, to wish, to be able, ought, to be accustomed, to 
hasten, to determine, &c. ; also, the adjectives dignus, in di gnus, 
audax, &e. 

Helve tiis est in animo (= it is 
in mind to the Helvetians). 

Nonnunquam interdiu, sae- 
pius noctti. 

Itinere prohibere (153, a). 

In conspectu. 



(c) Sometimes by day. often- 
er by night. 

(d) To keep-off-from the road. 

(e) In sight of. 

(469.) Translate into English. 

Caesar in Gallia hie mare constituit. — iEdui se suaque ab 
Helvetiis defendere non potuerunt. — Agri vastari non 
debent. — Hostes per mumtiones perrumpere conati sunt. 
— Agri Suevorum vacare dicuntur. — Milites incolas expel- 
1 e r e non potuerunt. — Multitudo puerorum mulierumque 
f u g e r e coepit. — Helvetii maximum numerum jumentorum et 
carrorum coemere constituerunt. — Germani copias suas 
Rhenum transducere conati sunt. — Helvetii cum proximis 
civitatibus pacem et amicitiam confirmare constituerunt. 

(470.) Translate into Latin. 

[Place the infinitive before the verb on which it depends.] 
Our towns ought not to-be-taken-by-storm. — In sight of our 
army, the fields ought not to be laid-waste. — The enemy en- 
deavoured sometimes-during-the-day, oftener by-night, to burst- 



178 ACCUSATIVE WITH INFINITIVE. 

through the fortifications. — The iEduans were not able to expel 
the enemy from (their) territories (153, a). On one side,* the 
lands are said to be vacant. — The boys and the women began 
to fly-in-every-direction (passim, adv). — The Helvetians intend 
to make (their) way through our province. — A very few are 
able to keep-off the Helvetians from the road. — The Helvetians 
ought to cross-over without any (ullo) evil-deed. — The remain- 
ing multitude of boys and women began to fly in-every-direc- 
tion. 



LESSON LXXVII. 

Accusative with Infinitive. 

(471.) Verbs signifying to know, to see, to feel, to 
think, to say, with some others, have frequently a 
sentence depending on them, the subject of which is 
in the accusative, and the verb in the infinitive. 



He saw that war was prepa- 
ring on all sides. 



Undique bellum parari vi- 
debat. 



Here bellum, the subject, is accusative before the infinitive parari, 
after the verb videbat, he saw. 

(472.) Many dependent sentences which are introduced in 
English by the conjunction that, are expressed in Latin by the 
accusative and infinitive. To translate such sentences into 
Latin, observe the following method : 

1. Omit the word that. 

2. Change the nominative following that into the Latin 
accusative. 

3. Change the English verb into the Latin infinitive. 



Nuntius dicit, equites tela 
conjic6re. 



The messenger says that 
the horsemen are hurling 
darts. 
(473.) If the predicate of the sentence containing the accu- 
sative and infinitive be an adjective, it must agree with the 
accusative subject in gender, number, and case. 

* Una ex parts. 



ACCUSATIVE WITH INFINITIVE. 



179 



He knows that Cicero is elo- 
quent. 

I perceive that the water is 
cold. 



Scit Ciceronem esse elo- 

quentem. 
Sentio aquam frigidam 

esse. 



EXERCISE. 



(474.) Yocahulary. 

To think, existimare (ftv-, at-). 

To encamp, considere (consed-, con- 

sess-, con+sidere). 
To knoiv, scire (sciv-, scit-). 
Stone, lapis, (lapid) is (m.). 
Nearer, propius (adv., 376). 

(475.) Examples. 

(a) The messenger says that 
the horsemen ar e hurl- 
in g darts. 

(b) The messenger said that 
the horsemen were hurl- 
ing darts. 

(c) The messenger said that 
the horsemen had hurl- 
ed darts. 

(d) Word is brought to Cce- 
sar, 

(e) To have about himself. 

(476.) Translate into English. 

Helvetii existimant, Romanos disceder e. — Explorator 

dixit, hostes consediss e. — Caesar scit, Dumnorigem 

favere Helvetii s. — Helvetii dicunt, se omnem sena- 

tum a m i s i s s e.— Csesari nuntiatuni est, m 1 1 i t e s magnitii- 

dinem sylvarum t i m e r e. — Nuntius dixit, equites tela 

conjicere. — Galba certior factus est, Gallos omnes dis- 

cessisse. — Exploratores dicunt, oppidum ab hostibus 

teneri. — Dum haec in colloquio geruntur, Caesari nuntiatum 

est, equites Ariovisti propius accedere, et lapides telaque 

in nostros conjicere. 

[Be careful, in translating' the following English into Latin, to write 
first the leading sentence, and after it the accusative and the infin- 
itive, observing the rules in (472), and following the order of words 
in the examples given above.] 



To favour, favere (fav-, faut-, 395, 

V.), (governs dat.). 
While, dum (adv.). 
To lose, amittSre (a+mittere, 401, 

3,6). 



Nuntius die it equites tela 
conj i cere. 

Nuntius dixit equites tela 
conjicere. 

Nuntius dixit equites tela 
conj ecisse. 

Caesari nuntiatum est (=it is 

told to Ccesar). 
Circum se habere. 



180 ACCUSATIVE WITH INFINITIVE. 

(477.) Translate into Latin. 

Caesar knows that this (thing) is true (473). — The scouts 
say that the horsemen of Ariovistus are approaching (475, a). 
— The ambassadors said that the Helvetians had lost all their 
cavalry and all their senate. — Word was brought to Caesar 
that the horsemen of Ariovistus were hurling stones against 
(in, with accus.) our (men). — Word-was-brought to Caesar 
that Ariovistus had- departed from the camp. — Caesar was in- 
formed by the scouts that the enemy had encamped, under 
(sub, with abl.) the mountain. — The lieutenant says that the 
mountain is held by the enemy. — The general thinks that our 
plans are told to the enemy. — Word was brought to the gen- 
eral that all the Gauls had departed by night. — The chiefs say 
that Divitiacus always has. a great number of horse-soldiers 
about himself. 



LESSON LXXVIII. 

Accusative with Infinitive. — Perfect Infinitive Passive. 

(478.) It has been stated (466, R.) that the perfect infinitive 
passive is formed by the perfect participle passive, combined 
with esse (sometimes fuisse). 

When the accusative is used with this infinitive, the participle 
must agree with the accusative in gender, number, and case ; 
e. g., 

Nuntius dicit, JEduos victos 
esse. 



(a) The messenger says that 
the ^Eduans have been 
conquered. 

(b) Ariovistus said that all 
the forces had been routed 
in one battle. 

(c) The horsemen brought- 
back-word that the town 
had been taken-by- storm. 



Ariovistus dixit, omnes c 6 - 

pias uno praeliofusas 

esse. 
Equites renuntiaverunt, op- 

pidum expugnatum 

esse. 

3 Observe that in {a) the part, victos agrees with the accus. M du o s ; 
in (0). f u s a s with copias; in (c), expugnatum with oppidum. 



ACCUSATIVE WITH INFINITIVE. 181 

EXERCISE. 



(479.) Vocabulary. 

To find-out, reperire (427, V.). 

To frighten completely, perterrere 

(perterru-, perterrit-, per+ter- 

rere). 
Tributary, stlpendiarius, a, um. 
To bring back word, renuntiare (av-, 

at-). 



To rout, fhndere (fud-, fus-, 416, a). 
To overcome, superare (av-, at-). 
Bond, chain, vinculum, I. 
To hold in memory, to remember, 

memoria tenere. 
To put (or cast) in chains, in vincii- 

la conjicere. 



(480.) Translate into English. 

Caesar reperiebat initium fugae a Dumnorige factum esse. 
— Imperator dixit, equitatum esse perterritu m. — Caesar 
memoria tenebat, L. Cassium consiilem occisum esse ab 
Helvetiis. — Ariovistus dicit, iEduos sibi (54), stipendiaries 
esse factos. — Caesar certior factus est, legatos in vincula 
conjectos esse. — Equites renuntiaverunt, castra esse 
m unit a. — Dixit bella gesta esse. — Reperiebat etiam Cae- 
sar, initium fugae a Dumnorige atque ejus equitibus factum 
esse; eorumque fuga (55, a) reliquuni equitatum perter- 
ritum esse. — Ariovistus dixit omnes Gallorum copias uno 
abs se praelio (55, a), fusas ac super at as esse. 

(481.) Translate into Latin. 

Caesar found-out that the cavalry had been completely-fright- 
ened by the flight of Dumnorix. — The iEduans say that they 
(s e) have been routed by the Germans. — Caesar remembered 
(=held in memory) that the consul's army had been defeated 
by the Helvetians. — Caesar remembered that the consul had 
been slain, and his (ejus) army sent under the yoke (323, N.). 
— Caesar was informed by the chiefs that hostages had been 
given. — The lieutenant said that the ambassador had been cast 
into chains.— Ariovistus said that all the forces had been over- 
come by himself. — Ariovistus said that the Gauls had been 
overcome by himself in one battle. — The iEduans say that they 
(se) have been made tributary to Ariovistus (dat.). 

Q 



182 INFINITIVE FUTURE. 



LESSON LXXIX. 
Infinitive Future Active and Passive. 

(482.) By the combination of the future participle 
active with esse (or fuisse), an infinitive future 
active is formed ; e. g., 
amaturus, a, u m, esse, to be about to love, to intend loving. 

u __ _ (to have been about to love, to 

amaturus, a, um,fuisse,< 7 . • 777 • 

( have intended loving. 

(483.) Finally, by combining the supine with the 
verb iri,* we form the infinitive future passive; e.g., 

amatumiri, to be about to be loved. 
doctum Iri, to be about to be taught. 

Rem. 1. This form, being derived from the supine, is applied alike to 

nouns of all genders and of both numbers. 
2. As there is no future infinitive in English, we must translate the 

Latin future infinitive by a periphrasis, as above. 

EXERCISE. 

(484.) Vocabulary. 

To persuade, persuadere (per-j-sua- 
dere, suas-, suas-) ; governs dot. 

To refrain, temperare (av-, at-, fol- 
lowed by ab with abl.). 

To neglect, negligere (neglex-, neg- 
lect-, nec+legere). 

To compel, cogere (coeg-, coact-, 
con+ag6re). 

(484, a.) Example. 

The general said that he 
would come with the tenth 
legion alone. 

Rem. The e s s 8 in the future infinitive is frequently omitted ; e. g., 
in the above, venturum. 



To restore, r&ddere (rgddid-, rSddit-, 

reH-dare, 411, c). 
Unfriendly, mimicus, a, urn- (m+ 

amicus). 
To demand-back, repetere (repgtiv-, 

repStlt-, re+petere). 
To refuse, rScusare (av-, at-). 



Imperator dixit se cum sola 
decima legione venturum. 



* Iri is the infinitive passive form of the verb ir8, to go. It is not in 
use, except in combination as above. 



INFINITIVE FUTURE. 183 

(485.) Translate into English. 

1. Future Infinitive Active* 

Dumnorix existimat se regnum obtenttirum esse. — 
Helvetii existimabant se f initimis (dat.) persuastiro s. — 
Caesar existiinabat, fmitlrnos temperaturos ab injuria. — 
Caesar dicit, se JEduorum injurias non neglecturum. — 
Helvetii existimabant, se iEduos vi (303) coacturos. 
— Ariovistus dixit, iEduis (54) se obsides redditurum 
esse. — Caesar dicit se, proxinia nocte (118, II., c), de quarta 
vigilia, eastra moturum. — Irnperator, homines inimico animo 
(428, a) temperaturos ab injuria et maleficio, non existi- 
mabat. 

(486.) Translate into Latin. 

1. Future Infinitive Active. 

Caesar said that he would move his camp. — Dumnorix thought 
that he would-hold the military-command of his own state. — 
The general says that he is-about-to-demand-back the host- 
ages. — The iEduans say that they-are-about-to-implore assist- 
ance from (a) the Roman people. — Dumnorix assures (them) 
that he is-about-to-seize the royal-power with his own (suo) 
army. — Ariovistus said that he would not restore the hostages. 
— Caesar did not think that the allies would-refrain from injury. 
— Caesar thought that he would-compel the Germans by force. 
— Ariovistus said that he would-refuse the friendship of the 
Roman people. 



§ 11. 

THE GERUND. 

LESSON LXXX. 

(487.) (a) The gerund expresses the action of the 
verb under the form of a noun of the second declen- 
sion, in the genitive, dative, accusative, and ablative 
cases (I, 6, um, 6). 

(b) The gerund-stem is formed by adding to the 
verb-stem. 



In the 1st conjugation, 


-and; 


e. 


g-f 


am-and-. 


44 2d " 


-end; 


e. 


#•• 


mon-end-. 


44 3d " 


-end; 


e. 


£•> 


reg-end-. 


« 4th u 


-iend 


* e. 


#M 


aud-iend-. 



(c) The gerund of any case is formed by annexing the case- 
ending to the gerund-stem; e. g., gen., am and- 1; dat., 
amand-6; ace., amand-um; dbl., amand-6. 

(488.) As the infinitive is used as a verbal noun in the nomi- 
native and accusative cases, so the gerund is used in the re- 
maining cases ; e. g., 

Nom. Scribere, writing. 
Gen. Scribendi, of writing. 
Dat. Scribendo, to ovfor writing. 

. (Scribere, ) 

Ace. < _ , _ „ > writing. 
(bcribendum, ) ° 

Abl. Scribendo, i^i^ writing. 

(489.) The rules for the use of the cases of nouns apply also 
to the cases of the infinitive and gerund ; e. g., 
Nom. Writing is useful, scribere est utile. 

ars scribendi est uti- 
lis. 



The art of writing is useful, < 



Also in the io verbs (199) ; e. g., cap-io, cap-iendl. 



THE GERUND. 



185 



Dat. 



Ace. 



Paper is useful for ivriting, < 

I learn writing, } 

I learn during writing, > 



charta scribendo est 

utilis. 
scribe re disco, 
inter scribendum 

disco, 
scribendo discimus. 



Abl. We learn by writing, 

Rem. "With a preposition, the accusative gerund must be used, and 
not the infinitive ; a d (inter, ob) scribendum, not a d (inter, ob) 

scribere. 

(490.) The gerund governs the same case as the verb from 
which it is derived ; e. g., 



The art of training boys is 
difficult. 



Ars pueros 
difficilis est. 



educandi 



EXERCISE. 



To deliberate, delfberare (av-, at-). 
To take, siimere (sumps-, sumpt-). 
Agriculture, agricultura, a?. 
Desire, studium, I. 
Life, age, setas, (aetat) is (293). 
Mind, mens, (ment) is (355, II., 1, 
exc.). 



(491.) Vocabulary. 

To make war, bellare (av-, at-). 

To plunder, to obtain-booty , praedari 

(praedat-), dep. 
Wearied, defessus, a, iim. 
Sufficiently, satis. 
To think, cogitare. 
Opportunity, time far, spatium, I. 

(492.) Examples. 

(a) Time was given for Spatium arma capiendi 
(= opportunity was given datum est. 
of) taking-up arms. 

(b) For the sake of collect- 
ing-corn. 

(493.) Translate into English. 

Spes praedandi homines ab agricultura revocabat. — Spa- 
tium defessis ex pugna excedendi non datum est. — Breve 
tempus aetatis satis est longum ad bene beateque vivendum. 
— Hominis mens d i s c e n d 6 alitur. — Pars equitatus, p r ae - 
d a n d i causa, missa est. — Nox f inem oppugnandi fecit. — 
Magna pars equitatus, frumentandi causa, missa erat. — 
Cognoverat enim Cagsar, magnam partem equitatus, praedandi 
f r u m e n t and! que causa, trans Rhenum missam fuisse (471). 

Q 2 



Frumentandi causa (ab- 
lat). 



186 GERUND. 

— Imperator diem ad deliberandum siimit. — Imperator 
dixit, se diem ad deliberandum sumpturum (484, a). — 
Spes prsedandi, studiumque bellandi incolas ab agricul- 
tiira et labore revocabat. — D ocendo docemur. 

(494.) Translate into Latin. 

The desire of plundering and making-war has recalled the 
farmers from (their) fields. — Time for (492, a) hurling the 
darts was not given to the soldiers. — Time for (of) fighting 
was not given to the horsemen. — The horsemen were sent into 
the territories of the iEduans for the sake of -collecting-corn. — 
The mind of man is nourished by thinking. — Time for depart- 
ing-out-of the town was not given to the wearied citizens. — 
The citizens ask time for (of) deliberating. — Wisdom is the 
art of living well. — Caesar recalled the tenth legion into Gaul, 
for-the-sake-of wintering. — We learn by teaching. — Oppor- 
tunity of attacking the town was not given to the soldiers, 
though they desired it (= desiring it). 






§ 12. 

THE GERUNDIVE, OR VERBAL ADJECTIVE 
IN DUS, DA, DtJM. 



(495.) (a) The gerundive expresses the action of 
the verb (generally with the additional idea of ne- 
cessity or continuance) under the form of an adjec- 
tive of the first class (76). 

(b) The gerundive-stem is precisely the same as 

the gerund-stem. The cases are formed by adding 

the endings of the adjective ; e. g. 9 

N. a in and -us, a, um. 
G. amand-i, ae, i, 6cc, 

and so through all cases and both numbers. 



LESSON LXXXI. 

The Gerundive used instead of the Gerund. 
(496.) The gerundive is used (to express contin- 
ued action) as a verbal adjective, agreeing with the 
noun, instead of the gerund governing the noun ; e.g., 



Gen. Of writing a letter. 



Dat. To or for writing let- 
ters. 

Ace. To write a letter. 



Abl. By writing a letter. 



Scribendae epistolae, in- 
stead ofscribendi epis- 
tolam. 

Scribendis epistolis, in- 
stead ofscribendo epis- 
tolas. 

Ad scribendam episto- 
1 a m, instead of ad scri- 
bendum epistolam. 

Scribenda epistola, in- 
stead ofscribendo epis- 
tolam. 



188 



GERUNDIVE. 



Rem. The gerundive must be used for the dative or accusative of the 
gerund when it has an active government. It may be used for it 
in any other case, u nl e s s the object of the gerund is a neuter ad- 
jective or pronoun ; e. g., of learning the true = v e r a discendi, 
not verorum discendorum ; of hearing this, hoc audiendi, not 
; audiendi. 



To reckon, deem, ducere (dux-, 

duct-). 
To discern, cernere (406. CI. III., a). 
Care, cur a, ae. 
To apply, adhibere (adhibu-, adhib- 

it-). 
Negligent, negligens, (negligent) is 

(107). 

Helvetii biennium sibi 
satis esse duxerunt. 

Tridui spatium. 
Domus latronibus diripien- 

d a data est. 
Agricola domum latrombus 

diripiendam dedit. 



EXERCISE 

(497.) Vocabulary. 

To choose, deligere (deleg-, delect-, 

de+legere). 
To pursue, cons e qui (cons e cut), dep. 
To fail, to be insufficient, deficere 

(defec-, defect-, de-f-f acere). 
To form a design, consilium cap ere 

(io). 
Space-of two-years, biennium, I. 

(498.)' Examples. 

(a) The Helvetians reckoned 
that the space-of-two-years 
was enough for themselves. 

(b) The space of three-days. 

(c) The house was given to 
the robbers to plunder. 

The farmer gave his house 
to the robbers to plunder. 

iy After verbs of giving, going, sending, receiving, and the 
like, the gerundive expresses a purpose or object. 

(d) For completing {=fin- I Ad eas res conficiendas. 
ishing) these things. \ 

(499.) Translate into English. 

Urbs a diice militibus diripienda data est. — Urbem dux 
militibus diripiendam dedit. — Subito Galli consilium belli 
gerendi ceperunt. — Subito Galli legionis oppugnandae 
consilium ceperant. — Ad eas res conficiendas Orgetorix 
deligitur. — Helvetii, ad eas res conficiendas, biennium sibi 
satis esse duxerunt. — Crassus legatos tribunosque militum in 
finitimas civitates frumentl petendi causa dimisit. — Plato 
Romam (453, c) ad cognoscendas Numae leges contendit. 
— In voluptate spernenda virtus maxime cernitur. — Multi. 



GERUNDIVE. 189 

in equis parandis, adhibent curam, sed in amicis deli- 
gen d is negligentes sunt. — Mllites, ad urbem expugnan- 
dara, tridui spatium sibi satis esse duxerunt. 

(500.) Translate into Latin. 

For completing these things (498, d) Caesar gave to the 
Gauls the space of three days. — The iEduans had suddenly 
formed the design of besieging the town. — Crassus is chosen 
for carrying-on the war (498, d). — Pythagoras went to Sparta 
(453, c) to learn (498, 1=^) the laws of Lycurgus. — Caesar 
reckoned that the space of two years was enough for himself, 
for overcoming the Gauls and finishing the war. — The general 
sent all the cavalry across the Rhine, for the sake of seeking 
corn. — Ariovistus hastened (contendere), with all his forces, 
to attack the town (498, ESP). — The Britons sent ambassadors 
to Caesar, in-order-(ad)-to-seek (498, 13P) peace. 



LESSON LXXXII. 
The Gerundive used to express Necessity, fyc. 

THE GERUNDIVE AS SUBJECT. 

(501.) (a) The gerundive in the nominative neuter (dum) 
is used with esse to express necessity or duty. If the person 
be expressed, it must be put in the dative. 



One must write. 
I must write. 



Scribendum est. 
Scribendum est mihi. 



R3P Here the gerundive is the subject of the sentence 
(the duty of writing is to me). 

(b) This neuter nominative may be combined with all the 
tenses of esse ; e. g\, 

Scribendum est mihi, I must write. 
Scribendum erat mihi, / had to write. 
Scribendum erit, / must write hereafter. 

&c, &c. 



190 



GERUNDIVE. 



(c) This neuter nominative may govern the case of its verb ; 



«•§■•> 



We must help the citizens. 
One must use reason. 



Civibus (dat.) subveniendum 

est. 
Ratione utendum est. 



THE GERUNDIVE AS PREDICATE. 

(502.) The gerundive is also used with esse, in all cases and 
genders, as a verbal adjective, agreeing with the noun, to ex- 
press necessity or worthiness ; e. g., I am to be loved, amandus 
sum ; thou art to be loved, amandus es, &c. The person, if 
specified, is put in the dative. 

Tullia mihi amanda est. 



I must love Tullia (= Tul- 
lia is to be loved by me.) 

All things had to be done 
by Ccesar (= Ccesar had 
to do all things). 
' Here the gerundive is the predicate. 

EXERCISE. 



Omnia Cassari erant agenda. 



(503.) Vocabulary. 

Flag, vexillum, I. 

To set-up, proponere (pro+pongre, 

posu-, posit-, 406, b). 
To go-forward, procedure (pro-f-ce- 

dere, 401, 3, b). 
A little too far, paullo longius 

(adv.). 
To think, piitare (av-, at-). 

(504.) Examples. 

(a) Ccesar causes a bridge to 
be made (— taJces care that 
a bridge should be made). 

I must hear. 

Est is often omitted with the 

(b) The centurions thought 
that nothing should be 
done rashly. 



To send for, arcesseYe (arcessiv-, 

arcessit-). 
To understand, perceive, intelligere 

(intellex-, intellect-). 
To determine, statuere (statu-, sta- 

tut-). 
In vain, frastra. 
More widely, latius (adv., 376). 



Caesar pontem faciendum 
(esse) curat. 

Mihi audiendum. 
gerundive, as in (a). 
Centiiriones nihil temere 

agendum (esse) existima- 

bant. 



* The accusative is hardly ever used after the neut. gerundive. 



GERUNDIVE. 191 

(505.) Translate into English. 

(1.) Gerundive in the nominative neuter (dura). 

Militibus de navibus erat de siliendum. — Militibus 
simul et de navibus (erat) desilienduin, et cum hostibus 
erat pugnandum. 

(2.) Gerundive as a verbal adjective, agreeing with the noun. 

Caesari omnia iino tempore (118, II., c) erant agenda; 
vexilium proponendum; revocandi nrilites ; qui paullo 
longius processerant arcessendi; acies instruenda; mi- 
lites hortandi; signum dandum. — Prohibenda est 
Ira. — Bellum nobis est suscipiendu m. — Caesar sibi latius 
distribuendum exercitum putat. — Imperator dicit, jam 
sibi legatos audiendos. — Caesar ubi intellexit frustra tan- 
tum laborem sumi (471), statuit expectandam classem. — 
Caesar pontem faciendum curat atque ita exercitum tra- 
ducit. 

(506.) Translate into Latin. 

(1.) Gerundive in nominative, neuter (dum). 

We must leap-down from the ships. — We must read. — You 
must hear. — You must fight for.. liberty (pro libertate).— All 
must hear ; we must read. — With whom (quibuscum) must I 
fight 1 — We must leap down from the walls and fight with the 
horsemen. 

(2.) Gerundive as a verbal adjective. 

I must do all things at once (= all things must be done by me 
at one time). — You must give the signal. — We had to set up 
the flag. — Ca?sar must send ambassadors. — The soldiers must 
fortify the camp. — The general must encourage the soldiers. — 
The Helvetians cause bridges to be made over the river. — Cae- 
sar thought that the army must be led-over. — Caesar thought 
that the army must be divided by him (sibi), and distributed 
more-widely. — The general says that he must ivait-for the 
fleet. — Divitiacus says that this-thing (hoc) must be done by all 
the Gauls. 



§ 13. 
IMPERATIVE MOOD. 



LESSON LXXXIII. 

(507.) The imperative mood expresses the action 
of the verb as a command, wish, entreaty, &c. ; e. g., 
Love thou ! Hear thy parents. 

(508.) FORMS OF THE IMPERATIVE. 



ACTIVE. 




2d Sing. 


3d Sing. 


2d Plur. 


3d Plur. 


am- 


a or ato. 


ato. 


ate or atote. 


anto. 


mon- 


e or eto. 


eto. 


ete or etote. 


ento. 


reg- 


e or ito. 


ito. 


ite or Ttote. 


unto. 


aud- 


I or ito. 


ito. 


Ite or Itote. 


mnto. 






PASSIV 


E. 




am- 


are or ator. 


ator. 


amini or ammor. 


antor. 


mon- 


ere or etor. 


etor. 


emmi or eminor. 


entor. 


reg- 


ere or itor. 


itor. 


lmmi or lminor. 


untSr. 


aud- 


Ire or Itor. 


it5r. 


Imini or lminor. 


iuntor. 



Rem. 1. Observe that the 2d pers. sing. act. can be obtained from any 
verb by striking off re from the infinitive ; e. g., inf., amare; 
imper., a m a ; and that the 2d pers. si?ig. pass, is the infinitive 
form precisely. 

2. The longer forms of the 2d person are used especially in reference 
to future time ; e. g., in laws, statutes, and the like. 

3. The io verbs of 3d conj. take the imperative endings of the 4th in 
the 3d pers. plur.: thus, capiunto, let them take; capiuntor, 
let them be taken. F a c i o has 2d pers. sing, fa c. 

EXERCISE. 

(509.) Vocabulary. 

[Deponents take, of course, the passive endings.] 



Enmity, mimicitia, se. 

To despise, contemn6re (con-f-tem- 

nere, temps-, tempt-). 
Fleeting, f iigax, (fug&c) Is (107) 



To pursue, follow, pers£qul (perse- 
cut-), dep. 

Association, fellowship, societas (atis, 
293) . 



IMPERATIVE MOOD. 



193 



Ne audi. 

N e crede color 1. 



Frail, perishable, cadiicus, a, urn Show, species, speciel (117). 

(from cddere, to fall). To trust, credere (credid-, credit-, 

To shun, avoid, vitare (av-, at-). 4,11, c) ; governs dat. 

Judge, judex, (judic) is (306). Admire, admlrari (at-), dep. 
To revere, veuerari (venerat-), dep. 

(510.) Examples. 

(a) Do not hear. 
Do not trust appearance 

(colour). 

Rule. — With imperatives, n e must be used for not. 
(Non would be very bad Latin.) 

(b) Let the judge neither give Judex praemia ne dato neve 
nor take rewards. c a p i t o. 

Neither — nor -ne — neve. 

(c) Instead of parents — |Parentum loco (abl.) 

(511.) Translate into English. 

Pueri (voc), parentes am ate. — Magistri pueros linguam 
Latinam d 6 c e n t o. — Magna vis est in virtu tibus ; eas ( 150 ) 
e x c i t a, si forte dormiunt. — Abstinetote omni inj uria 
(abl.) atque inimicitiis. — I m p e r a irge ( 147 ). — Ne perse- 
q n e r e omnia, quae speciem gloriae habent. — Hsec omnia, quae 
habent speciem gloriae contemne : brevia, f ugacia, caduca 
exist! ma. — Ne credite omnibus. — Judices prsemium ne 
c a p i u n t o, neve danto» — V i t a societatem improborum. — 
V e n e r a r e Deum, venerare parentes, et quos parentum 
loco (55, a) tibi (54) natura dedit. — Pueri praeceptores, a qui- 
bus docti sunt, amanto et venerantor. 

(512.) Translate into Latin. 

Boys, revere (your) parents. — Let the master teach the boys 
the Greek language. — Do not rouse-up (your) vices : rouse-up 
(your) virtues, if perchance they sleep. — Abstain ye from (abl.) 
all vices and enmities. — My son, rule (your) anger (dat., 147). 
— Do not admire all things which have the show of glory. — 
Do not ye fear death. — Do not trust to the show of glory. — 
Love those whom Nature has given to you in place of parents. 
— Do not seek the association of the wicked. — Neither take 
i (rapere) nor give a reward. — Hear the wise and good. 

R 



§ 14. 

SENTENCES. 

[The student should now be made to understand something of senten- 
ces. The following simple statements can readily be understood.] 

(513.) (a). The sentence, " the messenger fled ," is a simple 
sentence, as it contains but one subject and predicate. 

(b) The sentence, " the messenger, who saw me, fled" is a 
compound sentence, as it contains more than one subject and 
predicate. 

(e) In the last example,. " the messenger fled" is called the 
principal sentence ; and " who saw me" the subordinate 
sentence. 

(514.) The following are some of the classes of subordinate 
sentences : 

(a) The accusative with the infinitive ; e. g., Nuntius dixit, 
equites tela conjicere (The messenger said that the 
horsemen were hurling darts). Here equites tela conji- 
cere (that the horsemen were hurling darts) is the subordinate 
sentence ; nuntius dixit, the principal sentence. 

(b) Conjunctive sentences, i. e., such as are introduced by a 
conjunction or adverb of time ; e. g., Ccesar, when he had 
crossed the river, drew up his army. Here, Ccesar drew 
up his army is the principal sentence ; when he had crossed 
the river, the subordinate sentence. 

(c) Relative sentences; e. g., Nuntius, qui missus est, 
dixit (The messenger, who was sent, said). Here nun- 
tius dixit is the principal sentence ; qui missus est, 
the relative subordinate sentence. 

(d) Interrogative sentences (i. e.), such as are introduced by 
an interrogative word; e. g., Tell me what you are doing? 
Here what you are doing is a subordinate interrogative sen- 
tence, 



§ 15. 



CONJUNCTIONS.— (LXXXIV.— LXXXV.) 



LESSON LXXXIV. 

Copulative Conjunctions. 

(515.) Copulative conjunctions unite words or 
sentences together. They are, 



And. 




Et, que, ac, atque. 


Neither, nor. 
Also. 


EXEE 


Nee, neque. 

Etiam, necnon, quoque, item, 
_tidem. 

CIS E. 



(516.) Vocabulary. 

Only, solum ; not only, non solum. 
A debtor, obaeratus, I. 
Formerly, at one time, quondam. 
Rich, opulens, (opulent) is (107). 
To hasten, to march rapidly, prope- 

rare (av-, at-). 
To give largess to bribe, larglri 

(largit-), dep. 
Once and again, semel atque Ite- 

rum. 
Estate, res f amiliaris, e (104). 
A wheel, rota, a?. 

(517.) Examples. 

(a) Darius equipped a fleet, 

and placed over it Datis and 

Artaphernes. 



Some (some persons), nonnulli, ce, a 

(non-fnullus). 
Javelin, tragula, ae. 
To hurl under, subjicere (jec-, ject-, 

sub-f-jacere). 
I profit, benefit, prosiim* (pro+sum) ; 

governs dat. 
To the same place, eodem (adv.). 
Too much, nimius, a, urn. 
Top, summit, culmen, (culmin) is 

(345). 
To pray, orare (av-, at-). 

Darius classem comparavit, 
eiqu6 Datim praef ecit e t 
Artaphernem. 



(a) E t connects independent words and sentences ; que joins one 
word or sentence to another rather as an appendage. Thus, in (a), e t 


* Prosum is inflected like sum, but inserts d before the vowels ; 
« e. g., p r o d - e s s e, prod-es, prod-est (not pro-es, pro-est). 



196 COPULATIVE CONJUNCTIONS. 

joins Datim and Art ap h ern e m ; and que joins the sentence 
" placed aver it," &c, as an appendage to the equipment of the fleet. 
(b) Fierce and barbarous men Homines feri ac barbari in 
were coming into the prov- provinciam veniebant at que 
ince, and were hastening in Italiam contendebant. 
into Italy, I 

(b) Ac is used before consonants, but not before vowels or h. At que 
may be used before either vowels or consonants. 



(c) Ccesar both had indul- 
ged and was greatly con- 
fident in the tenth legion. 

(c) E t followed by another e t means both — and. 



Deeimae legion! Caesar et in- 
dulserat e t conf idebat max- 



Etiam atque etiam. 

E t etiam. 

Non s 6 1 u m — s e d etiam. 



(d) (1) Again and again. 

(2) And again. 

(3) Not only — but also. 

(518.) Translate into English. 

Orgetorix ad judicium omnem suam f amiliam coegit, e t 
omnes clientes 6ba3ratosque eodem (adv.) conduxit. — Carthago 
et Corinthiis atque Numantia, opulentissimse quondam et 
validissimge civitates, deletae sunt a Romanis. — Caesar finem 
properandi (489) facit, pontemque ad flumen Rhenum ponit. 
— Discipuli et audiunt et amant praeceptores.^ — Romani non 
solum itinerum causa (135, II., R.) sed etiam possessionis, 
culmina montium occupaverunt. — Non solum vires (plural 
of vis) sed etiam tela nostris (dat.) deficiebant. — His rebus 
Dumnorix e t suam rem f amiliarem auxerat e t facultates ad 
largiendum magnas comparaverat. — Hostes et e loco superiore 
in nostros tela conjiciebant e t nonnulli inter carros rotas que 
tragulas subjiciebant, nostros que vulnerabant. — Contemnuntiir 
h qui nee sibi nee alter! (194, R. 1) prosunt. — Nee melior 
vir fuit Scipione (360, c) quisquam, nee clarior. — iEdu! neque 
obsides repetiverunt neque auxilium imploraverunt. — Sapi- 
entem neque paupertas neque mors neque vincula ter- 
rent. — Nimius somnus neque corpori neque animo (dat., 516) 
prodest. — Rogo te, et oro ; etiam atque etiam te rogo.— 
iEdu! semel atque iterum cum Germanis contenderant. — 
Milites ex castris ertiperunt (e rum per e) atque omnem 
spem salutis in virtute posuerunt. 



DISJUNCTIVE AND ADVERSATIVE CONJUNCTIONS. 197 



LESSON LXXXV. 

Disjunctive and Adversative Conjunctions. 

(519.) I. The disjunctive conjunctions (meaning 

or) are aut, vel, ve, and sive or seu. 

Rem. 1. Aut indicates el real difference of object; e. g., 

Here, soldiers, we must conquer or I Hie vincendum aut moriendum, mi- 
die ! J lites ! 

When a u t is used, but one of the conditions can be fulfilled, 
as in the above example. 

Rem. 2. Vel (derived from velle) means if you wish, oi 
rather. (Hence it is used for even.) 



Virl nobiles vel corrumpere more? 
civitatis, vel corrigere possunt. 



The nobles can either corrupt or 
correct the morals of the state 
(i. e., they can do whichever 
they please). 

Rem. 3. Ve is always affixed to another word; duo, tresve 
= two or three. 

Rem. 4. These conjunctions are frequently repeated. 

{ aut — aut. 
Either — or, ) v e 1 — vel. 

( sive — sive. 
Whether — or, \ seu — seu. 

(520.) II. The adversative conjunctions express 
opposition (but). 

The most important are, 

At, atqui, autem, cseterum, sed, verum (but). 
Tamen (however) ; v e r 6 (truly) . 

EXERCISE. 

(521.) Vocabulary. 

To run up, accurrere (accurr- and 

accucurr-, accurs-, ad+curr6re). 
Very rich, perdives, (divlt) is (per+ 

dives), 107. 
Chance, casus, us. By chance, casu 

(abl.). 
Goodness, b6nitas (atis). 



To pay up, per solvere (solv-, s6- 

lut-). 
To suffer full punishment, poena s 

persolvere. 
Handsome, formosus, a, iim. 
Eloquent, facundus, a, am. 
Ulysses, Ulysses, (Ulyss) is. 



R2 



198 



CONJUNCTIONS. 



To possess, possiderS (possed-, pos- 
sess-). 
Weeping, fletus, us. 
Effect, effectus, us. 
Sorrow, sadness, tristitia, ae. 
Generally, plerumque (adv.). 
Joy, gaudium, I. 



Daily, quotidiantis, a, urn. 

A living being, animans, (animant) 

is (107). 
Motion, motiis, us. 
Various, dlversus, a, iim. 
To swim, natare (av-, at-). 
Sometimes, interdum. 



Fortes sunt habendi, non qui 
f aciunt, sed qui propulsant 
injuriam. 

Gyges a nullo videbatur, ipse 
autem omnia videbat. 



(522.) Examples. 

(a) Those are to be esteemed 
brave, not who do, but who 
ward off injury. 

(b) Gyges was seen by no- 
body, but he himself saw 
all things. 

(a) Sed indicates a strong opposition ; it always stands first 
in its clause, as in (a). 

(b) Autem expresses a weaker opposition than sed. Au- 
tem and vero never stand first in a sentence, but always after 
one or more words. 

(523.) Translate into English. 

Nostri celeriter accurrerunt; at Germani fortiter impetum 
gladiorum exceperunt. — Amici regis duo tresve (519, R. 3) per- 
divites sunt. — Sive casti (55, a) sive consilio deorum immorta- 
lium, pamas persolverunt. — Nonnulli, sive felicitate (abl.) 
quadam, sive bonitate naturae, rectam vitse secuti sunt viam. — 
Fortes et magnanimi sunt habendi, non qui f aciunt s e d qui 
propulsant injuriam. — Non formosus erat, sed erat facundus 
Ulysses. — Avarus non possidet divitias (57, R.) sed divitiae 
possident eum. — Fletus plerumque est effectus tristitiae ; inter- 
dum vero etiam (even) gaudh. — Helvetii fere quotidianis 
prawns (55, a) ciim Germanis contendunt, quum aut suis fini- 
bus eos prohibent, aut ipsi in eorum finibus bellum gerunt. — 
Animantium motus dlversus est ; v e 1 ambulant et currunt, 
v&l volant, vel natant. — Corpus moritiir (dcp.), veriim ani- 
mus nunquam morietur. — Milites nostri fortes f uerunt, sed 
avari. 



§ 16. 
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.— (LXXXVL— XCII.) 



(524.) The subjunctive mood expresses affirma- 
tion doubtfully, indefinitely, or as conceived by the 
mind; e. g., / may write; I might write; I might 
have written ; if I should write ; if I had written. 
Rem. — The subjunctive has no future tense-form. 



LESSON LXXXVI. 

Subjunctive Present. 
(525.) Forms of e s s e (to be) in subjunctive present. 



Pres. 



sim, 
/ may be. 



SIS, sit, 

thou may-\he, she, it\ 
est be. J 'may be. j 



smms, 
we may be. 



sitis, 
ye may be. 



sint, 
they may 
be. 



(526.) Forms of regular verbs. 
(a) The subjunctive present adds the person-endings 
rn, s, t, mus, tis, nt, for the active, and 
r, ris or re, tur, mur, mini, ntur, for the passive, 
to the verb-stem by means of the following connecting vowels, viz., 











Active. 


Passive. 




1st conj., e ; e. g., am-e-m, am-e-r 






2d conj., ea ; e. g., mon-ea-m, mon-ea-r. 




3d conj., a ; e. g., reg-a-ni, reg-a-r 






4th conj., la ; e. g., aud-ia-m, aud-ia-r. 


(b) 


PARADIGM. SUBJUNCTIVE PRESENT. 




Active. — I may love, advise, rule, hear. 


Stem. 


Singular. 


Plural. 


am- 


em. f es. 


et. 


emus. 


etis. 


ent. 


mon- 


earn. eas. 


eat. 


eamus. 


eatis. 


eant. 


reg- 


am. | as. 


at. 


amus. 


atis. 


ant. 


aud- 


Tarn, j Jas. 


iat. 


lamus. 


iatis. 


lant. 


Passive. — I may he loved, advised, ruled, heard. 


.-Tea.. 


Singular. Plural. 


am- 


er. 


eris or ere. 


etur. 


emur. 


eminl. 


entur. 


mon- 


6ar. 


earls or are. 


eatiir. 


£ am fir. 


eamini. 


e an tur. 


reir- 


ar. 


aris or are. 


atur. 


amur. 


amini. 


autur. 


aud- 


lar. 


Tar is or are. 


latur. lamur. 


laminl. 


lantur. 



200 



SUBJUNCTIVE PRESENT. 



EXERCISE. 



To be ignorant, ignorare (av-, at-). 
To deny, negare (av-, at-). 
To know, noscere (nov-, not-). 
To afford, proebere (praebui-, prsebit-). 
To make one's self a judge, se judi- 

cem praebere. 
To apply, to employ, adhibere (u-, 

it-). 
Cautious, cautiis, a, um. 
Rashly, temere [adv.). 
Ever, unquam [adv.). 
Truly, obviously, prorsiis [adv.). 
Finally, denique [adv.). 



(527.) Vocabulary. 

Value, pretium, I. 

To obey, parere (para-) ; governs dot. 

To despair, desperare (av-, at-). 

Otherwise, aliter (adv.). 

To hinder, impedire (iv-, it-). 

Carefully, studiose (adv.). % 

To exercise, exercere (exercu-, ex- 

ercit-). 
To grieve, dolere (dolu-, dolit-). 
Would that, utinam (conj.). 
To fear, metuere (metu-). 
Incredible, incredibllis, e (104). 
Mind {talent), ingenium, I. 

(528.) Examples. 

[The principal use of the subjunctive in Latin is in dependent sen- 
tences ; but in this lesson we show its uses in principal sentences, in 
which it occurs only when something- is said without definileness or cer- 
tainty^ 

Nemo sanus de virtutis pretio 

dubite t. 
Sim salvus ! 
Salviis sis! 

Ne s i m salvus, si aliter scribo 
ac sentio. 

Utinam pater vivat. 



(a) 1. No sane man can doubt 
about the value of virtue. 

2. May I be safe ! 

3. I hope you are well 
(=may you be safe). 

4. May I not be safe, if 
I write otherwise than 
I think. 

5. i" hope my father is 
alive ( = would that 
my father may be 
alive). 

6. I wish he would come. 



Utinam v e* n i a t. 



(a) The subjunctive present is used for the English poten- 
tial, may, can, &c, and also to express a wish, when the thing 
wished is possible. A negative wish is expressed by n e pre- 
fixed, as in (4). 



(6) 1. Let us believe. 

2. Let us obey virtue. 

3. Do not despair. 



Credamus. 

Virtu ti pareamus. 

Ne desperes. 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 201 

(b) The subjunctive present is used, instead of the impera- 
tive, to soften a command. N e is used for prohibition. 



(c) Who would not love vir- 
tue ? 
What can I do ? 
Who is ignorant ? 
Who can doubt ? 



Quis virtu tem non a m e t ? 

Quid faciam ? 
Quis ignoret ? 
Quis dubitet ? 



(c) The subjunctive present is used in direct questions when 
any doubt is implied. (In English, we generally use can, will, 
would, &c, in such questions.) 

(529.) Translate into English. 

(a) Use of subjunctive as potential, or to express a wish (the latter 
indicated by ! ). 

Tempus veniat. — Salvus sis! amice. — Faveat for- 
tuna ! — Utinam hoc verum sit ! — Diu vivas ! — Nemo bonus 
de Providentia Dei dubitet. — Moriar, si aliter scribo ac 
sentio. — Utinam nemo te i m p e d i a t ! — Utinam domum meam 
veris amicis (55, a) i m p 1 e a m ! 

(b) Use of subjunctive as imperative. 

Se quisque studiose exerceat. — Naturam, optimam ducem, 
sequamur, eique pareamus. — Amemus patriam, parea- 
mus senatui, consulamus bonis. — Suum quisque noscat 
ingenium, acremque se et bonorum et vitiorum suoriim judi- 
cem praebeat. — Ne ametis improbos. — Prudentiam adhib- 
eamus.— Cautiorem adhibeamus prudentiam. — In rebus 
gravioribus cautiorem adhibeamus prudentiam, sed nee in 
levioribus temere unquam agamus. — Ne dole as. 

(c) Use of subjunctive in direct questions. 

Quis hoc credat ? — Quis fabulas istas credat ? — Quis im- 
probos ac stultos diligat? — Quis eiim diligat quern metuit? 
— Quis credat illud quod prorsiis incredibile est? — Quis de 
virtutis pretio dubitet ? — Quid faciamus? — Quis neget 
omnes leves, omnes avaros, omnes denique improbos esse 
servos ? 

(530.) Translate into Latin. 

(a) No wise (man) can doubt concerning the benevolence of 
God. — My friends, I hope you are well (= may you be safe). 



202 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 



— I-hope-that (utinam) the commander is alive (=may live). — 
I hope our friends may come ! — May these things be true ! — 
May the citizens be wise. 

(b) Let us not believe this. — Do not believe these fables. — 
Let us exercise ourselves diligently. — Let us love our friends, 
let us obey our parents, let us worship God. — Know your (own) 
mind. — Let the soldiers take-possession-of the mountain. — Let 
us not love the wicked. 

(c) Who can say this ? — Who can love a fool ? — Who would 
obey a wicked king ? — What good (man) can doubt concerning 
the value of virtue ? — Who can deny that all avaricious men 
are slaves ? 



. LESSON L XXXVI I. 

Subjunctive Perfect. 
(531.) Form of esse (to be) in subjunctive perfect. 



fuerim 
/ may have 
been. 



fuerls, 
thou mayest 
have been. 



fuerit, 

he, she, it 

'may have 

been. 



fueiimus, 
we may have 
been. 



fueritis, 
ye 'may have 



fuerint, 
they may 
have been. 



(532.) Forms of regular verbs. 

1. The subjunctive perfect active adds the endings 

eri'm, eris, erit, £ rim us, erftis, erint, 
to the indie, perf. stem of the verb; e. g., amav-erim, &c. 

2. The subjunctive perfect passive is formed by combining 
the perfect participle with the subj unctive present of e s s e ; 
c. g., amatus s i m, &c. 

[IdiP Deponents, of course, are formed like passives.] 

3. PARADIGM, SUBJUNCTIVE PERFECT. 



Active. — I may have loved, advised, ruled, heard. 



amav- 
monu- 
rex- 
audlv-J 



erim. 



eris. 



entis. 



Passive. — I may ha,ve been loved, advised, ruled, heard. 



Sing. 



amatus, a, um, 
mdnitus, a, um, 
rectus, a, um, 
auditus, a, um, 



sim. 
sis. 
sit. 



Plur. i m0 " ltl ' 1' a ' [ sitls. 
| recti, ae, a, 



^ auditl, as, a, 



sint. 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 



203 



EXERCISE. 



Patience, patientia, ae. 
To slay, cut to pieces, caedere (ce- 
cid-, caes-, 413, GP). 



(533.) Vocabulary. 

Health, valetudd, (valetudin) is (339). 
So, thus, ita [adv.) 
Kindness, pardon, venia, se. 

To take captive, capere (io, cep-, I It makes no difference, it matters 
capt-, 199). not, nihil refert. 

DC? 3 Form the subjunctive perfect active and pass- 
ive of the following verbs : 

Invenire, to find (inven-, invent-). 
Scribere, to ivrite. 
Facere (io-, fee-, fact-), to do. 
Loqui (locut-), to speak (dep.). 
Censere (censu-, cens-), to think. 
Oppiimere (press-, press-), to re- 
press, crush. 
Constituere (stitu-, stitut-), to place. 
Oppugiiare, to assault. 
Hevocare, to recall, restore. 



Absum, to be absent (no passive). 
Prosilm, to profit (do.). 

Desum, to be wanting (do.). 
Vocare, to call. 
Confirmare, to assert. 
Dicere, to say (dix-, diet-). 
Tradere, to assert, deliver (tradid-, 

tradit-). 
Land are, to praise. 
Videre, to see. 



(534.) Examples. 

(a) Do not do it | Ne fece r 1 s. 

(a) The subjunctive perfect (as well as the present) may be 
used in prohibitions, with ne, or nihil, instead of the imper- 
ative. 



(b) By your leave I would 

say. 
Epicurus may have said. 
Perchance some one may say. 



Pace tua dixerim; or, Venia 

tua dixerim. 
Dixerit Epicurus. 
Forsitan aliquis dixerit. 



(b) The subjunctive perfect may be used with or without an 
adverb, to express a supposed case (that may be true). 

(c) I think I can assert this. Hoc confirmaverim. 

You will scarcely find a man Vix ullius gentis hominem in- 
of any nation, veneris. 

(c) The subjunctive perfect (as well as present) is used to 
soften an assertion. (Such phrases as, Probably I might, I 
think I can, I would, perhaps, &c, can be expressed in Latin 
by one word in the perfect subjunctive, as above.) 



204 SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 



Cur rides ? 

Die* mihi cur ride as. 



Ubi fuisti ? 
Nescio ubi fueris? 



(d) (1) Why do you laugh? 
(2) Tell me why you 
laugh. 

(1 ) Where have you been ? 

(2) I do not know where 
you have been. 

The sentences marked (1) are direct interrogative sentences, 
and take the indicative mood ; those marked (2) are indirect (or 
subordinate) interrogative sentences, and take the subjunctive. 
Hence, 

{e)Rule of Syntax. — The subjunctive mood is used in all in- 
direct interrogative sentences. 

Rem. Such sentences are introduced by the interrogative pronouns 
quis, qui, quantus, qualis, uter, &c., or the adverbs ubi, unde, quan- 
do, quo,' cur, nuni, utrum, an, &c. 

(535.) Translate into English. 

(a) Quod diibitas, ne feceris. — Id ne dixeris. — Nihil in- 
commodo (to the injury) valetiidinis tuae feceris. — Cum im- 
probis ac stultis nelocutus sis. 

(b) Faciat hoc aliquis. — Fecerit hoc aliquis. — Dixerit 
Epicurus, Deum esse nullum. — Forsitan eiim am aver is. — 
Forsitan ita censueris. — Pueriim magistri monuerint. — 
Urbem hostes oppugnaverint. 

(c) Frater (voc), bona tua venia dixerim, mea sententia 
melior est. — Patientiam laudaverim boum (351, 2) atque 
equorum. — Ingenia studiaque oppresseris facilius (376) 
quam revocaveris. 

(d) Nescio cur ridea s. — Die, c u r ad me non veneris. 
— Helve tii ibi erunt, ubi eos Caesar constitu erit. — Magno 
ciim periculo (89, II.) id fecit. — Intelligit, quanto eiim peri- 
culo id fecerit. — Multi in preelio cgesl sunt. — Multi in prselio 
capti sunt. — Ubi (when) victoria amissa est (is lost) nihil refert, 
q u 6 1 in prselio c a3 s l aut in fuga c a p 1 1 sin t. — Die mihi 
ubi fueris. 

(536.) Translate into Latin, 
(a) Do not love the wicked. — Do not hear the foolish. 

* The imperative of dlcere* is die, not dlcS. 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 



205 



(b) Some philosophers may -have-denied the soul to be im- 
mortal. — P erhaps-you-have-advised the young-man. 

(c) I think- I-can-advise the young man. — You may easily 
repress the minds of young men. — You cannot easily recall the 
industry (studium) of men. 

(d) The mind itself knows-not what (quails) the mind is. — 
Tell me where you were. — I-do-not-know why you did not come 
to me. — Tell (me), were you (fuerisne) in school yesterday ? — 
It makes no difference how many are taken- captive. — The boy 
will remain (erit) there, where the master may appoint him. — 
I will tell you what I have seen. — I will tell you what I have 
heard. — Tell me what you have done. 



LESSON LXXXVIII. 

Subjunctive Imperfect and Pluperfect. — Conditional 
Conjunctions and Sentences. 

(537.) The subjunctive imperfect simply adds the 
person-endings, 

m, s, t, mus, tis, nt, for the active, 

r, ris (re), tur, mur, mini, ntur, for the passive, 
to the present infinitive form of the verb. Thus, 



Inf. Pres. 

esse, to be. 
a ma re, to love. 
r eg- ere, to rule. 



Imperf. Subj. Act. 

essem, / might be. 
amare-m. 

regere-m. 



Imperf. Subj. Pass. 

amare-r. 
rSgere-r. 



(538.) PARADIGM. SUBJUNCTIVE IMPERFECT. 




1. Essem. — i" might, could, would, or should be. 


essem. | esses. | esset. || essemus. | essetis. | essent. 


2. Active. — I might, could, would, fyc, love, advise, rule, hear. 


amar- ""j 
moner- ~ 
reger- em ' 
audir- J 


es. 


et. 


emus. 


etis. 


ent. 


3. Passive. — I might, could, would, 6fC, be loved, advised, ruled, heard. 


amar- ") 
moner- 1 - 
reger- j er " 
audir- J 


ens or ere. 


etur. 


emur. 


emini. entur. 



s 



206 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 



Rem. — The vowel e of the ending is long, except where it comes before 
m or t final, when it is short of necessity. 

(539.) (a) The subjunctive pluperfect active simply 
adds the person-endings, 

m, s, t, mus, tis, n t, 
to the past infinitive form of the verb. Thus, 

Pluperfect Subjunctive. 

fuisse-m, 7" might have been. 
amavisse-m, I might have loved. 

(6) The subjunctive pluperfect passive is formed 
by combining the perfect participle with the subjunct- 
ive imperfect of e s s e ; 

E. g., am at us ess em (sometimes with the subjunctive 
pluperfect of e s s e ; e. g., amatus fuissem, &c). 

(c) PARADIGM. SUBJUNCTIVE PLUPERFECT. 



Past Infinitive. 

f u i s s e, to have been. 
amavisse, to have loved. 



1. 



I might, could, would, 



have been, 6fC 



fuissem. 



fuisses. | fuisset. || fuissemiis. | fuissetis. | fuissent. 



2. Active. — I might, could, fyc, i 



i loved, advised, ruled, heard. 



av- 'j 
,nu- y 

i cX- J 

audi v- J 



amav 
monu 
rex- 



3. Passive. — I might, could, fyc, have been loved, advised, ruled, heard. 



Sing. < 



amatus, a, um, 
monTtus, a, um, ' 
rectus, a, um, | 
auditus, a, um, 



essem. 

esses. 

esset. 



I amati, se, a, 
Plur \ m6n 3ti, oe, a, < 
' J recti, se, a, | 
■v. audit!, ae, a. 



essemus. 

essetis. 

essent. 



Conditional Conjunctions and Sentences. 

(540.) (a) The conditional conjunctions are si, if; sin, but 
if; nisi, or ni, if not, unless. 

(b) A conditional sentence is one which is introduced by a 
conditional conjunction ; e. g., if men were good, they would be 
happy. 

Rem. The sentence introduced by if is called the conditional sen- 
tence ; the other, the consequent sentence : if men were good is the 
conditional ; they would be happy, the consequent. 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 



207 



EXERCISE. 



(541.) Vocabulary. 

To diminish, minuere (minii-, mi- 
nut-). 
To cross over, transire (irreg.). 
The world, orbis terrarum. 



To subdue, subigere (subeg-, subact-, 

sub+ag-ere). 
Longer, diutius (adv., compar.). 
I wish that, utinam (conj.). 



(542.) Examples and Rules. 



(a) Would that my father 

were alive ! 
I wish he could come ! 



Utinam pater viveret ! 



Utinam veniret ! 



In these examples (which refer to present time), the thing wished 
is supposed to be impossible (the wish is vain). 



I wish he had lived ! 
I wish he had come ! 



Utinam v i x i s s e t ! 
U tinam venisset ! 



5^^° In these examples (which refer to past time), the thing wished is 
supposed to be impossible (the wish is vain). 

(a) Rule of Syntax, — The imperfect and pluperfect sub- 
junctive are used to express an impossible supposition, or 
a vain wish ; the imperfect, with reference to present or 
future time ; the pluperfect, with reference to past time. 

(b) Conditional Sentences. 

(1) If he has (any) money, Si pecuniam habet, dat. 
he gives (it). 

Here the man is supposed to have money ; the condition expressed by 
"«/*" is therefore real. 



(2) If he has (any) money, 

he will give (it). 
Here the condition is possible, if not real. The man may have money. 



Si pecuniam habeat, 
dabit. 



(3) If he had any money, he 
would give it. 



Si pecuniam habere t, 

claret. 



Here the man is supposed to have no money : the condition is unreal. 
(Observe that it refers to present or future time.) 



(4) If he had had any money, 
he would have given it. 



Si pecuniam habuisset, 
d e d i s s e t. 



Here the man is supposed not to have had any money ; the condition is 
therefore unreal (referring to past time). Hence, 

(b) Rule of Syntax. — In conditional sentences (1), a real 



208 SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 

condition is expressed by the indicative ; (2) a possible 
condition by the present or perfect subjunctive ; (3) an 
unreal or impossible condition in present time by the im- 
perfect subjunctive ; and (4) an unreal or impossible con- 
dition in past time by the pluperfect subjunctive. 

Rem. 1. In cases (3) and (4), the subjunctive must be used in the 
consequent as well as in the conditional sentence. 

2. It follows that the perfect or pluperfect indicative can never be 
used with si. If he had come = si venisset, not si venerat. 

(543.) Translate into English. 

Utinam salvus esse s. — S I hoc dicis, erras. — S i hoc 
dicas, erres. — Si hoc dice res, errares. — Si hoc dix- 
isses, erravisses. — Si venisses ad exercitum, ab impera- 
tore visus esse s. — Frater mihi narrabat quid amicus tuus 
fecisset (534, d). — Memoria minuitur, nisi earn exer- 
c e a s. — S i Helvetii flumen transire conentur, Caesar eos 
prohibebit. — S I Helvetii flumen transire conarentur, Caesar 
eos prohiberet. — Si Helvetii flumen transire conati 
e s s e n t, Caesar eos prohibuisse t. — S i obsides ab Helvetiis 
Caesari (54) dentur, cum iis pacem faciet. — Si obsides ab 
Helvetiis Caesari darentur ciim iis pacem faceret. — Si 
obsides ab Helvetiis Caesari dati essent, cum iis pacem 
f e c i s s e t. — Non superaremur, elves (voc.) s i nostri fortes 
essent. — Non superati essemus, cives, si fortiores 
milites nobis (dat., 125, II., a) fuissent. — Alexander totum 
fere orbem terrarum siibegit. — Alexander, si diutius vixis- 
s e t, totum orbem terrarum siibegisset. 

(544.) Translate into Latin. 

I wish my father had lived longer. — / wish you had come. — 
Would-that the soldiers had been braver. — If you-would-read 
this book (542, 5, 2), I would give (it) to you. — I wish the gen- 
eral had led the army across the Rhine. — If you had any thing 
(quid), you would willingly give (it). — If they had had the 
money, they would willingly have given it. — If-you-had-loved 
the boy, you-would-have advised him. — If you-love the boy, 
you-will-advise him. — ijfthe soldiers would come to the army, 
they -would-be-praised by the general. — If the Germans had-led 
(their) army across the Rhine, Caesar would-have-made an at- 
tack upon (in) them. — Ifwe-are brave, we shall not be overcome. 



SUBJUNCTIVE WITH UT, NE. 



209 



LESSON LXXXIX. 

Subordinate Sentences expressing a Purpose, — Ut 
and Ne. 
(545.) The subjunctive forms of the verb posse, 
to be able, are the following : 

[Observe that p o s s e is compounded of p 6 1 -, the stem of p 6 1 1 s, able, 
and esse; thus, pot-ess e, contracted, posse. So all similar forms 
are contracted, and the t changed into s before s.] 



Subj. Pres. 

pos- sim. 


(POtis sim = pot-sim = possim.) 
sis. sit. simus. sTtis. 


sint. 


Subj. lmperf. 
pos- sem. 


(Potis essem = potessem = possem.) 
ses. set. semus. setis. 


sent. 


Subj. Perf. 
potii- eiim. 


(Potis merini =± pot-fuerim = potuerim.) 
eris. erit. erimus. eritis. 


erint. 


Subj. Plup. 
potii- Issem 


(Potts fuissem =± pot-fuissem = potuissem.) 
isses. isset. lssemiis. issetis. issent. 



(546.) The final conjunctions (i. e., such as denote a purpose, 
aim, or result) are ut (or uti), ne, quin r quo, quo mi nils. 



Ut, or iiti, that, so that, in order 

that. 
Ne, that not, so that not, lest. 
Glum, but that. 



Quo, in order that, to the end that. 
duomiiius, that (after verbs of hin- 
dering). 



EX ERCISE. 



(547.) Vocabulary. 

To cat, edere (598). 

A Rauracian, Rauracus, I. 

A Tulingian, Tulingus, I. 

To burn up, exurere (exuss-, ex- 

ust-). 
Together, una (adv.). 
Basely, turpiter (215, 2). 
To surround, circumvenire (ven-, 

vent-). 



To resist, resistere (restit-, restit-). 

To fix, hence to decide, statuere 
(statu-, statu-). 

To decide on something quite se- 
vere, aliquid gravius statuere. 

To enjoin, proecipere (io, praecep-, 
cept-), prae-f-capere). 

To join battle, praelium committere. 

End, finis, is (m., 355, Ex. II., 2). 

Subordinate Sentences expressing a Purpose, End, or Object. 

(548.) Examples and Rides, 
(a) I beseech you that you ' 
do this ; 



or, 



>Te obsecro, ut hoc facias. 



I beseech you to do tins. 



S 2 



210 UTj NE, EXPRESSING PURPOSE. 



Dux imperavit, ii t milites 
stationes suas servarent. 



The general commanded that"^ 
the soldiers should keep 
their stations ; 
or, 

The general commanded the 
soldiers to keep their sta- 
tions, J 

(b) I beseech you that you 1 

do not do this ; l m , , , „. . 

> Te obsecro ne hoc iacias. 

or, I 

I beseech you not to do this, j 
The general commanded that ~) 

the soldiers should not 

desert their stations ; 
or, 
The general commanded the 

soldiers not to desert their 

stations. 



Dux imperavit ne milites 
y stationes suas deser- 
e r e n t. 



3 

(a) These examples show that a. purpose or aim may be ex- 
pressed in English by that, in order that, or (especially after 
verbs of asking and commanding) by the infinitive. In Latin, 
such sentences are expressed by ut, with the subjunctive.* 

(o) An object to be provided against is introduced in English 
by that not, in order that not, or by not, with the infinitive. In 
Latin, such sentences are always expressed by n e, with the 
subjunctive. 

(549.) Translate into English. 

1. Ut. 

Edimus ut vivamus, non vivimus ii t edamus. — Venio 
ut disc am. — Veni ut discerem. — Orgetorix persuadet 
Castico (dat.) u t regnum occupe t. — In eo itinere, persuasit 
Castico, cujus pater regnum in civitate sua multos annos (191, a) 
obtinuerat, u t regnum in civitate sua occupare t. — Orget- 
orix persuadet Dumnorigi ut idem (150) conetur. — Orget- 
orix persuasit Dumnorigi u t idem conaretur. — Helvetii 
persuadent Rauracis, ii t i cum iis proficiscantur. — Helve- 
til persuadent Rauracis et Tulingis, u 1 1, oppidis suis vicisque 

* Juberg takes accusative with infinitive. 



UT, NE, EXPRESSING PURPOSE. 211 

exustis (457), una cum hs proficiscantur. — Caesar castella 
communit, u t Helvetios prohibere p o s s i t. — Caesar castella 
communivit u t Helvetios prohibere posset. — Caesar rogat 
Divitiacum ut finem orandi faciat. — Caesar rogavit Divitia- 
cum iit finem oraudi faceret. — Helvetiis (147) Caesar im- 
perat u 1 1 perf ugas reducan t. — Helvetiis Caesar imperavit 
u 1 1 perf ugas reducerent. 

2. Ne. 

Te obsecravi ne hoc faceres. — Pater f ilium obsecrat ne 
quid turpi ter facere t. — Milites, neab hoste circumven- 
irentur, audacius (376) resistere ac fortius pugnare ccepe- 
runt. — Divitiacus Caesarem obsecrat, n e quid gravius in fra- 
trem s t a t u a t.— Divitiacus, multis cum lacrymis (89, II.) 
Caesarem obsecrare coepit, ne quid gravius in fratrem statu- 
eret. — Praeceptum est (perf. pres., it has heen enjoined to or 
upon) Labieno, ne praelium committat, nisi Caesaris copiae 
visae sint (542, &, 2). — Praeceptum erat Labieno, ne praelium 
committer etj nisi Caesaris copiae visae essent. 

[Recollect that a purpose or aim is often expressed in English by the 
infinitive; but in Latin never — always by ut with the subjunctive for a 
positive aim, by n e with the subjunctive for a negative aim.] 

(550.) Translate into Latin. 

The general commands the lieutenant (147) not to do (=that 
he may not do) this. — The general exhorted the soldiers to make 
(— that they should make) the attack sharply. — The father be- 
seeches his daughter to make an end of praying. — Some-men 
(quidam) live to eat, not eat to live. — He comes to see the gen- 
eral. — He came to see the general. — The Helvetians persuade 
the Tulingians to set out together with them. — The captive 
beseeches the general not to decide-on any-thing at-all-severe 
against (in) him (se). — Caesar commands the Gauls (147) to 
bring back (= that they should bring back) the deserters. — 
The Romans, that they might not be surrounded by the Gauls, 
began to fight more bravely. — The commander enjoins-it-upon 
the lieutenant not to join battle. — The commander enjoined it 
upon the lieutenant not to join battle. 



212 



SUCCESSION OF TENSES. 



LESSON XC. 

Succession of Tenses, — Ut expressing a Result. 

(551.) (1.) "\Ve cannot say in English, " He comes, that he 
might see the general ;" or, "JETe came, that he may see the gen- 
eral ;" but we must say, " He comes, that he may see the gen- 
eral," arid, " He came, that he might see the general." It is 
obvious that this tense of the verb in the subordinate sentence 
depends upon that of the principaLsentence ; and this depend- 
ence is called the succession of tenses. 

2. The tenses of the Latin verb are divided into primary 
and historical. 



(a) Primary, 



•\ 



Present. 

a m a t, 
he loves. 

Imperfect. 

amabat, 



(b) Historical, < 7 

v ' I lie was loving-. 



Future. 

a m a b 1 1, 
he will love. 

Pluperfect. 

amaverat, 
he had loved. 



Pres. Perf. 

a m a v 1 1, 
he has loved. 

Perf. Aorist. 

am a. vi t, 

he loved. 



3. The Rule for the succession of tenses then is : If there be 
a primary tense in the principal sentence, there must be a pri- 
mary tense in the subordinate sentence ; if a historical tense in 
the principal, a historical tense in the subordinate. 

[The examples in the preceding lesson illustrate this rule, and those in 
the present lesson will farther confirm it.] 



EXERCISE. 



(552.) Vocabulary. 



and 



To strive, contend, niti (nis- 
nix-), dep. 

Despair, desperatio, (desperation) 
is (333, R.). 

To run together, concurrere (con- 
curr- and concucurr-, concurs-). 

Storm,, tempestas, (tempestat) is 
(293). 

To rise (as a storm), cooriri (coort-, 
con-roriri). 

Palisade (rampart of stakes) val- 
lum, I. 



To cut or tear down, scindere (scid-, 

sciss-). 
To begin, incipere (incep-, incept-, 

in+capere). 
To afford means ox facilities, dare 

facultatem. 
Deceit, doliis, L 
Pother, mag is. 
Integrity, probitas, (probitat) is 

(293). 
Course, cursus, us. 
Change, commutatio (onis, 333, R.). 






UT WITH THE SUBJUNCTIVE. 213 

Subordinate Sentences expressing a Result. 
(553.) Examples and Rules. 



T a n t a vis probitatis est, ut 

earn vel in hoste d 1 1 i g a - 

mus. 
Helve tii i t a a patribus suis 

didicerunt, u t magis virtute 

quam dolo mtantur. 



So great is the power of in- 
tegrity, that we esteem it 
even in an enemy. 

The Helvetians have been so 
taught by ( = Jiave so learn 
ed from) their fathers, that 
they contend (or, as to con- 
tend) rather with valour 
than deceit. 

(a) These examples show that a result (especially after the 
words such, so, so great, &c.) is expressed in English by that 
with the indicative, or, as to with the infinitive ; in Latin, by ut 
with the subjunctive. 

(b) Rule of Syntax. — Ut, signifying that, and introducing 
a result, governs the subjunctive. 

Rem. Ut, expressing a result, generally follows the correlative words 
talis, tantus (suck, so great) ; adeo, sic, ita (so) ; and verbs 
signifying to accomplish, to bring- to pass, &c. 

(554.) Translate into English. 

Imperator perficit, uti Sequani dent obsides. — Dumnorix 
perficit, uti Sequani dent obsides, ne itinere (153, a) Hel- 

vetios prohibeant (548, b) Imperator tanta vi (do, a) oppi- 

dum oppugnat, ut desperado animos oppidanorum occupet 
(551, 3).— Imperator tant a vi oppidum oppugnavit u t desper- V 
atio animos oppidanorum occupare t. — T a n t u s timor om- 
nem exercitum occupavit, u t omnium animos p e r t u r b a r e t. 
— Tanta tempestas subito coorta est (perf aor.) ut naves 
cursum tenere non p o s s e n t. — Imperator t a n t a m sib! (54) 
jam in Gallia auctoritatem comparaverat, u t undique ad eum 
legationes concurrerent (551, 3). — Galli vallum scindunt. — 
Galll vallum scindere et fossam complere incipiunt. — Galli sic 
nosti"6s contemnunt, u t vallum scindere et fossam complere 
in ci pi ant. — Oppidum natura (55, a) loci sic muniebatur, 
ut magnam ad ducendum (496) bellum daret facultatem. — 
Auxiliorum adventu (55) magna, rerum commutatio facta, est. 



214 ClUO, QUIN, aUOMINUS, WITH subjunctive. 

— Horum adventu. tanta rerum commutatio facta est, u t nos- 
tri fortius pugnarent atque hostes repellerent. 
(555.) Translate into Latin. 

[Recollect that as to with the English infinitive must be translated by 
ut with subjunctive.] 

The commander brought-it-to pass that the Sequanians gave 
hostages. — The Sequanians gave hostages that they would 
not prohibit the Helvetians from (their) journey (153, a). — So- 
great-a fear suddenly seizes the whole army, that it alarms the 
minds of all. — So great a tempest suddenly arises, that the 
ships can not hold their course. — The commander procures for 
himself so great authority in Italy, that even the senators run- 
together to him. — The Helvetians begin to cut-down the bridge. 
— The Helvetians so despised our men, that they began to cut 
down the bridge. — By the approach of the iEduans, so great a 
change was made that the Helvetians began to fight more 
bravely. — The Helvetians had so learned from their fathers, 
as to contend rather with valour than deceit. 



LESSON XCI. 

Periphrastic Conjugation, Subjunctive.-— Use of quo, 
quin, qudminus, with the Subjunctive. 
(556.) The want of a future subjunctive is supplied to some 
extent by the periphrastic conjugation, formed by combining 
the participles in rus and dus with the subjunctive tenses of 
esse, to be. 



ACTIVE. 


Pres. 

Imperf. 

Perf/ 

Pluperf. 


amaturus sim, / may he about to love. 
amaturus essem, / might be about to love. 
amaturus fuerim, I may have been about to love. 
amaturus fuissem, / 'might have been about to love. 




PASSIVE. 


Pres. 

Imperf. 

Perf 

Pluperf. 


amandus sim, I may be to be loved [one must love me). 
amandus essoin, / might be to be loved. 
amandus fuerim, / may have been to be loved. 
amandus fuissem, / might have been to be loved. 


Esse (to be). 


Pres. 
Imperf. 


futurus sim, I may be about to be. 
f uturus essem, / might be about to be. 



QUO, QUIN, QUOMINUS, WITH SUBJUNCTIVE. 215 



EXERCISE. 



(557.) Vocabulary. 

To hold back, restrain, retinere (re- 
tmu-, retent-, re+tenere). 

To stand in the way, prevent, ob- 
stare (obstit-, obstat-, ob-f stare). 

To sustain, sustinere (tinu-, tent- ; 
sub-|-tenere). 

Novelty, no vitas, (novitat) is (293). 

To decree, consciscere (consciv-, con- 

SClt-). 

To commit suicide, sib! mortem con- 
sciscere (= to decree death to 
one's self). 



Cowardice, ignavia, ae. 

To take away from, eripere (io- 
eripu-, erept-) ; governs ace. and 
abl. 

To train, educate, educare (av-, at-). 

To deceive, fallere (fefell-, fals-). 

It was Ccesar's fault, Per Csesii- 
rem stetit [==it stood through Cee- 
sar). 

To finish, perficere (perf ec-, per- 
fect-). 

Suspicion, suspicio, onis (333, By.). 



(558.) Examples and Rules. 

(a) Caesar erects forts, that 
lie may the more easily 
keep off the Helvetians. 



Caesar castella communit, quo 
f a c i 1 i u s Helvetios prohib- 
ere p o s s i t. 



(a) Quo is used to express a purpose (instead of ut), espe- 
cially when a comparative enters the sentence. 

Caesar castella communit ut possit {that lie may, &c). 
Caesar castella communit quo facilius possit (that he may more 
easily, &c). 



(b) (1) There is no one but 
thinks ; 
or, 
There is no one who does 
not think. 

(2) There is no one so 
brave as not to be con- 
founded. 

(3) It is not doubtful but 
that the soldiers will 

fight bravely. 

(4) I did not doubt that 
the soldiers would fight 
bravely. 

(5) They could not be 
restrained from hurl- 
ing darts (= but that 
they should hurl darts). 



Nemo est quin putet. 



Nemo est tarn fortis 
perturbetur. 



qui n 



Non dubium est q u i n milites 
fortiter pugnaturi sint. 

Non dubitabam quin milites 
fortiter pugnaturi e s - 
s en t. 

Non poterant retineri quin 
tela conjicerent. 



Nihil imp edit, quo minus 
hoc faciat. 



216 auo 9 quin, ciuominus, with subjunctive. 

(b) Quin is used in the sense of " but, 11 or " as not, 11 after 
negative sentences ; and in the sense of " that not" and " that" 
after non dubito, non dubium est, &c. ; in the sense of 
"from" (.— but that) after verbs of restraining, &c. 

(c) (1) What stands in the Quid obstat quominus Ju- 

way of Julius being lius sit beatus? 

happy (= what stands 

in the way in order 

that Julius may not be 

happy) ? 
(2) Nothing hinders him 

from doing this (= no- 
thing impedes, in order 

that he may not), 
(c) Quominus is used (in preference to ne) after verbs 
of hindering, preventing, standing in the way of &c. (It can 
generally be rendered into English by of or from, with a parti- 
ciple, as above.) 

(559.) Translate into English. 

(a) duo (=i?i order that, used instead of tit, with comparatives). 
Caesar milites hortatus est iit fortes essent. — Caesar milites 

hortatus est quo fortiores essent. — Eo opere perfecto 
(456) Caesar praesidia disponit, castella communit, quo facil- 
ius, si Helvetii transire conentur (542, b, 2) prohibere possit. 
— Scrips!, ut auctoritatem haberem. — Scrips! quo in suadendo 
(488) plus auctoritatis (186, a) haberem. — -Auxilium rogant, 
ut hostium copias sustineant. — Subsidium rogant, quo fa- 
c i 1 i u s hostium copias sustineant. 

(b) auin (= but that). 

Nemo est tam fortis quin rei novitate (55, a) perturbetiir. 
— Orgetorix mortuus est, neque abest suspicio quin ipse sibi 
mortem consciverit. — Helvetii non dubitant quin Romani 
^duis (abl., verb of depriving) libertatem erepturi sint. — 
Non dubium est quin elves, iibi (when) patria in periculo 
futura sit (534, e), fortiter pugnaturi sint. — Non dubito 
quin puerum bene educaturus sis. — Turpe est falli. — Tur- 
pius est fallere. — Non dubium est quin turpius sit fallere 
quam falli. — German! retineri non poterant quin in nostros 
teln conjicerent. 



QUUM WITH SUBJUNCTIVE. 217 

(c) duommus (= in order that not). 
Per Labienum stetit quo minus Roman! oppidum occupa- 
rent. — Nostrorum ignavia obstabat quo minus hostes super- 
arentur. — Non me impedies quominus id faciam. — Sen- 
ecttis non impedit quominus litterarum studia teneamus. 

(560.) Translate into Latin. 

[Remember the rale for the Succession of Tenses (551, 3).] 

(a) duo. 

Caesar, having finished the work (■= the work being finished), 
exhorted the soldiers to be of a braver spirit (fortiore animo). — 
I ask your assistance, that I may do this the more easily. 

(b) auln. 

There is no one tvlio does not think that the wise are always 
happy. — It is not doubtful that Caesar will cross the Rhine. — I 
do not doubt that my father will come. — I was not doubting that 
you had educated the boys well. 

(c) Gluominus. 

Nothing hinders me from being happy. — It was the fault of 
the commander that the soldiers did not fight bravely. — The 
cowardice of the commander stood in the way of our taking- 
possession- of the town. 



LESSON XCII. 

Use of Quum, with the Subjunctive. 

(561.) The conjunction quum (sometimes written cum) 
has two uses : (1) to denote tune simply (when, while) ; (2) to 
denote a cause, or reason (since). The former is called quum 
temporal, the latter quum causal. 

EXERCISE. 

(562.) Vocabulary. 



To contemplate, contemplarl (at-), 

dep. 
To perceive, antmadverter6 (vert-, 

vers-, animum-f-ad+vertere). 
To delay, tardare (av-, at-). 



T 



To get sight of, conspicere (spex-, 

spect-). 
Incessant, continuous, continens, 

(nent) is (107). 
Of right, justly, five (abl of jus). 



218 



aUUM WITH SUBJUNCTIVE. 



To order, jubere, does not take ut 
with subj., but ace. with inf. ; Tie 
ordered them to await=-'^w.BSit eos 
expectare. 



Destruction, interitus, us. 
To make-haste, maturare (av«, at-) 
To announce, nuntiare (av-, at-). 
To meet, convenire (ven-, vent-). 



(563.) Examples and Rules, 
(a) When we contemplate the 

firmament, we wonder at 

the greatness of God, 

(a) Rule of Syntax. — Quum, when used simply to express 
the time (especially with the primary tenses), is followed 
by the indicative. 



Quum ccelum contempla- 
mur, Dei magnitudinem 
admiramur. 



Caesar, quum Pompeium vi- 
c i s s e t, in Asiam trajecit. 



(b) Ccesar, when he had con- 
quered ( 3= having con- 
queredy Pompey, crossed 
over into Asia. 

(b) Rule of Syntax. — Quum temporal is followed by the 
imperfect or pluperfect subjunctive, if the events de- 
scribed depend on each other, and especially when the 
aorist perfect is used in the principal sentence. 

[In the above example, the verb tr aj ecit, of the principal sentence, 
is in the aorist perfect. In all such cases, the subordinate sentence with 
quum can be rendered by the English participle, as in the example 
above, and in the two following.] 



The prcetor, having come 
(—when he had come) 
into the forum, perceived. 

The commander, having got 
sight of the enemy, or- 
dered. 

(c) Since these things are so. 

Since they cannot defend 
themselves. 

Although the soldiers were 
retarded by rains, yet they 
overcame all (obstacles). 



Praetor, quum in forum ve- 
nisset, animadvertit(perf). 

Imperator, quum hostes con- 
spexissit, jussit. 



Quae quum ita s i n t. 
Quum se defendere non 

p o s s i n t. 
Milites, quum imbribus tar- 

darentur, tamen omni& 

superaverunt. 

(c) Rule of Syntax. — Q u u m causal (signifying since, or 
although) is always followed by the subjunctive. 



aUUM WITH SUBJUNCTIVE. 219 

(564.) Translate into English. 

1. Gluu in temporal, with subjunctive (563, b). 

Caesar, quum id nuntiatum esset, maturavit ab urbe 
proficisci. — Quum legio decima constitisset, omnes hostes 
ad exim locum contenderunt. — Quum legatus ad oppidum a c - 
cessisset, pueri mulieresque pacem ab Romanis petiverunt. 
— Quum Caesar ad oppidum accessisset, oppidani pacem 
ab eo petierunt. — Quum imperator signum dedisset, milites 
in hostes impetum f ecerunt. — Caesar, quum Gallos v I c i s s e t, 
in Italiam contendit (perf.). — Quum. legati Caesarem in itinere 
convenissent, eos suum adventum expectare jussit. 

2. CI ii u m causal (since, or although), with subjunctive (563, c). 
Milites, quum frigore et imbribus tardarentur, tamen 

continent! labore (55, a) omnia superaverunt. — Cicero jure 
pater patriae dictus est, quum urbem ab interitu servasset.* 
— iEdui, quum se suaque ab Helvetiis defendere non pos- 
s i n t, legatos ad Caesarem mittunt, rogatum (379) auxilium. — 
Quum omnes homines mortales s i n t, etiam tu morieris. 

(565.) Translate into Latin. 

1. &uum temporal, with subjunctive (563, b). 

The ambassadors having ashed (= when the ambassadors had 
asked) peace of Caesar, he ordered them to await his coming. — 
Caesar having ordered them (= ivhen Ccesar had ordered them) 
to await his coming, (they) obeyed. — The lieutenant, when that 
was (—had been) announced, returned to the citadel. — The 
fifth legion having halted, the enemy made an attack upon 
them. — The praetor, having come into the forum, saw the cap- 
tives. — The boy, having approached the wood, heard a voice. 

2. Quum causal, with subjunctive (563, c). 

Since these things are so, let us believe (528, b, 1). — Nations, 
when they cannot defend themselves, ask assistance. — The 
scout, though he was delayed by the cold, came to the camp. — 
Since Caesar took- away (eripere) liberty from the iEduans, 
they rightly feared. 

* Contracted from servavisset. 



220 



RELATIVE SENTENCES. 



LESSON XCII'I. 

Use of the Subjunctive in Relative Sentences. 

(566.) The relative pronoun often takes the place of a con- 
junction in introducing a sentence, and is therefore followed by 
the subjunctive. The following examples illustrate some of 
these uses. 



{a) You err because you think = 

(b) They sent men to seek for 
peace = 

(c) I am not such a man as to be 
delighted with vices = 



You err who think. 

They sent men who should seek for 

peace. 
I am not he who can be delighted 

with vices. 



EXERCISE. 



(567.) Vocabulary. 

A herald, a proclaimer, prasco, (prae- 

con) is (333). 
A Nervian, Nervius, I. 
It pleased, placuit (with dat.). 
At length, demum. 
Affection, affectio, (tion) is (333, H.). 
To hurt, nocere (with dat.). 



To be present, adesse (ad+esse). 
To bear, ferre (irreg.). 
Fortunate, fortunatus, a, um. 
A youth, adolescens, (cent) is (m. 

and f., 25, a). 
Innocence, innocentia, sb. 
Fit for, ldoneiis, a, um (with dat.). 



(568.) Examples and Rule. 



(a) Hannibal did wrong in 
wintering (= because he 
wintered) at Capua. 



(b) They send ambassadors 
to say (—who may say). 

They sent ambassadors to 
say (=z who might say). 



Legatos mittunt, qui dicant. 

Legatos miserunt, qui dice- 
rent. 



Here qui (=ut il) introduces a purpose. 



(c) You are not the man to 
be ignorant. 

He ordered all (those) who 
could bear arms to be 
present. 



Non is es, qui nescias 

(—you are not he who can 

be ignorant). 
Omnes (eos understood) qui 

arma ferre possent, adesse" 

jussit. 



Male fecit Hannibal, qui Ca- 
pua3 hiemaverit (= who 
wintered at Capua). 



Here qui introduces the ground or cause of the judgment that Hanni- 
bal erred. 



RELATIVE SENTENCES. 221 

In these examples, qui introduces a nearer definition of the demon- 
strative, which is expressed or implied. 

(d) Rule of Syntax. — The subjunctive is used in a relative 
sentence to express a ground, a purpose, or to give a 
nearer definition of a demonstrative expressed or implied. 

Rem. 1. Talis, tarn, tantus, it a, &c, maybe these demonstra- 
tives, as well as is, ea, id. 

2. The relative to express a purpose is very common, especially in 
Caesar, and should be thoroughly studied and practised. 

(569.) Translate into English. 

[Remember the rule for the Succession of Tenses (551, 3).] 
(a)- Ci u I, ground, cause, or reason. 
Erras qui cense as Deum esse injustum. — Fortunatus 
fuit Alexander, qui virtutis suae Homerum praeconem (225, a) 
invenerit. — O fortunate adolescens, qui tuae virtutis Ho- 
merum praeconem inveneri s. — Nervii inciisaverunt reliquos 
Belgas qui se popiilo Romano (54) dedidissent. 

(b) Q, u i, purpose. 

Eripiunt aliis (153, a) quod aliis (54) largiantur*. — 
Legatos ad Romanes miserunt, qui peterent pacem. — Caesar 
eqmtatum praemittit, qui* videant quas in partes hostes iter 
faciant (534, d). — Imperator misit exploratores, qui cognos- 
ced en t qualis esset (534, d) natura montis. — Caesar copias 
suas in proximum collem subduxit, equitatumque, qui s u s - 
tineret hostium impetum, misit. — Ariovistus omnes copias, 
quae nostros p erterr er en t, et munitione (153, a) pro- 
hiberent, misit. — Placuit Caesari iit ad Ariovistum legatos 
mitteret (548, a).- — Placuit Caesari ut ad Ariovistum legatos 
mitteret, qui abeo postularent, iit aliquem locum collo- 
quio (54) diceret (548, a). — Turn demum Ariovistus partem 
suarum copiarum q u ae castra oppugnarent misit. 

(c) Clui, defining a demonstrative [express or implied). 
Imperator omnes cives qui arma ferre p o s s e n t adesse 

jussit. — Legatus poposcit (411, a) obsides, arma, servos, qui ad 
Helvetios perfugissent. — Milites ea quae imperarentur 



* Equitatum (cavalry) being a noun of multitude, the relative qui 
may he in the plural. 

T 2 



222 RELATIVE SENTENCES. 

libenter f ecerunt. — Non talis siim qui t e fa 1 1 a m. — Inno- 
centia est affectio t a 1 1 s" animi, quae noceat nemini (54). 

(570.) Translate into Latin. 

(a) Caesar did badly in-crossing (who crossed, perf. subj.) the 
Rhine .—They err who think that the soul is not immortal. — 
The father censured his son for setting-out* (— who had set out, 
plup. subj.) from the city. 

(b) Caesar sends forward scouts, to choose (— who may choose) 
a place fit for the camp. — Caesar sent ambassadors to Ariovistus 
to demand (=who should demand). — The general brings back 
his forces to the hill, and sends forward the cavalry to sustain 
(= who may sustain) the attack. 

* PrOficiscor. 



§ 17. 
ORATIO OBLIQUA. (XCIV.) 

LESSON XCIV. 
Oratio Obliqua {Oblique Narration). 

(571.) In relating the words of another, we may either, (1) 
represent him as speaking in the first person, and give his words 
precisely as they were uttered ; e. g., " He said, l Iwill come ;' " 
or, (2) we may state what he said in a narrative form ; e. g., 
"He said that he would come." The former is called Oratio 
recta (direct narration); the latter, Oratio obliqua (ob- 
lique narration). 

I3P The example above given shows that the moods must be different 
in the two modes of narration. 

(572.) The sentences introduced in the oratio obliqu& 
are either principal or subordinate ; e. g., 

Ariovistus said that he would not wage war upon the 
M d u a n s, if they paid the tribute yearly. 

In this example, the sentence in spaced printing i-s the 
principal sentence ; the sentence in italic the subordinate 
sentence. 

EXERCISE. 

(573.) Vocabulary. 

To bring upon, to wage, inferre (il- 

lat-), irreg. 
Tribute, stipendmm, l. 
Yearly, quotannis (used as adv.). 
To pay, pendere (pepend-, pens-). 
To show, point out, ostendere (os- 

tend-, ostens-, and ostent-). 
To excel, praestare (prsestit-, praes- 

tit-, and preestat). 
Because, proptSrea quod. 



To get, to gain for another, concil- 
iare' (av-, at-). 

To get possession of, potiri, (potit) 
dep. (governs gen. or abl.). 

Very easy, perfacilis, e (with dat.). 

Affirm } confirmare (av-, at-). 

The Helvetians intend, Hel- 
ve tiis est in ammo (= it is in 
mind to the Helvetians). 



224 ORATIO OBLiaUA. 

(574.) Examples and Rules. 



(a) Ariovistus said that he 
would not wage war upon 
the JEduans. 



Ariovistus dixit, s e M d u I 
bellum non i 1 1 a t u r u m 
esse. 

(a) Rule of Syntax. — In principal sentences in oratio 
o b 1 i q u a, the accusative with the infinitive is used. 
Rem. When they express a command or wish, the subj. is used. 



(b) Ariovistus said that he 
would not wage war upon 
the JEduans, if they paid 
the tribute yearly. 



Ariovistus dixit, s e M d u I s 
bellum non esse ilia- 
turn m, si stlpendium quot- 
annis penderent. 



(b) In subordinate sentences in oratio obliqua, the sub- 
junctive is always used (e. g. y penderent). 



(c) The lieutenant denied 
that he had crossed the 
Rhine. 

He denies that he can give. 



Legatus, negavit se Rhenum 
transisse.* 



Negat se posse dare. 

(575.) Translate into English. 

Caesar dixit se, postquam hostes fusi essent, castra 
muniturum esse. — De decima legione Caesar non dubitabat. 
— Caesar dixit, se de decima legione non dubitare. — 
Caesar dixit, se cum sola decima legione esse iturum.f 
— Caesar dixit se cum sola decima legione, de qua non dubi- 
taret, esse ittirum. — Imperator dixit, maximas nationes 
pulsas siiperatasque esse. — Helve tils (54) perfacile erat 
totiiis Galliae imperio (abl.) potiri. — Dumnorix ostendit, Hel- 
vetiis perfacile esse, quum virtute (55, a) omnibus 
(dat.) praestarent, totius Galliae imperio potiri. — Dumnorix 
ipse Castico (54) regnum conciliaturus erat. — Dumnorix coh- 
firmat, se Castico regnum conciliatiirum esse. — Hel- 
vetiis est in animo iter per provinciam f acere ; aliud iter 
habent nullum. — Sibi esse in animo (573, O^Jjdicunt Hel- 
ve til, sine ullo maleficio iter per provinciam f acere, prop- 
terea quod ^liud iter habeant nullum. — Imperator non 
potest iter Helvetiis (54) per provinciam dare. — Imperator 

* Past infin. of translre. t Fut. infin, of Ir6, to go. 



ORATIO OBLiaUA. 225 

negat se, more et exemplo popiili Romani, posse iter Hel- 
vetiis per provinciam dare. 

(576.) Translate into Latin. 

Caesar said that he, after Pompey was conquered, would 
cross-over into Asia. — Caesar had full confidence in 
(=did not doubt concerning) the fourth legion. — Caesar said 
that he would attack the town with the fourth legion 
alone, in which he had full confidence. — Cicero said that the 
'greatest' cities -had been attack e d. — The lieutenant 
affirms that he will lead the army across the 
Rhine, if the enemy attempt to hinder (them) (prohibere). — 
The Helvetians say that they intend (573, GF) to seek 
peace of Ccesar. 



§ 18. 
IMPERSONAL VERBS. (XCV.— XCVI.) 



LESSON XCV. 
Impersonals. — Pudet, Piget, Tcedet, fyc. 

(577.) Impersonal verbs are those which have no subject, 
and take the pronoun it before them in English; e. g., pluit, 
it rains. 

(578.) (a) Some impersonals are never used in the personal 
form; e.g., piget, it grieves, &c; (b) others are simply the third 
person of personal verbs: e. g., placet, it pleases (placed, I 
please), (c) Again, the third person singular of many intran- 
sitive verbs is used impersonally in the passive : curritiir, 
they run (it is run) ; / am envied, invideturmihi; nun- 
ciatum est, it was told. 

(579.) (a) The following impersonals (which express certain 

feelings) take the accusative of the person and genitive of the 

cause of the feeling. 

P i g g t, p i g u i t, it grieves. 

Tjy,,, "j-^. { it shames, 

rudet, puduit, <J . / 

C one is ashamed. 

Poenitet, poenitu it, it repents. 

T ae d e t, pertsesum est, it wearies, disgusts. 

M i s e r e t, one pities. 

Your folly grieves me. I Me piget stultitiae tuae (=it 

grieves me of your folly). 

(b) Sometimes the cause or object of the feeling is expressed 
by the infinitive, or a sentence with quod. 

Non pudet me hoc f e c i s s e (= it 
does not shame me to have done 
this). 



I am not ashamed of having done 
this. 



I repent of offending you. 



Poenitet me quod te offend! 
(=it repents me that I have of- 
fended you). 



IMPERSONAL VERBS. 227 



EXERCISE. 

(580.) Vocabulary. 



Indolent, ignav-us, a, urn. 
Folly, ineptiae, arum (57, R.). 
To sin, peccare (av-, at-). 
Business, negotiurn, I. 
Undertaken, susceptus, a, urn (part, 
of suscipere). 



To confess, fateri (fass-), dep. 
Because, since, quoniam (conj.). 
Almost, paene (adv.). 
Some day, aliquando (adv.). 
Innocent, innocens, (innocent) is 
Lot, sors, (sort) is (293). [(107). 

(581.) Translate into English. 

(a) Ignavum poenitebit aliquando ignavias. — Non poeni- 
tet me hujus consilii. — Tui* me miser et. — Eos Inep- 
tiarum poenitebat.— Poenitebat me peccat i. — Miseret t e 
aliorum, tui* nee miseret, nee pudet. — Nos miseret ca- 
lamitatis tuae. — Nunquam Caesarem suscepti negotii 
pertaesum est. — Me civitatis morum piget, taedetque. 

(b) Ilium pcenitet quod me offenderit. — Socratem 
non piiduit fateri se multas res nescire. — T e id piiduit 
facere. — Non poenitet me vixisse, quoniam non frustra 
vixi. — Q u e m posnitet peccasse, paene est innocens. 

(582.) Translate into Latin. 

(a) Thou wilt repent of thy folly.— He will be ashamed of 
his indolence. — We shall be ashamed of thee. — We pitied 
them. — He was ashamed of us. — We shall never repent of our 
industry. — -The boy will some-day be ashamed of his indolence. 
— Thou wilt some-day repent of thy folly. — We are weary of 
life. — He was ashamed of the citizens. — I am ashamed of you 
and your ignorance. — Many are grieved (at) their lot (gen.) 
(— It grieves many of their lot). — I am not only grieved at, but 
also (sed etiam) ashamed of, my folly (=It not only grieves, 
but also shames me of my folly). 

(b) I repent of having-sinned. — I am ashamed of doing this. 
— A wise man is not ashamed to confess that he is ignorant-of 
many things. — I am weary of living (vivere). — I repent of hav- 
ing lived in-vain. — The boy repents of having offended (quod, 
with jperf. subj.) the master. — The young man is ashamed of 
having lived in-vain. — The general repented of having moved 
(inf.) the camp. — The Helvetians repented of having crossed 
(inf.) the river. — The barbarians repented of having approached 
(inf.) the rampart (use ad before the accusative). 

* Gen, of tu. 



228 



IMPERSONAL VERBS 



LESSON XCVI. 
Impersonal Verbs, continued. 
(583.) Vocabulary. 



Ought, it behooves, 6portet, ebat, 
uit, &c. (with ace. and inf.). 

It is becoming, decet (with ace. and 
inf.). 

It pleases, placet, placuit, &c. (with 
dat.). 

It is of importance, it interests, in- 
terest (with gen.). 

It concerns, it matters, refert (with 



It is agreeable, libet, or lubet (with 
dat.). 

It is allowed, lawful (one must), li- 
cet (licuit and licitum est), dat. 

It happens, contingit (dat.). Accidlt 
(used rather of evil accidents). 

It is expedient, expedit (dat.). 

With my permission, me a voluntate 
(abl., 55, a). 



gen.). 

(584.) Examples and Rules, 
(a) Boys ought to be dili- 
gent. 



Pueros oportet dlligentes 

esse (=it behooves boys to 
be diligent). . 
Decet verecundum esse 
adolescentem. 

(a) Oportet and decet are followed by the accusative 
and infinitive. 

[GP Oportet is also followed by the subjunctive.] 



It becomes a young man to 
be modest. 



Majori parti pi a c uit castra 

defendere. 
P 1 a c u i t Caesari iit ad Ario- 

vistum legatos mitteret. 



(b) (1) It pleased the major- 
ity to defend the camp. 
(2) Ccesar determined 
(=it pleased Ca?sar) to 
send ambassadors to 
Ariovistus. 

(b) Placet (expressing a purpose) may be followed by the 
dative, with (1) the infinitive, or (2) the subjunctive with iit. 



(c) I may go (= it is allowed 

to me to go). 
You may go. 
I might have gone (— it was 

allowed to me to go). 
I may be idle. 
I do not choose (±sit is not 

agreeable to me). 



Mihi ire licet. 

Tibi ire licet. 
Mihi ire licuit. 

Mihi otioso esse licet. 
Non libet mihi. 



IMPERSONAL VERBS. 229 

(c) Licet, libet, and, in short, all impersonate which admit 
to or for after them in English, are followed by the dative. 



(d) It concerns all (r^it is 

the interest of all). 
It concerns me. 
It is your concern. 
It is my business. 



Interest omnium. 

Mea interest. 
Tua refert. 
Mea refert. 



(d) Interest governs the genitive ; but when a personal 
pronoun is to be used, the possessive ablative (mea, tua, &c.) 
is used instead of the genitive (mei, tui, &c). Refert is 
rarely used except with these ablative forms. 

(585.) Translate into English. 

Omnium interest vera (accus. pi.) dicere. — Interest 
mea recte f acere. — Non libet mihi praelium committere. — 
Caesari non placuit praelium committere. — Interest mea 
hoc {accus.) scribere. — Legatus petebat, ut sibi discedere 
liceret. — Exp edit reipublicae (dat., 584, c). — Tibi licet 
id f acere. — Mea voluntate tibi id facere licet. — Helvetii 
rogant ut (548, a) Caesaris voluntate id facere lie eat. — Caesa- 
rem oportet ad Ariovistum venire. — Ariovistus dixit; Caesa- 
rem oportere (574, a) ad se venire.— Placuit Caesari ut 
decimam legionem mitteret. — Amicitiam immortalem esse 
oportet. — Mihi negligenti esse non licet. — Nobis venire 
licuit. — Liberorum (65, R.) interest parentis vivere et 
salvos esse. — Tibi ignavo esse non licet. — Peccare nemini 
lice t. — D ecet te esse diligentem. 

(586.) Translate into Latin. 

Boys ought to be modest (584, a). — You ought to do this. — 
You ought to have done this (oportuit, with pres. inf., 
facere). — It becomes us to follow nature. — It becomes a 
young man to love his parents. — The general determined (= it 
pleased the general) to make the attack. — The Helvetians de- 
termined to send ambassadors to Caesar. — You may do this 
(584, c). — You may not do this. — I do not choose (=it is not 
agreeable to me) to ride-on-horseback. — I do not choose to come 
to the city. — It is every-body's interest (=it interests all) to do 
rightly (584, d). — It is my business to keep (my) word (fides). 
— You are not allowed to come. — We ought to praise the brave. 

u 



§ 19. 
IRREGULAR VERBS. (XCVIL— CIL) 



LESSON XCVIL 

Possum, Posse, Pot-ui, to be able, (can). 

(587.) Pos-sum is compounded of pot-is, able, and the 
verb sum. The t before s is changed to s ; e. g., pot-sum, 
pos-sum ; pot-sunt, pos-sunt. 



INDICATIVE. 



Pres. jpos-sum. | pot-es. |pot-est. |pos-sumus. [pot-estis. |pos-sunt. 



Imp., pot-eram; Pe?f., pot-ul; Plup., pot-ueram; Fut., pot-erd ; Put. 
Per/., pot-uerd : all regular. 



SUBJUNCTIVE. 



Pres. pos-sim. pos-sls. pos-sit. 
Imperf. pos-sem. posses, pos-set. 



pos-simus. 
pos-semus. 



pos-sitis. 
pos-setis. 



possint. 
pos-sent. 



Perf., pot-uerlm ; Plup., pot-uissem : regular. 



hijin. Pres., pos-se ; Perf., pot-uisse ; Part., pot-ens (used only as an 
adjective). 



EXERCISE. 



(588.) Vocabulary. 

Laughter, rlsiis, us, m. 

To sow, serere (sev-, sat-). 

Good deed, act of kindness, benef i- 

cium, i. 
Reap, metere (messu-, mess-). 
To do good to, to benefit, prodesse 

(prof ii-, prd+sum) ; governs dot. 
Hang over, impendere. 

(589.) Examples. 

(a) To be very powerful. 

(b) Of the whole of Gaul, the 
Helvetians are the most 
powerful. 



To render, reddgre (reddid-, red- 

dit-). 
Influence, gratia, oe. 
Fraud, fraus, (fraud) is (293). 
Restrain, retinere (retinu-, retent-, 

re+tenere). 
With equanimity, aequo ammo (all., 

= with equable mind). 



Plurimum posse (—to be very 

much able). 
Totius Gallise plurimum Hel- 
vetia possunt. 



L 



(c) A very few can keep 
<#(many). 

(d) In the rest of Gaul. 



POSSE, TO BE ABLE. 231 

Perpauci prohibere possunt. 



In reliqua Gallia. 



[What is the rule for the Succession of Tenses ? 551, 3.] 
[What case do the compounds of sum (prosum, desum, &c.) govern ? 
267, b.] 

(590.) Translate into English. 

Beatus esse sine virtute nemo potest. — Per risum multum 
poteris cognoscere stultum. — Sere (imperative) beneficia, ut 
p o s s i s (548, a) metere fructum. — Viri boni sumus, si (iis) 
prosumus, quibus possumu s. — Semper ita vivamus (528, b) 
ut rationem reddere possimus (553, b). — Mons altissimus 
impendet ut facile perpauci prohibere possint (553, b). — 
Mons altissimus impendebat ut facile perpauci prohibere pos- 
se n t. — Sine agricultura homines vivere non p o s s u n t. — Nostri 
hostes consequi non potuerunt, quod equites insulam capere 
non potuerant. — Divitiacus plurimum domi (at home) atque 
in reliqua Gallia poterat (589, a).< — Fraus est accipere quod 
non poteris reddere. — Non est diibium quin totius GalJise 
plurimum Helvetii possint (558, b). — Germani retineri non 
poterant quin in nostros tela conjicerent (558, b, 5). — Caesar 
potest iter Helvetiis (54) dare. — Caesar negat se posse iter 
Helvetiis dare. — Caesar negat se, more et exemplo (55, a) popiili 
Romani, posse iter ulli (194, R.) per provinciam dare. 

(591.) Translate into Latin. 

Men cannot be happy without virtue. — "Without arts we can- 
not live. — Let us always so live (528, b) that (553, b) we may 
be able to die with equanimity. — Let us sow good-deeds, that 
we may be able to reap fruit. — The chief was very powerful, 
not only (non solum) at home, but also (sed etiam) in the 
rest of Gaul. — Caesar denies that (574, c) he is able to give a 
passage to the ambassadors through the province. — Caesar finds- 
out (reperit) that the chief is very powerful (accus. with inf.), 
— Cassar finds out that the chief is veiy powerful, not only at 
home, but also among the neighbouring states. — The enemy 
cannot be restrained from (quin) hurling darts against our 
soldiers. 



232 



VELLE, NOLLE, MALLE. 



LESSON XCVIII. 

Velle, to be willing. — Nolle, to be unwilling. — Matte, 
to be more willing, to prefer. 
(592.) Nolo == non volo ; malo = magis volo. 



(a) INDICATIVE. 



Pres. < 



void, 
nolo, 
malo. 



nonvis. 
mavis. 



vult. 

nonvult. 

mavult. 



volumiis. 
nolumus. 
malumus. 



vultis. 
non vultis. 
mavultis. 



volunt. 
nolunt. 
malunt. 



Rem. The following tenses are regular: Tmperf., volebam, nole- 
bam, malebam; Perf, volul, nolui, malul; Fut., volam, 
nolam, malam; Fut. Perf., voluer 6, noluero, maluerd. 



(b) SUBJUNCTIVE. 


Pres. 1 


, vel- 
nol- 
mal- 


> lm. 


is. 


it. 


Inms. 


Itis. 


int. 


Imperf. 1 


vell- 
noll- 
mall- 


> em. 


es. 


et. 


emus. 


etis. 


ent. 



Rem. 1. Regular are, Perf., voluerim, noluerim, maluerim ; Pluperf, 
voluissem ; noluissem, maluissem. 

2. Imperative, noli, nolito ; nolite, nolitote, nolunto. (Imperative of 
volo and maid wanting.) 

3. Participles, vol-ens, nol-ens. 

4. Infinitives : Pres., velle, nolle, malle ; Past, voluisse, noluisse, 
maluisse. # 

EXERCISE. 

(593.) Vocabulary. 

To be empty, unoccupied, vacare 

(av-, at-), intrans. 
Neighbour, finitimus, a, urn (with 

dat.). 
Attentive, attentus, a, iim. 
Attentively, attente (adv.). 
Grant, concession, concessiis, us. 
Content, contentiis, a, urn (with 

alt). 

(594.) Examples. 

(a) If they wish anything. | Si quid velint. 
(a) The verbs velle, nolle, malle, as transitive verbs, 
govern the accusative. 



To seem, videri (pass, of viderg). 
To return, to come back, revert! 

(revers-), dep. 
Old man, senex, (sen) is (108, R. 1). 
On the Ides of April, ad Idus Apri- 

lis (the 13th of April). 
April, AprilTs, is, m. (25, a). 
Docile, docilis, e (104). 



Non vult Caesar eum locum 
vac are. 



VELLE, NOLLE, MALLE. 233 

(b) He is milling to hear. | Vult audire. 

(b) The verbs velle, nolle, malle, take the infinitive 
after them, as the complementary object (210). 

(c) Caesar is not willing that 
that country should remain 
unoccupied. 

(c) The verbs v e 1 1 e, nolle, malle, admit the accusative 
with the infinitive after them. 

[What is the rule for principal sentences in oratio obliqua ? (574, a.) 
For subordinate sentences ? (574, b).] 

(595.) Translate into English. 

Ego non eadem volo, senex (225, a) quae volui adolescens. 

— Si vis amari, ama, {imperative). — Non vult Caesar eum 
locum vacare. — Noluit Caesar eum locum, unde Helvetii 
discesserant, vacare ; ne Germani f initimi Galliae (54) essent 
(548, b). — Boni homines, miseri quam improbi esse, malunt. 

— Fere libenter homines id quod volunt, credunt. — Idem 
velle et idem nolle, ea* firma amicitia est. — Docilis est qui 
attente vult audire. — Quern docilem veils facere, simul 
attentum facias oportet (584, a, ^^)» — Nisi Caesar Romams 
(147) solus imperare voluisset (542, 6), a Bruto et Cassio non 
interfectus esset. — Ariovistus dixit se regnum malle (574, a) 
Caesaris concessu (55, a) quam iEduorum beneficio habere. — 
Malum us, cum virtute, panels (55, a) content! esse, quam 
sine virtute multa habere. — Aristides bonus esse raalebat 
quamvideri. — Habet iracundia hoc mall (186, a, R.) ; non vult 
regi. — Caesar legatis respondet (574, a) diem se ad deliberan- 
dum (489) sumpturum (esse); si quid velint (542, b, 2) ad 
Idus Aprilis revertantur (574, b). — Tam6n Caesar, iit spatium 
intercedere posset (548, a) dum milites convenirent, legatis 
respondit, diem se ad deliberandum sumpturum ; si quid v e 1 - 
lent, ad Idus Aprilis reverterentur. — Caesar ab Helvetiis dis- 
cedere nolebat. — Omnia erunt f acilia si voles (542, b). — 
Ariovistus respondet ; si quid Caesar a se v e 1 i t, ilium ad se 
venire oportere. — Ariovistus respondit, si quid Caesar a se vel- 
le t, ilium ad se venire oportere. 

* Ea is in apposition with the clause idem velle et idem nolle. 

U2 



234 



FERRE, TO BEAR, 13RING. 



LESSON XCIX. 

F e r o, Ferre, T u 1 i, Latum, to bear, bring. 

(596.) (a) PARADIGM OF IRREGULAR forms. 



INDICATIVE. 



Pres. Act. 
Pres. Pass. 



fero. j fers. 
feror. ferns. 



fert. 
fertur. 



ferimus. 
ferimur. 



fertis. 
ferimmi. 



ferunt. 
feruntur. 



INFINITIVE. 



Act. 



Pres., ferre, to bear. 
Pres., ferri, to he borne. 



Perf., tulisse, to have 

borne. 
Perf., latus ess6, to 

have been borne. 



Fut., laturus esse. 
Fut., f erendum esse. 



SUBJUNCTIVE. 



Lmperf. Act. ferr- em. es. 
Imperf. Pass, ferr- er. ens (e). 



et. 
etur. 



emus, 
emur. 



etis. 
emini. 



ent. 
entur. 



IMPERATIVE. 



Singular. 



Active. 
Passive. 



2. fer, ferto. 3. ferto. 

2. ferre, fertor. 3. fert5r. 



2. ferte, fertote. 3. f erunto. 
2. ferimini. 3. feruntor. 



(b) The remaining tenses are formed regularly from fer-, 
the present stem; tul-, the perfect stem; and lat-, the supine 
stem. 

1. From fer-, 

Imperfect active and passive, f erebam, f erebar. 
Future active and passive, feram, es; ferar, eris. 
Participle active and passive, ferens, f erendus. Gerund, 
f erendi, &c. 

2. From tul-, 

Indicative perfect, tixli ; pluperfect, tiileram ; future per- 

feet, tiilero. 
Subjunctive perfect, tulerim ; pluperfect, tiilissem. 

3. From lat-, 

Participle passive, latus : hence all the passive forms, latus 
sum, eram, ero, sim, essem, &c. ; laturus sum, sim, &c. 

(c) The compounds are inflected in the same way ; e. g., 
inferre, to bring against ; intuli, illatum ;* inf ero, infers, in- 
fert, &c. 

(d) Tollo, tollere, to raise, to take away, forms its perfect 
and supine from tiili, latum, viz., sustuli, sublatum. 



* in4-latum=illatiim, n being changed into 1 before 1. 



FERRE, TO BEAR, BRING. 



235 



EXERCISE. 



(597.) Vocabulary. 

Frequent, creber, bra, brum (77, a). 
Rumour, rumor, (rumor) is (319). 
To bring to, bring, afferre (attul-, 

allat-, ad+ferre). 
To bring iogetlier, conferre (contul-, 

collat-, con-f-ferre) ; to betake o-nes 

self, se conferre. 
Poor, helpless, inops, (inop) is (in-f- 

ops), adj., 107. 
To prefer, prasferre (tul-, lat-, proa+ 

ferre) ; governs ace. and dat. 
Mean, sordid, sordidus, a, urn. 

(598.) Examples. 

(a) It is the part, 
It is the duty, 
It is the mark, 

It is the characteristic, 
of a wise man. 

(b) The poets say. 
They say. 

Ferunt is used for they say, 
with the infinitive. 



To bring against, inferre (tul-, lat-) ; 

governs ace. and dat. 
To make war upon one, bellum ali- 

cui inferre. 
Especially, preesertim. 
Giant, gigas, (glgant) is, m. (X. on 

p. 133). 
To conspire, plot, conjurare (av-, at-). 
Impediment, impedimentum, I. 
Baggage, impedimenta, orum (pi.). 
Whatever, quicquid (n. of quisquis). 



Est sapientis (= it is of a 
wise man). 



Poetae ferunt. 

F £ r u n t. 

and foUowed by the accusative 



(599.) Translate into English. 

Eas res Caesar graviter fert. — Caesar dicit, eas res se gravi- 
ter ferrS. — Sapiens bona sua secum (125, II., b) fert. — 
Terra circa solem ita fertur ut circa earn simul luna fera- 
tur. — Crebri rtimores ad Caesarem afferebantur, omnes 
Belgas contra populum Romanuni conjurare, obsides que inter 
se dare. — Helve tii nostrorum impetus (ace. pi.) sustinere non 
possunt. — Diutius quum Helveth nostrorum impetus sustinere 
non possent (563, b) alter! se in montem receperunt, alter! ad 
impedimenta et carros se contulerunt. — Helve ti! in unum 
locum impedimenta contulerunt. — Ferte misero (54) atque 
inop! (54) auxilium. — Est sapientis (598, a) injurias aequo ani- 
mo ferre. — Est boni (598, a), miseris atque inopibus auxilium 
ferre. — Quid quaeque (178, 6) nox aut dies ferat, incertum 



236 FIERI, EDERE. 

est. — Pecuniam praeferre amicitiae sordidum est. — Amiciti- 
am praeferre pecuniae honestum est. — Ariovistus populo Ro- 
mano bellum intulit. — Caesari nunciatum est (578, c) Ariovis- 
tum populo Romano bellum intiilisse. — iEquo animo fera- 
m u s quicquid no'bis accidat. — F erenda est fortuna, prae- 
sertim quae abest a culpa. — Improbi ad voluptatem feruntur. 
— Poetae ferunt (598, &), gigantes bellum diis (62, R. 3) in- 
tiilisse. — Demetrius, quum patria pulsus esset (563, b) ad 
Ptolemaeum rigem se contiili t. — Catilinae socii arma contra 
pateiam ferebant. — Domos suas Helve til reliquerunt, ut 
toti (194, R. 1) Galliae bellum inferrent (548, a). 



LESSON C. 

Fieri, to become, to be done, to happen. — E d e r e, or 
E s s e, to eat. 

1. Fieri. 

(600.) Fieri forms the passive of facere, to matce, to do. 
The tenses are formed regularly with the endings of the 4th 
conjugation, except the infinitive and the imperfect subjunctive. 



INDICATIVE. 



Pres., fi-o, f i-s, f i-t ; &c. Imperf, fiebam, has, &c. 

Fut., flam, fles, &c. Perf, factus sum, e?, est, &c. 

Pluperf., factus eram, eras, &c. Put. Perf., factus ero, eris, &c. 



SUBJUNCTIVE. 



Pres., flam, flas, &c. Imperf., fierem, fieres, &c. 



INFINITIVE. 



Pres., fieri ; Perf., factus, a, urn, esse ; Fut., factum Iri, or futurum 
esse, or fore. 



PARTICIPLES. 



Pjes. wanting- ; Perf., factus ; Fut., f aclendus. 



Rem. Observe that in all the forms of this verb except fieri and 
fierem, res, &c, the 1 is long, contrary to the general rule that a 
vowel before another is short. 

2. Edere (esse). 
(601.) Edere (or esse), to eat, forms all the tenses regu- 
larly with the endings of the third conjugation ; but it has, in 



FIERI, EDERE. 



237 



addition, a few forms similar to those of e s s e, to be, which 
are shown in the following table : 



Indic. Pres. 1 
Subj. Imperf. 1 


edo. 

ederem 

or 
essein. 


edis 

or 
es. 
ederes 

or 
esses. 


edit 

or 
est. 
ederet 

or 
esset. 


edimus. 

ederemus 

or 
essemus. 


editis 

or 
estis. 
ederetis 

or 
essetis. 


edunt. 

ederent 

or 
essent. 


Imperative. / 


ede 
or 

es. 


edito 

or 
esto. 


Sdite 

or 
este. 


editote 

or 
estote. 


eduuto. 



Rem. E s, from esse,^ be, is short ; from esse, to eat, it is long (e s). 
EXERCISE. 



(602.) Vocabulary. 

To ivander, vagare [dep.). 
Feloness, small number, paucitas, 

(paucitat) is (293). 
To be born, nascl (nat-), dep. 
To admonish, adm5nere (ad+mo- 

nere, monu-, ruorrit-). 
Among, apud [prep., ace). 
According to, secundum {prep., ace). 
Less, minus {adv.). 

(603.) Examples. 



Sickness, regritudo, (aBgritudin) is 

(340). 
To eat up, corrode, exedere (ex-f- 

edere). 
Fate, fatiim, I. 
Perpetual, perpetuus, a, um. 
Poor, pauper, (pauppr) is (107). 
To drink, bibere (bib-, bibit-). 



Fit, ut minus late vagen- 
tur. 



(a) It happens (it is brought 
to pass) that they ivander 
less widely. 

Ut with subjunctive, expressing a consequence, frequently 
follows f i t. 

(b) He was informed (=he j Certior f actus est (may be 
was made more certain). followed by ace. with infin.). 

(c) Cicero was made consul. | Cicero consul factus est. 
The verb fieri admits a predicate-nominative after it. 

(d) Nothing could be done. \ Nihil fieri poterat. 

[Repeat the rule for the Succession of Tenses (551, 3).] 

(604.) Translate into English. 

His rebus fit, ut Helvetii minus late vagentur (603, a). — 
His rebus f i e b a t, ut Helvetii minus late vagarentur. — His 
rebus fit ut Helvetii minus facile finitimis bellum inferre pos- 
sint. — De Caesaris adventu iEdui certiores facti sunt.— Cae- 



238 



IRE, aUIRE, NEQUIKE. 



sar, litteris (55, a) Labieni certior fiebat, omnes Belgas con- 
tra populum Roman am conjurare, obsidesque inter se dare. — 
Imperator dixit, id fieri posse. — Nostrorum propter paucita- 
tem nihil fie ri poterat. — Labienus prselium commisit, ut un- 
dique uno tempore (118, II., c) in hostes impetus fie ret. — 
Nemo fit casu (55, a) bonus. — Poeta nascitur, non fit. — Si 
fato (55, a) omnia fiunt (542, b, 1), nihil nos admonere potest 
ut cautiores fiamus. — Contra vim sine vi nihil fieri potest. 
— Diligentia (55, a) omnia f i un t facilia (603, c). — Apud vete- 
res Romanos, ex agricolis interdum fiebant consiiles ; ita 
Cincinnatus consul (603, c) fact us est. — Omnia quae se- 
cundum naturam f i u n t, habenda sunt (502) in boms.* — 
Saepe qui ex pauperibus dMtes fiunt, divitiis (abl., 316, b) 
titi nesciunt. — Vivimus ut e d a m u s ; non edimns ut vi- 
vamus — Ed ere oportet ut vivamus, non vivere ut e dam us. 
— E s s e (601) oportet ut vivas, non vivere ut edas. — Perpetua 
cura animum avari exest. — Bibe, e s. — Bibite, este. — 
^gritudo animum exest. 



LESSON CI. 

I r e, to go. — Q, u i r e, to be able {can). — N e q u i r e, to 

be unable {cannot). 

(605.) E6, ire, ivi, itiim, to go, mostly follows the 4-th conju- 
gation ; but is irregular in the present tense, gerund, and su- 
pine, as appears by the following 

PARADIGM. 



TENSES. 


INDICATIVE. 


SUBJUNCTIVE. 


Pres. 

Imperf. 

Fut. 

Perf. 

Pluperf. 

Fut. Perf. 


ed, Is, it, Tmus, ltis, eunt 
Ibam, ibas, ibat, &c. 

Ib6, ibis, &c Ibunt. 

Tvi or ii, Ivisti, ivit or lit, &c. 
Iveram, Iveras, &c. 
Ivero, Iveris, &c. 


earn, eas, eat, eamtis, eatis, eant. 
Irem, ires, iret, &c. 
iturus, sim, sis, sit, &c. 
Iverim, iveris, Iverit, &c. 
Ivissem, ivisses, ivisset, &c. 


IMPER. 


INFINITIVE. 


SUPINE. 


PARTICIPLE. 


GERUND. 


I, Ito, ltd. 
It6, Itote. 

eunto. 


Pres., ire. 
Perf, ivisse or 

isse. 
Fut., ituriim 

esse. 


itiim. 
itu. 


Pres., iens (euntis). 
Fut., itiirus, a, urn. 
Verbal, eundiis, a, um. 


eundi. 
eundo, &c. 



^Habenda sunt in bonis = should be reckoned among blessings. 



IRE, aUIRE, NEdUIRE. 



239 



Rem. 1. In the same manner the compounds are formed ; e. g., exire, 
ablre, &c. ; but they generally drop the v in the perfect-stem ; thus, 
ab-ii, ab-isti, ab-iit, abisse, abissem, &c. 

2. Some of the compounds obtain a transitive force, and then take a 
passive form like other transitive verbs ; e. g., proeterire, to pass 
by ; praetereor, I am passed by, &c. 

(606.) Queo, I can, I am able ; nequeo, I cannot, I am un- 
able, are conjugated like eo, I go ; but they rarely occur except 
in the present tense. 

EXERCISE. 

(607.) Vocabulary. 

To go out, exire (ex+ire). Takes I By what route ? quo ItmerS (abl., 
abl., with or without prep. de. 



55, a). 
To perish, perire (per-fire). 
Manfully, viriliter (215, 2). 
Tell me, die (imperat. o/dicerg). 
Whether — or, utrum — an. 
Taken aicay, sublatus, a, uin [part. 

pass, of sufferre (sub+ferre)). 
Of Zurich, Tigurmus, a, um. 
To suffer, allow, pati (pass-), dep. 
To fight, decertare (av-, at-). 
To be sick, asgrotare (av-, at-). 
Light, lux, (luc) is (293). 



To return, redire (re+Ire ; d insert- 
ed for euphony). 

To undergo, subire (sub+ire) ; gov- 
erns accus. 

A return, returning, reditio, (redr 
tion) is (333, R.). 

Ready, prepared, paratus, a, um 
(part, of parare). 

To pass over, transire (trans+ire). 

Before, prae, adv. (or prep, with abl.). 

Of Cannes, Cannensis, e (104). 

Whither, qu5, adv. 

E2P 3 Recollect, they icent = iverunt or ierunt. 

he departed = a b i i t, rather than abivit; and so of 
other compounds. 
[Give the Rule for ut (purpose), 548, a). 

(608.) Translate into English. 

Helvetii de finibus suis exeunt. — Orgetorix Helve tils (dat.) 
persuadet, ut de finibus suis ex e ant. — Orgetorix Helvetiis 
persuasit, ut de finibus suis cum omnibus copiis (property) 
exire nt. — Domum (113, III., R.) redeunt. — Omnia peri- 
cula subeunt. — Helvetii, domum reditio nis spe sublata 
(456), paratiores ad omnia pericula subeunda (496) erant. 
— Caesar in Asiam transiit.— Pompeius in Asiam trans- 
it rat. — Domo (abl.) exire possunt. — Erant omnino itinera 
duo, quibus itineribus domo exire possent. — iEdui per fines 
suds Helvetios TrS patiuntur. — Pagus Tiguiinus domo exi- 



240 IRE, aUIRE, NEaUIRE. 

erat. — Hie pagus unus, quum dom5 exisset, L. Cassium, 
consulem, interfecerat, et ejus exercitum sub jugum miserat. 
— Helvetii in earn partem lbunt, ubi Caesar constituent. — 
Quo itinere (55, a) hostes ierunt ? — Eodem itinere, quo hos- 
tes ierant, Caesar ad eos contendit, equitatumque omnem 
ante se mittit. — I bam forte Via Sacra (55, a) sicut meus est 
mos. — I prae, ego sequar. — Ex pugna Cannensi admodum pauci 
E,6manl domum redierunt. — I, quo tefortuna vocet (534, d). 
— Quicquid transiit temporis (186, a, Rule) periit. — Quldam 
ferro (55, a) decertare acerrime possunt, aegrotare viriliter non 
queunt. — Sine luce colores esse nequeunt. — Pompeius 
periit. — Die utrum queas an nequeas mecum ire.— 
Risiis interdum ita repente erumpit, ut earn cupientes (442, c) 
tenere nequeamus (553, b, R.). 



§ 20. 
DEFECTIVE VERBS. 



LESSON CII. 
Aio, Inquam, Novi, Memini, Coepi, Odi. 
(609.) A i 6, I say, say yes, affirm, is used in very few tenses. 



Ind. 


Pres. 


Ltd. 


Imperf 


tinty 


. Pres. 


Part 


. Pres. 



aio. 
aiebam. 



ais. 


ait. 


-bas. 


-bat. 


aias. 


aiiit. 



-bamus. 



aiens (aientls) used only as adjec. 



batis. 



aiunt. 
bant, 
aiant. 



(610.) Inquam, I say, is used between the words of a quo- 
tation. 



Ind. Pre*. 
Ind. Imperf. 



Ind. Fut. 
Ind. Perf. 
Subj. Pres. 



inquam. mquis 



mquiam. 



inquies. 
inquistl. 



in quit. ! inquimus. 

inquiebat ii 

or 

inquibat. | 

inquiet. ' 

inquit. 

at. • II atis. 



inquiunt. 
inquiebant. 



(611.) No vi, I know ; me mini, I remember ; coepi, I 
have begun, I began; odi, I hate, are perfect forms with 
present meanings. All the tenses made on the perfect stem 
exist, regularly formed. 



INFINITIVE. 



novisse, 
to know. 



memimsse, 
to remember. 



ccepisse, odisse, 

to ha e besun. to hate. 



INDICATIVE AND SUBJUNCTIVE. 



.„ T (\, isti, it, &c. 

nov- ! - - - _ - - t * 
™«™:?.. eram, eras, erat, &c. 
niemin- ~ Z I - : ... l 

< ero, ens, ent, &c. 

caep- ~ , ' „ J - •. '« 

Arl r enni, ens, ent, &c. 



od 



^issem, isses, isset, &c. 



Ind. Pres., / know. 
Ind. Past, I remembered. 
Ind. Fut., / shall begin. 
Subj. Pres., / may know. 
Subj. Past, / might hate. 



Imperative, memento, mementote (the others wanting 



' Recollect, n 6 v 1 = / know (not / have known) ; noveram, I knew 
(not / had known), &c. ; and so of the others. But coepi, novi, &c., 
may be used as perf. pres., = / have known, I have begun, &o. 



242 



AIO, INaUAM, NOVI, ETC. 



EXERCISE. 



(612.) Vocabulary. 

To fall bach, to give way, pedem 

referre (= to draw back the foot). 
Young, raw, inexperienced, tiro, (tl- 

ron) is (107). 
Surly, feroculus, a, um. 
Lucius Varius, L. Varius, T. 
Forgetful, immemor, (immemor) is 

(107) ; governs genit. 
Calmly, quietly, tranquillit&r (tran- 

quill-ns, 215, II., a). 

(613.) Examples. 



Cruelty, soevitia, ae. 

Demonax, Demonax, (ac) is (a phi- 
losopher of Hadrian's time). 

To philosophize, philosophari (dep.). 

In no way, by no means, nullo modo 
{abl.). 

Conscious, conscius, a, iim (with dot. 
of person, gen. of thing). 

Livy, Livius, i. 






(a) He exhorts them to re- 
member. 

(b) AristideSj when ashed 
what was just, replied, 
44 Not to covet what belongs 
to others" 



Hortatiir eos ut memine- 

rint. 
Aristides interrogatus quid 
justum esset ? " Aliena," 
in quit, " non concupiscere" 
(— " Not to covet," said he, 
"what," &c). 

l^T* I n q u a m is used in quoting the very words of another 
(oratio recta), and is always placed among the words quoted 
(as "said he" in English). Ait is used generally in quoting 
the sense, not the exact words of another (oratio obliqua). 



(c) He began to build the 

city. 
The city began to be built. 



Urbem eedif icare c ce p i t. 

Urbs aedif icari coepta est. 
If a passive infinitive is used with the word begin, you 
must employ the passive form, coeptus sum, instead of c ce p i ; 
coeptiis eram, instead of eceperam, &c. 

(614.) Translate into English. 

Milites, vulneribus defessi, pedem rSferre cosperunt. — 
" Quid tu," in quit Labienus, "miles tiro {voc.) tam ferocu- 
lus es ?" Turn miles: "Non sum," in quit, "tiro, LabienS, 
sed de decima legione v&teranus."— Helvetii nostros lacessere 
cceperunt. — Hostes, qui in montem sese r&ceperant, praBlium 
redintegrare coeperunt. — Caesar dicit (574, a), id fieri possS, 
si iEdui finitimorum agros popular! ccepSrint ($74, b). — 



AIO, INaUAM, NOVI, MEMINI, ETC. 243 

Milites in miirum lapides jacere coeperunt. — Undique in 
ffiumm lapides jaci (613, c, US 5 ") ccepti sunt. — Dux milites 
hortatur ut veteris gloriae meminerint. — Legati dixerunt se 
portus (accus. pi.) insulasque n 6 v i s s e. — Multi te 6 d e r u n t, 
si te solum amas. — German! superbiam L. Varii et saevitiam 
odisse cceperant. — Omnes immemorem beneficii 6 d e - 
runt. — Tullus Hostilius, ut Livius ait, f erocior etiam Romulo 
(360, c) fuit. — Socrates interrogatus quinam homines tranquil- 
liter viverent (534, e) 1 "Qui," in quit, "nullius turpitudi- 
nis sibi conscii sunt." — Demonax interrogatus, quando cospisset 
(534, e) philosophari ? "Turn," in quit, "cum cognoscere 
meipsum (159) co3pi." — Hannibal Romanos sic ode rat, ut 
in gratiam cum illis redire nullo modo (55, a) posset (553, 5, R.). 
— Is miser est, quem omnes boni oderunt. — Novimus 
Aristidis justitiam, novimus Socratis sapientiam. — Non 
amabimus bonds mores, si non oderimus malos. 



PART III. 



SUMMARY OF ETYMOLOGY. 



X2 



SUMMARY OF ETYMOLOGY. 



§ 1. LETTERS, QUANTITY, &c. 

(615.) 1. The letters are the same as in English, with the omission of w. 

2. Six are vowels, a, e, i, o, u, y : the remaining nineteen are consonants. 

3. The consonants are divided into 

(a) Liquids, 1, m, n, r ; 

(b) Spirants, h, s, j ; 

(c) Mutes : the remaining consonants, among which there are 

(1) c-sounds, c, g (ch) ; 

(2) p-sounds, b, p (ph) ; 

(3) t-sounds, d, t (th) ; 

(4) Double consonants, x, z. 

4. The diphthongs are, an, eu, ae, oe (rare, ei, oi, ui). 

(616.) GENERAL RULES OF QUANTITY. 

(1) A vowel before another is short ; e. g., via. 

(2) A vowel before two consonants, or a double one, is long by posi- 
tion ; e. g., am a nt. 

[As a mute followed by a liquid causes some exceptions to this rule, 
we shall mark the quantity, in that case, doubtful ; thus, a gri] 

(3) All diphthongs are long ; e. g., mens ae, au-rum. 

(4) Contracted syllables are long ; e. g., cogo (ooago). 



§ 2. NOUN. 



(617.) 1. The noun is the name of any object (person or thing). Nouns 
are proper (13, a), common (13, b), or abstract (13, c). 

2. There are three genders, masculine, feminine, and neuter : two num- 
bers, singular and plural : six cases, nominative, genitive, dative, accusa- 
tive, vocative, and ablative : and Jive declensions. 

3. GENERAL RULES OF GENDER. 

Males, rivers, winds, and mountains most we find 
With months and nations Masculine declined ; 
But females, cities, countries, trees we name, 
As Feminine ; most islands, too, the same. 
Common are such as both the genders take, 
And Neuter all words undeclined we make. 
[There are many exceptions from these rules, which must be learned 
by observation.] 



First Declension. — (Genitive- ending ae.) 



(618.) 




CASE-ENDINGS. 






1 


Norn., Voc. 


Gen. Dat. 


Ace. 


A hi. 


1 Sing. 
Piur. 


a. 
ae. 


33. 

arum. 


33. 

is. 


am. 

as. 


a. 

is. 



Rem. 1. Quantity. — Final syllables all long but a, nom. and voc. ; 

am, ace. ; and um, gen. piur. 
2. Gender. — Nouns of first declension are feminine, except names of 

male beings, &c. 



Second Declension. — (Genitive-ending I.) 

(619.) Masculine nouns of second declension have nominative-ending 
us; neuter nouns, um. 

(a) CASE-ENDINGS, MASCULINES. 





Nom. 


Gen. 


Dat. 


Ace. | Voc. 


Abl. 


Sing. 
Piur. 


US. 

i. 


1. 

orum. 


6. 

Is. 


um. 

OS. 


e. 
I. 


6. 
Is. 



(b) CASE-ENDINGS, NEUTERS. 





N., A., V. 


Gen. 


Dat., Abl. 


Sing. 
Piur. 


iim. 
a. 


I. 

orum. 


6. 

Is. 



NOUN. 



249 



Rem. 1. Quantity. — Short final syllables, us, 6, um, a\ 
Long- " I, 6, I s, 6 s. 

2. Gender. — A few nouns are feminine in u s, and a few neuter (see 
62, II. 1). 

3. Stems in r. — (1) All nouns whose stems end in r, reject the ending 
us in nom. and e in voc. ; e. g., field, nom., ager (not ager-us) ; voc., 
ager (not ager-e). (2) Most which have e in nom. drop it in the 
remaining cases ; e. g. f nom., ager ; gen., agri (not ager-I). 

4. Exceptions to Case-endings. — (1) Proper names in ius, with 
filius, genius, me us, have voc. in I ; e. g., Georg-I, fil-i, ml. (2) 
Deus has voc, deus, nom. plur., dii, dat. and abl. plur., diis. (3) 
A few take um in gen. plur., instead oforum; e.g., sertertium. 



Third Declension. — {Genitive-ending is.) 



(620.) 


(a) CASE-ENDINGS, MASCULINES AND 


FEMININES. 






Nom., Voc. 


Gen. Dat. 


Ace. 


Abl. 


Sing. 
Plur. 


es. 


IS. 

um (lum). 


I. 
ibus. 


em (Im). 
es. 


6(1). 

ib\is. 





(b) 


CASE-ENDINGS, NEUTERS. 






N., A., V. 


Gen. 


Dat. 


Abl. 


Sing. 
Plur. 


a (la). 


IS. 

um (mm). 


1. 

Ibus. 


e(i). 
ibus. 



Rem. 1. Quantity. — Final syllables all short but I and 6 s. 

2. Euphonic Rales. — (a) c-sound + s = x : arc-s = arx ; 1 e g - s = lex. 
(b) t-sound before s is dropped: laud-s = laus ; mont-s = mons. 

3. Rules of Gender from the Formation of the Nominative. 

[Learn these from 355.] 

4. Peculiar Case-endings. — (1) Ace. inim: (a) commonly in 

Febris, puppis, pulvis, 
Securis, restis, turrts : 
(b) always in 

STtis, tussls, 

Vis, amussis. 

(2) Abl. in I: (a) sometimes in those which take im in ace, with 
ignis, civis : (b) always in vis ; and in neuters whose nom. ends 
in al, ar, or e. 

(3) Gen. plur. ium: (a) in all which take I in abl. sing.; {b) in 
monosyllables whose stems end in two consonants (e.g., mont-, 
mont-ium); (c) in all which insert a vowel before adding s in 
nom. (e. g., nav-i-s, nav-ium). 



250 



NOUN. 



Fourth Declension. — {Genitive-ending us.) 
(621.) Masculine nominative-ending us ; neuter nominative-ending u. 

(a) CASE-ENDINGS, MASCULINES. 



| Nom., Voc. 


Gen. 


Dat. 


Ace. 


Abl. 


Sing. 
Plur. 


us. 
us. 


us. 
uum. 


ul. 
ibus. 


um. 
us. 


u. 
ibus. 


(b) CASE-ENDINGS, NEUTERS. 


| Nom., Ace, Voc. 


Gen. 


Dat., Abl. 


Sing. 
Plur. 


u. 
ua. 


us, or u. 
uum. 


U. 

ibus. 



Rem. 1. Quantity.— V s long, except in nom. sing., and dat. and abl. 
plur. ; u and I long always. 

2. Genders. — Only the following nouns are feminine : 

Acus, maniis, tribus, 
Domus, porticus, and Idus. 

3. Peculiar Case-ending. — The following take ubus in dat. and abl. 
plur., instead of ibus : 

Arcus, acus, portiis, v6ru, 

Ficus, lacus, artus, 
Sp6cus, quercus, also pecu, 

Tribus too, and partus. 

4. D 6 mils, house, is thus declined : 





Nom., Voc. 


Gen. 


Dat. 


Ace. 


Abl. 


Sing. 
Plur. 


dom-us. 
dom-us. 


{ -US. 

{ -uum. 
( orum. 


-ul. 
-ibus. 


-um. 

( -OS. 

( -us (rarely). 


-6. 

-ibus. 



Obs. The genitive do ml is used only in the sense of at home, at my 
house. 



Fifth Declension. — {Genitive-ending ei.) 

(622.) There are but few nouns of this declension : all feminine except 
dies, day, and meridies, midday ; and even dies is feminine in singu- 
lar when it means a. fixed day. 



(623.) 




CASE-ENDINGS. 








Nom., Voc. 


Gen. 


Dat. 


Ace. 


Abl. 


Sing. 
Plur. 


es. 
es. 


erum. 


el. 
ebus. 


em. 
es. 


e. 
ebus. 



Rem. 1. Quantity. — The e in ei is long when a vowel stands before 

it, as di-e-I ; short when a consonant, as fid-e-i. 
2. The genitive, dative, and ablative plural are wanting in all nouns 

of this declension except res, dies, species. 



§3. ADJECTIVE. 



(624.) The adjective expresses a quality or property belonging to an 
object; e.g., good, small, white, &c. In Latin, adjectives are divided 
into three classes, according to their endings. 

1. class i. (us, a, um). 
(625.) These take the feminine-ending of first declension of nouns ; mas- 
culine and neuter endings of the second. 

(1.) CASE-ENDINGS. 





SINGULAR. 




PLURAL. 




Masc. 


Fern. 


Neut. 




Masc. 


Fem. 


Neut. 


N. 


US. 


a. 


um. 


N. 


1. 


3B. 


a. 


G. 


1. 


ee. 


l. 


G. 


oriim. 


arum. 


drum. 


D. 


6. 


se. 


6. 


D. 


is. 


is. 


is. 


A. 


um. 


am. 


um. 


A. 


6s. 


as. 


a. 


V. 


e. 


a. 


iim. 


V. 


i. 


ae. 


a. 


A. 


6. 


a. 


6. 


A. 


IS. 


is. 


Is. 



(2.) Stems in er. — Adjectives whose stem ends in er reject us and e 
in nom. and voc. 

(a) Most of them also drop 8 in the nom. in the other cases ; e. g. t 
beautiful, pulcher. 

Nom. Pulcher, pulchra, pulchriim. 

Gren. Pulchri, pulchrae, pulchri, &c. 

(b) But asper, lacer, liber, miser, prosper, tener, retain the e" ; e. g., 

Nom. Miser, misera, * miserum. 

Gen. Miseri, miserae, miseri, &c. 

(3.) Peculiar Case-endings. — Some adjectives, numerals, and adjec- 
tive pronouns have gen., I us, and dat, I; e.g., unus, unitis, uni. 
[They are unus, totiis, solus, nuMs, ullus, alius, alter, uter, neutSr, 
uterquej 

2, class n. {Two Endings). 
(626.) Adjectives of the second class have is in the nominative singular 
for masculine and feminine ending, and e for neuter. 

(1.) CASE-ENDINGS. 





SINGULAR. 




PLURAL. 




Masc. 


Fem. 


Neut. 




Masc. 


Fem. 


Neut. 


N.,V. 


IS. 


IS. 


e. 


N.,V. 


es. 


es. 


ia. 


G. 


IS. 


IS. 


is. 


G. 


ium. 


ium. 


ium. 


D. 


1. 


1. 


I. 


D. 


ibils. 


ibus. 


ibus. 


Ace. 


em. 


em. 


e. 


Ace. 


es. 


es. 


ia. 


Abl. 


I. 


*• 


i. 


Abl. 


ibus. 


ibus. 


ibus. 



(2.) Some adjectives of this class take er for the ending of the nom. 
sing. masc. instead of is ; e. g. t acer, acris, Mcr6. 



252 



ADJECTIVE. 



(3.) The ablative has e instead of I in juv6nis, youth; seel I lis, 
cedile. The genitive plural has um instead of lum in eel&r, 
swift. 

3. class in. (One Ending). 
(627.) (1.) Adjectives of the third class have but one ending in the nom- 
inative for all three genders ; e. g., happy, felix (m., f., n.) ; bold, 
audax (m., f., n.). Participles in ns fall under this class. 

(2.) The case-endings are those of nouns of third declension (see par- 
adigm, 108). They have abl. I generally, but e in p a u p e k, senex, 
and a few others (108, R. 1) ; neut. plur., ia; gen. plur., liim. 
Vetus has nom. plur., veter-a, gen. plur., veter-um. 



For participles, abl., e" 
" adjectives, abl 






is more common. 



4. COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES. 

(628.) Comparative-ending, i 6 r ; superlative, i s s i m u s. 

Brave, fort-is, fort-ior, fort-issimus. 

Hard, dur-iis, dur-ior, dur-issimus. 

Rem. The comparative is declined (after third declension of nouns) 
thus : 

Nom. Durior, durior, durius. 

Gen. Durior-is, durioris, durior is, &c. (See 358.) 
(629.) Adjectives whose stems end in r have rim us for superlative-end- 
ing (instead of issimus) ; e. g., 

Miser, miser-ior, miser-rim us. 

PulchSr, pulchr-i 6 r, pulcher-r i m u s. 

(630.) Several adjectives whose stem ends in 1 have limus for superla- 
tive-ending ; e. g., 

f acil-i 6 r, f acil-1 Kmus. 



Facil-is, 
They are 



Similis, dissimilis, and facilis ; 
Humilis, difficilis, and gracilis. 

5. IRREGULAR COMPARISON. 



(631.) 


Irregulars. 




Good. 


bonus. 


melior. 


optimiis. 


Bad. 


maliis. 


pejor. 


pessimiis. 


Great. 


magnus. 


major. 


maximus. 


Much. 


multus. 


C plus (n. sing.). 
( pliires, a (pi.). 


plurimus. 


Small. 


parvus. . 


minor. 


minimus. 


Old. 


s6nex. 


senior. 


(wanting,) 


Young. 


juvenis. 


junior. 


(wanting.) 


Outward. 


exterus. 


exterior. 


extremus. 


Below. 


inferus. 


inferior. 


J infimus. 
1 lmus. 


Above. 


supSrus. 


superior. 


( supremus. 
( summus. 


y Hind. 


post6rus. 


posterior. 


postremus. 



COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES. 



253 



(632.) Defectives. — [Comparative and Superlative formed from a Prepo- 
sition, Adverb, or Obsolete Word.] 



(on this side, citra.) 
(within, intra.) 

(beyond, ultra.) 

(near, prope.) 
(bad, deter.) 



nearer, citenor. 
inner, interior. 

further, ulterior. 

nearer, propior. 

worse, deterior. 
former, prior. 
swifter, ocior. 



nearest, citimus. 
inmost, intimus. 
farthest, ) , fi 
last, ) 

nearest, < 



next, 



■ proximus. 



worst, deterrimas. 
first, primus. 
swiftest, ocissimus. 



c ditior, ( ditissimiis. 

Rem. 1. Rich, dives ; richer, \ -^^ richest, \ dMtia#imGs< 

[C&sar uses the shorter form.] 

2. Compound adjectives in diciis, ficus, vol us, add entior for the 
comparative and entissimus for the superlative ; e. g., 

Benevol-us, benevol-entior, benevol-entis simus. 

3. Adjectives whose stem ends in a vowel prefix to the po^i'ive 
magis, more, for the comparative, and rnaxime, most, for the 
superlative. 



Pious, plus. 



mag^is puis, 

Y 



maxime pius. 



§ 4. NUMERALS. 



(633.) Numerals are divided into the following classes, of which the 
first three are adjectives, the fourth adverbs. 



CARDINAL. 


ORDINAL. 


DISTRIBUTIVE. 


ADVERBIAL. 


One, two, &fC. 


First, second, fyc. 


One by one, 6fC. 


Once, twice, 6fC. 


1 


Unus. 


Primus. 


Slnguli. 


Semel. 


2 


Duo. 


Secundiis. 


Binl. 


Bis. 


3 


Tres. 


Tertius. 


Terni. 


Ter. 


4 


Quattuor. 


Quartiis. 


Quaterni. 


Quater. 


5 


Quinque. 


Quintus. 


Qulm. 


Quinquiea. 


6 


"■Sex. 


Sextus. 


Seni. 


Sexies. 


7 


Septem. 


Septimus. 


Septem. 


Septies. 


8 


Octo. 


Octavus. 


Octoni. 


Octies. 


9 


Novem. 


Ndniis. 


Noveni. 


Novies. 


10 


Decern. 


Declmiis. 


Deni. 


Decies. 


11 


Undecim. 


Undecimiis. 


Undeni. 


Undecies. 


12 


Duodecim. 


Duodecimos. 


Duodenl. 


Duodecies. 


13 


Tredecim. [Im. 


Tertius- 




Terni- 




Tredecies. 


14 


Quattudrdec- 


Quartus- 




Quaterni- 




Quatuordecies. 


15 


Quindecim. 


Quintus- 




Qumi- 




Quindecies. 


16 


Sexdecim. 


Sextus- 


>decimus. 


Seni- 


>dem. 


Sedecies. 


17 


Septendecim. 


Septimus- 




Septeni- 




Decies <fe septies. 


18 


Octodecim. 


Octavus. 




Octoni- 




Duodevicies. 


19 


Novemdecim. 


Nonus- 




NovenT- 




Undevicies. 


20 


Viginti. 


Vicesimus. 


Viceni. 


Vicies. 


30 


Triginta. 


Tricesimus. 


Triceni. 


Tricies. 


40 


Quadraginta. 


Quadragesimus. 


Quadrageni. 


Quadragies. 


50 


Quinquaginta. 


Quinquagesimiis. 


Quinquagem. 


Quinquagies. 


60 


Sexaginta. 


Sexagesimus. 


Sexagem. 


Sexagies. 


70 


Septuaginta. 


S eptuage simiis . 


Septuageni. 


Septuagies. 


80 


Octoginta. 


Octogesimus. 


Octogem. 


Octogies. 


90 


Nonaginta. 


Nonagesimus. 


Nonagem. 


Nonagies. 


100 


Centum. 


Centesimus. 


Centeni. 


Centies. 


200 


Ducenti. 


Ducenteslmus. 


Ducenteni. 


Ducenties. 


300 


Trecenti. 


Trecentesimus. 


Trecentenl. 


Trecenties. 


400 


Quadringenti. 


Quadringentesimiis. 


Quadringenteni. 


Quadringenties. 


500 


Quingenti. 


Quingentesimus. 


Qumgentem. 


Qulngentles. 


600 


Sexcenti. 


Sexcentesimus. 


Sexcenteni. 


Sexcenties. 


700 


Septingenti. 


Septingentesimus. 


Septingenteni. 


Septingenties. 


800 


Octin genti. 


Octingentesimus. 


Octin genteni. 


Octingenties. 


900 


Noningenti. 


Nongentesimus. 


Nongenteni. 


Nongenties. 


1000 


Mille. 


Millesimus. 


Mllleni. 


Millies. 



For the declension of unus, duo, and tres, see 194. 

Ducenti, and all the compounds of centi, are declined like the plural 
of b o n u s. 

Millia, thousands, the plural of mille, is declined like a neuter noun 
of the third declension. 

Ordinal numbers are declined like bonus. 

Distributives, like the plural of bonus. 

All the rest are undeclinable. 

In the combination of cardinal numbers, from twenty to one hundred, 
the smaller with et, or the larger without et, precedes ; as quattuor et 
viginti, or viginti quattuor. Above one hundred the larger number 
precedes, with or without et; as centum et unus, or centum unus. 



§ 5. PRONOUN. 



(634.) The pronoun is a substitute for the noun ; e. g. f he, she. it, may 

be substitutes for man, woman, book. 

■» 

1. PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 

(635.) (a) Substantive Personal, so called because used as substantives, 
not as adjectives. 



SINGULAR. 


PLURAL. 




N. 


G. 


D. 


Ace, Abl. 




N., A. 


Gen. 


Dat., Abl. 


/. 


ego. 


mei. 


mini. 


me. 


We. 


nos. 


nostrum, or 
nostri. 


nobis. 


Thou. 


tu. 


tui. 


tibl. 


te. 


You. 


vos. 


vestrum, or 


vobis. 


Him, I 

her, it. ) 


— 


sui. 


sibl. 


se. 


Them. 


vestri. 
(same as sing.) 



(b) Adjective Personal, or Possessive (derived from the above). 



Mine. 


meus, a, urn (voc, mi). 


Ours. 


noster, nostra, nostrum 


Thine. 


tuus, a, urn. 


Yours. 


vester, vestra, vestrum 


His, hers, its. 


suus, a, urn. 


Theirs. 


suus, sua, suum. 



2. DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS. 

(636.) The demonstrative pronouns are so called because they serve to 
point out an object ; e. g., this, that, these, those, &c. 

(1.) Is, ea, id, this, that [he, she, it), often antecedent of qui. 



Nom. 


Gen. 


Dat. Ace. Abl. 


Sin-. 


is, ea, id. 


ejus. 


ei. eum, earn, id. eo, ea, eo. 


Plur. 


ii, eae, ea. 


eorum, earum. eoriim. 


lis, or eis.jeos, eas, ea. |iis, or eis. 



(2.) Idem, eadem, idem, the very same, compounded of is and dem. 
Declined like is with dem added; thus, ejus dem, eidem, 
eundem (not eumdem), &c. 

(3.) Hie, haec, hoc, this, points out an object present to the speaker, 
and is called the demonstrative of the first person. (It is also used 
for he, she, it.) 





Nom. 




Gen. 




Dat. 


Ace. 


Abl. 


Sing. 


hie, haec, 
hoc. 


hujus. 






huic. 


hunc, hanc, 
hoc. 


hoc, hac, 
hoc. 


Plur. 


hi, hae, 
haec. 


horum, 
rum. 


hanim, 


ho- 


his. 


hos, has, 
haec. 


his. 



(4.) Iste, ista, istud, this, that, points out an object present to the 
person spoken to, and is called the demonstrative of second person. 



256 PRONOUNS, RELATIVE AND INTERROGATIVE. 



Nora. 


Gen. 


Dat. 


Ace. 


Abl. 


Sing, iste, ista, 


istius. 


isti. 


istum, istam, 


isto, ista, 


1 istud. 






istud. 


isto. 


Plur. jisti, istae, 


istorum, istarum, is- 


istis. 


istos, istas, 


istis, istis, 


ista. 


torum. 




ista. 


istis. 



I3P 8 Iste is often used to express contempt. 
(5.) Ille, illa^illud, points out an object remote from the speaker 
[that, the former, opposed to hie), and is called demonstrative of 
third person. (It is often used for he, she, it.) 

^gf* Declined throughout like iste, ista, istud. 
(6.) Ipse, ipsa, ipsum, self, is added to other pronouns, me, te, se, 

&c., and expresses myself, thyself himself, &c, accordingly. 
ISP" Declined like iste, except that neuter is ipsum (not ipsiid). 

3. RELATIVE PRONOUNS. 

(637.) The relative pronoun [who., which, what) is . so called because it 
commonly refers to some other word called the antecedent. 
(1.) Qui, quae, quod, who, which, what. 



Sing. 


qui, quae, 


cujus. 


cui. 


quern, quam, 


quo, qua, 




quod. 






quod. 


quo. 


Plur. 


qui, quae, 


quorum, quarum, 


quibus. 


quos, quas, 


quibus. 




quae. 


quorum. 




quae. 





(2.) duicunque, quae cun que, quodcunque" {whoever, whichever, 
whatever), declined like qui, quae, quod, with cun que added. 

(3.) Clui'squis (whoever, whatever), used without a substantive. The 
following cases only occur, and of these only quisquis and quic- 
quid commonly. 



Sing. 
Plur. 


Nom. 

quisquis (m., f.), 

quicquid (n.). 
quiqui (m., f). 


Dat. 

quibusqui- 
bus. 


Ace. 

quemquSm (m., f.), 
quidquid (n.). 


Abl. 

quoquo, qua- 
qua, quoquo. 



4. INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS. 

(638.) The interrogative pronouns (who ? which ? what ?) are used in 
asking questions. 

(1.) Cluis, quae, quid (who? which? what?), is declined precisely 
like the relative qui, except that in nom. sing. masc. it has quis, 
and in nom. and ace. sing, neat., quid. [Qui, quae, quod, is also 
used interrogatively, as an adjective (172).] 

(2.) Gluisnam, quaenam, quidnam, is more emphatic than quis. 
(Pray, what are you doing ? quidnam agis .') It is declined like 
quis, quae, quid. 



PRONOUNS, INDEFINITE AND CORRELATIVE. 257 

5. INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. 

(639.) The indefinite pronouns denote an object in a general way, with- 
out reference to a particular individual (any one, some one, &c). 

, ' /_ ( quod dam, used as an adjective, ) 

(1.) Qui dam, quae dam. < . ,, , >a cer- 

v ' ;* ' ( quiddam, used as a bokb, ) 

ftw» (one) ; plur., some. Declined like qui ; but takes n generally 

before d instead of m ; e. g., 

Quendam, quorundam (not quemdam, quorumdam). 

(2.) Q,uivis, ) (any you please). Declined like qui. In neut., 

& u i 1 i b e t, 5 quod used as adjective, quid as substantive. 

(3.) Gtuisquam (any, any one; e.g., when it is denied that there 

are any). Neut., quicquam or quidquam. Declined otherwise 

like qui. [This pronoun is used chiefly in negative sentences.] 

. . J „ ( quodpiam, used as adj., > somebody, 

(4.) Cluispiam, quaepiam, < . , Uu , , . > 

v ' r ' quidpiam, used as subst., > some. 

tm . V,- « ,- ( all quod, as adj., ) 

(5.) Aliquis, aliqua, < „ , , > some OTie, something. 

\ all qui q, as suost., } 

tev r\ • x >. { quodque, as adj., \ , 

(6.) Gluisque, quaequ6, < . _ w * > each. 

( quidque, as subst., ) 

■Ft • * { -quodque, as «#., > 

Unusquisque, -quaeque, < #1 „ _■ > eac/t owe 

( -quidque, as subst., ) 

(stronger than quisquS). Genitive, uniuscujusque, &c, 

both unus and quis being declined. 

(7.) Ecquis ? Used interrogatively (does) ; any one, anything. 

_ •„ \ ecquod, as adj., > neut. plural, 

Ecquis, ecquse, or ecqua, < „, , . > 

< ecquid, as subst, ) ecqua. 

$3jr Ecquis expects the answer none. 

6. CORRELATIVE PRONOUNS. 

(640.) Correlative pronouns are such as answer to each other ; e. g., 
how great ? so great ; as many, so many, &c. 
(1.) The following are declined 

(a) Like adjectives of Class I. (622) : 

Tantus, so great, so much ; quantuscunquS, however great. 

Q. u a n t u s, as great ; aliquantus, somewhat great. 

(b) Like adjectives of Class II. (623) : 
Talis, such. 

Q, u alls, as, of what kind. 
Clualiscunque, of whatever kind. 

(2.) The following are indeclinable : 

Tot, so many ; aliquot, some. 

T 6 1 i d e m, just so many ; q u o t q a 6 1, however many. 

Q, u 6 1, as many. 

Y2 



§ 6. VERBS. 

(641.) The verb declares something of a person or thing: the eagle 
files ; the queen loves her daughter. 

1. CLASSES OF VERBS. 

(642.) Verbs are active, passive, or deponent. 

(1.) Active verbs express action : (a) either transitively, requiring an 
object ; e. g., the queen loves (whom ?) her daughter ; or (b) intran- 
sitively, not requiring an object ; the eagle fiies. 

(2.) Passive verbs express the receiving" or suffering of an action ; 
I am loved ; I was punished. 

Obviously intransitive verbs have no passive form. We cannot 
say, I am danced, I am slept. 

(3.) Deponent verbs have the passive form, but an active signification. 

2. PARTS OF THE VERB. 

(643.) The verb is divided into, 

(a) The indefinite verb, including certain parts which do not refer to 
a definite person or time. 

(b) The finite verb, including the parts which always do so refer. 

Indefinite Verb. 
(644.) (a) The indefinite verb includes, 

(1.) The infinitive, which expresses the action of the verb without 
relation to a definite person, and partakes also of the nature of a 
noun ; e. g., to learn ; to love is pleasant. 

(2.) The participle, which expresses the action of the verb under the 
form of an adjective ; loving, blooming. 

(3.) The gerund, which expresses the action of the verb under the 
form of the noun, in all cases but the nominative, and supplies ob- 
lique cases to the infinitive. 

(4.) The gerundive, which expresses the action of the verb as neces- 
sary or continued, under the form of an adjective, in all cases and 
genders. 

(5.) The supine, which also expresses the action of the verb in the 
form of two cases (ace. and abl.) of the noun. 

Finite Verb. 
(645.) (b) The finite verb includes those parts which express the 
(1.) Different varieties of affirmation, viz., the moods. 
(2.) Different times at which the action of the verb takes place, viz., 

the tenses. 
(3.) Different relations of the verb to persons or things, viz., the num- 
bers and persons. 



PARTS OF THE FINITE VERB. 259 

(1.) The Moods. 

(646.) The verb expresses affirmation ; the moods of the verb are used 
to vary the character of the affirmation. 

(1.) By the indicative, affirmation of a. fact is expressed ; e. g., I write, 

I did not write. 
(2.) By the subjunctive, affirmation is expressed doubtfully, contin- 
gently, or indefinitely ; e. g., I may write, if I should write, perhaps 
some [may) think. 
(3.) By the imperative, affirmation is expressed as an injunction or 
request ; e. g., write. 

(2.) The Tenses. 

(647.) Time may be past, present, or future, and the verb has therefore 
three tenses to express these. But action may be represented as going 
on or as completed, either in past, present, or future time, and therefore 
two forms are required for each, making six in all. 





Present. 


Past. 


Future. 


Action going on, 
or imperfect. 

Action completed, 
or perfect. 


/ love, or am 

loving. 
I have loved. 

(Perfect.) 


/ was loving. 

(Imperfect.) 

I had loved. 

(Pluperfect.) 


/ shall love, or be loving. 
(Future.) 

/ shall have loved,. (Fu- 
ture Perfect.) 



Rem. 1. The Latin uses its perfect form in two ways : (1) like the 
English perfect, to express action complete in present time ; e. g., 
amavl, / have loved : (2) like the English imperfect, to express ac- 
tion indefinitely in past time ; e. g., amavl, / loved. This is called 
the perfect aorist. [The latter use is by far the most common. 
This distinction should be thoroughly understood.] 

2. The subjunctive mood has no future (it uses the periphrastic 
form 661). 

3. The present, perfect, and future are called primary tenses, refer- 
ring, as they do, either to present or future time ; the imperfect, 
perfect aorist, and pluperfect are called historical tenses, referring, 
as they do, to past time. 

(3.) Numbers and Persons. 

(648.) As there may be more than one person engaged in an action, the 
verb has two numbers, singular and plural. These persons must be either 
i", thou, we, ye, or some other person or thing ; therefore the verb has 
three persons, 1st, 2d, and 3d, which are denoted in Latin by different 
endings. 

3. CONJUGATION. 

(649.) Conjugation is the inflection (21, R.) of a verb through all its 
parts. There are in Latin four conjugations of verbs, distinguished by the 
ending of the infinitive ; thus : 

1. 2. 3. 4. 

-are\ -ere\ -8r6. -Ire". 



260 



fARADIGM OF ESSE, TO BE. 



4. THE AUXILIARY OR SUBSTANTIVE VERB ESSE, to be. 

(650.) [Before proceeding to the conjugations, we must give the forms 
of esse, to be, called an auxiliary, because it is used in forming some of 
the pt.rts of the verb ; and substantive, because it is the verb expressing 
simple existence.] 



1. INDICATIVE. 


ACTION INCOMPLETE. 




Singular. 


Plural. 


Present. 


sum, 


es, 


est, 


sumus, 


estis, 


sunt, 




/ am. 


thou art. 


he is. 


we are. 


ye are. 


they are. 


Imp erf. 


eram, 


eras, 


erat, 


eram us, 


eratis, 


erant, 




I was. 


thouwasl. 


he was. 


we were. 


ye were. 


they were. 


Future. 


ero, 


eris, 


erit, 


erimus, 


eritis, 


erunt, 




I shall be. 


thou, SfC. 


he, SfC. 


we, SfC. 


ye, SfC. 


they, SfC. 


ACTION COMPLETED. 




Singular. 


Plural. 


Perfect. 


fui, 


fuisti, fait, 


fuimuSj 


faistis, 


fuerunt, 




/ have 


thou hast , he has 


• we have 


ye have 
been. 


they have 




been. 


been. 


been. 


been. 


been. 


Pluperf. 


fueram, 


fueras, 


fuerat, 


fueramus, 


fa eratis, 


fuerant, 




7" had 


thou 


he had 


we had 


ye had 
been. 


they had 




been. 


hadst,SfC. 


been. 


been. 


I een. 


Fut. Perf. 


fa ero, 


fueris, 


fuerit, 


fuerim us. 


fueritis, 


fuerint, 




/ shall 


thou 


he shall, 


we shall. 


ye shall, ' they shall, 




have been. 


shall, S^c. Sf-c. 


SfC. 


SfC. ! SfC. 


2. SUBJUNCTIVE. 


INCOMPLETE. 




Sin.ular. 


Plural. 


Present. 


sim, 


sis, 


sit, 


sim us, 


sitis, 


sint, 




I may be. 


thou, SfC. 


he, SfC. 


we, SfC. 


ye. SfC. 


they, SfC. 


Imp erf. 


essem, 


esses, 


esset, 


ess emus. 


essetis, 


ess ent, 




/ might 
be. ° 


thou, SfC. 


he, SfC. 


we, SfC. 


ye, SfC. 


they, SfC. 


COMPLETED. 




Singular. 


Plural. 


Perfect. 


fuerim, 


fueris, 


fuerit, 


fuerim as, 


fueritis, 


fuerint, 




I may 


thou, SfC. 


he, SfC. 


we, SfC. 


ye, SfC. 


they, SfC. 




have been. 












Pluperf. 


faissem, 


fuisses, 


faisset, 


fuissemus, 


fuissetis, 


fuissent, 




/ might 


thou, SfC. 


he, SfC. 


we, SfC. 


ye, SfC. 


they, SfC. 




have been. 












3. IMPERATIVE. 


Singular. 


Plural. 


2. es, estd, be thou. 


2. este, estote, be ye. 


3. estd, let him be. 


3. sunto, let them be. 


4. INFINITIVE. 


Present. 


Perfect. 


Future 


Esse, to be. 


fuisse, to have been. 


futurus, a, um, esse, to be about to be. 


5. PARTICIPLE. 


IVp ent 


Future. 


Only in compounds ; absens, absent 


Futurus, a, urn, one who vnll be. 


(from absum) ; praesens, present 




(from praesum). 


, , ■ 



PARADIGMS OF REGULAR VERBS. 261 

5. PARADIGMS OF REGULAR VERBS. 

(651.) (1.) Verb-stem. — The stem of any verb is found by striking off 
the infinitive-ending ; e. g., of am-are, mon-ere, reg-ere, and aud-ire the 
stems are am-, mon-, reg-, aud-, respectively.* 

(2.) Tense-stem. — Each tense has its own tense-stem, consisting of the 
verb-stem with or without some additions. Thus, in the first conjugation : 
Pres. tense-stem == verb-stem = am-. 
Inperf. tense-stem = verb-stem +ab = am ab-. 
Perf. tense-stem = verb-stem -f-av = amav-. 

[In the annexed paradigms the tense-stems are shown upon the left- 
hand side. Observe that the perfect tense-stem serves also for the stem 
of the pluperfect and future peifect tenses.] 

(3.) Tense-ending. — Each tense has its own endings, which, added to 
the tense-stem, give the person-forms. Thus : 

Imperfect-stem, amab- +am= amabam, 1st person. 

amab- -fas = amab as, 2d person,t &c. 
(4.) The perfect, pluperfect, and future perfect of the passive voice are 
formed by means of the past participle and forms of esse ; thus : 
amatus sum, amatus eram, amatus ero. 

[No farther explanation of the paradigm is necessary. The student 
should learn the modes of formation, and the tense-endings for each tense, 
apart from the stems am-, mon-, &c, and unite them afterward with those 
or any other stems.] 

* In reality, the crude-forms are a ma-, mone-, audi- (the three pure 
conjugations), and reg- (the consonant conjugation). But the changes of 
the crude-form in inflection form too great a difficulty for beginners ; we 
therefore present the stem as the language affords it to us, without going 
into a nicer analysis. 

t Farther, the person-ending forms part of the tense-ending. From the 
paradigm (active), it will be seen that in every tense except the perfect 
the endings are 

o, or m, s, t, mus, tis, nt. 

These endings are added to the tense-stem, either directly, as am-o, or by 
means of a connecting-vowel, as reg-i-s, or of a flexion syllable and con- 
necting-vowel, as amav-er-a-s. 



262 



PARADIGMS FOR THE FOUR CONJUGATIONS. 



PARADIGMS FOR 



ACTIVE. 



(652.) 



INDICATIVE MOOD. 



Present, I" love or am loving, thou art loving, fyc. 



am- 



aud- 



o. 
ed. 



at. 
et. 
it. 
it. 



amtis. 
emus. 
Imus. 
lmiis. 



atis. 
etis. 
Itis. 
itis. 



ant. 
ent. 
Tint. 

iunt. 



Imperfect, I was loving, advising, ruling, hearing, fyc. 



am-ab- 
mon-eb- 
reg-eb- 
aud-Ieb- 



am. 



atis. 



ant. 



Future, / shall or will love, advise, rule, hear, fyc. 



am-ab- 
mon-eb- 
reg- 
aud-I- 



1S. 

es. 



imus. 
emiis. 



itis. 
etis. 



unt. 
ent. 



Perfect, I have loved. (Perfect Aorist, I loved.) 



am-av- 
mon-u- 
(reg-s) 
rex- 
aud-iv- 



lt. 



istis. 



erunt, or 
ere. 



Pluperfect, I had loved, SfC. 



am-av- 
mon-u- 
rex- 
aud-iv- 



• eram. 



eras. 



erat. 



eratis. 



grant. 



Future Perfect, I shall have loved, fyc. 



am-av- 
mon-ii- 
rex- 
aud-iv- 



ero. 



erls. 



ent. 



erimus. 



erltis. 



(653.) 



IMPERATIVE MOOD. 



2d Singular. 



3d Singular. 



2d Plural. 



3d Plural. 



am- 
m6n- 
reg- 
aud- 



a, ato. 
e, eto. 
e, ltd. 
I, ltd. 



atd. 
eto. 
ltd. 
ltd. 



ate, atote. 
et§, etote. 
Ite, ltote. 
ite, ltote. 



anto. 
entd. 
untd. 
luntd. 



PARADIGMS FOR THE FOUR CONJUGATIONS. 263 

THE FOUR CONJUGATIONS. 



PASSIVE. 



INDICATIVE MOOD. 



Present, I am loved, SfC. 



am- 
mon- 
reg- 
aud- 



or. 
eor. 
or. 
ior. 



> ans. 
| are. 
] eris. 
[ ere. 
| eris. 
[ ere. 
i iris. 
' ire. 



atur. 
etur. 
ltur. 
Itur. 



amur. 
emur. 
imur. 
imiir. 



ammi. 
emini. 
imini. 
imini. 



antur. 
entur. 
untur. 
iuntur. 



Imperfect, / was loved, &p. 



am-ab- 
rnon-eb- 
reg-eb- 
aud-ieb- 



> ans. 
) are. 



atur. 







Future, / shall be loved, fyc. 



am-ab- 
mon-eb- 



aud-i- 



> ens. 
| ere. 
\ eris. 
I ere. 



itur. 
etur. 



imur. 
emur. 



muni, 
emini. 



untur. 
entur. 



Perfect, I have been loved, fyc. 



amatus.* 
monitus.* 
rectus.* 
audltus.* 



sum, 


es, 


est. 


sumus, 


estis, 


or 


or 


or 


or 


or 


fui. 


fuisti. 


fuit. 


fuimus. 


fuistls. 



fuerunt. 



Pluperfect, I had been loved, fyc. 



amatus/ 
monitus.* 
rectus.* 
audltus.* 



• eram.t 



erat. 



Future Perfect, .7 shall have been loved, Sp. 



amatus. 
monitus.* 
rectus.* 
auditus.* 



• 6r64 



eris. 



erit. 



6rimus. 



IMPERATIVE MOOD. 



am- 
mon- 
reg- 
aud- 



2d Singular. 



ar6, at or. 
ere, etor. 
ere, itor. 
Ire, Itor. 



3d Singular. 


2d Plural. 


3d Plural. 


ator. 


amini, aminor. 


antor. 


©tor. 


emini, 6minor. 


en tor. 


itor. 


imini, iminor. 


untor. 


itor. 


imini, iminor. 


runtor. 



* The participle must be inflected in gender and number to agree with 
the subject, 
t Sometimes fueram, fueras, &c. 
X Sometimes fuero, fueris, &c. 



264 



PARADIGMS FOR THE FOUR CONJUGATIONS. 



(654.) 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 



Present, / may love, 6(C. 



am- 
mon-e- 



aud-i- 



em. 
► am. 



es. 
as. 



et. 

at. 



emus, 
amiis. 



etis. 
atis. 



ent. 
ant. 



Imperfect, I might love, fyc. 



am-ar- 
mon-er- 
reg-er- 
aud-ir- 



Perfect, I may have loved, fyc. 



am-av- 
mon-u- 
rex- 
aud-Jv- 



erimiis. Sritis. 



Pluperfect, I might have loved, fyc. 



am-av- 
mon-u- 
rex- 
aud-iv- 



Isset. 



(655.) 



INFINITIVE. 



Present [to love or be loving, fyc.]. 



am-are, 



mon-ere, 



r6g--6re, 



aud-ire. 



Perfect [to have loved, fyc.]. 



monu-isse, 



rex-isse, 



audiv-issg. 



Future [to be about to love, fyc.]. 



amaturus essS, moniturus esse, recturus esse, audlturus esse. 



(656.) 



PARTICIPLES. 



Present [loving, advising, ruling, hearing]. 



am-ans, 



aud-iens. 



Perfect [having loved, advised, ruled, heard]. 



Wanting : supplied by abl. absol., or by quum with subj. 



Future [about to love, advise, rule, hear]. 



amaturus, 



moniturus, 



recturus, 



aud'turas. 



(657.) 



GERUND AND 



Gerunds : amandi, 



m6nendf, 



regendl, audiendl. 



(658.) 



Supine in um : amatum, 
" u : amatu, 



momtum, 
monitu, 



3. 
rectum, 
rectu, 



audltum. 
auditu. 



PARADIGMS FOR THE FOUR CONJUGATIONS. 



265 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 



Present, I may be loved, fyc. 



reg- 
aud-i- 



n 



ens. 
ere. 



, ans. 
1 are. 



etur. 
atur. 



aminl. 



entur. 
antur. 



Imperfect, I might be loved, fyc. 



am-ar- 
mon-er- 
reg-er- 
aud-ir- 



( enj 
\ ere 



ens. 
ere. 



etur. 



entnir. 



Perfect, I may 1 



i been loved, fyc. 



amatus. 
monitus. 
rectus, 
audltus. 



sit. 



SltlS. 



sink 



Pluperfect, I might have been loved, fyc. 



amatus. 
monitus. 
rectus, 
audltus. 



essern.t 



esset. 



essetis. 



essent. 



infinitive. 



Present [to be (being) loved, <^c.] 



mon-eri, 



3. 

reg-i, 



aud-irl. 



Perfect [to have been loved, fyc.]. 



amatus esse, monitus essS, rectus esse, 



audltus esse. 



Future [to be about to be loved, fyc] 



l. 

amatum in, 



monitum in, 



rectum iri, 



auditum iri. 



participles 



Present and Perfect [loved, being loved, having been loved, fyc.]. 



amatus, 



mSnitus, 



3. 

rectus, 



auditus. 



gerundive. 



Gerundive : amandus, mftnendus, rggendus, audiendus. 



* Sometimes fuerim. 



t Sometimes fuissem. 



266 



VERBS IN 10 AND DEPONENTS. 



6. VERBS IN 10 OF THE THIRD CONJUGATION. 

(659.) Some verbs of the third conjugation assume i before the person- 
ending - in some of the tenses, as shown in the following paradigm of c&p- 
ere. to take. 



INDICATIVE. 



Pres. 

Imp erf. 
Fut. 



cap- 
cap -i-eb- 
cap-i- 



l-o. 

am. 
am. 



is. 
as. 



imus. itis. 
amus. atls. 
emiis. etis. 



l-unt. 

ant. 

ent. 



SUBJUNCTIVE. 



Pres. I cap-i- | am. | as. [ at. j amus. | atis. 



INDICATIVE. 



Pres. 


cap- 


i-6r. 


eris. 


itur. 


imilr. 


imini. 


I-untur. 


Imp erf. 


cap-i-eb- 


ar. 


aris. . 


atur. 


amur. 


amini. 


antur. 


Fut. 


cap-i- 


ar. 


ens. 


etiir. 


emur. 


emini. 


entur. 



SUBJUNCTIVE. 



Pres. I cap-i- | ar. | aris. | atiir. j amur. | amini. | antur. 



IMPERATIVE. 



3d Plur. Active, cap-i-unto. 



3d Plur. Pass., cap-i-untor. 



PARTICIPLES. 



Pres. Active, cap-I-ens. 



Fut. Pass., cap-i-endus. 



Gerund, cap-i-end-i, 6, &c. 



7. DEPONENT VERBS. 

(660.) (1.) Deponent verbs have the 'passive form with active significa- 
tion. As the endings are the same as those of the passives (Paradigm, 
p. 263, 265), we need not repeat them. ■ 

(2.) But deponents have three active participles, while other verbs have 
but two : thus, 

Pres., exhorting, Perf., having exhorted, Fut., about to exhort, 
hort-ans. hort-atus. hortat-urus. 

(3.) Also, all transitive deponents have the verbal adjective in das; 
e.g., hortandiis, one that should be exhorted: intransitive deponents 
have it only in the neuter ; e. g., moriendum est, one must die. 



8. PERIPHRASTIC CONJUGATION. 

(661.) By means of the tenses of esse, combined with the future parti- 
ciple in ru s, and the verbal in du s, the periphrastic conjugation is form- 
ed ; e. g.. a m a t u r u s sum,/ am about to love, I intend to love ; am an- 
d u s sum, I am to be loved, I must be loved, one must love me ; and so 
through all the tenses and persons. The deponent verbs employ this per- 
iphrastic conjugation also. 



FORMATION OF PERFECT-STEM. 



2G7 



1. WITH PARTICIPLE IN 1*US. 



INDICATIVE. 


j SUBJUNCTIVE. 


f sum, es, est, &c. 
a _._ „ 1 eram, eras, &c. 

a, um, fueram, fueras, &c. 
I^ero, eris, &c. 


f sim, sis, sit, &c. 
amaturus, J essem, esses, &c. 
a, um, | fuerim. 
(^ miss em. 


INFINITIVE. 


Pres., amaturus esse, to be about (or intending) to love. 
Perf., amaturus fuisse, to have been about to love. 
Fut., amaturus fore, to intend to love hereafter. 



2. WITH VERBAL IN duS. 



INDICATIVE. 


SUBJUNCTIVE. 


( sum. 
eram. 
amandus, a, um, \ fui, 

fueram. 
t ero. 


Tstm. 

1 essem 
amandus, a, um, -j fuerfm 

i^fuissem. 


INFINITIVE. 


Pres., amandus, a, um, esse, ought to be loved. 

Perf., amandus, a, um, esse, ought to have been loved. 

Fut., amandus, a, um, fore, ought to be loved hereafter. 



9. ON THE FORMATION OF THE PERFECT-STEM. 

(662.) In the paradigms, the perfect-stems are formed by adding- to the 
verb-stem in the 1st conj. av- (am-av-) ; in the 2d, u (mon-u-) ; in the 3d, 
s (reg-s); in the 4th, iv- (aud-iv-). But, although most Latin verbs 
form the perf.-stem thus, many use different endings, which are exhibited 
in the following classification : 

I. FIRST CONJUGATION. 

(663.) Four ways of forming the perfect-stem : 

I. By adding av to the verb-stem ; am-are— am-av-I. 

II. " ii " crep-are — crep-u-I. 

III. By reduplicating the first consonant : d-are — ded-i. 

IV. By lengthening the stem-vowel : juv-are— juv-I. 



II. SECOND CONJUGATION. 



Five ways : 
I. By adding u to the verb-stem : 
II. " ev 

III. " s 

IV. By reduplication : 

V. By lengthening the stem-vowel : 



mon-ere" — mon-u-T. 
del- ere — del-ev-I. 
alg-ere — al(g)-s-i. 
mord-ere — mo-mord-I. 
cav-er6 — cav-I. 



268 FORMATION OF rERFECT-STEM. 

III. THIRD CONJUGATION. 

Six ways : 

I. By adding s to the verb-stem : scrib-ere — scrlp-s-I. 
II. " u " al-ere — al-u-i. 

III. " v or iv " cern-ere — crev-i. 

arcess-ere — arcess-iv-i. 

IV. By reduplication : curr-ere— cu-curr-I. 
V. By lengthening the stem-vowel: em-ere — em-i. 

VI. By presenting the simple verb-stem : acu-ere — acu-i. 

IV. FOURTH CONJUGATION. 

ITive ways : 

I. By adding Iv to the verb-stem : aud-ire, aud-Iv-L 

II. " u " aper-Ire, apgr-u-I. 

III. " s " fulc-ire, ful(c)-s-i. 

IV. By lengthening the stem-vowel : ven-ire, ven-I. 
V. By presenting the simple verb-stem : comper-ire, comper-I. 

fin the following lists, the verbs are arranged according to the above 
classification, and the supines also given. When any peculiarity exists 
in the compounds, it is stated. Of Class I. (which embraces most of the 
rules in the language), only one example is given in each conjugation, as 
the student is familiar with its form ; but under the remaining heads all 
the verbs in common use are mentioned.] 

10. LIST OF VERBS. 

(664.) FIRST CONJUGATION. 

I. Perfect-stem adds av to the Verb-stem. 

To love, am-6, am-are, am-av-i, am-a-tum. 

II. Perfect-stem adds u to the Verb-stem. 

To creak, crep-o, crep-are, crep-ii-i, crep-i-tiim. 

Lie down, cub-o, cub-are, cub-u-i, cub-i-tum. 

So the compounds ; e. g., acciibo, accubarS, accubui, accubitum. 
Some compounds, however, which take m before b, follow the 3d 
conj. ; e. g., accumbo, accumbere, accubui, accubitum. 



To tame, 


dom-o, 


dom-are, 


dom-u-I, 


dom-i-tiim. 


To rub, 


fric-o, 


fric-are, 


fric-u-i, 


( fric-t-um an 
\ fric-a-tum. 


To glitter, 


mic-o, 


mic-ar8, 


mic-u-I. 




To gush forth, 


emic-o, 


emic-are, 


emic-u-i, 


emic-a-tum. 


Tofold, 


plic-o, 


plic-ar6, 


plic-u-i, 


plic-i-tum. 



Plic-6 is used only in composition : supplied, duplicd, multiplied, have 
avi, atum ; explicd, to explain, avi, atum ; to unfold, ui, ltum. 
To cut, s8c-o, sSc-are, sec-ii-i, sec-t-iim. 

To sound, son-o, son-ar§, son-u-i, son-i-tum. 

To thunder, ton-o, ton-are, ton-u-i, ton-i-tum. 

Toforbid, v6t-o, v6t-ar6, v^t-ti-T, v6t-i-tum. 



LIST OF VERBS, SECOND CONJUGATION. 269 

III. Perfect-stem reduplicates the first Consonant with e. 
To give, d-o, d-are, ded-I, da-turn. 

So, also, those compounds of which the first part is a word of two syl- 
lables ; e.g., eircuradd, circumdare, circumdedi, circumdatum, to sur- 
round; but the compounds with monosyllables follow the 3d conj. ; 
e. g., addo, addere, addidi, additum, to add. 
To stand, st-o, st-are, stet-I, st-a-tum. 

The compounds have in the perfect steti when the first part is a 
dissyllable; e. g., circunistd, circumsteti ; but stiti when it is a 
monosyllable ; e. g., adsto, adstitl. 

IV. Perfect-stem lengthens the Stern-vowel. 
To assist, juv-o, juv-are, juv-i, ju-tum. 

i-tum. 
To wash, lav-o, lav-are, lav-i, 4 lau-tum. 



( lava- tun 
s lau-tum. 
( lo-tum. 



(665.) SECOND CONJUGATION. 

I. Perfect-stem adds u to the Verb-stem. 
To admonish, mon-eo, mon-ere, mon-ii-i, mon-i-tum. 

II. Perfect-stem adds ev to the Verb-stem. 

To blot out, del-eo, del-ere, del-ev-i, del-e-tum. 

To weep, fl-eo, fl-ere, fl-ev-I, fl-e-tum. 

To spin, n-eo, n-ere, n-ev-I, n-e-tum. 

To Jill up, compl-eo, compl-ere, compl-ev-i, compl-e-tum. 

To abolish, abol-eo, abol-ere, abol-ev-i, abol-i-tum. 

The primitives oleo and pleo are obsolete : like compleo are con- 
jugated impleo, expleo ; like aboleo, adoleo, and exoleo. 

III. Perfect-stem adds s to the Verb-stem. 

Euphonic Rules. 

1. A t-sound before s is dropped; e. g., ar(d)-si = ars-i. 

2. A c-somid -f- s = x; e. g., aug-si = aux-I. 

3. But a c-sound after 1 or r, before s, is dropped; e. g., ful(g-)-si = 
fuls-I. 



To shiver \ 
with cold, $ 


alg-eo, 


alg-ere, 


C al-s-I 
I (alg-s-i). 




To burn. 


ard-eo, 


ard-ere, 


( ar-s-I 
I (ard-s-i). 


> ars-um. 


To increase, 


aug-eo, 


aug-erfi, 


( aux-I 
I (ang-s-i). 


> auc-tum. 


To be bright, 


fulgr-eo, 


fulcr-erg, 

Z2 


C ful-s-I 
I (mlg-s-i). 





270 



LIST OF VERBS, SECOND CONJUGATION. 



To stick, 



haer-eo, 



haer-ere, 



hae-s-I 

(haer-s-I). 



hae-sum. 



To indulge, indulg-eo, indulg-ere, ! ,. , , ., >indul-tum. 



To command, jub-eo, 
To remain, man-eo, 



To assuage, 

To milk, 
To laugh, 
To advise, 

To wipe, 

To swell, 

To twist, 

To press, 
To shine, 
To mourn, 



mulc-eo, 

mulg-eo, 

rid-eo, 

suad-eo, 

terg-eo, 

turg-eo, 

torqu-eo, 

urg-eo, 
luc-eo, 
lug-eo, 



jiib-ere, 
man- ere, 

mulc-ere, 

mulg-ere, 
rid- ere, 
suad-ere, 

terg-erS, 

turg-ere, 

torqu-ere, 

urg-er8, 
luc-ere, 
lug-ere, 



jus-s-i ( jub-s-i), jus-sum. 

man-s-i, man-siim 

mul-s-i 

(mulc-s-i), 

mul-s-i ) 

(mulg-s-i), > 

rl-s-i (rld-s-T), rl-siim. 

sua-s-I 



ter-sum. 



inul-sum. 
mulc-tum. 



(suad-s-I), 

ter-s-i 

(terg-s-I), 

tur-s-I 

(turg-s-i). 

tor-s-i 

(torqu-s-i), 

ur-s-I (urg-s-I). 

lux-i (luc-s-I). 

lux-I (lug-s-l). 



tor-turn. 



IV. Perfect-stem reduplicates first Consonant and Vowel. 



To bite, mord-eo, mord-ere, momord-i, 

To hang, pend-eo, pend-ere, pepend-i, 

To betroth, spond-eo, spond-ere, spopond-I, 

To shear, tond-eo, tond-ere, totond-i, 



mor-sum. 
pen-siim. 
spon-sum. 
ton-sum. 



The compounds of these verbs drop the reduplication ; e. g., re-spondi 
(not re-spopondi). 

V. Perfect-stem lengthens the Stem-vowel. 



To take care, 


cav-eo, 


cav-ere, 


cav-I, 


cau-tiim. 


To favour, 


fav-eo, 


fav-ere, 


fav-i, 


fau-tiim. 


To cherish, 


fov-eo, 


fov-ere, 


fov-i, 


fo-tum. 


To move, 


mov-eo, 


mov-ere, 


mov-T, 


mo-tum. 


To dread, 


pav-eo, 


pav-ere, 


pav-L 




To sit, 


sed-eo, 


sed-ere, 


sed-i, 


ses-sum. 



In the same manner are conjugated the compounds with dissyllables ; 
e. g., circumsedeo, circumsedere, circumsedi, circumsessum, to sit 
around ; but those with monosyllables change e of the stem into 1; 
e. g., assideo, assidere, assedi, assessum, to sit by. 



To see, 


vid-eo, 


vid-ere, 


vid-i, 


vi-gum. 


To vow, 


v&v-eo, 


v6v-er6, 


VOV-1, 


vo-tiim. 



LIST OF VERBS, THIRD COXJCGATIOX. 



271 



666.) THIRD CONJUGATION. 

I. Perfect-stem adds s to the Verb-stem. 
Euphonic Rules. 

1. b before s = p ; e. g., scrib-si = scrip-sT. 

2. c-sound +s = x ; e. g., cing-si == cinx-L 

[c, g, h, qu, are regarded as c-sounds.] 

3. t-sound (d or t) before s is dropped ; e. g., claud-s-i = claus-i. 

4. m before s is either changed into s, or p is interposed (prem-s-I = 
pres-sl ; corn-s-I = corap-s-i). 



To write, 



scrib-o, 



scrib-ere, 



> scrip -turn. 



To bind, 


cing-o, 


cing-ere, 


To carry, 


veh-o, 


veh-ere, 


To cook, 


coqu-o, 


coqu-ere ; 



To shut, 



claud-o, 



claud-ere, 



i scnp-s-i 

I (scrib-s-i), ) ~ 

cinxi (cing-s-i), cine-turn. 

vexi (veh-s-i), vec-tum. 

coxl (coqu-s-I), coc-tuin. 

clau-s-I > . 

, , , _ N > clau-suin. 

(claud-s-i), 5 

An in the compounds is changed into u ; e. g., incliido, includere, in- 
cliisi, inclusum, to shut in. 

To give way, ced-o, ced-ere, cessi (ced-s-I), ces-sum. 

m „ I ( spar-s-I } 

To scatter, sparg-o, sparsr-ere, { , .. > spar-sum. 

a £ (sparg-s-i), ) 

In the compounds a is changed into e; e.g., aspergo, asperggrfe, 
asper-s-I, aspersum, to besprinkle. 
To adorn, com-o, com-ere, com-ps-i, com-p-tum. 

To press, preni-o, prem-ere, < , _. >pres-sum. 

In the compounds e is changed into i ; e. g., comprimo, comprimSrS, 
compress!, compressum, to press together. 
To carry, ger-o, ger-ere, gess-I (ger-s-I), ges-tum. 

II. Perfect-stem adds u to the Verb-stem. 

(a) Without change of Verb-stem. 



To nourish, 


al-o, 


al-ere, 


al-u-i, 


al-i-tum. 


To till, 


col-o, 


col-ere, 


col-u-i, 


cul-tum. 


To ask advice, 


consul-o, 


consul-ere, 


consul-u-I, 


consul-turn. 


To knead, 


deps-o, 


deps-ere, 


deps-u-i, 


deps-tum. 


To murmur, 


freni-o, 


frein-ere, 


frem-u-I, 


frem-i-tum. 


To groan, 


gem-o, 


gem-ere, 


gem-u-I, 


geru-i-tum. 


To giind, 


mol-o, 


mol-ere, 


mol-u-T, 


mol-i-tum. 


To co)iccal, 


occul-o, 


occul-ere, 


occul-u-i, 


occul-tum. 


To grind, 


pins-o, 


pins -ere, 


pins-u-I, 


pins-i-tum* 


To snatch, 


rap-io, 


rap -ere, 


rap-u-I, 


rap-tum. 


To join to- ) 
gether, J 


sgr-o, 


ser-ere, 


ser-u-I, 


Ber-tum. 



272 



LIST OF VERBS, THIRD CONJUGATION. 



To weave, 


tex-o, 


To tremble, 


trem-o, 


To vomit, 


vom-o, 


To beget, 


gign-o, 


To reap, 


met-o, 


To place, 


pon-o, 



To separate, 



larate, > 
perceive, ) 



tex-ere, 

trem-ere, 

vom-ere, 

(&) With change of Verb-stem, 
gign-ere, 
met-ere, 
pon-ere, 
[For compounds of cumbere, see 664, II.] 

III. Perfect-stem adds v or Iv to the Verb-stem, 
(a) Adds v, and lengthens Stem- vowel if short. 

cre-v-T, ere -turn. 



tex-u-I, 


tex-tum. 


trem-u-I. 




vom-u-I, 


vom-i-tum. 


rb-stem. 




gen-u-i, 


gen-i-tiim. 


mess-u-i, 


mes-sum. 


pos-u-i, 


pos-i-tum. 



cern-o, cern-ere, 

The perfect and supine of cerno are found only in the compounds ; 
e. g., decerno, decernere, decrevi, decretiim, to decree. 
To grow, cresc-o, cresc-ere, cre-v-i, cre-tum. 

To smear, lin-o, lin-ere, le-v-i, or li-v-i, li-tum. 

To know, nosc-o, nosc-ere, no-v-i, no-tum. 

So, also, the compounds inter, ig, per, prae-nosco, have ovi, otiim ; but 
cog, ag, praecog, recog-nosco, have ovi, itum ; e. g., agnosco, agnosc- 
ere, agnovi, agnitum, to perceive. 
To feed, pasc-o, pasc-ere, pa-v-i, pas-tum. 

To rest, quiesc-o, quiesc-ere, quie-v-T, quie-tum. 

To decide, scisc-o, scisc-ere, sci-v-i, sci-tum. 

To sow, ser-o, ser-ere, se-v-i, sa-tuin. 

The compounds have the supine in itum ; e. g., consero, conserere, 
consevi, consitum, to plant. 



To allow, 


sin-o, 




sin-ere, 


Sl-V-1, 


si-turn. 


To despise, 


spern-o, 




spern-ere, 


spre-v-i, 


spre-tum. 


To strew, 


stern-o, 




stem-ere, 


stra-v-i, 


stra-tum. 


To become 


) 










accustom- 


> suesc-o, 




suesc-ere, 


sue-v-i, 


sue-tiim. 


ed, : 


> 














(P) 


Perfect-stem adds iv. 




To summon, 


arcess-o, 




arcessere, 


arcess-iv-I, 


arcess-I-tum. 



In the same manner, capesso, facesso, incesso, lacesso. 

To seek, 1 
strive of- > pet-o, pet-ere, pet-iv-i, pet-i-tum. 

ter, ) 

To seek, quaer-o, quoer-ere, quaes-iv-i, quaes-i-tum. 

The compounds change 89 of the stem into I ; e. g., conquiro, con* 
qulrere, conquisivi, conquisitum, to examine. 



To rub, 



ter-o, 



ter-er^, 



( tr-iv-I 
I (forte 



ter-Iv-I), 



> tri-tQm. 



LIST OF VERBS, THIRD CONJUGATION. 273 

IV. Perfect-stem reduplicates the first Consonant. 

Some of these present vowel-changes, which must be carefully observed. 
(a) When the first vowel is i, o, u, the first consonant is reduplicated with 
that vowel ; (b) in other verbs with e ; (c) the compounds of dare, to give, 
with i. 

(a) First Vowel i, o, or u. 
To run, curr-o, curr-ere, cu-curr-i, cur-sum. 

Most of the compounds have the perfect both with and without the 
reduplication ; e. g., accurro, accurrere, accurri and accucurri, ac- 
cursuni, to run to. 

To learn, disc-o, disc-ere, di-dic I. 

The compounds also reduplicate ; e. g. } perdiscd, perdidicl, to learn 

thoroughly. 

To weigh, pend-o, pend-ere, pe-pend-1, pen-sum. 

The compounds do not reduplicate ; e. g., appends, appenderS, ap- 
pendl, appensum, to hang to. 

To demand, posc-o, posc-ere, po-posc-I. 

The compounds reduplicate ; e. g., reposcerS, repoposci, to demand 
back again. 

To prick, pung-o, pung-ere, pu-piig-i, punc-tum. 

Compounds have perf. p u n x I. 
To beat, tund-o, tund-er&, tu-tiid-I, tun-sum. 

Compounds have supine tusum; e. g., contunderS, contusum, to 
crush. 

(&) Other Verbs reduplicate with e. 

To fall, cad-o, cad-ere, cS-cid-I, ca-sum. 

To cut, eaed-o, csed-ere, ce-cid-I, cae-sum. 

The compounds have cldl, cisum ; e. g., occldere, occidi, occlsum, to 
kill. 
To sin ", can-o, can-ere, ce-cmi, can-turn. 

The compounds have cinul ; e. g., succlnere, succmul, to sing to. 

To cheat, fall-o, fall-ere, f e-fell-i, fal-siim. 

To bargain, pang-o, pang-erS, pe-pig-I, pac-tum. 

The compounds have pingo, pegi, pactum ; e. g. : compingSrS, compegl, 
comp actum, to fasten together. 



To spare, parc-o, 


parc-ere, 


pe-perc-i, 


par-sum. 


To bring forth, par-io, 


par-ere, 


pe-p6r-I, 


par-turn. 


To drive, pell-o, 


pell-erS, 


pe-pul-T, 


pul-siim. 


To touch, tang-o, 


tang-erg, 


tg-tig-i, 


tac-tum. 



274 



LIST OP VERBS, THIRD CONJUGATION. 



The compounds h 


ave 


tingo, tingere, 


tigi, tactiim; 


e. g., attingerS, 


attigi, 


attactiim, 


to reach. 








(c) Cc 


mpounds of dare, reduplicate with i. 




To hide, 


ab-do, 




abd-ere, 


ab-did-I, 


ab-di-tum. 


To add, 


ad-do, 




add-ere, 


ad-did-i, 


ad-di-tura. 


To lay up, 


con-do, 




con-d-ere 


con-did-I, 


con-di-tum. 


To believe, 


ere -do, 




cred-ere, 


cre-did-I, 


cre-dl-tum. 


To surrender 


■*, de-do, 




ded-ere, 


de-did-i, 


de-di-tum. 


To publish, 


e-do, 




ed-ere, 


e-did-i, 


e-dT-tum. 


To put in, 


in-do, 




ind-ere, 


in-did-i, 


in-di-tum. 


To oppose, 


ob-do, 




obd-ere, 


ob-did-T, 


ob-dl-tum. 


To destroy, 


per-do, 




perd-ere, 


per-did-i", 


per-di-tum. 


To betray, 


pro-do, 




prod-ere, 


pro-did-i, 


pro-di-tum. 


To restore, 


red-do, 




redd-ere, 


red-did-i", 


red-di-tum. 


To deliver, 


tra-do, 




trad-er6, 


tra-did-i, 


tra-di-tum. 


To sell, 


ven-do, 




vend-ere, 


ven-did-I, 


ven-di-tum. 



To dig, 


fod-io, 


fod-ere, 


fod-i, 


To fly, 


filg-io, 


fug-ere, 


fug-I, 


To pour, 


fund-o, 


fund-ere, 


fud-i, 


To read, 


leg-o, 


leg-ere, 


leg-i, 



V. Perfect-stem lengthens the Stem-vowel of the Verb, 
(a) Without Vowel-changes. 
To take, em-o, em-ere, em-i, em-tum. 

Compounds, coemo, adimo, eximd. 

fos-sum. 
fu-g-i-tum. 
fu-sum. 
lec-tiim. 

The compounds with per, prse, re, and sub retain e ; e. g., perleggre, 
perlegi, perlectum, to read through ; but those with col, de, e, se, 
change e into I ; e. g., colligere, collegi, collectum, to collect : three, 
diligo, I love; intelligo, / understand; negligo, I neglect, have 
exi, ectum ; e. g., diligere, dllexi, dilectum. 

To leave, linqu-o, linqu-ere, 

To burst, rump-o, rump -erg, 

To conquer, vinc-o, vinc-ere, 

(b) With Vowel-change. 
To drive, ag-o, ag-erS, eg-i, ac-tum. 

Three of the compounds retain a, circumago, perago, satago : two un- 
dergo contraction, cogo (con + ago), dego (de + ago) : compounds 
with ab, amb, ad, ex, prod, sub, change a into i ; e. g., abigere, 
abegi, abactum, to drive away. 

To take, cap-io, cap-ere, cep-i, cap-tiim. 

All the compounds change a into i, and have supine ceptum; e. g n 
accipiere, accepi, acceptum, to receive. 



liqu-I, 


lic-tum. 


rup-i", 


rup-tum. 


V1C-1, 


vic-tum. 



LIST. OF VERBS, THIRD CONJUGATION. 



275 



To make, 
To do, 



fac-io, 



fac-ere, 



fec-i 



fac-tum. 



1. Compounds with verbs retain a ; e. g., labef acere, labef eci, labe- 
factum, to weaken. 

2. Compounds with prepositions change a into l ; e. g., afficere, aff eel, 
affectum, to affect. 

To break, frang-o, frang-ere, freg-I, frac-tum. 

Compounds change a into i; e. g., refringere, refregi, refractum, to 
break open. 
To cast, jac-io, jac-ere, j^c-T, jac-tum. 

Compounds ab, ad, de, e, in, ob, re, trans, all change a into I ; e. g. t 
abjicere, abjeci, abjectum, to tlirow away. 

VI. The Perfect-stem presents the simple Verb-stem, 
(a) Stems ending in u or v. 



To refuse, 


abnu-o, 


abnu-ere, 


abnu-i. 




To sharpen, 


acu-o, 


acu-ere, 


acu-i, 


acu-tum. 


To show, 


argu-o, 


argii-ere, 


argu-i, 


argu-tum. 


To agree, 


congru-o, 


congru-ere, 


congru-I. 




To put off, 


exu-o, 


exu-ere, 


exu-i, 


exu-tum. 


To put on, 


indu-o, 


indu-ere, 


indu-i, 


indu-tum. 


To imbue, 


imbu-o, 


imbu-ere, 


imbu-i, 


imbu-tum. 


To pay, 


lu-o, 


lu-ere, 


lu-i. 


lu-tum. 


To fear, 


metu-o, 


metu-ere, 


metu-i. 




To lessen, 


minu-o, 


minu-ere, 


minu-I, 


minu-tum. 


To rush, 


ru-o, 


ru-ere, 


ru-i, 


ru-tiim. 


To loose, 


solv-o, 


solv-6re, 


solv-i, 


solu-tum. 


To spit, 


spu-o, 


spu-ere, 


spu-T, 


spu-tum. 


To place, 


statu- o, 


statu-ere, 


statu-i, 


statu-tum. 


To sneeze, 


sternu-o, 


sternu-ere, 


sternu-I, 


sternu-tiim. 


To sew, 


su-o, 


su-ere, 


su-i, 


su-tum. 


To give, 


tribu-o, 


tribu-ere, 


tribu-i, 


trlbu-tum. 


To roll, 


volv-o, 


volv-ere. 


volv-i, 


volu-tum. 






(&) Consonant-stems. 




To weigh, 


append-o 


, append-ere, 


append-I, 


app en-sum. 


So, also, 


the other compounds of pendo. 




To attend, 


attend-o, 


attend-ere, 


attend-i, 


atten-sum. 


So, also, 


the other compounds of tendo 






To drink, 


bib-o, 


bib-ere, 


bib-I, 


bmi-tum. 


To forge, 


cud-o, 


cud-ere, 


ciid-i, 


cu-sum. 


To eat, 


ed-o, 


ed-ere, 


ed-i, 


e-sum. 


To lick, 


lamb-o, 


lamb-ere, 


lamb-T. 




To chew, 


mand-o, 


mand-ere, 


mand-i, 


man-sum. 


To spread, 


pand-o, 


pand-ere, 


pand-i, 


pas-sum. 



276 LIST OF VERBS, FOURTH CONJUGATEON. 

To take, prehend-o, prehend-ere, prehend-I, prehen-sum. 

To scratch, scab-o, scab-ere, scab-i. 

To climb, scand-o, scand-ere, scand-i. scan-sum. 

Compounds (a, e, de, con, in) change a into e ; e. g., ascendo. 
To sink down, sid-o, sid-ere, sid-i. 

The compounds take the perf. and supine from sedeo ; e. g., consi- 
ders, consedi, consessum, to sit together. 
To hiss, strid-o, strid-ere, strid-i. 

To turn, vert-o, vert-ere, vert-i, ver-siim. 

Deverto, prosverto, and reverto are also used in the passive form as 
deponents ; e. g., revertor, reverti, reversus, sum, I turn back. 
To brush, verr-o, verr-ere, verr-i, ver-siim. 

To pluck, vell-o, vell-ere, vell-i, vul-sum. 

Compounds of cendo and fendo belong here, viz., 
To burn, incend-o, incend-ere, incend-i, incen-sum. 

To defend, defend-o, defend-ere, defend-i, defen-sum. 

(667.) FOURTH CONJUGATION. 

I. Perfect-stem adds iv to the Verb-stem. 

(Obs.) This class contains most of the verbs of the fourth conjugation; 
the following alone has a peculiar supine : 
To bury, sepel-io, sepel-IrS, sepel-iv-i, sepul-tum. 

II. Perfect-stem adds u to the Verb-stem. 

To clothe, amic-io, amic-ire, amic-u-i, amic-tum. 

To open, aper-io, aper-Ire, aper-u-i, aper-tum.* 

To cover, 6per-io, oper-ire, 6per-u-i, oper-tum. 

To leap, sal-io, sal-ire, sal-u-i, sal- turn. 

Compounds change a into i ; e. g., desilire, desilui, desultum, to leap 
down. 

III. Perfect-stem adds s to the Verb-stem. 

To cram, farc-io, fare-ire, < , r _, > fare- turn. 

I (farc-s-i), ) 

The compounds change a into e ; e. g., confercire, confers!, confertum, 
to fill up. 

To prop, fulc-io, fulc-ire, j ,», -, > ful-tum. 

To draw, haur-io, haur-ire, < ... _> S haus-tum. 

( (haur-s-i), > 

rr, , . _ „ ( sanx-i } sanc-i-tum and 

To decree, sanc-io, sane-ire, < . ... > 

. I (sanc-s-i), ) sanc-tum. 

* The compounds of par -id which begin with a vowel have ui, ertiim, 
as in Class II. ; those beginning with a consonant have i, ertum, as in 
Class V. 



LIST OF DEPONENT VERBS. 277 

To patch, sarc-io, s arc-Ire, < , .. > sar-tum. 

r I (sarc-s-i), ) 

To feel, sent-io, sent-ire, \ . _. > sen-sum. 

■*■ I (sent-s-i), ) 

Instead of assentid, assentior, deponent is more common. 

To hedge in, sep-io, sep-ire, sep-s-i, sep-tum. 

To bind, vinc-io, vinc-lre, < , . .. > vinc-tum. 

I (vmc-s-i), ) 

IV. Perfect-stem lengthens the Stem-vowel. 

Contains but a single simple verb. 
To come, ven-io, ven-Ire, ven-I, ven-tum. 

V. Perfect-stem takes the simple Verb-stem, 

To ascertain, comper-io, comper-ire, comper-i, comper-tum.* 

reper-io, reper-ire, reper-i, 



To discern, 
(668.) 



rep er- turn. 



DEPONENT VERBS. 



FIRST CONJUGATION. 

To exhort, hort-6r, hort-aii, hort-at-us. 

The deponents of the first conjugation are the most numerous, but are 
formed like hortor, with an, atus. 

SECOND CONJUGATION. 

To acknowledge, f at-eor, f at-eri, fas-sus. 

The compounds make fiteor, fessus ; e. g., confiteor, confiterl, con- 
fesses, to confess : diffiteor has no participle. 



To bid, 


lie- e or, 




lic-eri, 


lic-it-us. 


To heal, 


med-eor, 




med-eri. 




To deserve, 


mer-eor, 




mer-eri, 


mer-it-iis. 


To pity, 


miser-eor, 




miser-erl, 


( miser-it-us, or 
\ miser-tus. 


To think, 


r-eor, 




r-eri, 


ra-tus. 


To look upon, 


tu-eor, 




tu-eri, 


< tu-it-us, or 
\ tu-tus. 


To fear, 


vSr-eor, 




ver-eri, 


ver-it-us. 




THIRD 


CONJUGATION. 




To devise, 


comminisc-6r, 




comminisc-i, 


commen-tus. 


Reminiscor, to remember, has 


no 


perfect. 




To obtain, 


adipisc-6r, 




adipisc-i, 


adep-tus. 


To be weary, 


defetisc-6r, 




defetisc-I, 


defes-sus. 




* See note, p. 276. 








A 


A 





278 



LIST OF DEPONENT VEIIBS. 



experrec-tus. 
( fruc-tus and 
\ fru-it-ais. 

func-tiis. 

gres-siis. 

Compounds change the a into e ; e. g., aggredi, aggressiis, to assail. 



To awake, 


expergisc-6r ; 


expergisc-T, 


To enjoy, 


fra-or, 


fru-I, 


To 'perform, 


fung-6r, 


fung-i, 


To proceed, 


gTad-ior, 


grad-i, 



To be angry, 


irasc-6r, 


irasc-I. 




To/all, 


lab- or, 


lab-I, 


lap-siis. 


To speak, 


loqu-6r, 


loqu-i, 


locu-tus. 


To die, 


mor-ior, 


mor-I, 


mor-tuiis. 


To obtain, 


nancisc-6r, 


nancisc-i, 


nac-tus. 


To be born, 


nasc-6r, 


nasc-i, 


na-tus. 


To lean upon, to 


> nit-6r, 


nit-i, 


C ni-sus, or 


strive, 


( 




\ nix-iis. 


To forget, 


6blivisc-6r, 


oblivisc-i, 


obli-tus. 


To bargain, . 


pacisc-6r, 


pacisc-I, 


pac-tus. 


Tofeed, 


pasc-or, 


pasc-i, 


pas-tiis. 



This verb is the passive of pascere, to give food. 
To suffer, pat-ior, pat-I, 

PerpStior, perpessiis, to endure, changes a into S. 



pas-sus. 



(From plecto, to twine.) 



To embrace, 


C amplect-6r, 
\ complect-6r, 


amplect-i, 
complect-i, 


To set out, 


proficisc-6r, 


proficisc-i, 


To complain, 


quer-6r, 


quer-I, 


To grin, 


ring-6r, 


ring-i. 


To follow, 


sequ-or, 


s8qu-i, 


To revenge, 


ulcisc-6r, 


ulcisc-i, 


To use, 


ut-or, 


ut-I, 



amplex-us. 
complex-iis. 
profec-tus. 
ques-tus. 

secu-tiis. 

ul-tus. 

u-sus. 



FOURTH CONJUGATION. 



To assent, 

Tojlatter, 

To try, 

To bestow money, 

To lie, 

To measure, 

To move a mass, 

To wait for, 

To begin, 



assent-ior, 

bland-ior, 

exper-ior, 

larg-ior, 

ment-ior, 

met-ior, 

mol-ior, 

opper-ior, 

ord-ior, 



assent-iri, 

bland-Iri, 

exper-iri, 

larg-iri, 

ment-iri, 

met-iri, 

mol-iri, 

opper-iri, 

ord-iri, 



assen-sus. 

bland-it-us. 

exper-tiis. 

larg-it-us. 

ment-it-us. 

men-sus. 

mol-it-us. 

opper-tiis. 

or-sus. 



INCHOATIVE AND IRREGULAR VERBS. 279 



To rise, 


6r-i6r, 


6r-irl, 


or- tii s. 


To divide, 


part-ior, 


part-hi, 


part-It-us. 


To possess > 
myself of, 5 


potior, 


pot-iri, 


pot-It-us. 


To cast lots, 


sort-ior, 


sort-Irl, 


sort-It-us. 



(669.) INCHOATIVE VERBS. 

Inchoatives are verbs derived from nouns, adjectives, or other verbs, 
expressing- a beginning or becoming of the act or state denoted by the 
primitive. Their stems always end in sc, and they all follow the form of 
the 3d conj. ; e. g., 

Erom puer, boy, we have puerasc-ere, to become a boy (again). 
" matur-us, ripe, we have maturesc-ere, to become ripe. 
" dorm-Ire, to sleep, we have obdormisc-ere, to fall asleep. 

(1.) It is enough to observe on those derived from adjectives and nouns 

that they either have no perfect, or else form it in ul. 
(2.) As to those derived from verbs, 

(a) Most are from verbs in the second conjugation, and form their 
perfect-stem by adding u to the stem, rejecting sc; or, in other 
words, their perf.-stem is the same as that of the simple verb from 
which they are derived ; e. g., 

To become gray, canesc-ere (canere), canu-i. 
To grow sour, acesc-ere (acere), » acu-I. 

(b) Those derived from verbs of the other conjugations take the per- 
fects of the simple verbs from which they are derived. 

To grow old, inveterasc-ere (inveterdre), inveterav-I, invetera-tum. 
To come to life, revlvisc-ere (vivere), revix-I, revic-tum. 

To fall asleep, obdormisc-ere (dor mire), obdormlv-I, obdornil-tum. 

11. IRREGULAR VERBS.* 



(670.) INFINITIVE MOOD. 


Tenses for Incomplete Action. 


Tenses for Complete Action. 


Present and Imperfect. 


Perfect and Pluperfect. 


1. posse, to be able. 


potuisse, to have been able. 


2. velle, to be willing. 


voluisse, to have been willing. 


3. nolle, to be unwilling. 


noluisse, to have been unwilling. 


4. malle, to be more willing. 


maluisse, to have been more willing. 


5. Sdere, or esse, to eat. 


edisse, to have eaten. 


6. ferre, to bear. 


tulisse, to have borne, or suffered. 


7. fieri, to become. 


factum esse, to have been made, or 




done. 


8. feni, to be borne. 


latum esse, to hare been home. 



* See note, next page. 



280 



IRREGULAR VERBS. 



(671.) INDICATIVE MOOD. 


Present, I am able, SfC. 


Perfect, / have been able, <^c. 


1. possum,* potes, potest, 


1. potu-i, isti, it, 


possumus, potestis, possunt. 


potu-imus, istis, erunt or ere. 


2. void, vis, vult, 


2. volu-i, isti, it, 


volumus, vultis, volunt. 


volu-imus, istis, erunt or ere. 


3. nolo, nonvis, nonvult, 


3. nolu-i, isti, it, 


nolumus, nonvultis, nolunt. 


nolu-imus, istis, erunt or er6. 


4. maid, mavis, mavalt, 


4. malu-i, isti, it, 


malumus, mavultis, malunt. 


maiu-imus, istis, erunt or ere. 


5. edd, edis or es, edit or est, 


5. ed-i, isti, it, 


edimus, editis or estis ; edunt. 


ed-imiis, istis, erunt or ere. 


6. f erd, fers, fert, 


6. tiil-i, isti, it, 


ferimus, fertis, ferunt. 


tul-imus, istis, erunt or ere. 


7. fio,t fis, fit, 


7. factus sum, es, est, 


fimus, fitis, fiunt. 


facti sumus, estis, sunt. 


8. f eror, ferris or ferre ; fertur, 


8. latus sum, es, est, 


ferimur, ferimini, feruntur. 


lati sumus, estis, sunt. 


Imperfect, I was able, tyc. 


Pluperfect, I had been able, fyc. 


1. pot-eram, ' eras, erat, 


1. potu-eram, eras, erat, 


pot-eramus, eratis, erant. 


potu-eramus, eratis, erant. 


2. vol-ebam, ebas, ebat, 


2. volu-eram, eras, erat, 


vol-ebamus, ebatis, ebant. 


volu-eramus, eratis, erant. 


3. nol-ebam, ebas, ebat, 


3. nolu-eram, eras, erat, 


nol-ebamus, ebatis, ebant. 


nolu-eramus, eratis, erant. 


4. mal-ebam, ebas, ebat, 


4. malu-eram, eras, erat, 


mal-ebamus, ebatis, ebant. 


malu-e ramus, eratis, erant. 


5. ed-ebam, ebas, ebat, 


5. ed-eram, eras, erat, 


ed-ebamus, ebatis, ebant. 


ed-eramus, eratis, erant. 


6. f er-ebam, ebas, * ebat, 


6. tul-eram, eras, erat, 


fer-ebamus, ebatis, ebant. 


tul-eramus, eratis, erant. 


7. f i-ebam, ebas, ebat, 


7. factus eram, eras, erat, 


fi-ebamus, ebatis, ebant. 


facti eramus, eratis, erant. 


8. f er-ebar, ebarisore, ebatur, 


8. latus eram, eras, erat, 


fer-ebamur, ebamini, ebantur. 


lati eramus, eratis, erant. 


Future, 


Future Perfect, 


I shall or will be able, fyc. 


I shall or will have been able, «^c. 


1. pot-erd, eris, erit, 


1. potu-erd, eris, erit, 


pot-erimiis, eritis, erunt. 


potu-erimus, eritis, erint. 


2. vol-am, es, et, 


2. volu-erd, eris, erit, 


vol-emus, etis, ent. 


volu-erimus, eritis, erint. 


3. nol-am, es, et, 


3. nolu-ero, eris, erit, 


nol-emus, etis, ent. 


nolu-erimus, eritis, erint. 


4. mal-am, es, et, 


4. malu-ero, eris, erit, 


mal-emus, etis, ent. 


malu-erimiis, eritis, erint. 


5. ed-am, es, et, 


5. ed-erd, eris, erit, 


ed-emus, etis, ent. 


ed-erimus, eritis, erint. 


6. f er-am, es, et, 


6. tul-ero, eris, erit, 


fer-emus, etis, ent. 


tul-erimus, eritis, erint. 


7. fi-am, es, et, 


7. factus erd, eris, erit, 


fi-emus, etis, ent. 


facti erimiis, eritis, erint. 


8. fer-ar, eris or ere, etur, 


8. latus erd, eris, erit, 


fer-emiir, emini, entur. 


lati erimus, eritis, erint. 



* As many of these verbs are nearly related to each other, it seems un- 
necessary to separate their forms of inflection. The correspondent num- 
bers will be sufficient direction in tracing the several tenses of each verb. 

t Fio, contrary to the general rule (24, a), has i long throughout, befor© 
vowels : but before r it is s&0?'£ ; as, f I6ri. 



IRREGULAR VERBS. 



281 



(672.) IMPERATIVE MOOD. 


Note. — Possum, volo, malo, have no imperative mood. 


3. noli, or nolito, be thou unwilling. 


7. fl, or fito, become thou. 


nolite, or nolitote, be ye, fyc. 


f ite, or f itote : 3. fiuntO. 


5. ede, edito, or es, esto, eat thou. 


8. f erre, or fertor, be thou borne. 


edite, editote : 3. edunto. 


f erimini, or f eriminor : 3. f erun- 


6. f er, or ferto, bear thou. 


tor. 


ferte, or fertote : 3. f erunto. 




(673.) SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 


Present, I may be able, fyc. 


Perfect, I may have been able, 6fC. 


1. poss-Im, Is, it, 


1. potu-erlm, eris, erit, 


poss-imus, itis, int. 


potu-erimus, eritis, erint. 


2. vel-Im, is, it, 


2. volu-erim, eris, erit, 


vel-imus, itis, int. 


volu-erimus, eritis, erint. 


3. nol-im, Is, it, 


3. nolu-erim, eris, erit, 


nol-imus, itis, int. 


nolu-erimus, eritis, erint. 


4. mal-im, is, it, 


4. malu-erim, eris, erit, 


mal-imus, itis, int. 


malu-erimus, eritis, erint. 


5. ed-am, as, at, 


5. ed-erim, eris, erit, 


ed-amus, atis, ant. 


ed-erimus, eritis, erint. 


6. fer-am, as, at, 


6. tul-erlm, eris, erit, 


fer-amus, atis, ant. 


tul-erimus, eritis, erint. 


7. f 1-am, as, at, 


7. factus sim, sis, sit, 


fi-amiis, atis, ant. 


facti simus, sitis, sint. 


8. f er-ar, arts or are, atiir, 


8. latus sim, sis, sit, 


fer-amur, aminl, antur. 


lati simus, sitis, sint. 


Imperfect, I might be able, 4-c. 


Pluperf., I might have been able, fyc. 


1. Poss-em, es, et, 


1. potu-issem, isses, isset, 


poss-enius, etis, ent. 


potu-issemus, issetis, issent. 


2. vell-em, es, et, 


2. volu-issem, isses, isset, 


veil-emus, etis, ent. 


volu-issemus, issetis, issent. 


3. noll-em, es, 6t, 


3. nolu-issem, isses, isset, 


noil-emus, etis, ent. 


nolu-issemus, issetis, issent. 


4. mall-em, es, et, 


4. malu-issem, isses, isset, 


mall-emus, etis, ent. 


malu-issemus, issetis, issent. 


5. eder-emoressem; es, et, 


5. ed-issem, isses, isset, 


eder-emus, etis, ent. 


ed-issemus, issetis, issent. 


6. ferr-em, es, et, 


6. tul-issem, isses, isset, 


ferr-emus, etis, ent. 


tul-issemus, issetis, issent. 


7. f ler-em, es, et, 


7. factus essem, esses, esset, 


fier-emiis, etis, ent. 


fact! essemus, essetis, essent. 


8. ferr-er, eris or ere, etiir, 


8. latus essem, esses, esset, 


ferr-emiir, eminT, entiir. 


lati essemus, essetis, essent. 


(674.) GERUNDS. 


2. volendi. volendo, volendum, of being, in being, to be, willing. 


3. nolendi, nolendo, nolendum, " " " unwilling. 


4. malendi, malendo, malendum, " " " more willing. 


5. edendl, edendo, edendum, of eating, in eating, to eat. 


6. ferendi, ferendo, ferendum, of bearing, in bearing, to bear. 


(675.) SUPINES. 


Accusative. 5. esum, to eat. 


Ablative, esu, to be eaten, to eat. 


6. latum, to bear. 


lata, to be borne. 



A a 2 



282 



DEFECTIVE VERBS. 



(676.) 



PARTICIPLES. 



Active. 1. potens, being able. 

2. volens, " willing: 

3. nolens, " unwilling: 

4. malens, " more willing. 

5. edens, eating. esurus, about to eat. 

6. ferens, bearing. laturus, about to bear. 

7 . faciendus, to be made or done. 

8. ferendus, to be borne. 

Passive. 7. factus, being or having been made or done. 
8. latus, being or having been borne or suffered. 



(677.) 



Eo, / go. 



Ed, I go, is conjugated like audio, except in the following tenses : 

Imp. Ind. Pres. eo, 

Past, ibam,' 

Fut. Ibo, 
Imperative. 
Imp. Pot. Pres. earn, 
Gerunds. eundl, 

Particips. Pres. iens {gen. euntis), going, 
Supines. itum, Itu. 

Rem. In like manner, the compounds of eo are formed: also, queo, to be 
able, and nequeo, to be unable ; except that these two have no imper- 
ative mood or gerunds. 



gular. 


Plural. 




is, it. 


ImQs, itis, 


eunt. 


ibas, ibat. 


ibamus, ibatis, 


ibant. 


ibis, ibit. 


IbTmus, ibTtis, 


ibunt. 


I, or ltd. 


Ite, or Itote. 3. 


eunto. 


eas, eat. 


eamus, eatis, 


eant. 


eundo, eundiim 







Fut. ituinis, about to go. 



12. DEFECTIVE VERBS 



(678.) Are those which have only some particular tenses and moods ; 
as, aio, / say ; ausim, / dare ; ave, hail ! &c. 





(1.) Aio, I say. 




Ind. Pres. 
Imperfect. 
Imperative. 
Subj. Pres. 
Participle. 


Singular. Plural. 

aio, ais, ait. 

ai-ebam, ebas, ebat. ebamus, ebatis, 

ai. 

aias, aiat. 
aiens. 


aiunt. 
ebant. 

aiant. 


(2.) Ausim, I dare. 


Ind. Pres. 


ausim, ausis, ausit. 


ausint. 


(3.) Ave, hail ! 


Imperative. 
Infinitive. 


ave, or aveto. avete, or avetote. 
avere. 




(4.) Salve, God save you ! 


Imperative. 
Infinitive. 
Ind. Fut. 


salve, or salveto. salvete, or 
salverS. 

salvebis. 


salvetote. 



IMPERSONAL VEHB3. 



283 



(5.) Cedo, give me. 


Imperative. 


Singular. 

cedo. 


Plural. 

cedite. 




(6.) E 


axo, or faxim (for faciam), I will or 


may do it. 




Ind. Pres. 


fax-o, or fax-mi, is, it. imus, 


Itis, 


int. 


(7.) Quaeso, I pray. 


2nd. Pres. 

Infinitive. 
Participle. 


quaes-o, is, it. uiniis. 

qusesere. 

quaesens. 






(8.) Inquam, or Inquio, / say. 


Impf. Ind. Pres. inqu-id, or ani, is, it. imus, 
Past. inquie.bat. 
Put. inquies, inquiet. 
Perf. Ind. Pres. inquisti. 
Imperative, inque, inquito. 
Participle. inquiens. 


inquite. 


iuDt. 
inquie- 
[bant. 



(9.) These verbs, 

Nov-i, / know ; 

Memin-i, I remember ; 

Ccep-i, / begin ; 

Od-T, / hate, 
have the forms of the perfect tenses combined with the meanings of the 
imperfect. Nosco, the present of novi, is in use, and denotes to learn, 
whence novi expresses the actual knowledge which is the result of 
past learning-. 





( i, isti, &c. (Pres.) 


Nov- 


eram, eras, &c. (Past.) 


Memln- 


ero, eris, &c. (Fut.) 


Coep- 


erim, eris, &c. (Subj. Pres.) 


Od- 


issem, isses, &c. (Subj. Past.) 




l isse, (Infinitive.) 


Memento. mementote. {Imperative.) 


Osus, osurus ; cceptus, cosptunis. [Participles.) 



13. IMPERSONAL VERBS 
(679.) Are those which have no subject, and take the pronoun it before 
them in English ; e. g., pluit, it rains. 
1. Impersonals never used personally. 



*poenitet, pcenltuit, it repents. 
* „,... „, -. ( it shames, 

*pudet, puduit, \ oneisashame(1 . 

*. ,u. - . ( it weariest 

*tcedet, pertcesum est, J dUgusU . > 

refert, it concerns. 



libet, libuit, it pleases. 
licet, lie ait, or ) one may, 
llcltum est, ) it is lawful. 



oportet, oportuit, 

*miseret, one pities. 
*piget, it grieves (one] 



( one ought, 
'' I it behooves. 



* Those marked * take ace. of person and gen. of the thing (or object of 
the feeling). 



284 



IMPERSONAL VERBS. 



2. Impersonate sometimes used personally in third person singular or 
plural. 



grandinat, it hails. 
lucescit, it grows light. 



ningit, it snows. 

pluit, it rains. 

tonat, it thunders. 

vesperascit, it grows dark. 



3. Personal verbs used specially as impersonals in third person sin- 
gular. 



accidit, 

accedit,* 

apparet, 

attmet, 

conducit, 

constat, 

contingit, 

convenit, 

delectat, 

decet, 

dedecet, 

evemt, 

expedit, 

excidit,t 



it happens. 

it is added. 

it appears. 

it belongs to. 

it is conducive. 
> it is known, 
[ it is agreed upon. 

it happens. 

it suits, agrees. 

it is delightful. 

it is becoming. 

it is unbecoming. 

it turns out. 

it is expedient. 

it has escaped me. 



fit, 

interest, 

juvat, 

latet, 

liquet, 

patet, 

placet, 

preestat, 

res tat, 

solet, 

as sole t, 

stat, 

sufficit, 

vacat, 



it happens, 
it concerns, 
it is pleasant, 
it is unknown, con- 
cealed, 
it is clear, 
it is plain, open, 
it pleases (I resolve), 
it is better, 
it remains. 

it happens usually. 

it is resolved. 

it suffices. 

(I) have leisure. 



Rem. These may be used in the different tenses of indie, and subj. 
moods. 

4. The third person singular of many intransitive verbs is used im- 
personally in the passive; e. g., curritiir, they run (it is run by 
them); pugnatum est, they fought (it was fought by them). 
Those which govern the dative, govern it also in the impersonal 
form ; e. g., I am envied, mThl invidetur. 



*Accedit quod (orut) = moreover. 

t i. e., d e memoria excidit = ^ has slipped from my memory — is 
forgotten. 



§ 7. ADVERB. 



The adverb qualifies a verb, adjective, or another adverb. 

I. Derivative Adverbs. 

(680.) Derivative adverbs (a) are nearly all formed from adjectives or 
participles, by adding eoriter to their stems : 

1. Add e to stem of adjectives in us, a, um; e. g., 

c 1 a r - u s, illustrious. c 1 a r - e, illustriously. 

Rem. Bonus makes bene, well ; and malus (bad) ; male, badly. 
All others end in e (long). 

2. Add iter to the stem of adjectives of 2d or 3d class ; e. g., 

brev-is, brief. brev-iter, briefly, 

ferox (feroc-s), fierce. f e r 6 c - i t e r, fiercely. 

Rem. 1. Those which end in ns do not take the connecting vowel i; 



p r u d e n s, prudent. pruden-ter, prudently. 

2. A u d a x, bold, makes audac-t8r, boldly. 

(b) A few are formed from nouns, by adding tus or tim to the stem 
by means of a connecting vowel ; e. g., 

c 03 1 - ii m, heaven. c ce 1 - i - 1 u s, from heaven. 

f u n d - ii s, bottom. fund-i-tus, from the bottom, totally. 

grex (greg-s) K flock, greg-a-tim, by flocks. 

(c) Cases of adjectives, especially in the neuter, are often used as ad- 
verbs ; e. g., dulce, sweetly; fal so, falsely, &c. 

II. Primitive Adverbs. 

(681.) Primitive adverbs are such as cannot conveniently be classed 
among the derivatives above mentioned. The most common are arranged 
in the following lists : 



286 


ADVERBS. 

1. ADVERBS OF PLACE (fivefold). 


(1.) In a Place. 


ubl? 

hie, 

illic, 

istic, 

ibl, 

intus, 

foris, 


where ? 

here. 

there. 

there, where you are. 

there. 

within. 

without. 


ubique, everywhere. 
nusquam, nowhere. 
alicubl, somewhere. 
alibi, elsewhere. 

*w™. \ an lZ™t (y ° U 

ibidem, in the same place. 


(2.) To a Place— {o, uc). 


quo? 

hue, 

illuc, 

istuc, 

intro, 


whither ? 

hither. 

thither. 
< thither, to where you 
X cure. 

to within. 


f oras, to without. 
eo, to that place. 
alio, to another place. 
aliquo, to some place. 
eodem, to the same place. 


(3.) Towards a Place. 


quorsum, 
versus, 
sursum, 
deorsiim, 


whitherward 1 
towards, 
upward, 
downward. 


retrorsum, backioard. 
dextrorsum, to the right hand. 
sinistrorsum, to the left hand. 


(4.) From a Place — (nc, nde). 


unde ? 

hinc, 

illic, 

istinc, 

inde, 


whence ? 

hence. 

thence. 
< thence, from where 
\ you are. 

thence. 


aliunde, from elsewhere. 
alicunde, from some place. 
sicunde, if from any place. 
utrinque, on both sides. 
sup erne, from above. 
inferne, from below. 


(5.) Through or by a Place. 


qua? 
hac, 

iliac, 

1 . 


which way ? 
this way. 
that way. 


istac, that way, by you. 
alia, another way. 



ADVERBS. 



287 





2. ADVERBS OF 


time (threefold). 


(1.) Being in time, either, 


\ 


1. Present. 


protinus, instantly. 


nunc, 


?WW\ 


illico, straightway. 


hodie, 


to-day. 


{Remote.) 




2. Past. 


eras, to-morrow. 






postridie, the day after. 


L ' 


> then. 


perendie, two days hence. 


heri, 


yesterday. 


nondum, not yet. 


dudum, 

pridem, 

pridie, 

nuper, 


> heretofore. 

the day before, 
lately. 


4. Indefinite. 
quando ? when ? 
aliquando, "^ 
nonnunquam > sometimes. 




3. Future. 


interdum, j 




( Very Near.) 


semper, ahcays. 
nunquam, never. 


jamjam, 
mox, 


} presently : 
> immediately. 


interim, ) • ,, .■ 
interea, \m the mean time. 


statim, 


) by-and-by. 


quotidie, daily. 




(2.) Continue 


mce of Time. 


quamdiu ? 


hozv long 1 


jamdiu, ") 


aiu, 


long. 


jamdudum, > long ago. 


tamdiu, 


so long. 


jamprldem, ) 




(3.) Vicissitude, or 


Repetition of Time. 




1. Indefinite. 


subinde, immediately after. 


quoties ? 


how often ? 


identidem, several times. 


soepe, 
toties, 


often, 
so often. 


2. Definite, or in Number. 


aliquoties, 


for several times. 


semel, once. 


vicissim, 


by turns. 


bis,. ticice. 


tarsus, 


again. 


ter, thrice. 


Iterum, 


a second time. 


quater, four times. 



3. ADVERBS OF ORDER. 



inde, then. 


deinceps, successively, primo,* -um,t first. 


deinde, thereafter. 


denuo, anew. secundo,t secondly.) 


dehinc, henceforth. 


denique, finally. &c. 


porro, moreover. 


(postremo,t lastly. 





4, ADVERBS OF QUALITY, MANNER, &C 


adeo, 


so, and therefore. 


nempe, truly. 


admodum, 


very, greatly. 


nimium, too much. 


an, 


whether ? or else ? 


non, not. 


cur, 


v:h ?/. 


num ? whether ? 


demum, 


at length. 


omnino, at all, in general. 


etiam, 


likewise, yes. 


pariim, little. 


fere, 


almost. 


satis, enough. 
sic, so, thus. 


haud, 


not. 


immo, 


yes, truly. 


scilicet, namely. 


ita, 


so, thus. 


videlicit, namely. 


magis, 


more. 


vix, scarcely. 


ne, 


not. 





* Primo = at first ; primum = first, in the first place. 
t These fall under (630, c). 



§ 8. PREPOSITION. 



(682.) 1. Prepositions governing- the accusative: 

Ante, apud, ad, adversus, 
Circum, circa, citra, cis, 
Erga, contra, inter, extra, 
Infra, intra, juxta, 6b, 
Penes, pone, post, and praeter, 
Prope, propter, per, secundum, 
Supra, versus, ultra, trans. 

[Versus is placed after the noun which it governs.] 

2. Governing the ablative : 

Absque, a, ab, abs, and de. 
Coram, clam, cum, ex, and S. 
Tenus, sine, pro, and prae. 

3. Governing both accusative and ablative : 

in, sub, super, subtSr. 



§ 9. CONJUNCTION. 



(683.) Conjunctions connect words and sentences. They may be di- 
vided into the following classes : 

I. Copulative, which simply nnite sentences together {and) : they are 
et, a t q u e or a c, que, neque or nee, necnon, e t i a m, quo- 
q u^g, with the adverbials item and 1 1 1 d e m. 

II. Disjunctive, which connect unlike prepositions (or) : they are ant, 
vel, the suffix ve, and siveorseu; (either — or) : aut — ant, vel— 
vel; (whether — or) : s I v e — s ive. 

III. Comparative (as, like, as if, &c.) : they are u t, s I c u t, v e 1 u t, 
proiit, cen, quara, tainquani, quasi, utsi, aesi, together 
with ac and at que, when they mean as. 

IV. Adversative, expressing opposition of thoaght (but) : they are sed, 
autem, vero, at and its compounds, tamen (and its compounds 
with at sed and veruni), and ceterum. 

V. Concessive, expressing something granted (although, even if) : they 
are etsi, etiamsi, tametsi, quaniquam, quamvis, quan- 
tumvis, quamlibet, licet, with ut and quum, when they 
mean although. 

VI. Conditional, expressing a condition (if, if only, if but) : they are 
si, sin, ni or nisi, simodo, dummodo, modone, and some- 
times dum and m 6 d o used alone. 

VII. Conclusive, expressing a conclusion or inference (therefore) : they 
are ergo, igitur, itaque, eo, ideo, idcircp, proinde, prop- 
ter e a, and the relatives (wherefore) quapropter, quare, qua- 
mob rem, quocirca, unde. 

VIII. Causal, expressing a cause or reason (for, because) : nam, 
namque, gnim, etenim, quia, quod, quoniam, q u i p p e, 
quum, quando, quanddquidem, siquidem. 

IX. Final, expressing a purpose or aim (in order that, in order that 
not)-, ut or uti, quo, ne, utne, neve, neu, quin, quomi- 
nus. 

X. Temporal, expressing a relation of time [when, as soon as, after 
that, just as): quum, ut, ubf, postquam, antequam, pri- 
usquam, quando, simul, simulac, dum, usque dum, do- 
nee, quoad. 

XL Interrogative, used in asking questions: num, utrum, an, nG 
(suffix). 

Bb 



§ 10. INTERJECTION. 



(684.) Interjections are simply signs of emotion. 



ah, 


ah! 


hem, 


hem ! how ! 


apage, 


away ! 


10, 


huzza ! 


ecce, 


behold ! 


oh, 


oh ! alas ! 


eccum, 


see him ! 


papoe, 


O strange ! good ! 


eu, 


lot 


pro, 


alas ! 


hei, heu, 


alas ! 


vse, 


woe ! 






vah, 


O rare ! 



PART IV. 



SUMMARY OF SYNTAX. 



SYNTAX. 



INTRODUCTION. 

(685.) A proposition is a thought expressed in words ; e. g., the rose 
blooms ; the rose is beautiful. 

(686.) A simple sentence consists of a single proposition ; e. g., the mes- 
senger was sent ; the swift messenger arrived. 

(687.) A compound sentence is one made up of two or more propositions ; 
e. g., the messenger, who had been sent, arrived. 

(688.) Syntax treats of the use of words in the formation of sentences, 
and of the relation of sentences to each other. We speak first, 

PART I. 

OF SIMPLE SENTENCES. 
I. SUBJECT AND PREDICATE. 

§ 1. Definition of Subject and Predicate. 

(689.) Every sentence (e. g., the eagle flies) consists of two parts, the 
subject (e. g., eagle) and the predicate (e. g., flies). 

(a) The subject is that of which anything is declared, and is generally (1) 
a noun, or (2) some word used instead of a noun. 

1. The eagle flies. Here the noun eagle is the subject. 

2. To err is human. Here the infinitive to err is used as a noun, 
and forms the subject. 

(b) The predicate is that which is declared of the subject, and is gener- 
ally either (1) a verb, (2) an adjective or participle, or (3) a noun, con- 
nected with the subject by some form of the \erb to be. 

1. The eagle flies. Here the verb flies is the predicate. 

2. To err is human. Here the adjective human is the predicate. 

3. John is a man. Here the noun man is the predicate. 

§ 2. Agreement. 
(690.) Rule I. The verb of the predicate agrees with the 
subject in number and person. 

The trees are green. 1 Arbores virent. 

Art thou happy ? I E s n e tu beatus ? 

Rem. 1. If the verb consists of two or more singular nouns denoting 
persons, the verb is generally in tho plural. 

Bb2 



294 SUBJECT AND PREDICATE. 

2. A collective noun sometimes has a plural verb. 

Tlie crowd rushes. | Turba ruunt. 

[This construction is not used by Cicero, and seldom, if at all, by 
Caesar.] 

3. A plural verb is sometimes used with uterque and quisque. 
Each of them leads his army out | Uterque eorum ex castris exercitum 

of the camp. I educunt. 

4. The verb agrees with the first person rather than the second ; the 
second rather than the third. 

If you and Tullia are well, Cicero I Si tu et Tullia valetis, ego et 
and I are well. I Cicero v a 1 e m u s. 

(691.) An adjective may stand either 
(1.) As predicate ; e. g., the man is happy ; 
(2.) As modifying the subject ; e. g., the good man is happy ; 
(3.) As modifying the predicate ; e. g., the good man is a happy man. 

In either case we have 

Rule II. Adjectives agree with the nouns to which they 
refer in gender, number, and case. 

[This rule applies to all adjectives, pronouns, and participles.] 
Rem. If there be two or more nouns denoting persons, the most wor- 
thy* gender prevails ; if things, the neuter is used. 

My father and mother are dead. I Pater mihi et mater mortui sunt. 
Labour and enjoyment are united. I Labor voluptasque juncta sunt. 

(692.) Rule III. If the predicate be a noun, it takes the 
case of the subject. 
Numa was made king. | Numa rex creabatur. 

§ 3. Apposition. 
(693.) A noun may stand 

(a) In the subject, denoting the same person or thing with the sub- 
ject-noun ; e. g., the general, a brave man, led the army. 

(b) In the predicate, denoting the same person or thing with a noun 
in the predicate ; e. g., we have sent the consul, a brave man. 

Nouns thus expressing the same person or thing, whether in the sub- 
ject or predicate, are said to be in apposition with each other; and in 
either case we have 

Rule IV. Nouns in apposition with each other agree in 
case. 



* The masculine is said to be more worthy than the feminine; tine fem- 
inine than the neuter. 



GENITIVE CASE. 295 



The commander, a brave man, led 

the army. 
We sent the consul, a brave man. 



Imperator, vir fortis, exerci- 

tum duxit. 
Consulem, virum f o r t e m, misi- 
mus. 

Rem. 1. A noun in apposition with two or more nouns is commonly 
put in the plural. 
M. Antony and C. Crassus, trib- 1 M. Antonius, C. Crassus, trihuni 
unes of the people. | piebis. 

2. A noun in apposition with the name of a town may be put in the 
ablative, with or without the preposition in. 
At Rome, the chief city of Italy. | Eomae, (in) prima urbe Italiae. 

II. USE OF CASES. 

§ 4. Nominative. 

(694.) Subject-nominative. — The subject of a proposition takes the nom- 
inative case, and is called the subject-nominative. 

(2.) Predicate-nominative. — The predicate-nominative (692) is always 
connected with the subject by esse, to be, or some verb expressing an 
incomplete idea. 

Rem. Of this class of verbs are to appear, apparere, videri; to 
become, fieri, evader e, existere; to be named, dici, ap- 
pellari, nominari; to be esteemed, existimari, haberi, &c. 



Ariovistus was called king by the 
senate. 



Ariovistus a senatu rex appel- 
latus est. 



§ 5. Genitive. 
(695.) Rule V. The genitive answers the questions whose ? 
of whom? of what? e. g., the love of glory, amor gloriae; 
Cicero's orations, Ciceronis orationes. 

Rem. The genitive i3 subjective when it denotes that which does 
something, or to which a thing belongs ; e. g., Ciceronis oratio- 
nes. It is objective when it denotes that which is affected by the 
action or feeling spoken of; e. g., amor glorise : the taking of the 
town, expugnatio urbis. 

(696.) Rule VI. Genitive of Quality. — The genitive (with 
an adjective, or pronoun of quality, number, &c.) is used to ex- 
press the quality of a thing. 

A man of great bravery. [Virmagnae virtutis. 

A ditch of fifteen feet. JFossaquindecim pedum. 

Rem. 1. The ablative is also used in the same way (724). 
2. If the two nouns are connected, not immediately, but by another 
part of speech, the accusative must be used: fossa quindecim 
pedes lata. 



296 GENITIVE CASE. 

(697.) Hule VII. Partitive- genitive. — The genitive is used 
to express the whole of which anything is a part. Hence, 

(a) With comparatives and superlatives : 



The more learned of the two broth- 
ers. 
The most learned of the Romans. 



Doctior fratrum duorum. 



Doctissimus Romanorum. 



(b) With all words expressing number or quantity, whether adjectives, 
pronouns, numerals, or adverbs ; e. g., many of the soldiers, m u 1 1 i 
militum; which of you? quis vestrum? the last of the Romans, 
ultimus Romanorum; enough eloquence, satis eloquentiae; 
where (in what part) of the world? ubinam gentium ? 

Rem. This rule includes the neuters tantum, quantum, ali- 
quantum, quid, aliquid, &c. 

(698.) Rule VIII. Genitive of Mental Affections.— -The 
genitive is used with verbs and adjectives expressing certain 
operations of the mind or feelings, to denote the object thereof. 

(a) Operations of the mind. 
1. Adjectives of knowledge and ignorance, remembering and/<?r- 
getting, certainty and doubt. 



Beneficii memor. 

E ventus belli non erat ignarus. 



Mindful of a kindness. 
He was not ignorant of the re- 
sult of the war. 

2. Verbs of remembering and forgetting (recordor, memini, reminis- 
cor, obliviscor). 



Meminisse proeteritorum. 
Cohortatur JEduos ut controver- 
siarum obliviscantur. 



To remember past events. 
He exhorts the utEduans to for- 
get their disputes. 

[The thing remembered is often put in the accusative.] 

(b) Operations of the feelings. 

1. Adjectives expressing desire or aversion, patience or impatience, 
appetite or passion. Participles used as adjectives fall under this 
rule. 

Desirous of praise. I Avidus 1 a u d i s. 

A lover of (== one loving) virtue. I Amans virtutis. 

2. Verbs. 

(a) Those expressing pity, viz., miseresco, misereor. 

I pity the unfortunate. | Miseresco infelicium. 

(b) The impersonals pudet, piget, poenitet, taedet, miseret {shame, 
disgust, repentance, loathing, pity). 



GENITIVE CASE. 297 



/ am not only sorry for my fol- 
ly, but ashamed of it. 
I am weary of my life. 



Me non solum pcenitet stulti- 

tiae meae, sed etiam pudet. 
Me taedet vitae. 
Rem. 1. Observe that the person feeling is expressed by the accusa- 
tive. 
2. The cause of feeling may be a verb, or part of a sentence, instead 
of a noun in the genitive. 
I am not sorry (= it does not re- 1 Non pcenitet me v i x i s s e. 
pent me) that I have lived. \ 

(699.) Rule IX. Genitive of Participation. — The genitive 
is used with adjectives and participles expressing (1) plenty or 
want, (2) power or weakness, (3) sharing or its opposite, (4) 
likeness or unlikeness. 

Plenus iroe. 

Compos mentis. 

Similis est fratris. 

Homo.particeps estrationis. 
Rem. 1. Those of plenty and want take also ablative (716, R. 4). 
2. Those of likeness and unlikeness take also the dative (704, 4). 

(700.) Rule X. Genitive of Value. — The genitive of cer- 
tain adjectives is used with verbs of valuing, esteeming, buying, 
selling, &c, to denote the price or value. 

The poor man estimates riches at I Pauper divitias magni aestiinat. 
a great value. I 

Rem. 1. Such genitives are magni, permagni, pluris, maximi, 

minor is, and others. 
2. If the price be a noun, the ablative is used (719). Also, the 

ablatives magno, permagno, plurimo, parvo, minimo, nihi- 

lo, are often used. 

(701.) Rule XI. Genitive of Crime, — The genitive is used 
with verbs of accusing, condemning, acquitting, &c, to denote 
the crime or offence charged. 



(1.) Full of tvrath. 
(2.) Master of one's faculties. 
(3 .) He is like his brother. 
(4.) Man is a sharer of reason. 



Proditionis accusare. 
Praetor reum criminis absolvit. 



To accuse of treachery. 
The judge acquitted the prisoner 
of the crime. 

(702.) Rule XII. Genitive of Property. — The genitive is 
used with esse to denote (1) that to which something belongs ; 
(2) that to which something is peculiar. 



(1.) This book belongs to my father. 
(2.) It is peculiar to the brave to 
endure pain with fortitude. 



Hie liber est mei patris. 
Fortium est dolorem fortiter pati. 



298 



DATIVE CASE. 



It is 



of a wise man = est sapientis. 



Rem. 1. Under this last head come the following constructions : 

' the property- 
peculiarity 
duty 
mark 

characteristic 
&c. 

2. Observe carefully, that instead of the genitive of the personal pro- 
nouns (mei, tui, &c), the neuter possessives (me urn, tuum, 
suum, nostrum, ve strum) are used; e.g., it is my duty, &c. ; 
est meum, &c. 

(703.) Rule XIII. The genitive is used with the impersonal 
interest (it concerns), to express the person concerned. 

It concerns my brother. I Mei fratris interest. 

It concerns the state. | Reipublicae interest. 

Rem. But instead of the genitives of the personal pronouns (mei, 
tui, &c), the possessive forms me a, tua, &c, are always used; 
and with them the impersonal refert has the same force as in- 
ter e s t. 



It concerns you. 

It is of great importance to me to 
see you. 



Tua interest (not tui interest). 
Magni me a refert ut te videam. 



§ 6. Dative. 

(704.) Rule XIV. The dative case is used to express the 
person or thing to or for whom (or which), to or for whose advan- 
tage or disadvantage anything is done or tends. 

|2F* Almost every instance in which the dative occurs may be ex- 
plained by a proper application of this rule. For the sake of fuller 
illustration, however, we add the following heads : 
(1.) Dative of Remote Object. — The dative is used to express the remote 
object, 

(a) With transitive verbs governing also a direct object. 



Mitto tibi librum. 

Pisistratus sibi Megarenses vicit. 



JT send you a book. 
Pisistratus conquered the Mega- 
renses for himself. 

Rem. The accusative is often omitted, and the dative alone appears 
with the verb ; e. g., I persuade you, tibi suadeo ; he told the gen- 
eral, nuntiavit imperatori. 

(b) With intransitive verbs expressing an action done to or for some 
person or thing. 

I have leisure for philosophy. | Vaco philosophise. 



DATIVE CASE. 299 

(2.) On the same principle (advantage or disadvantage), the dative is 
used with verbs of the following meanings, viz. : 
Envy, profit, please, displease, obey, 
Help, hurt, resist, excel, or disobey, 
Command, indulge, be angry, spare, upbraid, 
Marry, heal, favour, meet, trust, and persuade. 
Rem. 1. Juvo, laedo, delecto, offendo, rego, guberno, govern the accu- 
sative. 
2. Impero, credo, minor, comminor, are also used transitively, with 
accusative and dative. 

(3.) Dative with Compound Verbs. — The dative is used with most verbs 
compounded with ad, con, in, inter, ob, proe, sub ; and with many of 
those compounded with ab, ante, de, e, post, prae, re, super. 

Rem. These verbs govern the dative when they acquire a meaning 
from the preposition which calls for the dative ; e. g., to join, j u n g e r e, 
takes accusative; but to join to, adjungere, takes dative also. 
When they are transitive, they take both accusative and dative ; 
but when intransitive, the dative only. 

To prefer unknown men to known. I Ignotos notis anteferre. 
Vices creep upon us. \ Vitia nobis obrepunt. 

(4.) So, also, the dative is used with adjectives expressing advantage, 
likeness, usefulness, fitness, facility, nearness to, and their opposites. 



Be kind to all. 
Hurtful to the body. 
A place Jit for ambush. 
They are neighbours to the Ger- 
mans. 



Cunctis esto benignus. 
Corpori perniciosum. 
Locus insidiis aptus. 
Proximi sunt G-ermanis. 



Rem. 1. Adjectives of likeness or unlikeness may take the genitive 

(699, 3). 
2. Those of fitness and unfitness often take the accusative with ad ; 

e. g., locus ad insidias aptus. 

(705.) Rule XV. Dative of Possession.-^- The dative is used 
with esse to express the person who has or possesses some- 
thing. 

I have a book. | Est mihi liber (=habeo librum). 

Rem. 1. I have a name = est mihi nomen ; but if the name be ex- 
pressed, it may be put either in nominative or dative ; e. g., my 
name is Laelius = mihi est nomen Lrelius (orLaelio). 

2. The possessor is expressed by the dative when the mind refers 
chiefly to the possession (e. g., I have a book = est mihi liber) ; 
but by the genitive when the mind refers chiefly to the possessor 
(e. g., this book is my father's = hie liber est mci pat r is). 



300 ACCUSATIVE CASE. 

(706.) Rule XVI. Dative of the End (Double Dative). — Two 
datives are used with esse, and with verbs of giving, coming, 
sending, imputing ; one to express the person, the other the 
object or end. 



The Boians, were (for) a protection 

to the rear. 
Pausanias came to aid (for an aid 

to) the Athenians. 



Boii novissimis praesidio erant. 



Pausanias venit Atheniensibus 
auxilio. 

Rem. The verbs used with double dative are esse, dare, du cere, 
tribuere, vertere, accipere, relinquere, deligere, niit- 
tere, venire, habere. 
[The dative is used with gerundives, for which see 736, b.] 

§ 7. Accusative. 
(707.) The accusative is the case of the direct object, and 
answers the questions whom ? what ? to what place ? 

fl^ 3 Under this general statement we make three heads : (1) the ac- 
cusative with verbs ; (2) the accusative with prepositions ; (3) the 
accusative according to the usage of the language. 

I. Accusative with Verbs. 
(708.) Rule XVII. Accusative of the Direct Object. — The 
accusative is used with transitive verbs, to express the direct 
object. 
Ccesar recalls the lieutenant. | Caesar legatum revocat. 

Hem. 1. Some verbs are used both transitively and intransitively; 
the use of these must be learned by practice. 

2. Some intransitives (especially those of motion), compounded with 
prepositions, acquire a transitive force easily recognised from their 
meaning; thus : to go, ire ; to go across, transire, which takes 
the accusative. 

3. Some intransitives take an accusative of a noun from the same 
root with themselves ; e. g., to live a life, vivere vitam. 

(709.) Rule XVIII. Accusative with Impersonals. — The 
accusative of the person affected is used with the impersonals 
pudet, piget, tsedet, miseret, pcenitet. 
jf am tired of life. | Taedet m e vitae. 

Rem. Decet and its compounds (which admit a personal subject), also 
juvat and delectat, take the accusative. 
Anger becomes wild beasts. | Decet ira feras. 

(710.) Rule XIX. Double Accusative. 
(a) Two accusatives, one of the person, the other of the 



ACCUSATIVE CASE. 301 

thing, are used with verbs of teaching, concealing, asking, or 
entreating, and also with those verbs whose passives have a 
double nominative (694, 2, R.). 

(1.) Who taught Epaminondas Q,uis music am docuit Epami- 

musicl nondam. 

(2.) I conceal nothing- from you. Nihil te celo. 
(3.) I ask this of you earnestly. H o c t e vehementer rogo. 
(4.) Avarice renders men blind. Avaritia homines coecos reddit. 

Rem. 1. With verbs of asking, demanding, the ablative with a prep- 
osition is used instead of one of the accusatives. 
The ambassadors were asking I Legati pacem a Caesare posce- 

peace of Caesar. I bant. 

2. Petere and postulare always take the ablative with ab ; and 
quaerere, the ablative with ab, de, or ex. 

(b) Two accusatives are used also with verbs compounded 
with trans. 

Ccesar led the army across the I Caesar exercitum Ithenum 
Rhine. | trans duxit. 

' The trans is often repeated; e.g., Caesar exercitum trans Rhenum 
transduxit. 

Rem. 1. In the passive construction of verbs which take a double ac- 
cusative, the person take3 the nominative, but the thing generally 
remains in the accusative. 
I was asked my opinion. 
The multitude is led across the 
Rhine. 



Ego rogatus sum sententiam. 
Multitudo Rhenum transducitur. 



2. But with verbs of demanding the ablative with a preposition is 
generally used. 

Money is demanded of me. | Pecunia a me poscitur. 

II. Accusative with Prepositions. 

(711.) Rule 4 XX. The accusative is used with the preposi- 
tions ad, apud, ante, adversus, cis, citra, circa, circum, 
circiter, contra, erga, extra, infra, inter, intra, juxta, 
ob, penes, per, pone, post, prseter, prope, propter, se- 
cundum, supra, trans, versus, ultra. Also, with in and 
sub, when motion is expressed ; with super, when it means 
over, and with subter nearly always. 

III. Accusative according to the Usage of the Language. 
(712.) Rule XXI. Accusative of Measure. — The accusative 
is used in answer to the questions how far ? how deep? how 

Cc 



302 ABLATIVE CASE. 

thick 1 how broad ? how old 1 how long 1 (whether of time or 
distance). 



Urbs duo mi Hi a abest. 

Fossa decern pedes lata (alta, 

longa). 
Unam modo ho ram. 
Viginti annos natus. 



The city is two miles off. 

The ditch is ten feet wide (deep, or 

long). 
Only one hour. 
Twenty years old. 

Rem. 1. How far ? is sometimes answered by the ablative. 

Six miles from Ccesar's Camp. I Millibus passuum sex a Caesaris 

J castris. 
2. For time how long, the accusative with per is sometimes used, and 
sometimes the ablative alone. 
Through the whole night. I P e r totam noctem. 

He was absent six months. |Sexmensibus abfuit. 

(713.) Hule XXII. Accusative of Direction, Whither? — 
The accusative is used with names of towns and small islands, 
in answer to the question, whither ? 

To set out for Athens. | A t h e n a s proficisci. 

Rem. 1. With names of countries or large islands the prepositions 
in, ad, must be used. 
He crossed into Europe. | InEuropam trajecit. 

2. Domus and rus follow this rule. 
To go home. I Ire do mum. 

I will go into the country. I Rus ibo. 

(714.) Greek Accusative. — The accusative is used to express a special 
limitation. 

Nudus membra. 

Max imam partem ita dicunt. 

Rem. This is a Greek usage, common in Latin poetry, but not in 
prose. 
(715.) Exclamations. — The accusative is used in exclamations, either 
with or without an interjection. 

Miserable me I I Me miserum. 

Behold, four altars I | En quattuor aras. 

[For the accusative with the infinitive, see 751.] 

§ 8. Ablative. 
(716.) Rule XXIII. General Rule. — The ablative is used 
to express the (1) cause; (2) manner; (3) means, material, or 

instrument ; (4) supply. 



Naked as to his limbs. 

For the most part (men) say so. 



ABLATIVE CASE. 303 

1. Cause. — The ablative of cause is used with passive verbs, and with 
the participles natus, genitus, ortus, contentus. 



The world is illuminated by the 

sun. 
I am content with my lot. 
O thou, born of a goddess ! 



Sole mundus illustratur. 



Sorte mea contentus sum. 
Nate Dea! 

I2F 3 If the cause be a person (or a thing personified), a or ab must be 
used with passive verbs. 
The world was built by God. | ADeo mundus sedificatus est. 

2. Manner. — [a) This ablative generally occurs in nouns denoting man- 
ner ; e.g., mos, modus, ratio, &c. 

In this way I wrote. | Hoc mo do scripsi. 

(b) With other nouns, cum is generally used, unless an adjective is 

joined with the noun. 
He hears with pleasure. I Cum voluptate audit. 

He bears the injury with firmness. | iE quo animo fert injuriam. 

3. Means, Material, Instrument. — Ablative without a preposition. 



To travel by horse, carriage, 
Bulls defend themselves with their 
horns. 



Equo, curru, navibus, vehi. 
Cornibus tauri se tutantur. 



' If the instrument or means be a person, per or propter is 
used, with the accusative. 
I was freed by you. \ | Per te liberatus sum. 

4. Supply. — As supply may be either abundant or defective, the abla- 
tive is used with verbs and adjectives of abounding, wanting, filling, 
emptying, &c. ; e.g., abundare, egere, carere, inops, refertus, 
preeditus, &c. 



G-ermania fluminibus a b u n d a t. 
Mens est praedita motu sempi- 
terno. 



Germany abounds in rivers. 
The 'mind is endowed with per- 
petual activity. 

(717.) Rule XXIV. The ablative of the thing needed, and 
the dative of the person, are used with opus est {there is 
need). 

We have need of a leader. | D u c e nobis opus est. 

Rem. If opus est be used personally, the thing needed is put in the 
nominative as subject. 

Leaders are necessary for us. | Duces nobis opus sunt. 

(718.) Hule XXV. The ablative is used with the depo- 
nents utor, fruor, fungor, potior, vescor. 

To make use of advice. I C o n s i 1 i o uti. 



They were enjoying peace. | Pace fruebaiitur. 



304 ABLATIVE CASE. 

Rem. Potior is used also with the genitive. 
To obtain possession of all Gaul. [Totius Galliae potiri. 

(719.) Rule XXVI. Ablative of Price. — The ablative is 
used with verbs of buying, selling, valuing, &c. ; also with 
the adjectives dignus and in dignus, to express the^rice or 
value. 

Patriam au.ro vendidit. 

Odio dignus. 

Multorum sanguine ea victoria 



He sold his country for gold. 

Worthy of hatred. 

That battle cost the blood of 



stetit. 



[jy If the price or value be an adjective, it is generally put in the 
genitive (700). 
(720.) Rule XXVII. Ablative of Limitation. — The abla- 
tive is used to denote the limitation generally expressed in 
English by as 'to, in respect of, in regard to. 



Older (i. e., greater in age). 
Skilled in the law. 
In affection a son. 



Major natu. 
Jure peritus. 
P i e t a t e films. 



(721.) Rule XXVIII. Ablative of Separation.— -The abla- 
tive is used with verbs of removing, freeing, depriving, and the 
like. 



Ccesar removed his camp from the 

spot. 
The trees are stripped of leaves. 



Caesar castra loco movit. 



Arbores foliis nudantur. 



Rem. Many of these verbs also take the prepositions a, a b, d e, e x. 

(722.) Rule XXIX. Ablative of Quality.— The ablative i3 
used (with an adjective of quality) to express that one thing is 
a quality or property of another. 

Ccesar was a man of consummate Caesar summo fuit i n g e n i o. 
talent. 

Agesilaus was a man of low stat- 
ure. 
Rem. The genitive is also thus used (696). 

(723.) Rule XXX. Ablative of Comparison. — The ablative 
is used with the comparative degree (quam being omitted) to 
express the object with which another is compared. 

Cicero was more eloquent than I Cicero fuit eloquentior Horten- 
Hortensius. I s i o. 



Agesilaus statura fuit humili. 



ABLATIVE. 305 

(724.) Rule XXXI. Ablative of Measure.— The ablative of 
measure is used, 

(a) With comparatives and superlatives, to express the meas- 
ure of excess or defect. 

(b) To express the measure of time before or after any 
event. 



Much, greater. 

Themistocles lived many years he- 
fore Demosthenes. 



Multo major. 

Themistocles permultis annis 
ante fuit quam Demosthenes. 



(725.) Rule XXXII. Ablative of Time When.— The abla- 
tive is used to express the point of time at which anything 
occurs. 

On the sixth day. | Sexto die. 

Rem. The time within which anything occurs is expressed by the ab- 



lative with or without in or d e. 



Within ten years. 
Within those days. 



Decern annis. 
In his diebus. 



(726.) Rule XXXIII. Ablative of Place. 

(a) The place ivhence is expressed by the ablative. 
He departed from Corinth. | Corintho profectus est. 

(b) The place where is expressed by the ablative, if the noun 
be of the third declension or plural number. 

Alexander died at Babylon. I Alexander B abylone mortuus est. 

At Athens. j A t h e n i s. 

Rem. If the noun be of the 1st or 2d declension singular, the genitive 
is used. 
At Rome. At Corinth. |Romao. Corinth i. 

(Domi follows this rule.) 

(727.) The ablative is used with the following prepositions, 
viz. : 

Absque, a, ab, abs, and de, 
Coram, clam, cum, ex, and e, 
Tenus, sine, pro, and prae. 
Also with i n and sub (implying rest, not motion), and super, when it 
means upon. S u b t e r is sometimes, also, used with ablative. 

(728.) Rule XXXIV. Ablative with Compound Verbs. — 
The ablative is used with some verbs compounded with a (a b, 
abs), de, e (ex), and super. 

Cc2 



306 



INFINITIVE. 



To be absent from the city. U r b e abesse. 

Ccesar resolved to desist from bat- Caesar prgelio supersedere sta- 
tle. tuit. 

Rem. The preposition is sometimes repeated. 
To depart from life (= to die). | Exire de vita. 

[For the Ablative Absolute, see 750.] 
(729.) Verbs followed by genitive, dative, or ablative, where we use no 
preposition, and should therefore be likely to put the accusative. (Those 
with asterisks take also an accusative of the thing, though some of them 
only when the accusative is a neuter pronoun.)* 



GENITIVE. 


hurt, noceo. 
indulge, *indulgeo. 
marry, nubo. 

f pareo. 
obey, < obedio. 

(.obtempero. 
pardon, *ignosco. 
permit, *permitto. 
persuade, *persuadeo. 
please, placeo. 
resist, ~) re sis to, 
oppose, ) repugno. 
rival, asmulor (ace), 
satisfy, satisfacio. 
spare, parco. 
suit, convenio. 

*— * i*3£, 

*«* Seo'nfido]^-'- 


obtain, potior (abl.). 
pity, Jmisereor. 
1 *' I mis ere sco. 
forget, obliviscor (ace), 
remember, f memim (ace.) 
recolkct, ,j recorder (ace.) 

' (remmiscor (ace), 
require, \ egeo \ {aM \ 
need, \ indigeo \ l '' 


DATIVE. 


S H edico - 

advise, *suadeo. 
answer, *respondeo. 
believe, credo. 
command, *impero. 
commission, ? * manda 
charge, $ 
congratulate, *gratulor. 
displease, displiceo. 
direct, *praecipio. 
envy, *invideo. 
favour, faveo. 
flatter, adulor (ace), 
give, *do. 

hel p >auxilior. 

atist, 5°P italOT - 

( subvenio. 
succour, \ sac<mrr o. 

heal ' \ medeor. 
cure, 5 


ABLATIVE. 


abuse, abutor. 
discharge, ) f 
perjorm, J ° 
enjoy, fruor. 
obtain, potior (gen.). 

if jsw^ 

use, utor. 
want, ) careo 
am without, $ 



III. USE OF THE INDEFINITE VERB. 

§ 9. Infinitive. 

(730.) Rule XXXV. Infinitive as Subject, — The infinitive 
is used as the subject of a verb, and is then regarded as a neu- 
ter noun. 

To love {= loving) is pleasant. | Jucundum est a m a r e. 

* Arnold. 



PARTICIPLE. 307 

(731.) Rule XXXVI. Infinitive as Complementary Object. 
— The infinitive is used (exactly as in English) to complete the 
imperfect ideas expressed by certain words. 

/ wish to learn. I Cupio d i s c e r e. 

Worthy to be loved. | Dignus amari. 

Rem. 1. The complementary infinitive occurs after verbs denoting to 
wish, to be able, to be accustomed, ought (debere), to hasten, &c. ; 
after the adjectives dignus, indignus, audax, &c. 

2. Observe that this construction, which occurs after all verbs in 
English, can only stand in Latin after those expressing imperfect 
ideas, as above stated. A purpose cannot be expressed in Latin, 
as in English, by the simple infinitive ; e. g., he comes to learn = 
venit ut discat, not venit discere. 

(732.) Historical Infinitive. — In animated narrative the in- 
finitive is sometimes used for the indicative. 

The Romans hastened, made ready, I Romani festinare, parare, &c. 

*«• I 

(This construction is quite common in Sallust.) 

[For Accusative with Infinitive, see 751.] 

§ 10. Participle. 

(733.) Rule XXXVII. The participle agrees with its noun 
in gender, case, and number, and the active participle governs 
the same case as its verb. 



The honoured man. 
The blooming rose. 
I saw him reading a book. 



Vir laudatus. 
Rosa f lor ens. 
Eum legentem librum vidi. 



(734.) The participle future active is used to express a pur- 
pose (where in English we should use to, in order to, with the 
infinitive). 
Alexander goes to Jupiter Ammon, 
in order to inquire concerning 
his descent. 

(735.) The passive participle is often used to supply the 
place of a noun. 

After Tarentum taken (= after 
the taking of Tarentum). 



Alexander ad Jovem Ammonem 
pergit, consulturus de origine 
sua. 



From the city built (= from the 
building of the city). 

[For Participle in Subordinate Sentences, see 749.] 



Post Tarentum captum. 
Ab urbc c o n d i t a. 



308 GERUND AND GERUNDIVE. 

$11. Gerund. 

(736.) Rule XXXVIII. As the infinitive is used as a noun 
in the nominative or accusative, so the gerund is used in the 
remaining cases, and governs the same case as its verb. 

Nom. Writing is useful. 
Gen. The art of writing is useful. 
Dat. Paper is useful/or writing. 
. CI learn writing. 

' I I learn during writing. 
Abl. We learn by writing. 



Scribere est utile. 

Ars scribendi est utilis. 

Charta scribendo est utilis. 

Scribere disco. 

Inter scribendum disco. 

Scribendo discimus. 



Rem. 1. With a preposition the gerund in the accusative must be 
used, not the infinitive: ad (inter, ob) scribendum, not ad 
(inter, ob) scribere. 

2. The general rules for the use of cases of nouns (695-728) apply to 
the cases of the infinitive and gerund, as above given. 

Special Remark. The gerund is not used in the dative or accusative 
with an active government ; e. g., we can say scribendi episto- 
las, of writing letters, or scribendo epistolas, by writing letters, 
but not charta utilis est scribendo {dot.) epistolas, nor charta 
utilis est ad scribendum literas. In these last cases the ge- 
rundive must be used (738). 

§12. The Gerundive, or Verbal in dus, da, dum. 

(737.) Rule XXXIX. (a) The gerundive in the nomina- 
tive neuter (dum) is used with the tenses of esse, to denote 
that an action should or must be done ; and these may govern 
the case of the verb. 

(One) must write. |Scribendum est. 

(b) The person by whom the action should or must be done 
is put in the dative. 



JT must write. 
Caius must write. 
One must use reason. 



Scribendum est m i h L 
Scribendum est C a i o. 
Ratione utendum est. 



(738.) Rule XL. (a) The gerundive is used with esse, in 
all cases and genders, as a verbal adjective, agreeing with the 
noun, to express necessity or worthiness. 

I am to be loved; she is to be I Amandus sum ; amandaest, 
loved, SfQ. I &c. 

(b) When the person is specified, it must be put in the da- 
tive. 



SUPINE. 309 



I must love Tullia. v 
All things were to be done by Cae- 
sar at one time. 



Tullia mihi amanda est. 
C 83 s a r i omnia lino tempore 
erant agenda. 



Rem. a or ab with ablative is sometimes used instead of the dative. 
My cause must be managed by the l A c o n s u 1 i b a s mea causa s u s- 
consuls. cipienda est. 

(739.) Rule XLI. The gerundive is used (to express con- 
tinued action) as a verbal adjective, in all genders and cases 
(but the nominative) agreeing with the noun, instead of the 
gerund governing the noun ; e. g., 

Gen. Of writing a letter. 

Scribendae epistolas, instead of scribendi epistolam. 
Dat. To or for icriting letters. 

Scribendis epistolis, instead of scribendo epistolas. 
Ace. To write a letter. 

Ad scribendam epistolam, instead of ad scribendum epis- 
tolam. 
Abl. By, fyc, writing a letter. 

Scribenda epistola, instead of scribendo epistolam. 

Rem. As observed in (736), the gerundive must be used for the dative 
or accusative of the gerund when it has an active government. It 
may be used for it in any other case, unless the object of the ge- 
rund is a neuter adjective or pronoun ; e. g., of learning the true = 
vera discendi, not veroruni discendorum ; of hearing this = 
hoc audiendi, not hujus audiendi. 

§ 13. Supines. 

(740.) Rule XLII. (1.) The supine in um is used with 
verbs of motion, to express the design of the motion, and gov- 
erns the same case as its verb. 

/ come to ask you. | Venio te rogatum. 

(2.) The supine in u is used, 

(a) With adjectives, to show in what respect they are 
used ; e. g., 

Pleasant as to taste. | Dulce gustatu. 

(b) With the nouns fas, nefas, opus, in the same sense : 
fas est dictu. 



PART II. 

OF COMPOUND SENTENCES. 

(741.) A compound sentence is one made up of two or more simple sen- 
tences. The sentences thus combined are either co-ordinate or subordinate. 



310 SENTENCES. 

I. CO-ORDINATE SENTENCES. 

§ 14. Classes of Co-ordinate Sentences. 

(742.) Co-ordinate sentences are united together, but yet independent 
of each other :* co-ordination is either, 

(a) Copulative; e. g., His father has abandoned him, and his friends 
have deserted him, and the son remains. 

(b) Disjunctive; e. g., Either his father has abandoned, or his friends 
have deserted him. 

(c) Adversative; e. g., His "father has abandoned him, but his friends 
have not. 

(d) Causal ; e. g., His friends will abandon him, for his father has 
done so. 

(e) Conclusive ; e. g., His father has abandoned him, therefore his 
friends will desert him. 

II. SUBORDINATE SENTENCES. 

§ 15. Classes of Subordinate Sentences. 

(743.) Subordinate sentences are so united to others (called principal 
sentences) as to be dependent upon them. 

The messenger, who was sent, an- I Nuntius, qui missus est, nun- 

nounced. I tiavit. 

Here the messenger announced is the principal sentence ; who was sent, 
the subordinate sentence.* 

(744.) Subordinate sentences are of five classes : 

A. Participial sentences. 

B. Accusative with infinitive. 

C. Conjunctive sentences, i. e., such as are introduced by a conjunc- 

tion or adverb of time. 

D. Relative sentences, i. e., such as are introduced by a relative 

word. 

E. Interrogative sentences, i. e., such as are introduced by an inter- 

rogative word. 
We shall treat these in order, premising a few remarks upon the use of 
the moods and tenses, which must be thoroughly understood. 

§ 16. The Moods. 

(745.) The verb expresses affirmation. The moods of the verb are used 
to vary the character of the affirmation. 

* It must be obvious that all co-ordinate sentences are, for grammatical 
purposes, principal sentences. Moreover, the doctrines and rules applied 
to simple sentences (Part I.) are applicable to all principal sentences : it is 
only in subordinate sentences that difficulty is likely to occur. The pupil 
should, therefore, obtain as accurate a knowledge as possible of the vari- 
ous kinds of subordinate sentences, and the different modes of affirmation 
which they express, as it is upon these that their syntax depends. 



PARTICIPIAL SENTENCES. 311 

1. By the indicative, affirmation of a fact is expressed ; e. g. t I write, 
I did not write.* 

2. By the subjunctive, affirmation is expressed doubtfully, contingently, 
or indefinitely ; e. g., I may write, if / should write, perhaps some 
(may) think. 

3. By the imperative, affirmation is expressed as an injunction or re- 
quest ; e. g., write. 

(746.) It must be obvious that in principal sentences the indicative 
mood chiefly occurs, and in subordinate sentences the subjunctive, as af- 
firmations of fact are made more frequently in the former than in the lat- 
ter. But, 

(a) The subjunctive is used (of course), even in principal sentences, 
when the affirmation is doubtful, contingent, or indefinite (745, 2). 

(b) The indicative is used, even in subordinate sentences, when the af- 
firmation is positive. 



True friendships are everlasting, 
because nature cannot be chang- 
ed. 



Verae amicitiae sempiternae sunt, 
quia natura mutari non potest. 



§ 17. The Tenses. 

(a) DIVISION. 

(747.) The tenses are either primary or historical (647, R. 3). 



, . _ . ( am at, 

(a) Fnmary, J u ^ 

(b) Historical,} , 



Future. Pres. Perf. 

amabit, amavit, 

loves. he will love. he has loved. 



Imperfect. ' Pluperfect. Perf. Aorist. 

mabat, amaverat, amavit, 

he was loving. he had loved. he loved. 



(6) SUCCESSION OP TENSES. 

(748.) Rule XL III. If there be a primary tense in the 
principal sentence, there must be a primary tense in the sub- 
ordinate ; if an historical tense in the principal, an historical in 
the subordinate. 

Principal. Subordinate. 

I know what you are doing. 

I was knowing what you were doing. 

I have learned what you are doing. 

I learned what you were doing. 

(A.) § 18. Participial Sentences. 

[The participle is used to abridge discourse, instead of a relative, ad- 
verb, or conjunction with a verb. Thus (1), Tarquin, when he was expelled 

* Of course the action may be either positive or negative, without af- 
fecting the affirmation. 



Principal. 

Scio, 


Subordinate. 

quid agas. 


S c i e b a m, 


quid ageres. 


Cognovi, 


quid agas. 


C o g n o v i, 


quid ageres. 



312 ACCUSATIVE WITH INFINITIVE. 

from Rome = Tarquin, expelled from Rome. (2) Caesar, when the work 
was finished, departed = Caesar, the work having" been finished, departed. 
These are abridged subordinate sentences, (1) being called the con- 
junctive participial construction, and (2) the ablative absolute.] 

(749.) Conjunctive Participial Construction. — The participle 
in a subordinate sentence which has for its subject the subject or 
object of the principal sentence, agrees with this last in gender, 
number, and case. 



Aristides, when he was expelled 
from his country, fled to Lace- 
daemon. 



Aristides, patria pulsus, Lace- 
daemonem fugit. 



Observe, in this example, that Aristides is the subject of 
both the principal and the subordinate sentence, and pulsus 
agrees with Aristides in gender, number, and case. In Eng- 
lish such sentences are generally expressed by an adverb or 
conjunction with a verb. 

(750.) Rule XLIV. Ablative Absolute. — If the subordinate 
sentence contains a noun and participle independent of the sub- 
ject of the leading sentence, both noun and participle are placed 
in the ablative. (This construction is called the ablative abso- 
lute.) 



When Tarquin was reigning, 
Pythagoras came into Italy. 

All things having been provided, 
they appoint a day. 



Pythagoras, Tarquinio regnan- 

t e, in Italiam venit. 
Omnibus rebus comparatis, 

diem dicunt. 



Rem. Nouns, adjectives, and pronouns are often used in the ablative 
absolute without a participle. 



Under the guidance of Nature 

(== Nature being guide). 
In the consulship of Manlius. 



Natura duce. 

Manlio consule. 

(B.) § 19. Accusative with Infinitive. 

(751.) Rule XLV. Many subordinate sentences, which in 
English are introduced by the conjunction that (especially after 
verbs of thinking, saying, knowing, &c), are expressed in 
Latin by the accusative with the infinitive. 

They said that they did not fear Dicebant non se hostem vereri. 

the enemy. 
He knows that Cicero is eloquent. Scit Ciceronem esse eloquen- 

tem. 



SUBJUNCTIVE WITH UT, KB, dUIN, QUO, aUOMIXUS. 313 

Rem. 1. Observe that the subject of the sentence thus snbordinated 
is put in the accusative, and the predicate in the infinitive. If the 
predicate contain an adjective, it must agree with the subject. 

I perceive that the water is cold. | Sentio aquani fr i gi d am esse. 

2. The accusative with infinitive occurs chiefly, 

(a) After verba sentiendi et dicendi (thinking, feeling, 
perceiving, knowing, saying, announcing, willing, forbidding, 
&c). 

(b) After such expressions as apparet (it is evident), constat 
(it is known), opus est, oportet, necesse est, justum 
est (it is necessary, right, just, &c). In this case the accusative 
with infinitive becomes the subject of the entire sentence. 

It is known to all that the Romans [ Constat inter omnes Eomanos 
were very brave. | fuisse fortissimo s. 

P^P^ Oportet and necesse est may take the subjunctive, in- 
stead of the accusative with infinitive. 

We ought ( = it behooves us) folOportetnos virtuti studere ; or 
practice virtue. | Virtuti studeamus oportet. 

(C.) § 20. Conjunctive Sentences. 

Relation of Conjunctions to the Moods. 

(752.) From what has been said (745, 746), it is obvious, that as the 
moods express the varieties of affirmation, and as the conjunctions are 
used to indicate different relations of thought (as positive, conditional, 
causal, &c), there must be a close connexion between the use of the con- 
junctions and that of the moods. It must be borne in mind, however, that 
the nature of the affirmation (except, perhaps, in purely idiomatic ex- 
pressions) decides both the mood and the conjunction that shall be used. 
If cannot properly be said, therefore, that the conjunctions govern the 
moods ; but, for convenience' cake, we treat them together. 

GENERAL RULE. 

(753.) The subjunctive is used in all subordinate sentences 
in which affirmation is expressed as dependent upon some pre- 
vious affirmation, either as purpose, aim, consequence, condition, 
or imaginary comparison. 

SPECIAL RULES. 

1. Final Conjunctions, ut, ne, quin, quo, quominus. 
(754.) Rule XLYI. The subjunctive is used in sentences 
expressing a purpose or a consequence, introduced by the final 
conjunctions ut, ne, quin, quo, quominus. 

Dd 



314 



SUBJUNCTIVE IN CONDITIONAL SENTENCES. 



1. Ut, ne, expressing purpose. 
I did not write that in order to 

instruct you. 
I beseech you not to do this. 

2. U t, expressing consequence. 

The soldiers went with such vio- 
lence that the enemy betook 
themselves to flight. 

(3.) duo is used to express a purpose, instead of ut, especially when 
a comparative enters into the sentence. 



Ba non ut te instituerem 

scripsi. 
Te obsecro n e hoc facias. 



Eo impetu milites ierunt, ut hostes 
se fugae mandarent. 



Caesar erects forts, that he may 
the more easily keep off the 
Helvetians. 



Caesar castella communit, quo fa- 

cilius Helvetios prohibere pos- 
sit. 



(4.) Q,uin is used in the sense of "but that" (as not, &c.) after nega- 
tive sentences, and after non dubito, non dubium est, &c. 



There is no one but thinks. 
It is not doubtful but that the 
soldiers will fight bravely. 



Nemo est quin putet. 
Non dubium est quin milites for- 
titer pugnaturi sint. 



(5.) Giuominus is used (in preference to ne) after verbs of hinder- 
ing, preventing, standing in the way of, &c. (It can generally be 
rendered in English by "of" or "from" with a participle.) 

Nothing hinders him. from doing I Nihil imp edit quominus hoc fa- 
this. I c i a t. 

2. Conditional Conjunctions, si, nisi, dum, dummodo, modo. 

(755.) Rule XLVII. Conditional conjunctions take the in- 
dicative if the condition is expressed as real or certain ; the 
subjunctive, where it is not. 

If he has any money, he will give S i pecuniam h ab e at, dabit. 
it (it is uncertain whether he 
has any). 

Rem. 1. If the condition is represented as impossible or unreal, (1) the 
imperfect subjunctive must be used for present or future time; 
(2) the pluperfect subjunctive for past time. 

(1) If he had any money, he would 
give it (but he has none). 

(2) If he had had any money, he 
would have given it. 

Hem. 2. As dum, dummodo, modo, in the sense of provided 
that, can never express a real, existing condition, they always 
take the subjunctive. 



S i pecuniam h a b e r e t, daret. 

habuissit, dedis- 



> i pecuniam 
set. 



SUBJUNCTIVE WITH GlUUM. 315 

3. Concessive Conjunctions (683, 5). 
(756.) The concessive conjunctions take the indicative when they intro- 
duce a definite statement of fact, but the subjunctive when something is 
expressed as possible, not actual. Etsi, quamquam, and t a ni e t s i 
are used principally in the former sense ; in the latter, etiamsi more 
commonly, and licet and q u a m v i s* nearly always. Hence, 

Rule XL VIII. Licet and quamvis (although) are al- 
ways followed by the subjunctive ; etiamsi, generally. 



Veritas licet nullum defensorem 

obtineat. 
Sapiens dolorem patienter tolerat, 

quamvis acerbus sit. 



Though truth should obtain no 

defender. 
The wise man endures pain pa- 
tiently, even though it be griev- 
ous. 

Hem. The comparative conjunctions, when used concessively, velut, 
quasi, acsi, tanquamsi, &c. (meaning as if, as though), al- 
ways take the subjunctive, for the reason given (756) for licet and 
quamvis. 
Why do I use witnesses, as\ Quid testibus utor, quasi res du- 
though the matter were doubt- \ bia sit? 
full I 

4. Temporal Conjunctions. 
(757.) Temporal conjunctions (when, after that, as soon as, 
just as, &c.) of course generally take the indicative. 

After Ccesar drew up the line of I Postquam Caesar aciem i n - 

battle. s t r u x i t. 

Every animal, as soon as it is Omne animal, simulac ortum 
born. est. 

SPECIAL REMARKS. 

(A.) Quum has two uses : temporal and causal. 

(a) Temporal. 

1. As a pure particle of time, quum takes the indicative. 

2. In historical narrative (especially where the principal clause has 
the indicative perfect) quum temporal is followed by the sub- 
junctive imperfect or pluperfect. 

When Ccesar had conquered Pom- | CaBsar, quum Pompeinm vicis- 
pey, he crossed over into Italy. I s e t, in Italiam t r a j e c i t. 

[In many such cases, the action introduced by when is in some sense 
the cause of the action in the principal sentence.] 



* Quamvis is used by the later writers in the sense of quamquam, with 
the indicative. 



316 RELATIVE SENTENCES. 

(b) &uum causal, expressing the relation of cause and effect (since, 
because, although), obviously requires the subjunctive. 
Since these things are so. | Quae cum ita sint. 

Hence, 

Rule XL IX. Quum causal is always followed by the 
subjunctive ; and quum temporal by the imperfect or pluper- 
fect subjunctive, when the aorist perfect indicative is used in 
the principal sentence. 

(B.) Antequam and priusquam are used, 

1. To express simple priority of one action to another, and here the 
indicative is obviously required. 

All these things were done before I Haec omnia ante facta sunt 
Verres touched Italy. quam Verres Italiam attigit. 

2. To express a connexion between one action and another, and here 
the subjunctive is obviously required. 



Before Ccesar attempted anything ; 
he orders Divitiacus to be sum- 
moned. 



Caesar, priusquam quidquam 
conaretur, Divitiacum ad se 
vocari jubet. 

3. To introduce a general or indefinite statement, requiring, of course, 
the subjunctive. 
The tempest threatens before it I Tempestas minatur, antequam 
rises. I surgat. 

(C.) Dum, donee, quoad, in the sense of until, take the 
subjunctive when the affirmation is expressed as possible or 
future. 

He was unwilling to leave ^elDum Milo veniret, locum relin- 
spot until Milo came. I quere noluit. 

[For interrogatives, see § 22.] 

(D.) § 21. Relative Sentences. 

(758.) In the compound sentence, "the messenger, who was sent, an- 
nounced," the clause "the messenger announced" is the principal sen- 
tence ; and the clause "who was sent 11 the relative sentence. The word 
"messenger" is the antecedent of the relative "tvho." 

1. Agreement. 
(759.) Rule L. The relative pronoun agrees with its 
antecedent in gender and number ; but its case depends upon 
the construction of the relative sentence. 

The bridge which was at Geneva I Pontem, qui erat ad Genevani, 
he orders to be cut down. I jubet rescindi. 



J 



RELATIVE SENTENCES. 317 



This was a kind of fighting in 
which the Germans had exer- 
cised themselves. 



Genus hoc erat pugnoB, quo Ger- 
mani se exercuerant. 



Rem. The verb in the relative sentence takes the person of the ante- 
cedent. 
We who write. | Nos qui scribimus. 

2. The Moods in Relative Sentences. 

(760.) (a) The indicative mood occurs in the relative sen- 
tence only when it states a fact distinctly, with reference to a 
particular subject. 

The messenger who was sent. | Nuntius qui missus est. 

(b) But qui is used in Latin very commonly (1) to avoid the 
use of a conjunction, and (2) to introduce indefinite statements, 
or the words or opinions of another ; and in such cases is al- 
ways followed by the subjunctive. 

(761.) Rule LI. The subjunctive is used in relative senten- 
ces expressing the purpose, result, or ground of the principal 
sentence. 

1. Purpose (qui = ut with demonstrative). 

They sent ambassadors to sue for I Miserunt legatos, qui pacem pet- 
(= zvho should sue for) peace. er ent (= ut ii pacem peterent). 

2. Result (qui = ut after is, tarn, talis, dignus, ita, &c). 



I am not the man to do this (= I 
am not such who can do). 

Pollio is worthy of our love (= 
worthy, whom we may love). 



Non is sum qui hoc faciam. 

Dignus est Pollio, quern diliga- 
mus. 



3. Ground or cause (qui = cur or quod). 



Erras qui censeas — 



Male fecit Hannibal qui Capuae 
hiemarit. 



You err, who think (== because you 
think) — 

Hannibal did wrong in wintering 
(= because he wintered) at Ca- 
pua. 

(762.) Rule LII. The subjunctive is used in relative sen- 
tences containing indefinite statements, especially after the 
words there are, there can be found, there is no one, &c. 



There are those who say. 
I have nothing whereof to accuse 
(= no reason to blame) old age. 



Sunt qui die ant. 
Nihil habeo quod incusem se- 
nectutem. 
Rem. When the sentence introduced by the relative expresses the 

D d2 



318 INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES. 

sentiments of another (rather than of the writer), the subjunctive is 
used. 



The Helvetians determined to get 
together those things which 
(they thought) belonged to 
marching (were necessary for 
setting out). 



Helvetii constituerunt ea quoa ad 
proficiscendum pertinerent 
comparare. 



(F.) § 22. Interrogative Sentences. 
1. Questions. 
(763.) Questions are often expressed in English without any interrog- 
ative word ; e. g., Is Caius writing ? but in the Latin, almost invaria- 
bly, an interrogative word is used. These are either (a) interrogative 
particles, (b) interrogative pronouns, or (c) interrogative adverbs or con- 
junctions. 

(a) Interrogative Particles : ne, no n n e, n u m, u t r u m, a n. 
(1.) 1ST e simply asks for information. 

Is Caius writing ? |Scribitne Caius ? 

(2.) No nn e expects the answer yes. 
Do you not think the wise man | Nonne putas sapientem beatum 

happy? I esse? 

(3.) Num. expects the answer no. 
Do you think the fool happy ? | ISTum putas stultum esse beatum? 

(4.) Utrum is used in double questions, with an (ivhether — or). 
(Whether) is that your fault or I Utrum ea vestra an nostra culpa 

ours ? I est ? 

(b) Interrogative Pronouns : quis, qui, qualis, quantus, e c - 
quis, &c. 

Who taught Epaminondas mu- I Q, u i s Epaminondam music am do- 
sic? &c. | cuit? 

(c) Interrogative Adverbs or Conjunctions: quare, cur, quando, 
ubi, quomodo, &c. 

(764.) Questions are either direct or indirect : direct, when they are 
not dependent on any word or sentence going before ; e. g., Is Caius wri- 
ting ? Indirect, when they are so dependent ; e. g., Tell me if Caius is 
writing, 

2. Use of the Moods in Questions, 
(a) Direct. 
(765.) In direct questions the indicative is used when the question is put 
positively, and the subjunctive when it is put doubtfully ; e. g., 
(Positive.) What are you doing ? I &uid agis? (Indie.) 
(Doubtful.) What can we do ? | duid agamus? 



ORATIO OBLiaUA. 319 

(b) Indirect. 

(766.) Rule LIII. In indirect questions the subjunctive is 
always used. 



I do not know what book you are 

reading. 
Tell me what you are doing. 



Nescio quern librum legas. 

Die, quid agas. 
§ 23. Oratio Obliqua. 



1. Nature of Oratio Obliqua. 
(767.) When any one relates the words or opinions of another, he may 
do it in two ways : 

(a) He may represent him as speaking in the first person, and give his 
words precisely as they were uttered; e. g., Ariovistus said, " I have 
crossed the Rhine" — Ariovistus dixit, Rhenum transii. This is 
called oratio recta, direct discourse. 

(b) He may state the substance of what the speaker said in narrative 
form ; e.g., Ariovistus said that he had crossed the Rhine — Ariovistus 
dixit se Rhenum trans is s e. This is called oratio obliqua, 
indirect discourse* 

2. The Moods in the Oratio Obliqua. 
(768.) The sentences introduced in the oratio obliqua are either princi- 
pal or subordinate ; e. g., Ariovistus said that he would not wage war on 
the iEduans if they paid the tribute yearly. Here the sentence that he 
would not wage war upon the IEduans is a principal sentence, and if 
they paid the tribute yearly is a subordinate sentence. 

(769.) Rule LIV. (a) Principal sentences in the oratio obli- 
qua are expressed by the accusative with the infinitive ; e. g. f 
Ariovistus dixit, s e iEduis bellum non esse illaturum. 

Rem. If the principal sentence contains a command or wish, it is ex- 
pressed by the subjunctive ; e. g., 
The leader said that tlie troops | Dux dixit, milites suae saluti con- 
should consult their own safety. \ sulerent. 

(b) Subordinate sentences in oratio obliqua always take the 
subjunctive ; e. g., Ariovistus dixit, se iEduis bellum non esse 
illaturum, si stipendium quotannis penderent (if 
they paid the tribute yearly). 






APPENDICES. 



APPENDIX I. 



OF PROSODY. 
§ 1. Quantity. 

[The rules of quantity in Lesson XL II. should be reviewed, and the 

following additional rales learned.] 

1. Penults. 
(770.) Dissyllabic supines lengthen the penult ; e.g., visum. 
Rem. The following are short, viz. : 

Datum, ratuin, satum, staturn, ituni, 
Citum, litum, situm, rutum, quitum. 
(771.) Reduplicated perfects shorten both penult and antepenult ; 
e. g., cecidi, didici. 

Rem. Penult is long in cecidi (cssdere) and pepedi (pedere). 
(772.) In adjective penults observe the following : 
1.. Short Penults : -acus, -icus, -idus, imus ; e. g., JEgyptiacus, mo- 
dicus, cupidus, legitimes. 

Exceptions. — Meracus, opacus, amicus, apiicus, antlcus, posticus, 
mendicus, umbilicus, fidus, infidus, bimus, trimus (of two, three 
years, &c), mati'imus, opimus, patrimus, imus, primus. 

2. Long Penults: -a lis, -anus, udus, utus, with all before -rug, 
-vus, -sus; e.g., dotalis, montanus, percrudus, astutus, avarus, sin- 
cerus, deliras, decorus, octavus, aestivus, famosus. 

Exc. — Infen, posteri, barbarus, opiparus. 

3. Penults sometimes long, sometimes short: -iiis, -inus. 

(a) -ilis, from verbs, is short ; fi*om nouns, long; e. g., facilis [short) ; 
civilis (long). Exilis, subtilis, and the names of months (Aprilis, 
&c), are long. 

(b) -inns, from nouns denoting time or material, is short ; from 
other words, long ; e. g., crastinus, elephantinus (short) ; caninus, 
Latinus (long). 

2. Compound Words. 
(773.) Compound words generally retain the quantity of the simple 
Words ; e. g., per+1 e g o — - p e r 1 e g o ; per+1 e" g i = p e r ] * 



324 APPENDIX I. PROSODY. 

Rem. 1. A change of vowels does not affect the rule; e4-lego== 

e 1 i g o. 
2. Dejero, pejero (juro) ; maledicus, &c. (dico) ; cognitum, agnitum 
(notum), are short, though the simple words are long. 
(774.) a, e, de, di, pro, s e, in composition are long, but re is short. 
JExc. — Dirimo, disertus, refert. Pro is short in Greek words, and in 
the compounds of cello, fanum, fari, fateor, festus, fugio, fundo, 
nepos, neptis, torvus ; also in proficiscor. In prop ago, propino, it 
is doubtful.* 
(775.) If the first part of a compound word end in a, it is generally long ; 
if in e, i, or u, generally short ; e. g. } traduco, trado (contracted from trans) ; 
trecenti, agricola, quadrupes. 

§ 2. Rhythm, Arsis, Thesis, Verse, Feet. 

(776.) (a) By Rhythm we mean a regular alternation of elevations 
(stress) and depressions of the voice. In poetry this alternation follows 
certain fixed laws. 

(b) The effort of voice by which stress is laid upon one syllable is called 
Ictus, or rhythmical accent. A syllable so raised by the ictus stands in 
the Arsis. The syllable or syllables on which the voice rests or sinks 
are said to be in the Thesis. 

(c) A Foot is formed by the union of arsis and thesis. A combination 
of feet forms a Verse. 

Thus, in the line visere montes, the ictus falls on the syllables 
marked with the accent ; vis and mon, therefore, are in the arsis, 
sere and tes in the thesis. The union of arsis and thesis in 
visere forms a foot; so also in montes. The combination of 
I these two feet forms the verse 

Visere montes. 

(d) A Dactyl is a foot composed of one long syllable (arsis) and two 
short syllables (thesis) ; e. g., visere : a Spondee of two long (arsis and 
thesis) ; e. g., montes. 

§ 3. Scanning. 

(777.) Scanning is the measuring of a verse into the feet which com- 
pose it. Observe the following points in scanning : 

1. Synalcepha cuts off a vowel at the end of a word when the next 
word begins with a vowel or h; e. g., instead ofregina ad, we 
read re gin' ad; instead of at que hinc, atqu' hinc. 

2. Ecthlipsis cuts offm with the vowel before it at the end of a word 

* The following lines contain the exceptions : 

At rape quae fundo, fugio, neptisque, neposque, 

Bt cello, fari, fateor, fanumque, festumque ; 

Atque procus, proficiscor, cumque propheta, profecto. 



APPENDIX I. PROSODY. 



325 



when the next begins with a vowel ; e. g., instead ofignotum 
est, we read ignot' est. 

3. The last syllable of a word ending with a consonant is always 
long if the next word begins with a consonant ; e. g., m a n i b u. s 
tremor; here bus (naturally short) is made long. 

4. Synceresis contracts two syllables into one ; e. g., a u r e a into 
aurea (pronounced aurya). 

5. Diceresis divides one syllable into two ; e. g., pictae, pictai. 

§ 4. Hexameter Verse. 

(778.) (a) Hexameter verse is so called because it has six measures, 
of a foot each. The first four feet may be either dactyls or spondees ; the 
fifth is regularly a dactyl, the sixth a spondee. 



1. 


2. | 


3. 


4. 


5. 


, 6 * 


Scd fugit 


tntere- 


a„fugit 


irrepa- 


rubile 


tempus. 


Infan- 


dltm Re-| 


glnaju- 


bes reno- 


vEre do- 


lorem. 



Rem. 1. Sometimes a spondee is found in the 5th place, especially 
when anything grave or solemn is expressed. The line is then 
called spondaic. 
2. The final syllable of a verse is always reckoned long ; e. g., rem, 
in dolorem. 
(&) Ccesura is the separation, by the end of a word, of syllables enter- 
ing into a foot. If the feet of a verse be marked off like bars in music^ 
whenever a bar falls in the middle of a word there is a caesura ; e. g., the 
following hexameter has^re caesuras : 

Ele la- | tus nive- | urn mol- | li ful- | tus, hya- | clntho. 
(c) The ccesural pause in hexameter verse is a pause or rest of the 
voice on a caesural syllable, designed to give harmony to the entire verse. 
(1.) The most approved caesural pause (the heroic) falls on the arsis of 
the third foot, as in the following examples : 



Sed fugit j 
illela- 



Intere- 
tus nive 



fugit I 
mol- 



Irrepa I rabile 
li ful j tus hya- 



tempus. 
cintho. 



(2.) Next in excellence is the C8esural pause in the thesis of the third 
foot, or in the arsis of the fourth. Occurring in other places, it 
mars the harmony of the verse. 

Ee 



APPENDIX II. 



(779.) 



fiEne-aS, oe, 

1st Decl. ■{ Anchls-es, 33, 33, 

^Penelop-e, es, 83, 

( Del-os, i, o, 

, J Orph-eiis, ei, eo, 



GREEK NOUNS. 

ce, 



e. Voc. sometimes a and a. 



Zd Decl. 



am (an), a, 

en, e, 

en, e, e. 

urn, or on, e, o. 

eum, orea, eu eo. 

I (or, N. eus, G. eos, D. ei (ei), Ace. ea poetical.) 

I^Ath-os, 6, 6, on, or 6, 6s, 6. (In Greek, o c.) 
f Poes-is, 



Nere-is, 



3d DecU 



(os,) 
Pericl-es, is, 



is, 7i, im, Ms, i 
(eos,) > (in,) > 



es, eon (ibus not found). 



G. Nereid-is, ? i, em, ^ (Nerei), e. 



Did-6, us, 



«3 

H, em, 

i ea, 

6, o, 



es, 
e, 
6. 



es, um, ibus, es. 

(as.) 



i, onis, &c.) 



Obs. Neuters in a, gen. atis, have dat. plur. in atis ; thus : poema, dafc. 
plur. poematis, not poematibus. 



(780.) 



Masc. 



EXAMPLES OF PATRONYMICS 
(or names from a father or ancestor). 
JEneas, Anchises, Tyndarus, Theseus, 
JEneddes, Anchisiddes, Tyndarides, Thesides* 



Fern. (JEneis,) Anchisias, Tynddris, Tkeseis, 



Atlas (antis). 

Atlantides, 

Atlantiades. 

Atlantis, 

Atlantias. 



(781.) EXAMPLES OF NAMES 

(derived from one's town or native country). 
Masc. Persa, Cres, Tros, Thrax, Laco (Lacon), Phosnix. 
Fern. Persis, Cressa, Troas, Threissa, Laccena, Phosnissa. 

Crelis, Thressa. 

Clusinus Atheniensis Abderites (fern., Abderitis). 
(of Clusium). (an Athenian), (of Abdera). 
Milesius Arpinas 

(of Miletus) . (of Arpinum) . 

* For Thes8ides. Hence ides comes from noin. in eus. 



Romanus 
(Roman). 



Xj 



APPENDIX III. 



(782.) THE CALENDAR. 

(1.) The Roman months had the same number of days as ours, baft 
were differently divided. 

1. The Kalends were the 1st day of the month. 

2. The Nones " 5th or 1th day of the month. 

3. The Ides " 13tk or 15th day of the month. 

!21P "We make in March, July, October, May, 

The Nones the seventh, the Ides the fifteenth day. 

In all the other months the 5th and 13th were used. 

(2.) The names of the months are used as adjectives agreeing with 
Kalendae, Nonae, and Idus. 

Kalendis Januariis. 

Nonis Juniis. 

Idibus Septembribus. 

(3.) (a) Instead of beginning at the 1st of the month and numbering the 
days regularly 2d, 3d, &c., as we do, the Romans counted them backward 
from the Kalends, Nones, and Ides. Thus, the 2d of January was called 
the 4th day before the Nones of January, quarto (die ante) Nonas 
Januarias ; the 3d, tertio Nonas ; the 4th, pridie Nonas; the 
5th, Nonis. 



The 1st of January. 

The 5th of June. 

The 13th of September. 



(b) From the above cases it will be seen that the day with which the 
reckoning commences is included (except pridie), i. e., the 2d day before 
the Nones is tertio Nonas ; the 3d day before, quarto Nonas, &c. 

Tertio (die ante) Idus Octo- 

br es. 
Tertio (die ante) Nonas J u - 

nias. 

(c) Special care must be taken, in designating any day between the 
Ides of one month and the Kalends of another, to ensure correctness. 
Thus, III. (die ante) Kalend. Januar. will be December 30 ; but III. Kal. 
Maias == 29th April, inasmuch as December has 31 days and April but 30. 
So III. Kal. Martias = 27th February. 



The 13th of October. 
The 3d of June. 



328 



APPENDIX III. CALENDAR. 



(4.) The following table, exhibiting the correspondence between the 
Roman calendar and ours, can now be readily understood : 



The Days 


March, May, July, 


January, August, and 


April, June, Septem- 


February { has 28, 


of our 


and October (have 


December ( have 


ber, and November 


and in Leap-years 


Months. 


31 days). 


also 31 days). 


(have 30 days). 


29 days). 


1. 


Kalendis. 


Kalendis. 


Kalendis. 


Kalendis. 


2. 


VI. ) 


IV. )ante 
III. 5 Nonas. 


IV. ) ante 
III. 3 Nonas. 


IV. ) ante 


3. 


V. 1 ante 


III. $ Nonas. 


4. 


IV. 1 Nonas. 


Pridie Nonas. 


Pridie Nonas. 


Pridie Nonas. 


5. 


in. J 


Nonis. 


Nonis. 


Nonis. 


6. 


Pridie Nonas. 


VIII. i 




VIII. i 




VIII. ^j 




7. 


Nonis. 


VII. 




VII. 




VII. 




8. 


VIII. i 




VI. 


ante 


VI. 


ante 


VI. 


ante 


9. 


VII. 




V. 


Idus. 


V. 


* Idus. 


V. 


' Idus. 


10. 


VI. 


ante 


IV. 




IV. 




IV. 




11. 


V. 


Idus. 


III. J 




III. J 




III. J 




12. 


IV. 




Pridie Idus. 


Pridie Idus. , 


Pridie Idus. 


13. 


III. J 




Idibus. 


Idibus. 


Idibus. 


14. 


Pridie Idus. 


XIX. ^ 




XVIII. ^ 




XVI. ^i 




15. 


Idibus. 


XVIII. 


bD 


XVII. 


bn 


XV. 




16. 


XVII. " 


hD 


XVII. 


.s 


XVI. 


'? 


XIV. 


02 

o3 


17. 


XVI. 


•S 


XVI. 


o 


XV. 


o 

1 


XIII. 


l! 


18. 


XV. 


£ 


XV. 




XIV. 


XII. 




19. 


XIV. 


§ 


XIV. 


«s 


XIII. 


CD 


XI. 


20. 


XIII. 


XIII. 


rg 


XII. 


J3 

-u -^ 


X. 




21. 


XII. 


<D 


XII. 


(H^ 


XI. 




IX. 


>r § 


22. 


XI. 


<+h3* 


XI. 


-2-a 


X. 


02 O 


VIII. 


CD 
13 


23. 


X. 


"2-3 


X. 


xn O 
o3 £ 


IX. 




VII. 


24. 


IX. 


02 9 

a 

13 


IX. 


T3 rH 


VIII. 


A 


VI. 


CD 


25. 


VIII. 


VIII. 


CO 


VII. 


13 


V. 




26. 


VII. 


VII. 


13 


VI. 


M 


IV. 


e3 


27. 


VI. 


VI. 


V. 


o 


III. , 




28. 


V. 


V. 


rj 


IV. 


1 


Prid. Kalendas 


29. 


IV. 


■§ 


IV. 


§ 


III. J 




Martias. 


30. 


III. 


3 


III. ; 




Prid. Kalendas 




31. 


Prid. Kalendas 


Prid. Kalendas 


(of the follow- 






(of the follow- 


(of the follow- 


ing month). 






ing month). 


ing month). 







(5.) The 5th day before the Kalends of April (for instance) may be ex- 
pressed in three ways : 

(a) Die quinto ante Kalendas Apriles. 

(b) duinto Kalendas Apriles. 

(c) Ante diem quintum Kalendas Apriles; or, abbrevi- 
ated, a. d. V. K a 1. Apr. 



APPENDIX IV. 



ABBREVIATIONS. 
(783.) The following abbreviations of words occur in Latin authors: 
{a) NAMES. 



A. Aulus. 


M\ Manius. ' 


Sept. Septimius. 


Ap. Appius. 


M. Marcus. 


Serv. Servius. 


C. Caius. 


Mam. Mamercus. 


Sex. Sextus. 


CI. Claudius. 


M. T. C. Marcus Tulli- 


Sp. Spurius. 


Cn. Cnaeus. 


us Cicero. 


T. Titus. 


D. Decimus. 
D. Decius. 


rT. Numerius. 
P. Publius. 


Tjj^ r I Tiberius. 


L. Lucius, 


d. Quintus. 


Tuli. Tullius. 


(b) PUBLIC EXPRESSIONS. 




Md. jEdilia. 


Id. Idus. 


Pr. Prastor. 


Aug. Augustus. 


Imp. Imperator. 


Praaf. Praefectus. 


™l or ^Kalendse. 


Impp. Imperatores. 


Pont. Max. Pontifex 


Non. N01133. 


Maximus. 


Cos. Consul. 


0. M. Optimus Maxi- 


Hesp. Respublica. 


Coss. Consules. 


mus. 


S. Senatus. 


D. Divus. 


P. C. Patres Con- 


S. C. Senatus consul- 


Des. Designatus. 


scripti. 


turn. 


Eq. Horn. Eques Ho- 


PI. Plebis. 


S. P. a. H. Senatus po- 


manus. 


Pop. Populus. 


pulusque Rom. 


F. Filius. 


P. H. Populus Horn. 


Tr. Tribunus. 


(c) OTHER ABBREVIATIONS. 




A. Anno. 


s. s 


alutem. 


A. C. Anno currente. 


s. p. d. e 


alatem dicit plurimam. 


A. pr. Anno praeterito. 


c. c 


aput. 


A. M. Anno mundi. 


cf. c 


onfer. 


A. Clir. Anno Christi. 


e. g. e 


xempli gratia. 


A. D. Anno Domini. 


i. e. i( 


1 est. 


A. U. C. Anno urbis conditae. 


1. C. 1( 


)co citato. 


D. D. Dono dedit. 


pag. m. p 


agina me a. 


D. D. D. Dono dedit dicavit. 


q. d. q 


nasi dicat. 


D. D. C. q. Dedit dicavit consecra- 


q. 1. q 


uantum libet. , 


vitque. 


q. s. q 


uantum sufficit. 


D. M. Diis Manibus. 


scil. s 


cilicet. 


L. S. Loco sigilli. 


seq. s 


equens. 


M. S. Manuscriptus. 


v. \ 


ersus. 


P. S. Postscriptum. 


v. g. \ 


erbi gratia. 


&.D.B.V. Quod Deus bene vertat. 


viz. 's 


ddelicet. 


S. V. B. E. E. V. Si vales bene est 


vid, ^ 


idc. 


ego valeo. 








E 


E 2 





WORD-BUILDING 



READING LESSONS. 






WORD-BUILDING. 



(784.) 1. The generic meaning of a word is contained in its root ; the 
specific meaning is generally given by its ending. Tims, in all the words 
am-o {I love), am- or (love), am -a tor (a lover), am-icus (friend), we 
find the same generic idea (love) expressed by the root am ; while the 
specific meanings, I love (verb), love (noun), lover (noun), friend (adjective 
noun), are given by the endings o, or, a tor, Icus, respectively. 

2. The meanings of words are farther modified by certain prefixes ; 
e. g., ire (to go), amb-ire (to go round). 

3. Again, words may be compounded with each other, and fonn new 
words ; e. g., with agr- (the stem of ag er, field), and col- (the stem of 
colere, to till), we form agricol-a, a tiller of the field = a farmer. 

Thus there are three modes of forming words : by suffixes, prefixes, and 
composition. "We treat them in order. 

(i.) WORD-BUILDING BY SUFFIXES. 

(A.) Nouns. 
(785.) First Declension. 

1. The ending -a, suffixed to verb-stems, expresses an agent or 
doer. 

S crib- a, writer, from scrib-ere, to write. 
p e r f u g - a, deserter, from p e r f u g - e r e, to desert. 

2. -ia, -itia, with adjective-stems, a disposition or condition. 

ignav-ia, cowardice, from i g n a v - u s, cowardly. 

prudent-ia, prudence, from prude n(t)-s, pru den t. 
trist-itia, sadness, from t r i s t - i s, sad. 

victor-ia, victory, from v i c t - o r, victorious. 

3. -ura, with supine-stems, the action or condition of the verb, 
pict-ura, painting; pingere (pict-), to paint. 
praefect-ura, prefectship ; praeficere (p r oe f e c t -), to place over. 

(786.) Second Declension. 

1. -us, -ius, with verb-stems, form nouns denoting the agent or the 
action of the verb. 

serv-us, slave ; s e r v - 1 r e, to serve. 

fluv-ius, river; flu (v) -ere, to flow. 

coqu-us, cook ; c o q u - e r c, to cook. 

lud-us, sport § lud-ere, to play. 



334 WORD-BUILDING. 

2. -urn, -ium, with verb-stems, gives a result of the action of the 
verb. 

jug-ura, yoke, jung-ere, to join. 

vad-um, ford ; vad-ere, to go. 

incend-ium, fire ; incend-ere, i(o burn. 

3. - i u m, with noun-stems, (a) an office, or (b) an assemblage of men 
exercising an office or function. 

(a) sacerdot-ium, office ofsacerdos. 
m i n i s t e r - i u m, office of m i n i s t e r. 

(b) colleg-iuin, assemblage of collegse. 
conviv-ium, assemblage of convivae. 

4. -mentum, with verb-stems, the means of doing what the verb 
expresses. 

teg-u- mentum, covering ; t e g - e r e, to cover. 
a d j u - m e n £ u m, aid ; adjuv-are, ^o assist. 

5. -nlum, -bulum, -culum, with verb-stems, means or instru- 
ment. 

jac-nlum, javelin ; j a c - e r e, to hurl. 

venab-ulum, hunting -spear ; ven-ari, to hunt. 

vehi-culum, carriage ; veh-ere, to carry. 

Rem. culum also sometimes — the place where ; e. g., c 03 n a - c u 1 u m, 

cubi-culuru. 

6. - c r u m, -strum, with verb-stems, place or thing prepared for any 
purpose. 

lava-crum, bath ; lav-are, to wash. 

claus-trum, lock ; claud-ere, to shut. 

(787.) Diminutives of First and Second Declensions. 

1 u s, - 1 a, -lum, with noun-stems, form diminutive nouns, of mascu- 
line, feminine, and neuter genders. 

(a) Connecting vowels i, o, u, the latter sometimes with c. 

fili-o-lus, fili-o-la, little son,, daughter — (films) ; f r a t e r - 
cuius (frater) ; opus-culum (opus). 

(b) Sometimes 1 is doubled: lap-illus (lapis); codic-illus 
(codex, codicis) ; sac-ellum (sacrum). 

(788.) Third Declension. 

1. -tas, -tus (with or without i as connecting vowel), form, with ad- 
jective-stems, abstract nouns denoting quality, &c. 

bon-i-tas, goodness', bon-us, good. 

hones-tas, honour; honest-us, honourable. 

fort-i-tudo, bravery; fort-is, brave. 



WORD-BUILDING. 335 

2. (a) -or, with verb-stems, the action or condition of the verb. 

pav-or, fear; pav-ere, to fear. 

am-or, love; am-are, to love. 

(b) -or, with supine-steins, the agent or doer. 

doct-or, teacher; doc-ere (doct-), to teach. 

monit-or, adviser; rnon-ere (uionit-), to advise. 

3. -io, with supine-stems, the action of the verb, especially the doing 
of it. 

act-io, action; ag-ere (act-), to act, do. 

caut-io, caution; cav-ere (caut-), to take care. 

4. -tudo, with adjective-stems, the abstract quality. 

fort-i-tudo, bravery; fort- is, brave, 

(789.) Fourth Declension. 

Most nouns of the 4th declension are abstracts formed from verb- 
stems or supine-stems. 

us -us, use; uti (us-), to use. 

mot-us, motion; mov-ere (mot-), to move. 

(790.) Fifth Declension. 

1. -es, -ies, -ities, with verb or adjective-stems, a property, oper- 
ation, quality, occ. 

fid-es (fid-ere) ; ser-ies (ser-ere) ; fac-ies (fac-ere) ; dur- 
ities (dur-us) ; mund-ties (mund-us). 

2. [Those in -ities coexist with others in -itia (784, 2); e. g., 
munditia, duritia, &c] 

(B.) Adjectives. 
(791 .) First Class, us, a, um. 

1. -us, quality in general (coexisting with verb and noun stems). 

alb-us, white; alb-are, alb-umen. 

curv-us, curved; cur v- are, cu rr- am en. 

dur-us, hard; dur-are, dur-ities, 

viv-us, alive; viv-ere, vit-a. 

2. -ldus and uus, chiefly with stems of intransitive verbs, the 
quality of the verb, without addition. 

turg-idus, swelling; turg-ere, to sic ell. 

cal-idus, warm; cal-ere, to be warm. 

noc-uus, hurtful; noc-ere, to hurt. 

3. -bundus, with verb-stems, force of present participle, intensified. 

h oe s i t a - b u n d u s, full of hesitation ; hajsit-are, to hesitate. 
lacryma-bundus, weeping profusely ; lacrym- a r e, to weep. 



336 WORD-BUILDING. 

4. -cundus, same as bundus, generally with the additional idea of 
permanency. 

ira-cundus, passionate; ira-sc-i, to he angry. 

vere-cundus, bashful; vere-ri, tofear. 

5. -i c n s, with noun-stems, belonging or relating to a thing. 

class -icus, belonging to a Jleet; class -is, fieet. 
civ-icus, civic; civ-is, citizen. 

6. -ens, -aceus, -icius, with noun-stems, material or origin. 

ferr-eus, of iron ; ferr-um, iron. 

chart-aceus, of paper ; chart- a, paper. 

7. -in us, with noun-stems, similarity, quality, or material. 

a s i n - i n u s, asinine, like an ass ; a s i n - u s, an ass. 

m a r - i n u s, marine ; m a r - e, the sea. 

crystall-inus, crystalline; crystall-um, crystal. 

8. -anus, with names of towns ending in a or oe, a native of such 
place. 

Rom-anus, a Roman ; R, o in a, Rome. 

9. -os us, -lentus, with noun-stems, fulness, abundance (like the 
English -ous). 

fam-osus, famous; fam-a, fame. 

vino-lentus, drunken; vin-um, wine. 

(792.) Second Class, is, is, e. 

1. -is, quality in general (coexisting commonly with noun and verb 
forms). 

lev- is, light; lev-are, lev-itas. 

2. -ll is, -bilis, with verb-stems, the quality of the verb, or the 
capacity of it, in two senses, [a) active and (b) passive. 

(a) t e r r i - b i 1 i s, exciting terror ; terr-ere, to terrify. 

(b) d 6 c - i 1 i s, docile ; doc-ere, to teach. 
amab-ilis, amiable ; a m - a r e, to love. 

3. -ilis (i long), with noun-stems, belonging or relating to a thing. 

civ-ilis, belonging to a citizen, civil ; c i v - i s, citizen. 
host-ilis, hostile ; hos-tis, enemy. 

[Observe that ilis, with verb-stems, is short; with noun-stems, long.] 

4. -a 1 i s, -a r i s, with noun-stems, of or belonging to. 

conviv-alis, convivial ; conviv-a. 

capit-alis, capital ; caput, head. 

consul-aris, consular ; consul. 

5. -e n s i s, with names of towns — a native of such town. 

Cann-ensis, an inhabitant of C ann 83. 
Arimin-ensis, an inhabitant of Ariminum. 



WORD-BUILDING. 337 

(793.) Third Class, one ending-. 
-ax, with verb-stems, the tendency of the verb, generally hi a bad 



sense. 








pugn-ax, 


pugnacious ; 


pugn-are, 


to fight. 


rap-ax, 


rapacious ; 


rap -ere, 


to seize* 



(C.) Verbs. 
(794.) First Conjugation. 

1. -are, generally a transitive ending, with nonn-stems. 

numer-are, to count ; numer-us, number. 

nomin-are, to name ; nomen (nomin-is), name. 

2. Frequentative verbs, expressing a repetition or increase of the 
action of the original verb, are formed by the endings -are and 
-It are ; thus : 

(a) -are, added to supine-stems. 

curs -are, to run to and fro ; currere (curs-um), to run. 
dormit-are, to be sleepy ; dormire (dormit-um), to sleep. 

(b) -it are, added to verb-stems. 

rog-itare, to ask often ; rog-are, to ask. 

vol-itare, to fly to and fro ; vol-are, to fly. 

3. -ari, deponent-ending, with noun-stems, is much used for express- 
ing a to be that which, or of the character that," the noun indicates. 

. C to attend as com- } . .. . . 

comit-ari, < . > comes (comit-is), companion. 

( panion ; > 

domin-ari, to rule as master ; domin-us, master. 

(795.) Second Conjugation. 

-ere, frequently an intransitive ending, with noun and adjective stems. 

a 1 b - e r e, to be white ; a 1 b - u s, white. 

luc-ere, to shine ; lux (luc-is), light. 

(796.) Third Conjugation. 
Inchoative verbs express the beginning or increase of the action of 
the verb from which they are derived. They are formed by adding 
s c to the verb-stem, with the connecting-vowels a, e, or i. Most of 
them are formed on stems of verbs of second conjugation. 

pallesc-ere, to grow pale ; pall-ere, to be pale. 

labasc-ere, to totter ; lab-are, to waver. 

(797.) Fourth Conjugation. 
Desiderative verbs express a desire of that which is implied in the 
primitive, and are formed by adding -urire to supine-stems, 
es-urire, to want to cat ; edere (es-um), to eat. 

Ff 



338 WORD-BUILDING. 

(il.) WORD-BUILDING BY PREFIXES. 

% (798.) Under this head we place only the inseparable prepositions (229), 
viz., amb-, dis- (di-), re-, se. 

1. Amh- = about, around, on both sides; e.g., amb -Ire, to go 
round (amb+ire). 

tW Before^ the b is dropped; e._g., am-plector: before c-sounds 
amb is changed into an; e. g., an-ceps, an-quiro. 

2. Dis (di) == asunder ; e.g., dis-jungere, to disjoin (dis+jungere). 
iy Di is used before d, g, I, m ; e. g., digerere, &c. Before/ the 

s is assimilated; e.g., differre (dis+ferre). 

3. B, e = back, again, away, un- ; e. g., r e p e 1 1 e r e, drive-bach (re+ 
pellere) ; reficere, refit (rg+facere). 

I2F 3 Before vowels, d is inserted ; e. g., red-ire (re-f-ire). 
[ B, e long occurs only in r e f e r t.] 

4. Se — aside; e.g., seduce re, lead astray, seduce (se+ducere) ; 
seponere, lay aside (se-f ponere). 

(ill.) WORD-BUILDING BY COMPOSITION. 

I. Prepositions in Composition with other Words. 
(799.) |jp Most prepositions are used to form compound words, and 
generally modify their meaning in a way easily understood ; e.g., stare, 
to stand ; prsestare, io stand before, to excel. We notice here only 
those which present some peculiarities. 

1. a, ab, abs = away, from, (a) a is used before m and v ; e. g., 
a-mittere, to send away, lose; a-vertere, turn away, (b) au is 
used before f err e andfugere: auferre, aufugere. (c) as, be- 
fore p or sp : asperto, aspernor. 

2. ad = to. (a) Assimilated before consonants, except d,j, v, m ; e. g., 
arripere, assurgere, adducere, &c. (b) d dropped before 
gn; e. g., agnoscere, agnatus. 

3. con (a variation of cum) = with, (a) co before h and vowels ; e. g., 
co-ortus, co-hibere. (b) com before b, p .•"* com-bur6re, 
com-pellere. (c) Assimilated before I, m, r : col-ligere, com- 
movere, cor-rip6re. 

4. e or es.-=.out of. [a) Assimilated before /; e.g., effero (ex-f- 
fero). (b) e before liquids and b, d, g, v. 

5. in, with verbs = into, on, in, against; with adjectives has privative 
force; e. g., doc t us, learned; indoctus, unlearned. 

(a) Assimilated before I, r; e. g., illatum (in+latum); irrum- 
pere (in-|-rumpere). 

* And somotimes before vowels: comedere. 



WORD-BUILDING. 339 

(b) Changed into im before b, p; e.g., imbiber e (in+bibere) ; 
imponere (in-f-ponere). 

6. ob = against; e. g., obtrudere (ob -f- tradere), thrust against. 
I^p 3 Assimilated before c, f p ; e. g., oc-cidere (ob+cadere) ; 
of-ferre, op-ponere, 

7. pro = forth, forward ; e.g., projicere (pro+jacere), cast forth. 
I2IP Before vowels, d is inserted ; e. g., prod-ess e (pro+esse). 

8. p r se = before ; e. g., p r ae c e d e r e (prae+cedere), to go before, to 



9, sub = under, from under ; e. g., subducere, /o draw from under. 

(a) Generally assimilated ; e.g., sum-mover e, sup -pone re, &c. 

(b) Sometimes sus-; e.g., sus-cipere, sus-tinere, &c. 

10. trans = across, over; e. g., trans due ere, to lead across. 
$3F° Tra, instead of trans, occurs in tradere, traducere, tra- 
jicSre. 

(800.) II. Adverbs in Composition with other Words. 

1. ne, ve, have a privative force; e. g., nefas, wicked (ne+fas) ; 
vesanus, insane (ve+sanus). 

2. bene, well ; male, ill ; satis, enough; e. g., beneficiam, a 
good deed; maleficium, an evil deed; satisfacere, to satisfy 
(= to do enough). 

3. bis (and other numerals), twice [thrice), &c. : bicorpor, two-bod- 
ied (bis+corp-us). 

(801.) III. Nouns and Adjectives in Composition with other Words. 
X3T When a noun or adjective is compounded with another word, 
the connecting vowel is always short i. 

agri-cola (agr-+col-), a husbandman. 
a r t i - f e x (art-+fac-), an artificer. 

(802.) IV. Verbs in Composition with other Words. 

None occur, except in composition with f a c e r e ; e. g. t c a 1 e f a c e r e 
(calere+facere), to make hot; pate fa cere (patere+facere), to 
lay open. 
[ IdF 3 Observe that the vowel a in f acere remains unchanged.] 
(803.) V. Common Vowel-changes in Composition. 

1. a into i ; e. g., ar riper e (ad + rapere), con fl cere (con-j- fa- 
cere), constituere (con+statuere), &c. 

2. a into e (more rarely) ; e. g.. ascendere (ad+scandere). 

3. e into i (not always); e. g., colligere (con+legere), absti- 
nere (abs + tenere), &c. 

4. ce into i; e. g., occidgro (ob+ctedere), rftquirdre (re-f- 
quoerere). 



READING LESSONS. 
I. 

Gallia est omnis divisa 1 in partes tres. — Belgae unam inco- 
lunt ; 2 Aquitani alteram ; Celtae tertiam. — Hi, ipsorum* lingua 3 
Celtae 4 appellantur ; 5 nostra* lingua, Galli. 4 

Gallia est omnis divisa in partes tres ; q u a r u m unam inco- 
lunt Belgse, alteram Aquitani, tertiam qui 6 ipsorum lingua 
Celtae, nostra Galli appellantur. / / L*-**~^" 

Hi omnes inter se differunt. 7 — Lingua, institutis, 8 legibus dif- 
ferunt. — Garumna 9 flumen Gallos ab Aquitanis dividit. — Ma- 
trona flumen Gallos a Belgis dividit. — Horum omnium 10 fortis- 
simi sunt Belgae. — Ab humanitate 11 Provincial longe absunt. 12 — 
A cultu 13 Provincial longissime absunt. — Minime ad eos merca- 
tores 14 commeant. — Quaedam 15 animos effeminant. 16 —- Quaedam 
ad effeminandos animos pertinent. 17 

Hi omnes lingua, institutis, legibus, inter se differunt.— Gallos 
ab Aquitanis Garumna flumen, a Belgis Matrona e t Sequana 
dividit. — Horum omnium fortissimi sunt Belgae, propterea 
quod a cultu at que humanitate Provincial longissime ab- 
sunt, minime q u e ad eos mercatores saepe commeant, a t q u e 
ea, q u as ad effeminandos animos pertinent, 18 i m p o r t a n t. 19 



Proximi sunt Germanis. 20 — Germani trans Rhenum incolunt. 
— Belgae cum Germanis continenter 21 bellum gerunt. 

i 435, c— 2 in-f-colere.— 3 716.— * 694, 2, R— 5 ad+pellare (obsolete), 
799, 2, a.— 6 167, d, 4.-7 798, HP 3 .— 8 786, 2, instituere = in+statuere, 
803, 1.— 9 225, a. — 10 697, a. — u 788, 1 (humanus), humanitas = refinement. 
— 12 ab-(-sam, 799, 1. — I3 cultus (civilization), from colere (cult-), 789. — 
14 mercator, frommercari (mercat-), 788, 2, b. — 15 Somethings. — 16 efFeminare 
(to maize effeminate), ex+feminare, 799, 4, a : feminare, from femina (wom- 
an), 794, 1. — 17 tend to make minds effeminate, 739. — 18 per-(-tenere, 803 » 
3. — 19 in+portare, 799, 5, b. — 2° 704, 4. — 21 from continens (con-j-tenere), 
215, 2, b. 

* Ipsorum and nostra precede lingua, instead of following it, because op. 
posed to each other, and therefore emphatic. 



READING LESSONS. 341 

Proximi sunt Germanis, qui trans Rhenum incolunt, qui- 
buscum 22 continenter bellum gerunt. 



II. 

Helvetii quoque 1 reliquos 2 Gallos virtute 3 praecedunt. 4 — Fere 
quotidianis praeliis cum Germanis contendunt. — Aut 5 suis finibus 
Germanos prohibent, 6 aut ipsi in eorum finibus bellum gerunt. 

Qua 7 de causa 8 Helvetii quoque reliquos Gallos virtute 
praecedunt, quod 9 fere quotidianis praeliis cum Germanis con- 
tendunt, quum aut suis finibus eos prohibent, aut ipsi in eorum 
finibus bellum gerunt. 



Galli unam partem obtinent. 10 — Unam partem Gallos 11 obti- 
nere dictum est. 12 — Ea pars initium capit a flumine Rhodano. 
— Continetur Garumna flumine, 13 Oceano, 13 finibus 13 Belgarum. 
— Attingit 14 ab Sequanis flumen Rhenum. — Vergit ad Septen- 
triones. — Belgae ab extremis 15 Galliae finibus oriuntur. — Perti- 
nent 16 ad inferiorem partem fluminis Rheni. — Spectant* in 
Septentriones et orientem 17 solem. 

Eorum una pars, quam 18 Gallos obtinere dictum est, ini- 
tium capit a flumine Rhodano ; continetur 19 Garumna flumine, 
Oceano, finibus Belgarum; attingit etiam ab 20 Sequanis et 
Helvetiis flumen Rhenum; vergit ad Septentriones. — Belgae 
ab extremis Galliae finibus oriuntur ; pertinent ad inferiorem 
partem fluminis Rheni; spectant in Septentriones et orientem 
solem. 

Aquitania a Garumna flumine ad Pyrenaeos montes pertinet. 
— Una pars Oceani est ad 20 Hispaniam. — Aquitania ad earn 

22 125, II., b. 

1 duo que never begins a sentence. — 2 from relinquere (reliqu-), 791, 1. 
—3 718, in valour.—* 799, 8.-5 519, R. 4.-6 721.— ? 89, II.— 8 Q,ua de cau- 
sa —for which reason. — 9 because. — 10 ob-j-tenere, 803, 3. — n 751. — 12 751, 
R. 2.— 13 716.— 14 ad-ftangere, 799, 2, a, 803, 1.— 15 78, IL, b.— ™ Pertinent 
= they extend, per+tenere. — 17 438, a. — 18 759. — 19 is bounded. — 20 on the 
side of, or near. 

* Spectant in Septentriones, &c. : they look into the north and the rising sun; 
i. e., they lie in a N.E. direction. 

F f 2 



342 READING LESSONS. 

partem Oceani, quae est ad Hispaniam, pertinet. — Spectat inter 
occasum 21 solis et Septentriones. 

Aquitania a Garumna flumine ad Pyrenseos montes, e t e a m 
partem Oceani, q u ae est ad Hispaniam, pertinet ; spectat* in- 
ter occasum solis et Septentriones. 



III. 

Orgetorix nobilis fuit. — Apud Helvetios nobilissimus fuit 
Orgetorix. — Apud Helvetios longe ditissimus 1 fuit Orgetorix. — 
Is regni cupiditate 2 inductus conjurationem 3 nobilitatis 4 fecit. — 
Is civitati 5 persuadet, ut de finibus suis exeant. 6 — De finibus suis 
exeunt. — Perfacile erattotius Gallise imperio 7 potiri. — Perfacile 
esse 8 (dixit), quum virtute omnibus prsestarent, 9 totius Galliae 
imperio potiri. T 

Apud Helvetios longe nobilissimus e t ditissimus fuit Orget- 
orix. — Is, Marco Messala et Marco Pisone consul- 
ibus, 10 regni cupiditate inductus, conjurationem nobilitatis fecit; 
e t civitati persuasit, ut de finibus suis cum omnibus copiis 
exirent: 11 perfacile esse (dixit), quum virtute omnibus prses- 
tarent, totius Galliae imperio potiri. 



Id facile eis persuadet. 12 — Id hoc facilius eis persuasit. — Un- 
dique natura loci 13 Helvetii continentur. — Una ex parte conti- 
nentur flumine Rheno latissimo atque altissimo. — Altera ex 
parte continentur monte Jura altissimo ; tertia ex parte lacu 
Lemanno et flumine Rhodano. — Flumen Rhenus agrum Hel- 
vetium a Germanis dividit. — Mons Jura est inter Sequanos et 
Helvetios. — Flumen Rhodanus provinciam nostram ab Helve- 
tiis dividit. 

21 789, from occidere, ob+cadere. 

i 371, R. 1.— 2 from cupid-us, by 788, 1.— 3 788, 3, con+jurare.— * 788, 1. 
— ri 704, 2: he persuades the state; i. e., the citizens. — 6 ut exeant = to go 
out of: subj. pres., 754 (ex+ire). — 7 abl., 718. — 8 The sentence perfacile 
esse, &c., is in orat. obliqua; 769, a, applies.— 9 799, 8. — 10 458, b.— u Why 
is exirent in subj. imperf. ? 748. — 12 suadere, to recommend ; persuadere, 
recommend thoroughly, i. e., persuade. — 13 by the nature of the country. 

* It looks between the setting of the sun and the north ; i. e., in a N.W. direction. 



READING LESSOJVS. 343 

Id hoc facilius eis persuader, quod undique loci natura Hel- 
vetii continentur; una ex parte, flumine Rheno latissimo atque 
altissimo, qui agrum Helvetium a Germanis dividit ; altera ex 
parte, monte Jura altissimo, qui est inter Sequanos et Helve- 
tios; tertia, lacu Lernanno et frumine Rhodano, qui provin- 
ciam nostram ab Helvetiis dividit. 



Minus late vagantur. — His rebus fit, 14 ut minus late vagen- 
tur. 15 — Bellum inferunt. 16 — Bellum inferre 17 possunt. — Minus 
facile bellum finitimis 18 inferre possunt. — His rebus fit, ut minus 
facile bellum finitimis inferre possent. — Magno dolore amcie- 
bantur. 19 — Bellandi 20 erant cupidi. 21 

His rebus fiebat, ut et minus late vagarentur, et minus 
facile finitimis bellum inferre possint. — Qua de causa, homines 
bellandi cupidi magno dolore afficiebantur. 



IV. 

Pro 1 multitudine 2 hominum, angustos habebant fines. — Pro 
gloria 3 belli atque fortitudinis, 2 angustos habebant fines. — An- 
gustos se 4 fines habere arbitrabantur. 5 — Hi (i. e., fines) millia 
passuum ducenta (CC.) patebant. 6 — Hi in longitudinem 2 millia 7 
passuum ducenta et quadraginta (XL.) patebant. 

Pro multitudine autem 8 hominum, et pro gloria belli 
atque fortitudinis, angustos se fines habere arbitrabantur, qui 
in longitudinem millia passuum CCXL., in latitudinem 
centum et octoginta (GLXXX.) patebant. 



Ducti sunt. — Adducti 9 sunt. — Moti sunt. — Permoti 10 sunt. — 
Auctoritate 11 Orgetorigis adducti et permoti sunt. — Quaedam ad 
proficiscendum 12 pertinent. — Constituerunt 13 ea compar 
Constituerunt jumenta et carros emere. 15 — Constituer 



rare. 14 — 
Constituerunt se- 



14 By these circumstances it is brought about. — 15 754, 2. — l6 in-f-ferre. — 
17 731.— is 704, 3,-19 ad-Kacere, 799, 2; 803, 1.— 20 736.—' - 1 cupere, 791, 2. 

1 For, or, in view of. — 2 mult-us, 788, 4. — 3 reputation for war and cour- 
age.—* 471.— 5 from arbit-er, by 794, 3.— 6 extended.— 7 712.— 8 522, b.— 
9 Ducti sunt = they were led: adducti sunt = they were led to, i. e., they 
were induced. — 10 Moti sunt = they were moved : permoti sunt = they were 
thoroughly moved, i. e., prevailed upon. — u 788, 1. — 12 487. — W con-f-statu- 
ere, 803, 1.— l4 con+parare, 799, 3, b.— 15 731. 



344 READING LESSONS. 

mentes magnas facere, 16 ut in itinere copia frumenti suppet- 
eret. 17 — Cum proximis civitatibus pacem et amicitiam 18 con- 
firmant. 

His rebus adducti, et auctoritate Orgetorigis permoti, 
constituerunt, ea, q u se 19 ad proficiscendum pertinerent, com- 
parare ; j umentorum et carrorum quam maximum n u - 
merum 20 coemere; 21 sementes quam maxim as 22 facere, ut 
in itinere copia frumenti suppeteret ; cum proximis civitatibus 
pacem et amicitiam confirmare. 



Biennium Helvetiis 23 satis erat. — Biennium sibi 23 Helvetii satis 
esse duxerunt. 24 — Ad eas res conficiendas 25 biennium satis erat. 
— Profectionem 26 lege confirmant. 27 — In tertium annum profec- 
tionem lege confirmant. — Ad eas res conficiendas 25 Orgetorix 
deligitur. 28 — Is sibi legationem 26 suscepit. 29 — In eo itinere per- 
suadet Castico.- — Casticus Catamantaledis erat filius, Sequanus. 
— Pater Castici regnum in Sequanis multos annos 30 obtinuerat. 
— Pater Castici a senatu populi Romani amicus appellatus erat. 
— Orgetorix Castico persuadet, ut regnum in civitate sua occu- 
paret. 31 

Ad eas res conficiendas biennium sibi satis esse duxerunt; 
in tertium annum profectionem lege confirmant. Ad eas res 
conficiendas Orgetorix deligitur. I s sibi legationem ad c i v i - 
tates suscepit. In eo itinere persuadet Castico, Catamentale- 
dis filio, Sequano, cujus pater regnum in Sequanis multos 
annos obtinuerat, eta senatu populi Romani amicus appellatus 
erat, ut regnum in civitate sua occuparet, quod 32 pater ante 
habuerat* 



Item Dumnorigi persuadet. — Dumnorix erat JEduus. — 
Dumnorix erat frater Divitiaci. — Dumnorix principatum 1 in 

J 6 to make great sowings, i. e., to sow much land. — 17 Sub+petere, 799, 
9, a, neuter; suppeteret = might be in store: subjunc. by 754, 1. — 18 785, 2. 
— 19 759, Rem. — 20 As great a number as possible. — 21 con+emere, to buy 
together, to buy up, 799, 3. — 22 As great sowings as possible. — 23 704. — 
24 reckoned.— - 25 498, d.-— 26 788, 3.— 27 They fix the departure by a law. — 
28 de+legere, 803, 3.— 29 799, 9, b.— ^ 712.— 31 754.— 32 759. 

1 chief power, from princeps. 



READING LESSONS. 345 

civitate obtinebat. — Dumnorix plebi 2 acceptus 3 erat. — Dura- 
norigi, ut idem conaretur persuadet,* eique filiam suam in 
matrimonium dat. 

Itemque Dumnorigi iEduo, fratri Divitiaci, qui eo tem- 
pore 4 principatum in civitate obtinebat, ac maxirae 5 plebi ac- 
ceptus erat, ut idem conaretur persuadet, eique filiam suam in 
matrimonium dat. 



Perfacile factu 6 erat conata perficere. 7 — Ipse suae civitatis 
imperium obtenturus erat. — Totius 8 Galliae plurimum Helvetii 
possunt.- — Non est dubium quin plurimum Helvetii possint. 9 — 
Ipse illis regnum conciliaturus 10 erat. — Ipse, suis copiis suoque 
exercitu, illis regnum conciliaturus erat. 

(Oblique Narration, 769.) "Perfacile factu esse," illis 
p r o b a t, " conata perficere, propterea quod ipse suae 
civitatis imperium obtenturus esset ; non esse dubium, quin 
totius Galliae plurimum Helvetii possent;" " Se, suis copiis 
suoque exercitu, illis regna conciliaturum," confirmat. 

Helvetii jam 11 se 12 ad earn rem paratos esse arbitrantur. — 
Oppida sua omnia, numero ad duodecim, 13 incendunt. — Vicos 
suos ad quadringentos incendunt. — Reliqua 14 privata aedificia 15 
incendunt. — Frumentum secum portaturi erant. — Frumentum 
omne comburunt. — Domum 16 reditionis 17 spes sublata 18 est. — 
Paratiores ad omnia pericula subeunda 19 erant. 

Ubi 20 jam se ad earn rem paratos esse arbitrati sunt, oppida 
sua omnia, numero ad duodecim, vicos ad quadringentos, reliqua 
privata aedificia incendunt; frumentum omne, praeter quod 
secum portaturi erant, comburunt, ut, domum reditionis spe 21 
sublata, 21 paratiores ad omnia pericula subeunda e s s e n t. 22 

2 702, was acceptable to the common people (a favourite). — 3 ad-f-capere, 
803, 1. — 4 725. — 5 376. — 6 380. It was a very easy thing to do. — 7 to ac- 
complish, per + facere, 803, 1. — 8 Of the whole of Gaul, the Helvetians 
are the most powerful. — 9 754, 4. — l0 446. — u jam = a£ last. — la 751. — 1;i in 
rtumber (amounting) to twelve. — 14 relinquere. — 15 801, cedes + facere. — 
16 713, Rem. 2.— 17 788, 3. — 18 sub+fero.— 19 sub+ire, gerundive, 739.— 
so when.—* 1 750.— 22 754. 

* Caesar often uses the historical present, as in this instance, instead of the per- 
fect aorist. If persuadet were used really as the present, then conaretur 
would have to be conetur, by 748; but, as the historical present, it requires a 
past tense in the subordinate sentence. 



346 READING LESSONS. 



VI. 

Omnes res ad profectionem comparant — Diem dicunt 1 qua 
die omnes conveniant. 2 — Is dies erat ante diem quintum Kalen- 
das 3 Aprilis, Lucio Pisone, Aulo Gabinio consulibus. — Is dies 
erat a. d. V. Kal. Apr., L. Pisone, A. Gabinio Coss. 

Omnibus rebus 4 ad profectionem comparatis, diem dicunt, 
qua die ad ripam Rhodani omnes conveniant : is dies erat 
ante diem quintum Kalendas Aprilis, Lucio Pisone, Aulo Gabi- 
nio Consulibus. 



Helvetii per provinciam nostram iter 5 facere conantur. — Id 
Caesari nuntiatum erat. — Caesari nuntiatum erat, eos per pro- 
vinciam nostram iter facere 6 conari. 7 — Maturat ab urbe profi- 
cisci, 6 et magnis itineribus in Galliam contendit, et ad Genevam 
pervenit. — De ejus adventu 8 Helvetii certiores facti sunt. — 
Legatos ad eum mittunt. — Helvetiis est in animo 9 sine ullo 
maleficio 10 iter per provinciam facere ; aliud iter habent nullum ; 
rogant, ut, Csesaris voluntate, id facere liceat. 11 

Caesari quum id nuntiatum esset, 12 eos per provinciam 
nostram iter facere conari, 7 maturat ab urbe proficisci, et quam 
maximis potest itineribus, in Galliam ulteriorem con- 
tendit, et ad Genevam pervenit. Ubi de ejus adventu Hel- 
vetii certiores facti sunt, legatos ad eum mittunt, 13 qui dice- 
r e nt, 14 " sibi 15 esse in animo sine ullo maleficio iter per provin- 
ciam facere, propterea quod aliud iter habeant nullum ; 
rogare, ut ejus voluntate id sibi facere liceat.'' 1 



Lucius Cassius, consul, ab Helve tiis occisus erat. — Exer- 
citus 16 Cassii ab Helve tiis pulsus 17 erat, et sub jugum missus. — 
Ea Caesar memoria 18 tenebat. — Concedendum 19 non putabat. — 
Facultas 20 per provinciam itineris faciendi 21 non data est. — 

1 They appoint. — 2 con-fvemre ; subj. pres., 766. — 3 782, 5. — 4 750. — 5 iter 
facere = to make journey — to 'march. — 6 731. — 7 751. — 8 advenire (advent-), 
789.-9 468, b.— 10 800, 2.—" 754.— ™ 757, A. 2.—^ historical present. 
— I4 761, 1. — 15 oblique narration. — 16 exercere, 789. — 17 pellere. — 18 me- 
moria tenebat, held in memory, i. e., remembered. — 19 737 (esse understood, 
504, a). — ^ pozoer of marching- through, or permission to march through; 
facultas, 788, 1, from facil-is, facio.— 21 496. 



READING LESSONS. 347 

Homines inimico 22 animo ab injuria et maleficio non tem- 
perant. 

Caesar, quod memoria tenebat, L. Cassium consulem occi- 
sum, exercitum q u e ejus ab Helvetiis pulsum et sub jugum 
missura, concedendum non putabat ; n e q u e, 23 homines inim- 
ico animo, data facultate per provinciam itineris faciendi, tern- 
peraturos ab injuria 24 et maleficio, existimabat. 



VII. 



Hujus legationis Divico princeps fuit. — Divico, bello Cassi- 
ano, 1 dux Helvetiorum fuerat. — Is ita cum Caesare egit. 2 — Hel- 
vetii in earn partem ibunt, atque ibi erunt, ubi Caesar constitu- 
ent. 3 — Caesar veteris incommodi 4 reminiscitur. 5 — Caesar pristinae 
virtutis 6 Helvetiorum reminiscitur. 

(Oblique Narration, present time. 7 ) Is ita cum Caesare 
a g i t : " Si pacem populus Romanics cum Helvetiis fa ciat, 8 
in earn partem ituros 9 atque ibi futuros 9 Helvetios, ubi eos 
Ctesar constituerit atque esse voluerit ; sin bello per- 
sequi persevere t, 10 reminiscatur 11 et veteris incommodi 
populi Romani et pristine virtutis Helvetiorum. 

Hujus legationis Divico princeps fuit, qui bello Cassiano dux 
Helvetiorum fuerat. Is ita cum Caesare egit (obi. narr., past 
time) : " Si pacem populus Romanus cum Helvetiis fa cer et y 
in earn partem ituros, atque ibi futuros Helvetios, ubi Ccesar eos 
constituisset atque esse voluiss et : sin bello persequi 
per s ever ar et, r em,iniscer etur et veteris incommodi 
populi Romani et pristince virtutis Helvetiorum. 1 '' 



22 722. — 23 neque existimabat = nor did he think. — 24 outrage. 

i In the Cassian war, i. e., in which Cassius had been the Roman gen- 
eral. — 3 He treated with Ccesar as follows.— - 3 803, 1 ; subj. by 76(3. — - 1 in- 
commodum, disaster, in-f-commodus, 799, 5 ; con+modus, 799, 3, c ; geni- 
tive by 698, a, 2. — 5 re+miniscor, stem of memini, meno. — ,; vir, iron., 698, 
a, 2. — 7 Observe carefully the tenses in this and the following paragraph. 
— 8 If the Roman people w ill makepeace.— 9 484, a. — 10 543, /a— 11 528, b. 



348 READING LESSONS. 

His Caesar ita 12 respondet. — Caesari nihil dubitationis 13 datur. 14 
— Legati Helvetii quasdam res commemoraverunt. 15 — Eas res 
Caesar in memoria tenet. 16 — Eo 17 Caesari minus dubitationis 
datur, quod eas res, quas legati Helvetii commemoraverunt, in 
memoria tenet. — Eas res graviter 18 fert. 19 — Ece res non merito 20 
populi Romani acciderunt. 21 — Eas res graviter fert, quod non 
merito populi Romani acciderunt. — Eo 22 gravius fert, quo 23 
minus merito Populi Romani acciderunt. 

His Caesar ita respondet 24 (oblique narration, present 
time) : " Eo sibi minus dubitationis dari, quod eas res, quas 
legati Helvetii co mm em or averint, memoria ten eat : 
atque eo gravius ferre, quo minus merito populi Romani 
a c cider int." 

His Caesar ita respondit (oblique narration, past time) : 
" Eo sibi minus dubitationis dari, quod eas res, quas legati 
Helvetii commemorassent, memoria teneret : atque eo 
gravius ferre, quo minus merito populi Romani acci- 
dissent." 



VIII. 



Helvetii postero die 1 castra ex eo loco movent. — Idem 2 Caesar 
facit. — Quas in partes 3 hostes iter faciunt ? 4 — Equitatum 5 omnem 
praemittit. 6 — Hi videbunt, quas in partes hostes iter faciant. 7 — 
Equitatus ex omni Provincia et iEduis atque eorum sociis coac- 
tus 8 erat. — Hunc equitatum praemittit, qui videant, 9 quas in 
partes hostes iter faciant. 7 — Hi cupidius 10 novissimum 11 agmen 
insequuntur. 12 — Cum equitatu Helvetiorum prcelium commit- 

* 2 as follows.—™ 788, 3, dubitare (dubitat-).— 14 To Ccesar nothing of 
doubt is given = Ccesar has no doubt. — 15 con + memorare (memor). — 
16 holds in memory, i. e., remembers. — l7 On this account Ccesar has less 
doubt, because. — 18 215, 2, a. — 19 ferre graviter =to bear heavily, to be in- 
dignant at.— & 716.— 21 accidere = ad+cadere, 803, 1, to happen.— 22 By 
so much. — 23 by how much. — 24 Observe the moods and tenses carefully in 
this and the following paragraph of oblique narration. 

l 725. — 2 150. — 3 Into what parts (of the country) ? — 4 765. — 5 Equitare 
(equitat-), 789. — 6 795, 8. — 7 766. — 8 had been collected ; cogere = con+ag- 
ere.— 9 who may see, i. e., to sec, 761, 1.— 10 too eagerly, adv., 376.— u novis- 
simum agmen = the newest rank, i. e., the rear rank. — l2 in+sequi. 



READING LESSONS. 349 

tunt. — Alieno 13 loco proelium committunt. — Pauci de nostris 
cadunt. 

Postero die castra ex eo loco movent: idem Caesar facit; 
equitatumque omnem ad numerum quattuor millium, 
quern ex omni provincia et iEduis atque eorum sociis coactum 
habebat, praemittit, qui videant quas in partes hostes iter faci- 
ant. — Qui, cupidius novissimum agmen insecuti, 14 alieno loco 
cum equitatu Helve tiorum proelium committunt, et pauci de 
nostris cadunt. 



Hoc proelio sublati 15 sunt Helvetii. — Quingentis equitibus 
tantam multitudinem equitum propulerant. 16 — Audacius 17 sub- 
sistere 18 coeperunt. — Nonnunquam 19 et 20 proelio 21 nostros laces- 
sere coeperunt. — Caesar suos a proelio continebat. 22 — Hostem 
rapinis, 23 pabulationibusque prohibere 24 volebat. — Hoc satis 
habebat in praesentia. 35 

Quo proelio sublati Helvetii, quod quingentis equitibus 
tantam multitudinem equitum propulerant, audacius subsistere, 
nonnunquam et novissimo agmine proelio nostros lacessere coep- 
erunt. — Caesar suos a proelio continebat, ac satis habebat in 
praesentia hostem rapinis pabulationibusque 26 prohibere. 



IX. 

Multa 1 antehac tacuerat 2 Liscus. — Haec oratione 3 Caesaris 
adductus proponit 4 . — Sunt nonnulli, 5 quorum auctoritas apud 
plebem plurimum 6 valet. — Hi privatim 7 plus possunt 8 quam ipsi 

13 In a place not their own, i. e., on disadvantageous ground. — 14 451, c. — 
15 sub-f-latus, irreg. perf. of tollere : the Helvetians were elated. — 16 they had 
driven off, pro+pellere. — 17 376. — 18 to halt, sub+sistere ; inf., 731. — 19 non 
-j-nunquam, not never, i. e., sometimes. — 20 also. — 21 by a?i assault. — * to 
hold together, i. e., to restrain. — 23 721, from plunder and from foraging 
parties. — 24 pro+habere. — 25 ace. pi. of preesens ; in praesentia (tempora), 
for the present. — 2Q 517, a. 

1 Many things, before this, Liscus had kept secret. — 2 tacere, intrans = 
to be silent ; trans = to keep secret. — 3 788, 3, orare (orat). — 4 pro+ponere, 
to set before, to relate. — 5 non+nullus, not none, i. e., some. — 6 plurimum 
valet = avails very much (has very great weight). — 7 815, 3.—* plus pos- 
sunt = can more, i. e., have more power. 

Gg 



350 READING LESSONS. 

magistrates. 9 — Hi seditiosa 10 atque improba 11 oratione multitu- 
dinem deterrent. 12 — Frumentum non conferant. 13 — Hi multitu- 
dinem deterrent, ne frumentum conferant. 14 — Ipsi quidem prin- 
cipatum Galliae obtinere non possunt. — Satius 15 est Gallorum 
quam Romanorum imperia perferre. 16 

Si Helvetios superaverint 17 Romani, una 18 cum reliqua Gallia 
JEduis libertatem eripient. 19 — Dubitare non debent, quin Roma- 
ni iEduis libertatem sint erepturi. 20 — Satius est si jam principa- 
tum Galliae obtinere non possint, Gallorum quam Romanorum 
imperia perferre. 

Turn demum Liscus, 21 oratione Caesaris adductus, quod antea 
tacuerat proponit. — {Or ado ohliqua) : " Esse nonnullos, quorum 
auctoritas apud plebem plurimum valeat ; qui privatim plus 
possint quam ipsi magistratus ; hos seditiosa atque improba 
oratione multitudinem deterrere, ne frumentum conferant, 
quod praestare debeant. Si jam principatum Galliae obtinere 
non possint, Gallorum quam Romanorum imperia perferre 
satius esse, neque dubitare debere, quin si Helvetios super- 
averint Romani, una cum reliqua Gallia iEduis libertatem sint 
erepturi." 



X. 

Hac oratione Lisci, Dumnorix, Divitiaci frater, designabatur. 1 
— Id Caesar sentiebat. 2 — Pluribus praesentibus 3 eas res jactari 4 
nolebat. — Celeriter 5 concilium dimittit ; Liscum retinet. — 
Quaerit, 6 ex solo, 7 ea quae in conventu 8 dixerat. — Dicit liberius 9 
atque audacius. 9 — Eadem secreto 10 ab aliis quaerit. — Reperit 11 
esse vera. 

9 The magistrates themselves. — 10 791, 9 (seditio). — u in+probus, 799, 5. — 
12 de+terrere. — 13 con+ferre, contribute. — 14 ne conferant, that they may 
not contribute, i. e., deter them, from contributing; 548, b. — 15 Satius, corn- 
par, of satis, 376: it is better. — 16 per + ferre, to endure. — l7 542, b, 2. — 
18 they will wrest liberty from the yEduans, together with the rest of Gaul. — 
W e+rapere, 803, 1.— so 754, 4.— 21 T hen, finally (then, and not till then). 

1 was alluded to, de+signare. — 2 was aware of. — 3 750, many being 
present, i. e., in the presence of many. — 4 794, 2, a; from j acio (jact-) : 
jactare = to toss to and fro ; hence, to discuss. — 5 215, 2. — 6 He inquires 
into. — 7 ex solo = of him alone. — 8 789. — 9 376. — 10 privately. — X1 He finds 
(the statements) are true. 



READING LESSONS. 351 

Ipse est Dumnorix, 12 summa audacia, 13 magna apud plebem 
propter liberalitatem gratia, 14 cupidus rerum 15 novarum. — Com- 
plures annos 16 portoria 17 reliqnaque omnia iEduorum vectigalia 
habet. — Haec vectigalia parvo pretio 18 redemta sunt. 19 — Vecti- 
galia 20 parvo pretio redemta habet, propterea quod, illo 21 licente, 22 
contra liceri 23 audet nemo. — His rebus suam rem familiarem 
auxit. — His rebus facultates 24 ad largiendum 25 magnas compar- 
avit. — Magnum numerum equitatus suo sumptu 26 semper alit. — 
Magnum numerum equitatus semper circum se habet. — Non 
solum domi, 27 sed etiam apud finitimas civitates largiter 28 potest. 

Caesar hac oratione Lisci Dumnorigem, Divitiaci fratrem, 
designari sentiebat : sed, quod pluribus praesentibus eas res 
jactari nolebat, celeriter concilium dimittit, Liscum retinet : 
quaerit, ex solo, ea quae in conventu dixerat. Dicit liberius 
atque audacius. Eadem secreto ab aliis quaerit ; reperit esse 
vera : " Ipsum esse Dumnorigem, summa audacia, magna apud 
plebem propter liberalitatem gratia, cupidum rerum novarum : 
complures annos portoria reliquaque omnia iEduorum vectigalia 
parvo pretio redemta habere, propterea quod illo licente contra 
liceri audeat nemo. His rebus e t suam rem familiarem aux- 
isse, et facultates ad largiendum magnas comparasse : magnum 
numerum equitatus suo sumtu semper alere et circum se 
habere : n e q u e solum domi, sed etiam apud finitimas civitates 
largiter posse." 



XL 

Ad has suspiciones certissimae res 1 accedebant. — Dumnorix 
per fines Sequanorum Helvetios trans duxer at. 2 — Obsides inter 
eos dandos 3 curaverat. — Ea omnia jussu 4 Caesaris fecerat. — Ea 

12 Dumnorix is the very person, (a man) of the highest audacity, &c. — 
13 722. — 14 influence. — 15 698, b. — 16 712. — 17 transit duties, custom duties. 
— is 719. — 19 were contracted for. — 20 vectigalia . . . habet, he holds the 
taxes contracted for at a low price ; \. e., holds them under a very favour- 
able contract. — 21 456, a, when he bids. — ' 2 ' 2 liceor, liceri, to bid. — - 3 731. 
— - 4 Means for making- largesses. — 25 489. — •$ suo sumptu, at his own 
expense. Sumptus, 789, from sumere. — - 7 726, R., at home. — :s largiter 
potest, he can largely, \. e., he has extensive power. 

1 certissimae res — most certain (or undoubted ) facts. — accedebant = 
were added; ad+cedere, intransitive. — a trnns+ducere. — 3 504, a. — •* 789; 
from jubcrc (juss-) : by ilie command, 71(». 



352 READING LESSONS. 

omnia injussu 5 Caesaris et 6 civitatis fecerat. — Ea omnia inscien- 
tibus ipsis 7 fecerat. — Ea omnia non mo do injussu Caesaris et 
civitatis, s e d e t i a m inscientibus ipsis fecerat. — A magistratu 8 
JEduorum accusabatur. — Satis est caussae, 9 quare in eum ani- 
madvertat. 10 — Satis est caussae, quare in eum civitatem animad- 
vertere jubeat. — Satis erat caussae, quare in eum aut ipse ani- 
madverteret, aut civitatem animadvertere juberet. — Satis esse 11 
caussae arbitrabatur. 

Quibus rebus cogniti s, 12 quum 13 ad has suspiciones 
certissimae res accederent — q u o d per fines Sequanorum Hel- 
vetios transduxisset 14 — q u o d obsides inter eos dandos curasset 
— quod ea omnia non modo injussu suo et civitatis, sed etiam 
inscientibus ipsis, fecisset — q u o d a magistratu iEduorum accu- 
saretur ; satis esse caussae arbitrabatur, quare in eum aut ipse 
animadverteret, aut civitatem animadvertere juberet. 



His omnibus rebus 15 unum repugnabat. 16 — Divitiaci fratris 17 
summum in populum Eomanum studium 18 cognoverat Caesar. 
— Divitiaci summam in se voluntatem cognoverat. — Divitiaci 
egregiam fidem, justitiam, 19 temperantiam, 19 cognoverat. — Dum- 
norigis supplicio 20 Divitiaci animum offendet. — Ne 21 Divitiaci 
animum offendat, veretmv — Ne 22 Divitiaci animum offenderet, 
verebatur. 

His omnibus rebus unum repugnabat, quod Divitiaci fratris 
summum in populum Romanum studium, summam in se vol- 
untatem, egregiam fidem, justitiam, temperantiam cognoverat: 
nam ne ejus supplicio Divitiaci animum offenderet, verebatur. 

5 without the command ; in+jussu. — 6 The English idiom demands or 
instead of and : without the command of Ccesar or the state. — 7 themselves 
not knowing- it, i. e., without the knowledge of Coesar and the iEduan 
government. — 8 By a magistrate, 93, II., b. — 9 697, b. — 10 in eum animad- 
vertere, to animadvert upon him, i. e., to punish him. — u 751, R. 2. — 
12 Gluibus rebus cognitis = Which things being known by inquiry, i. e., 
after he had inquired into these things. — l3 Since (seeing that), 757, A, b. 
— 14 transduxisset, curasset, &c., are subjunctives, because they express, 
not Caesar's own sentiments or knowledge, but what he had heard from 
others : certissimce res accederent. — 15 704, To all these considerations one 
(thing) opposed itself. — 16 re+pugnare. — 17 Of his brother Divitiacus, i. e., 
the brother of Dumnorix. — 18 zeal. — 19 785, 2.- — 20 By the punishment of 
Dumnorix he will hurt the feelings of Divitiacus. — 2l veretur ne . . . he 
^ars that he shall. — 22 verebatur ne . . . he feared that he should. 



READING LESSONS. 353 



XII. 

Caesar graviter 1 in 2 Dumnorigem statuet. — Divitiacus Caesa- 
rem complect! tur — Divitiacus multis 3 cum laciymis Caasarem 
complectitur. — Obsecrare incipit ne 4 quid gravius 5 in 2 fratrem 
statuat. — Scit Divitiacus ilia esse vera. — Nemo ex eo 6 plus 
quam Divitiacus doloris 7 capit. — Divitiacus gratia 8 plurimum 
domi atque in reliqua Gallia poterat. — Dumnorix minimum 9 
propter adolescentiam poterat. — Dumnorix per Divitiacum 
crevit. 10 — His opibus 11 ac nervis 12 ad minuendam 13 gratiam Divit- 
iaci utitur. — His opibus ad perniciem 14 Divitiaci utitur. — Qui- 
bus opibus ac nervis non solum ad minuendam gratiam, sed 
pene ad perniciem Divitiaci utitur. — Divitiacus tamen et 15 
amore fraterno et existimatione 16 vulgi commovetur. 17 — Divit- 
iacus summum locum amicitiae apud Caesarem tenet. — Nemo 
existimabit non ejus voluntate factum. 18 — Ex hac re totius Gal- 
liae anirni a Divitiaco avertentur. 19 

(Direct Narration, Present Time. 20 ) Scit Divitiacus ilia esse 
vera, nee quisquam ex eo plus quam ipse doloris capit, 
propterea quod, quum ipse gratia plurimum domi atque 
in reliqua Gallia, ille minimum propter adolescentiam posset, 
per se crevit ; quibus opibus ac nervis non solum ad minuendam 
gratiam, sed pene ad perniciem ipsius utitur. Divitiacus tamen 
et amore fraterno et existimatione vulgi commovetur, quod, 
si 21 quid fratri a Caesare acciderit, quum 22 ipse 
t a 1 e m locum amicitiae apud eum teneat, nemo existimabit non 

1 graviter statuet = will decide severely. — 2 against. — 3 89, II. — 4 548, a. 
5 quid gravius = anything' more severe (than usual) : anything at all se- 
vere. — 6 from him, i. e., Durnnorix. — 7 plus doloris, more pain, 697. — 8 by 
his influence (popularity). — 9 rainimum poterat = had very little power. — 
10 crescere: grew (in power). — u resources. — 12 sineics, abl. by 716. — 
13 739, for diminishing the influence of Divitiacus. — 14 790, 1. — 15 517, c. 
— 16 existimare, 788, 3 : existimatione vulgi = by the opinion of the public. 
— 17 con+niovere ; conimovetur = is strongly moved. — 1S No one will think 
it was not done with his (Divitiacus's) consent. — 19 a+vertere : the < 
tions of all Gaul will be turned away from him. — ' 20 Observe carefully 
the moods and tenses in the following paragraphs of direct and oblique 
narration. — 21 if anything happen to his brother from Caesar. — -- quuni 
ipse teneat, seeing that he himself holds. 

Go 2 



354 READING LESSONS. 

ejus voluntate factum ; qua ex re f i e t 23 uti totius Galliae 
animi ab eo avertantur. 24 

{Direct Narration, Past Time.) Sciebat Divitiacus ilia esse 
vera, nee quisquam ex eo plus quam ipse doloris capiebat, prop- 
ter ea quod, quum ipse gratia plurimum domi atque in reliqua 
Gallia, ille minimum propter adolescentiam posset, per se crev- 
erat; quibus opibus ac nervis non solum ad minuendam grati- 
am, sed paene ad perniciem ipsius utebatur. Divitiacus tamen 
et amore fraterno et existimatione vulgi commovebatur, quod si 
quid fratri a Caesare gravius accidisset, quum ipse talem locum 
amicitiae apud eum teneret, nemo erat existimatiirus non ejus 
voluntate factum, qua ex re futurum erat uti totius Galliae 
animi ab eo averterentur. 

Divitiacus, multis cum lacrymis Caesarem complexus obse- 
crare incipit (oblique narration, present time), u Ne quid gravius 
in fratrem statuat ; scire se, ilia esse vera, nee quemquam ex eo 
plus quam se doloris capere, propterea quod, quum ipse gratia 
plurimum domi atque in reliqua Gallia, ille minimum propter 
adolescentiam posset, per se creverit; quibus opibus ac nervis 
non solum ad minuendam gratiam, sed paene ad perniciem suam 
utatur : sese tamen et amore fraterno et existimatione vulgi 
commoveri, quod, si quid ei gravius a Caesare accident, quum 
ipse eum locum amicitiae apud eum teneat, neminem existima- 
turum non sua voluntate factum ; qua ex re futurum uti totius 
Galliae animi a se avertantur." 

Divitiacus multis cum lacrymis, Caesarem complexus, obse- 
crare ccepit (oblique narration, past time), " Ne quid gravius in 
fratrem statueret ; scire se, ilia esse vera, nee quemquam ex 
eo plus quam se doloris capere, propterea quod, quum ipse 
gratia plurimum domi atque in reliqua Gallia, ille minimum 
propter adolescentiam posset, per se crevisset; quibus opibus 
ac nervis non solum ad minuendam gratiam, sed paene ad per- 
niciem suam uteretur : sese tamen et amore fraterno et exist- 
imatione vulgi commoveri, quod si quid ei a Caesare gravius 
accidisset, quum ipse eum locum amicitiae apud eum teneret, 
neminem existimaturum non sua voluntate factum ; qua ex re 
futurum, uti totius Galliae animi a se averterentur." 

23 from which thing it will result. — 24 754, 2. 



LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 



LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 



The numbers refer to paragraphs. In verbs, the perfect and su- 
pine-stems are placed in brackets, immediately after the infinitive end- 
ings. The declensions of nouns may be known by the genitive endings ; 
the conjugations of verbs by the infinitive endings. 



A, ab, abs, prep, with abl., by, from. 
Abesse (abfu-, ab+esse), to be away 

from, to be distant, to be absent. 
Abrog-are (av-, at-), to abrogate. 
Abstin-ere (abstinu-, abstent-, abs-f- 

tenere), to abstain from (with 

abl.). 
Abund-are (av-, at-), to abound (with 

abl.). 
Ac, conj., and, as ivell as. 
Acced-ere (acced-, access-, ad+ced- 

ere, 401, 3), to approach. 
Accid-ere (accid-, ad -j- cadere), to 

happen. 
Accidit, impers., 583, it happens. 
Accip-ere (io, accep-, accept-, 666, 

V.,.b), to receive: accep tus erat, 

he was popular, or acceptable. 
Accurr-ere (accurr-, and accucurr-, 

accurs-, ad+currere), to run to, to 

run up to. 
Accus-are (av-, at-), to accuse. 
Acer, acris, acre, 105, R. 1, sharp, 



Acerrime (superl. of acriter), very 
spiritedly. 

Acies, ei, line of battle. 

Acriter, adv., 217, sharply, spirit- 
edly. 

Acut-us, a, um, sharp, acute. 

Ad, prep, with accus., to, near. 

Add-ere (addid-, addit-, ad + dare, 
411, c), to add. 



Adduc-ere (addux-, adduct-), to lead 
to, induce. 

Adeo, adv., to this point, to such a 
degree. 

Adesse (adfu-, ad+esse), to be pres- 
ent (with dat.). 

Adhib-ere (adhibu-, adhibit-, ad+ha- 
bere), to apply, employ, admit. 

Adhort-ari (at-), dep., to exhort. 

Adjung-ere (adjunx-, adjunct-), to 
join to. 

Adjuv-are (adjuv-, adjut-), to assist. 

Adniodum, adv., very. 

Admon-ere (admonu-, admonit-), to 
advise, admonish. 

Adolescens, (adolescent) is, young 
man. 

Adolescenti-a, se, youth. 

Ador-are (av-, at-), to adore, worship. 

Advent-us, us, approach. 

Adversus, or adversum, prep, with 
accus., against, towards. 

jEdific-are (av-, at-), to build. 

iEdifici-um, i, building. 

jEdu-us, i, yfiduan (people of Gaul). 

iEgens, (aegent) is, 107, poor. 

iEger, gra, grum, sick. 

iEgritudo, (oegritudin) is, 339, sor- 
row, affliction, sickness. 

iE grot-are (av-, at-), to be sick. 

JE gyp tus, i, f, 25, a, JEgypt. 

iEquor, (aequor) is, 327, sea, 

jEstas, (eestat) is, 293, summer. 



358 



LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 



iEtas, (aetat) is, 293, age, time of life. 

iEternitas, (aeternitat) is, 293, eter- 
nity. 

M tern-us, a, urn, eternal; in ster- 
num, forever. 

Affectio, (affection) is, 293, affection. 

Afferre (attul-, allat-, ad+ferre), to 
bring, bring to, adduce. 

Affic-ere (affec-, affect-, ad+facere), 
to affect, move, influence. 

Afric-a, 88, Africa. 

African-us, i, Africanus. 

Ager, gri, 64, field. 

Ag-ere (eg-, act-), to do, act, drive ; 
to treat (as an ambassador). 

Agmen, (agmin) is, 344, a, army on 
march, or in 'marching order ; no- 
vis simum agmen, the rear. 

Agn-us, i, lamb. 

Agricol-a, se, m., husbandman. 

Agricultur-a, 33, agriculture. 

Agripp-a, 33, Agrippa. 

Aio, 609, / say, say yes, affirm. 

Al-a, 33, wing. 

Al-ere (alu-, alt-), to nourish, sup- 
port, maintain. 

Alexander, -dri, Alexander. 

Alien-us, a, um, foreign, belonging 
to another. 

Aliquando, at some time, some day, 
at last. 

Aliquant-us, a, um, 184, somewhat 
great ; aliquantum agri, a pretty 
large piece of ground. 

Aliquis, qusa, quid (quod), 178, 5, 
some one, something ; aliquid novi, 
something new, 180. 

Aliter, otherwise. 

Ali-us, a, ud, gen. alius, &c, 194, R. 1, 
other, another. [of Gaul. 

Allobroges, um, Allobroges, people 

Allu-ere (allu-), to wash. 

Alpes, ium, Alps, mountains between 
Gaul and Italy. 

Alter, a, um, gen. ius, 194, R. 1, an- 
other, the second (in a series). 



Alt-us, a, um, high, lofty, deep; al- 
tum, i, the deep, the sea. 

Amabilis, is, e, 104, amiable. 

Am-are (av-, at-), to love. 

Ambo, 33, o, both. 

Ambul-are (av-, at-), to walk. 

Amiciti-a, 33, friendship. 

Amic-us, i, friend. 

Amitt-ere (amis-, amiss-), to lose. 

Ample, adv., largely. 

Amplius, comp. of ample, more, lar- 
ger, greater than. 

Ancill-a, 33, maid-servant. * 

Angli-a, 33, ^England. 

Angusti-a3 ; arum, defiles, 57, H. 

Angust-us, a, um, narrow. 

Animadvert-ere (vert-, vers-), ani- 
mum+ad+vertere), to turn the 
mind to, to observe ; with in, to 
punish ; Csssar in Dumnorigem 
animadvertit, Casar punishes 
Dumnorix. 

Animal, (animal) is, 325, animal. 

Animans, (animant) is, living ; as 
noun, a living being. 

Anim-us, i, soul, mind. 

Ann-us, i, year. 

Anser, (anser) is, 319, goose. 

Ante, prep, with accus., before. 

Antehac, adv., before, before this. 

Antepon-ere (posu-, posit-), to place 
before, to prefer. 

Antonin-us, i, Antonine. 

Antoni-us, i, Antony. 

Aper-ire (aperu-, apert-, 427, II.), to 
open. 

Apert-us, a, um, open. 

Apis, (Ap-) is, Apis, Egyptian deity. 

App ell-are (av-, at-), to call, name. 

Aprilis, is (sc. mensis), m., 25, a, 
April. [proach. 

Appropinqu-are (av-, at-), to ap- 

Apud, prep, with accus., among; 
apud te, with you (at your house) ; 
apud Ciceronem, in Cicero (i. e. t 
his writings). 



LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 



359 



Aqu-a, sb, water. 

Aquil-a, se, eagle. 

Aquitan-us, i, Aquitanian (people of 
Gaul). 

Arar, (Arar) is, the Saone (river of 
Gaul). 

Ar-are (av-, at-), to plough. 

Arbitr-ari (at-), dep., to judge, think. 

Arbor, (arbor) is, f., tree. 

Arcess-ere (arcessiv-, arcessit-), to 
send for. 

Arethus-a, 89, Arethusa. 

.Argent-um, i, silver. 

Arid-um, i, the sand (neuter of ari- 
dus, a, urn, dry). 

Ariovist-us, i, Ariovistus, a German 
cbieftain. 

Aristides, (Aristld-) is, Aristides. 

Anna, orum, arms. 

Arm-are (av-, at-), to arm. 

Arrip-ere (arripu-, arrept-, ad-|-rap- 
ere), to snatch up, to seize. 

Arroganti-a, 89, haughtiness, obsti- 
nacy, arrogance. 

Ars, (art) is, 293, art. 

Asper, a, um, rough. 

At, conj., but. 

Athenae, arum, Athens. 

Atheniensis, is, an Athenian. 

Atque, conj., and,. 

Atrox, (atroc) is, 107, fierce. 

Attent-e, adv., attentively. 

Attent-us, a, um, attentive. 

Attic- a, 89, Attica. 

Atting-ere (attig-, attact-), to touch 
on, border upon. 

Auctoritas, (auctoritat) is, 293, au- 
thority, influence. 

Audacius, comp. of audacter, 376, 
more boldly. 

Audacter, adv., boldly. 

Aud-ere (ausus sum), to dare. 

Aud-ire (audiv-, audit-), to hear. 

Aug-ere (aux-, auct-), to increase. 

August-us, i, Augustus. 

Aur-um, i, gold. 



Aut, conj., or. 

Autem, conj., 315, but, moreover, also. 

Auxili-um, i, assistance ; auxilia, pL, 

auxiliary troops. 
Avar-us, i, avaricious. 
Avert-ere (avert-, avers-), to turn 

away. 
Avien-us, i, Avienus. 
Avis, (av) is, 300, bird. 

B. 

Barbar-us, a, um, barbarian, for- 
eign ; used as a noun, a barba- 
rian. 

Beat-us, a, um, happy. 

Beat-e, 215, 1, happily. 

Belg-a, 39, a Belgian, people of Gaul. 

Bell-are (av-, at-), to wage ivar. 

Bellicos-us, a, um, warlike. 

Bell-um, i, war. 

Bene, adv., well, 215, 1, R,. 

Benefici-um, i, good deed, act of 
kindness. 

Benign-us, a, um, kind, with dat. 

Besti-a, 39, beast, brute. 

Bib-ere (bib-, bibit-), to drink. 

Bienni-um, i, space of two years. 

Bini, ae, a, dist., 189, two apiece, two 
at a time. 

Bis, 189, twice. 

Bonitas, (bonitat) is, 293, goodness. 

Bon-us, a, um, good ; bona, neut. pi., 
blessings, advantages. 

Bos, bovis, 351, 2, ox or cow. 

Brevis, is, e, 104, short. 

Britanni-a, 33, Britain. 

Britann-us, i, a Briton. 

Brut-us, i, Brutus. 



Cad-ere (cecid-, cas-, 411, b), to fall. 

Cadm-us, i, Cadmus. 

Caduc-us, a, um, frail. 

Ca9d-ere (cecid-, cees-, 41 i, b), to fell, 

kill, cut down. 
Caesar, (Caesar) is, CiEsar. 



360 



LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 



Caius, i, Cains. 

Calamitas, (calamitat) is, calamity. 

Calcar, (calcar) is, 325, spur. ' 

Camp-us, i, field, plain. 

Can-is, (can) is, c, dog. 

Cant-are (av-, at-), to sing. 

Cant-us, us, singing. 

Cap-ere (cep-, capt-), to take. 

Captiv-us, i, captive, prisoner. 

Car-ere (earn-, 398), to want, with 
abl. 

Carmen, (carmin) is, 344, a, song. 

Caro, (earn) is, 340, R,., jlesli. 

Carthaginiensis, is, a Carthagin- 
ian. 

Carthago, (Carthagin) is, Carthage. 

Carr-us, i, wagon. 

Car-us, a, um, dear. 

C as si-us, i, Cassius. 

Castell-um, i, fortress, tower. 

Castic-us, i, Casticus. 

Castra, orum, camp. 

Cas-us, us, accident, chance. 

Catamentales, edis, Catamentales, 
proper name. 

Catilin-a, se, Catiline, proper name. 

Cato, (Caton) is, Cato. 

Caus-a, ae, cause, reason; abl., causa, 
for the sake of, 135, II., b ; salutis 
causa, for the sake of safety. 

Caut-us, a, um, cautious. 

Celebr-are (av-, at-), to celebrate. 

Celer, (celer) is, 107, swift. 

Celeriter, adv., 215, 2, b, swiftly. 

Celta, se, a Celt, people of Gaul. 

Centum, indecl., a hundred. 

Cens-ere (censu-, cens-), to think, 
judge, believe. 

Centurio, (centurion) is, centurion. 

Cern-gre (crev-, cret-), to separate, 
decide, judge. 

Cert-us, a, um, certain; certiorem 
facere, to make more certain, i. e., 
to inform. 

Cerv-us, i, stag. 

Ceteri, orum, the rest. 



Christ-us, i, Christ. 

Cicero, (Ciceron) is. Cicero. 

Cing-ere (cinx-, cinct-), to gird, sur- 
round. 

Circa, prep, with ace, about, around. 

Circiter, prep, with ace, about, near ; 
circiter viginti, about twenty. 

Circum, prep, with accus., about, 
around. 

Circumst-are [or circumsistere), cir- 
cumstet-, 391, 1, to surround, to 
stand about. 

Cito, adv., quickly. 

Cit-us, a, um, quick, swift. 

Civis, (civ) is, c, citizen. 

Civitas, (civitat) is, 293, state. 

Clamor, (clamor) is, 319, noise, clam- 
our. 

Clar-us, a, um, illustrious. 

Classis, (class-) is, 300, fleet. 

Claud-ere (claus-, claus-), to shut. 

Cliens, (client) is, m., a dependant. 

Ccel-um, i, firmament, heaven. 

Coem-ere (coem-, coempt-), to buy 
up (con-f-emere). 

Ccen-are (av-, at-), to sup. 

Coepi, used only in perf. tenses, / 
begin, 611. 

Cog-ere (coeg-, coact-), to bring to- 
gether, collect, compel. 

Cogit-are (av-, at-), to think. 

Cognosc-ere (cognov-, cognit-), to 
learn, find out, know. 

Conors, (cohort) is, 293, cohort, the 
tenth part of a legion. 

Cohort-ari (at-), dep., to encourage. 

Col-ere (colu-, cult-), to cultivate, 
serve, honour. 

Collig-ere (colleg-, collect-, con+le- 
gere), to collect. 

Collis, (coll) is, m., 302, R., hill. 

Colloc-are (av-, at-), to place. 

Colloqui-um, i, conference. 

Color, (color) is, 319, colour. 

Columb-a, 93, dove. [burn up. 

Combur-ere (combuss-, combust-), to 



LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 



361 



Comes, (comit) is, c, companion. 

Comme-are (av-, at-), to go to, to go 
and return. 

Commemor-are (av-, at-), to mention, 
to call to mind. 

Committ-ere (commis-, commis s-), to 
intrust to, with dative ; praelium 
committere, to join battle. 

Commov-ere (commov-, commot-), to 
move greatly, to excite. 

Commun-Ire (iv-, it-), to fortify. 

Communis, is, e, 104, common. 

Commut-are (av-, at-), to change. 

Commutatio, ( commutation ) is, 
change. 

Compar-are (av-, at-), to get together, 
procure. 

Compell-ere (compul-, compuls-, con 
-f-pellere), to compel, drive on. 

Comper-ire (comper-, compert-, 427, 
V.), to find out, discover. 

Cornplect-i (complex-), dep., to em- 
brace. 

Compl-ere (complev-, complet-, 395, 
II.), to fill up. 

Complures, ium, 327, very many. 

Con-ari (at-), to attempt, try. 

Conat-um, i, attempt. 

Conced-ere (concess-, concess-), to 
yield to, to grant, give way. 

Concess-us, us, grant. 

Concili-are (av-, at-), to gain (for an- 
other). 

Concili-um, i, assembly, council. 

Concit-are (av-, at-), to stir up, to 
excite. 

Concupisc-ere (concupiv-), to desire. 

Concurr-ere (concurr-, concurs-), to 
run togetlier. 

Condemn-are (av-, at-), to condemn, 
348. 

Conditio, (condition) is, 333, It., con- 
dition. 

Conditor, (conditor) is, builder, found- 
er, [lead or bring together. 

Conduc-ere (condux-, conduct-), to 

H 



Conferre (contul-, collat-), to bring 

together, contribute. 
Coniic-ere (confec-, confect-), to fin- 
ish. 
Confid-ere (confid-, confis-), to trust 

to, to confide in. 
Confirm-are (av-, at-), to confirm, es- 
tablish, affirm, fix. 
Conflu-ere (conflux-, conflux-), to flow 

together. 
Congreg-are (av-, at-), to gather into 

flocks. 
Congress-us, us, meeting. 
Conjic-ere (conjee-, conject-, con-f-ja- 

cere, 416), to hurl. 
Conjung-ere (conjunx-, conjunct-), to 

join together, unite. 
Conjur-are (av-, at-), to conspire, 

plot. 
Conjuratio, (conjuration) is, 333, It., 

conspiracy. 
Conjux, (conjug) is, c, husband or 

wife. 
Conscend-ere (conscend-, conscens-, 

con+scandere, 309), to climb up. 
Conscisc-ere (consciv-, conscit-), to 

decree, determine ; mortem sibi 

consciscere, to commit suicide, 

555. 
Consci-us, a, um, conscious, privy to. 
Conscrib-ere (conscrips-, conscript-), 

to enrol, levy. 
Consent-ire (cons ens-, cons ens-), to 

agree. 
Consid-ere (consed-, consess-), to sit 

doivn, to encamp. 
Consili-um, i, plan, judgment, coun- 
sel, deliberation. 
Consist-ere ( constit-, constit- ), to 

stand, halt. 
Conspect-us, lis, sight, beholding. 
Conspic-ere (conspex-, conspect-), to 

see, get sight of. 
Const-are (stit-, stit- or stat-), to stand 

together, to halt. 
Constitu-ere ( constitu-, constitut-, 
H 



362 



LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 



con+statuere), to 'place, fix, ap- 
point. 

Consuesc-ere (consuev-, consuet-), to 
be accustomed. 

Consuetudo, (consuetudin) is, 339, 
custom, usage. 

Consul, (consul) is, consul, chief ma- 
gistrate of Rome. 

Consul-ere (consulu-, consult-), to 
consult. 

Consult-um, i, decree. 

Consum-ere (consumps-, consumpt-, 
con-f-sumere), to consume. 

Contemn-ere (contemps-, contempt-), 
to despise. 

Contempl-ari (at-), dep., to contem- 
plate. 

Contend-ere (contend-, content-), to 
contend, strive after, hasten. 

Content-us, a, um, content, with abl. 

Contin-ere (continu-, content-, con+ 
tenere), to contain, restrain, hold 
together. 

Continens, (continent) is, 107, suc- 
cessive, continued. 

Continenter, 215, 2, b, continually. 

Contingit, impers., 580, it happens. 

Continuatio, (continuation) is, 333, 
R., continuance. 

Contra, prep, with accus., against; 
adv., in opposition to. 

Contrah-ere (contrax-, contract-, con 
-f-trahere), to draw together, col- 
lect. 

Conven-Ire (conven-, convent-, con+ 
venire), to come together, meet, 
agree. 

Convent-us, us, meeting, assembly. 

Convert-ere (convert-, convers-), to 
turn completely round. 

Convoc-are (av-, at-, con-J-vocare), to 
call together. 

Coor-iri (coort-), dep., io rise, as a 
storm. 

Copi-a, ge, abundance ; pi., copiffi, 
arum, troops, forces. 



Cor, (cord) is, n., hea/rt. 
Corinth-us, i, f, Corinth. 
Corniger, a, um, horned. 
Corn-u, 111, horn, wing of an army. 
Coron-a, 83, crown. 
Corpus, (corpor) is, 344, b, body. 
Corrig-ere (correx-, correct-, con-f- 
regere), to correct, make straight. 
Corv-us, i, crow. 
Cras, adv., to-morrow. 
Crass-us, i, Crassus. 
J0re-are (av-, at-), to create. 
Creber, bra, brum, frequent. 
Cred-ere (credid-, credit-), to believe, 

intrust, with dat. 
Crep-are (crepu-, crepit-, 387, II.), 

to chide, creak (as a door). 
Cresc-ere (crev-, cret-), to grow. 
Crimen, (crimin) is, 344, a, crime. 
Crus, (crur) is, n., leg. 
Cubicul-um, i, bed-chamber. 
Cubile, (cubil) is, 314, bed, place to 

lie down. 
Culmen, (culmin) is, 344, a, top, sum- 
mit. 
Culp-a, 83, fault. 
Cultus, us (from colere), cultivation, 

civilization, refinement. 
Cum, prep, with abl., with; cum, 

conj., same as quum, when. 
Cunct-ari (at-), dep., to delay. 
Cunct-us, a, um, all, the whole. 
Cup-ere (io, 199, cupiv-, cupit-), to 

desire. 
Cupide, adv., with desire, 215, 1 (cu- 

pidus). 
Cupiditas, (cupiditat) is, 293, desire. 
Cupid-us, a, um (with gen.), desi- 
rous, eager. 
Cur, adv., why. 
Cur-a, 83, care. 
Cur-are (av-, at-), to take care, to see 

that. 
Cnri-a, 83, senate-house. 
Curr-ere (cucurr-, curs-, 411, a), to 
run. 



LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 



363 



Curs-us, us, course, running. 
Custos, (custod) is, 25, a, guard, 



Cyrus, i, Cyrus. 

D. 

Danubi-us, i, Danube (river). 

Dare (ded-, dat-), to give. 

Dari-us, i, Darius, Persian king. 

De, prep, with abl., of, from, con- 
cerning. De tertia vigilia, in 
(about, or after) the third watch. 

Deb-ere (debu-, debit-), to owe — 
ought. 

Deced-ere (decess-, decess-, de-f-ce- 
dere), to go away, depart, retire. 

Decern, indecl., ten. 

Decern-ere (decrev-, decret-, 407), 
decree, determine. 

Decert-are (av- ; at-), to contend, 
fight. 

Decet, impers., 583, decuit, it is be- 
coming. 

Decim-us, a, um, tenth. 

Ded-ere (dedid-, dedit-), to surren- 
der. 

Deditio, (dedition) is, 333, R., sur- 
render. 

Deduc-ere (dedux-, deduct-), to lead 
away. 

De-esse (defu-, de+esse), to be want- 
ing (with dat.), to be away. 

Defend-ere (defend-, defens-), to de- 
fend. 

Defess-us, a, um (part, of defetisci, 
obsol.), wearied, worn out. 

Defic-ere (defec-, defect-, de + fa- 
cere), to fail, to be wanting, with 
dat. 

D elect-are (av-, at-), to delight. 

Del-ere (delev-, delet-), to destroy. 

Deliber-are (av-, at-), to deliberate. 

Delig-ere (deleg-, delect-, de + le- 
gere), to choose. 

Denietri-us, i, Demetrius (proper 



Denium, adv •., finally ', at last. 

Denique, adv., at last, in short. 

Dens, (dent) is, m., 295, R. 1, tooth. 

Dens-us, a, um, thick, dense. 

Depon-ere (deposu-, deposit-, de+ 
ponere), to lay aside, put down. 

Deser-ere (deseru-, desert-), to leave, 
desert. 

Desert-um, i, a desert. 

Desil-Ire (desilu-, desult-, de+salire, 
428), to leap down. 

Design-are (av-, at-), to point out, 
allude to. 

Desper-are (av-, at-, de-f-sperare), to 
despair. 

Desperatio, (desperation) is, despair. 

Deterr-ere (deterru-, deterrit-), to de- 
ter, frighten from. 

Deus, i, God, 62, R. 

Dic-ere (dix-, diet-), to say, tell. 

Dictio, (diction) is, 333, R., speak- 
ing, pleading. 

Dies, ei, day. 

DifFerre (distul-, dilat-, dis+ferre), to 
differ, to put off. 

Difficilis, is, e (dis+facilis), difficult. 

Dignitas, (dignitat) is, 293, dignity, 
rank. 

Dign-us, a, um, worthy, with abl. 

Diligens, (diligent) is, careful, dili- 
gent. 

Diligenter, 215, 2, b, carefully, dili- 
gently. 

Dilig-ere (dilex-, dilect-, di-flegere), 
to love (with esteem). 

Dimitt-ere (dimis-, dimiss-, di+mit- 
tere), to send away, dismiss. 

Dirip-gre (diripu-, dirept-, di + ra- 
pere), to plunder. 

Disced-$re (discess-, discess-, dis+ 
cedere, 401, 3, b), to go away, de- 
part. 

Disc-ere (didic-, 411, a), to learn. 

Discess-us, us, departure. 

Disciplin-a, as>, instruction, discipline. 

Discipul-us, i, scholar, pupil. 



364 



LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 



Disert-us, a, um, fluent, eloquent. 

Displic-ere (displicu-, displicit-, dis 
-r-placere), to displease, with dat. 

Dispon-ere (disposu-, disposit-, dis+ 
ponere), to place 'in different di- 
rections, arrange, dispose. 

Disput-are (av-, at-), to dispute, dis- 
cuss. 

Dissent-Ire (dissens-, dissens-, dis+ 
sentire, 427, III.), to differ in 
opinion, dissent. 

Disser-ere (disseru-, dissert-, 407), to 
treat of, discuss. 

dissolv-ere (dissolv-, dissolut-, dis+ 
solvere), to dissolve. 

Dist-are, to be distant, or apart (di+ 
stare). 

Distribu-ere (distribu-, distribut-), to 
divide or distribute among, 422. 

Ditissimus, superl. of dives. 

Diu, adv., long ; compar., diutius, 



Divers-us, a, urn, different. 
Dives, (divit) is, 371, It. 1, rich. 
Divico, (Divicon) is, Divico, proper 

name. 
Divid-ere (divis-, divis-), to divide. 
Divin-us, a, urn, divine. 
Divitiac-us, i, Divitiacus, proper 

name. 
Divitiae, arum, 57, B,., riches, wealth. 
Doc-ere (docu-, doct-), to teach. 
Docilis, is, e, 104, docile, teachable. 
Dol-ere (dolu-, dolit-), to grieve. 
Dolor, (dolor) is, 319, grief, pain. 
Dol-us, i, fraud, deceit. 
Dom-are (domu-, domit-, 387, II.), to 

subdue. 
Domicili-um, i, dwelling. 
Domin-us, i, master, of house or 

slaves. 
Dom-us, i and us, 112, 3, house, 

home; domi, at home; domum, to 

one's house. 
Dorm-ire (dormiv-, dormit-), to sleep. 
Draco, (dracon) is, 331, dragon. 



Druides, urn, Druids, priests of an- 
cient Britain. 

Dubit-are (av-, at-), to doubt, hesi- 
tate. 

Dubitatio, (dubitation) is, 333, R., 
doubt. 

Dubi-us, a, um, doubtful. 

Duc-ere (dux-, duct-), to lead. 

Dulcis, is, e, 104, sweet. 

Dum, conj., while, so long as, until. 

Dumnorix, (Dumnorig) is, Dumno- 
rix, proper name. 

Duo, two, 194. 

Duodecim, indecl., twelve, 

Duplic-are (av-, at-), to double. 

Dur-are (-av-, at-), intrans., to endure, 
last; trans., to harden. 

Dur-us, a, um, hard. 

Dux, (due) is, leader, guide, com- 
mander. 

E. 

E or ex, prep, with abl., out of, 
from. 

Ecquis, interrog. pron., 178, 7, any 
one 7 

Ed-ere, or esse (ed-, es-, 601), to eat. 

E due-are (av-, at-), to train, educate. 

E duc-ere (edux-, educt-), to lead out. 

Effect-us, us, effect. 

Effemin-are (av-, at-, ex-ffemina), to 
effeminate, make womanish. 

Ego, /, 120. 

Egregi-us, a, um, excellent, remark- 
able. 

Elegans, (elegant) is, 107, elegant. 

Eloquens, (eloquent) is, 107, elo- 
quent. 

Em-ere (em-, empt-), to buy. 

Emic-are (emicu-), 387, II., to shine 
ox flash forth. 

Enim, conj., jfor, 442, e. 

Enunti-are (av-, at-), to divulge. 

Eo, adv., there, to that place, on that 
account, by so much. 

Eodem, adv., to the same place. 



LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 



365 



Epistol-a, 88, letter. 
Eques, (equit) is, horse soldier. 
Equester, tris, tre, 428, a, belonging 
to cavalry. Equestri praelio, in a 
battle of cavalry. 
E quit-are (av-, at-), to ride on horse- 
bark. 
Equitat-us, us, cavalry. 
Equ-us, i, horse. 
Erip-ere (eripu-, erept, e-f-rapere), to 

take away from, snatch away. 
Err- are (av-, at-,) to err, wander. 
Erump-ere (erup-, erupt-), to burst 

forth, sally out. 
Esse, to be, 650 ; esse, to eat, see 

edere. 
Et, conj., and. Et — et, both — and. 
Etenim, conj., for. 
Etiani, conj., also, even. 
Etsi, conj., although. 
Europ-a, ae, Europe. 
Evoc-are (av-, at-, e+vocare), to call 

out. 
Ex, prep, with abl. See E. 
Exced-ere (excess-, excess-, ex+ce- 

dere), to go away, depart out of. 
Exclam-are (av-, at-), to cry out. 
Excip-ere (excep-, except-, ex+ca- 

pere), to receive. 
Excit-are (av-, at-), to raise, kindle, 

excite. 
Excusatio, (excusation) is, 333, R., 

excuse. 
Exe-dere (exed-, exes-, ex+edere), 

to eat up, consume, corrode. 
Exempl-um, i, example. 
Exerc-ere (exercu-, exercit-), to ex- 
ercise, practice. 
Exercit-us, us, army. 
Exigu-us, a, urn, small. 
Ex-ire (exiv- and exi-, exit-), to go 

out, depart. 
Existim-are (av-, at-), to think, judge. 
Existimatio, (existimatidn) is, 333, 

R., opinion. 
Expect-are (av-, at-), to wait for. 

H 



Expedit, impers., 583, it is expedient. 
Expeditio, (expedition) is, 333, R., 

military expedition. 
Expell-ere (expul-, expuls-, ex-f pel- 

lere), to expel, drive out. 
Expers, (expert) is, 107, devoid of, 

with gen. or abl., 336. 
Expet-ere (expetiv-, expetlt-), to 

covet, desire earnestly. 
Explorator, (explorator) is, 319, scout. 
Expon-ere (exposu-, exposit-, ex+ 

ponere), to place out, set forth, ex- 
plain. 
Expugn-are (av-, at-, ex+pugnare), 

to take by storm. 
Extra, prep, with accus., outside of, 

tvithotit. 
Extrem-us, a, um, superl. of exterus, 

370, the last, outermost. 
Exur-Sre (exuss-, exust-, ex+nrere), 

to burn up. 

F. 

Eaber, bri, artificer, workman. 

Fabul-a, 83, fable, story. 

Fac-ere (io, fee-, fact-), to make, do. 

Facile, adv., easily. 

Facilis, is, e, 104, easy. 

Facultas, (facultat) is, 293, power of 
doing ; hence means, resources. 

Facund-us, a, um, eloquent. 

Fall-ere (fefell-, fals-), to deceive. 

Fam-a, se, rumour, fame. 

Fames, (fam) is, 300, hunger. 

Famili-a, ae, family, gang of slaves. 

Familiaris, e, belonging to the fami- 
lia. Res familiaris, property. 

Fat-eri (fass-), dep., to confess. 

Fat-um, i, fate. 

Fav-ere (fav-, faut-, 395, v.), to fa- 
vour. 

Felix, (felic) is, 104, happy. 

Femin-a, ae, woman. 

Fer-a, ae, wild beast. 

Fere, adv., almost. 

Ferre (tul-, lat-, 596), to bear. 

h2 



366 



LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 



Ferocul-us, a, urn, surly. 

Ferox, (feroc) is, 107, fierce. 

Ferr-um, i, iron. 

Festin-are (av-, at-), to hasten. 

Fid-es, ei, faith. 

Fieri (fact-), 600, nsed as pass, of fa- 
cere ; to he made, to become. 

Figur-a, &, figure. 

Fili-a, ae, daughter, dat. and abl. pi. 
filiabus. 

Fili-us, i, son, 62, R,., 2. 

Fin-is, (fin) is, m., end, boundary; 
fines, boundaries, territories. 

Finitim-us, a, um, neighbouring. 

Firm-us, a, nm, strong, firm. 

Fit, it happens, pres. indie, of fio, 
fieri. 

Flagiti-um, i, disgraceful crime, in- 



Flamm-a, ae, flame. 

Fl-ere (flev-, flet-, 395, II.), to weep. 

Flet-ns, us, weeping. 

Flos, (flor) is, 331, b, flower. 

Fluct-us, us, wave. 

Flumen, (flumin) is, 344, a, river. 

Fluvi-us, i, river. 

Foedus, (feeder) is, 344, b, treaty, 
league. 

Foli-um, i, leaf. 

Fons, (font) is, m., 293, R., fountain. 

Foris, (for) is, 300, door ; used most- 
ly in plur., fores. 

Form- a, as, form. 

Formid-are (av-, at-), to fear, be 
afraid of. 

Formos-us, a, um, handsome. 

Forsitan, adv., perhaps. 

Forte, adv., by chance. 

Fort-is, is, e, 107, brave. 

For titer, 215, 2, b, bravely. 

Fortitudo, (fortitudin) is, 339, forti- 
tude, courage. 

Fortun-a, ve, fortune, 

Fortunat-us, a, urn, fortunate. 

For-um, i, forum. 

Foss-a, ob, ditch. 



Fraen-um, i, bridle, 396 ; pi., fraeni 

and fraena. 
Frater, (fratr) is, brother. 
Fratern-us, a, um, fraternal. 
Fraus, (fraud) is, 293, fraud. 
Frigus, (frigor) is, 344, b, cold. 
Fruct-us, us, fruit. 
Frument-ari (frumentat-), dep., to 

collect corn. 
Frument-um, i, com. 
Frustra, adv., in vain. 
Fug-a, se, flight. 
Fug-are (av-, at-), to rout, put to 

flight. 
Fug-ax, (fugac) is, 107, fugitive, 

fleeting. 
Fug-ere (io, fug-, fugit), to flee. 
Fulgur, (fulgur) is, 325, lightning. 
Fund- ere (fud-, fus-), to pour out, to 

overthrow, discomfit. 
Funditor, (funditor) is, 319, stinger. 
Futur-us, a, um, future. 

G. 

Galb-a, ae, Galba. 

Galli-a, ae, Gaul. 

Gallin-a, ae, hen. 

Gall-us, i, a Gaul. 

Garumn-a, ae, Garonne (river). 

Gaud-ere (gavisus sum), to rejoice. 

Gaudi-um, i, joy. 

Gener, i, son-in-law. 

Genev-a, ae, Geneva. 

Gens, (gent) is, 293, nation. 

Genus, (gener) is, 344, b, race, class. 

Ger-ere (gess-, gest-), to carry on ; 
gerere bellum, to carry on war. 

German-us, i, a German. 

Gladi-us, i, sword. 

Glori-a, ae, glory. 

Graec-us, a, um, Greek. 

Grando, (grandin) is, 339, hail. 

Grati-a, ae, influence, favour, popu- 
larity. 

Gratul-ari (gratulat-), dep., to con- 
gratulate. 






LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 



367 



Grat-us, a, urn, agreeable. 

Gravis, is, e, heavy, severe. 

Graviter, adv., heavily, disagreea- 
ble ; graviter fert, he is indignant 
at. 

Gregatim, adv., in flocks. 

Gubern-are (av-, at-), to steer, direct, 
govern. 

Gubernator, (gubernator) is, 319, pi- 
lot, governor. 



Hab-ere (habu-, habit-), to have, hold, 
esteem. 

Hannibal, (Hannibal) is, Hannibal. 

Haud, adv., not. 

Helveti-us, i, a Helvetian. 

Herb-a, ae, herb. 

Hercyni-us, a, urn, Hercynian; Her- 
cynia sylva, the Hercynian forest. 

Heri, adv., yesterday. 

Hibern-a, orum, winter-quarters. 

Hiberni-a, 39, Ireland. 

Hie, haec, hoc, this, 156. 

Hiem-are (av-, at-), to winter. 

Hieins, (hiem) is, 293, winter. 

Hirundo, (hirundin) is, 339, swallow. 

Hispani-a, 89, Spam. 

Hispan-us,. i, a Spaniard. 

Histori-a, 33, history. 

Hodie, adv., to-day. 

Homer-us, i, Homer. 

Homo, (homin) is, m., man. 

Honest-e, adv., honourably. 

Honest-us, a, um, honourable. 

Honor, (honor) is, 319, honour. 

Hor-a, 39, hour. 

Horati-us, i, Horace. 

Hort-ari (hortat-), to exhort, dep. 

Hort-us, i, garden. 

Hospes, (hospit) is, c, guest, host. 

Hostis, (host) is, c, enemy. 

Human-us, a, um, human. 

Humanitas, (humanitat) is, 293, cul- 
tivation, refinement, humanity. 

Humilis, is, e, 107, low. 



Ibi, adv., there. 

Idem, eadem, idem, the same, 150. 

Idone-us, a, xnn,jit, suitable. 

Idus, iduum (4th declen.), the Ides, 
112, 2. 

Ignavi-a, 39, indolence, cowardice. 

Ignav-us, a, um, indolent, ccncardly. 

Ignis, (ign) is, m., 302, R.,fire. 

Ignomini-a, 33, disgrace, ignominy. 

Ignor-are (av-, at-), to be ignorant. 

Ignoratio, (ignoration) is, 333, R., 
ignorance. 

Ille, ilia, illud, this, that, 158. 

Imago, (imagin) is, 339, image. 

Imber, (imbr) is, 320, shower of rain. 

Immemor, (immemor) is, 107, un- 
mindful,, with gen. 

Immens-us, a, um, immense. 

Immortalis, is, e, 104, immortal. 

Impediment-um, i, hinderance ; im- 
pedimenta, pi., the baggage of an 
army. 

Imped-ire (iv-, it-), to hinder, im- 



Impend-ere, to hang over. 
Imper-are (av-, at-), to command, 

with dat. 
Imperator, (imperator) is, 319, com- 
mander, general. 
Imperi-um, i, command. 
Impetr-are (av-, at-), to accomplish, 

effect, obtain. 
Impet-us, us, onset, attack; impetum 

facere, to make an attack. 
Impie, adv., 215, 1, impiously. 
Impi-us, a, um, impious. 
Impl-ere (implev-, iniplet-), to fill tt£ 
Implor-are (av-, at-), to implore. 
Impon-ere (imposu-, imposit-, in + 

ponere, 407), to place in or upon. 
Import-are (av-, at-), to bring in, 

import. 
Improb-us, a, um, wicked, dishonest. 
In, prep, with ace., into, against, 

with abl., in, among. 



368 



LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 



Incend-ere (incend-, incens-), to set 

Jire to, to burn. 
Incert-us, a, um, doubtful, uncer- 
tain. 
Incip-ere (io, incep-, incept-), to be- 
gin. 
Incol-a, ae, inhabitant, 
Incol-ere (incolu-, incult-), dwell in, 

inhabit. 
Incommod-um, i, inconvenience. 
Incredibilis, is, e, 104, incredible. 
Increp-are (increpa-, increpit-, 390), 

to chide. 
Incus -are (av-, at-), to blame. 
Inde, adv., thence. 
Indici-um, i, private information. 
Indign-us, a, um, unworthy. 
Induc-ere (indux-, induct-), to lead 

to, induce. 
Indulg-ere (induls-, indult-), with 

dat., to indulge. 
Ineptiae, arum, 57, Hi., folly. 
Inerti-a, ae, idleness. 
Infans, (infant) is, c, infant; (in+ 

fari, that cannot speak). 
Inferior, (inferior) is, comp. of infe- 

rus, 370, inferior, lower. 
Inferre (intul-, illat-, in-j-ferre), to 
bring upon ; bellum alicui inferre, 
to wage war upon any one. 
Ingeni-um, i, talent. 
Ingens, (ingent) is, 107, great, enor- 
mous. 
Inimiciti-a, 83, enmity. 
Inimic-us, a, um, hostile, unfriendly, 

with dat. 
Initi-um, i, beginning. 
Injuri-a, 39, injury, outrage. 
Injust-us, a, um, unjust. 
Innocens, (innocent) is, 107, inno- 
cent. 
Innocenti-a, ae, innocence. 
Innumerabilis, is, e, 104, innumer- 
able. 
Inops, (inop) is, 107, poor. 
Inquam, I say ; inquit, says he, 610. 



Insciens, (inscient) is, 107, not knovj- 

ing. 
Insect-um, i, insect. 
Insequ-i (insecut-), dep., to pursue. 
Insidi-33, arum, 57, R., snares, am- 
bush. 
Instig-are (av-, at-), to instigate. 
Institut-um, i, purpose, plan. 
Instru-ere (instrux-, instruct-, in+ 
struere), to draw up in battle ar- 
ray. 

Insul-a, ae, island. 

Intellig-ere (intellex-, intellect-), to 
perceive, understand. 

Intent-us, a, um, intent, bent upon. 

Inter, prep, with accus., between, 
among. 

Interced-ere (intercess-, intercess-), 
to intervene. 

Interdiu, adv., by day. 

Interdum, adv., sometimes. 

Inter-esse (interfu-), to be among, to 
differ; nihil interest, it makes no 
difference. 

Interfector, (interfector) is, 319, 
slayer. 

Interfic-6re (interfec-, interfect-, in- 
ter-j-facere), to slay, kill. 

Interim, adv., in the mean while. 

Interitus, us, perishing, destruction, 
death. 

Interregn-um, i, interreign. 

Interrog-are (av-, at-), to ask, inter- 
rogate. 

Intu-eri (intuit-), dep., to look upon. 

Inven-ire (inven-, invent-), to find, 
discover. 

Invoc-are (av-, at-), to call upon, in- 
voke. 

Ipse, a, um, 159, self. 

Ir-a, ae, anger. 

Iracundi-a, ae, wrathfulness, wrath, 

ire (iv-, it-), 605, to go. 

Irrump-6re (irrup-, irrupt-, in+rum- 
pere), to break into. 

Is, ea, id, this, that, he, she, it, 153. 



LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 



369 



Iste, a, ud, that, 157. 
Ita, adv., so, thus. 
Itali-a, ae, Italy. 

Iter, (itiner) is, n., journey, way, 
march. 

J. 

Jae-ere ( jec-, jact-), to cast, hurl. 

J act-are (av-, at-), to discuss. 

Jacul-um, i, dart. 

Jam, adv., now, already. 

Jan-U3, i, Janus. 

Jub-ere (juss-, juss-), to order. 

Jucund-us, a, urn, pleasant. 

Judex, (judic) is, 306, judge. 

Judic-are (av-, at-), to judge. 

Judici-um, i, trial, judgment. 

Jugurth-a, se, Jugurtha. 

Jug-urn, i, yoke. 

Jument-um, i, beast of burden. 

Jung-ere ( junx-, junct-), to join. 

Juno, (Junon) is, f., Juno (goddess). 

Jupiter, Jovis, 351, Jupiter. 

Jur-a, ae, Jura (mountain east of 

Gaul). 
Jur-are (av-, at-), to swear. 
Jus, (jur) is, 344, law, right. 
Juss-us, us, command. 
Justiti-a, ae, justice. 
Just-us, a, um, just. 
Juv-are ( juv-, jut-), to help. 
Juvenis, is, a youth. 
Juventus, (juventut) is, 293, youth. 
Juxta, prep, with ace., near. 

K. 

Kalend-ae, arum, Kalends. 
L. 

Labienus, i, Labienus, one of Cae- 
sar's lieutenant-generals. 

Labor, (labor) is, 319, labour, toil. 

Labor-are (av-, at-), to labour. 

Lac, (lact) is, 346, 2, milk. 

Lacess-ere (iv-, it-, 406, III., b), to 
provoke, harass. 

Lacrym-a, ae, tear. 



Lac-us, us, lake. 

Lapis, (lapid) is, 295, 3, stone. 

Larg-iri (it-), dep., to give largess, 
to bribe, 515. 

Larg-iter, adv., 215, 2, b, largely; 
largiter potest, he can largely^ 
i. e., he is quite powerful. 

Lat-e, adv., 215, 1, widely (lat-us, 
wide). 

Latin-us, a, um, Latin. 

Latitudo, (latitudin) is, 340, breadth 
(from latus, broad). 

Latius, adv., more widely (compar. 
of late, 376). 

Latro, (latron) is, 331, a, robber. 

Lat-us, a, um, broad, wide. 

Laud-are (av-, at-), to praise. 

Laus, (laud) is, 293, praise. 

Legatio, (legation) is, 333, R., em- 
bassy. 

Legat-us, i, lieutenant, ambassador. 

Leg-ere (leg-, lect-, 416, a), to read. 

Legio, (legion) is, 333, R., legion. 

Lemann-us, i, Lake Leman, or Ge- 
neva. 

Leo, (leon) is, 333, lion. 

Lepus, (lepor) is, m., 345, 4, hare. 

Lev-are (av-, at-), to lighten, alle- 
viate. 

Lex, (leg-) is, 293, law. 

Libenter, adv., willingly, gladly. 

Liber, libri, 64, book. 

Liberalitas, (liberalitat) is, 293, lib- 
erality. 

Liber-e, 215, 1, freely (from liber, 
free). 

Liber-i, orum, 65, R., children. 

Liber-tas, (libertat) is, 293, freedom, 
liberty. 

Libet, 583, libebat, libuit, or libitum 
est, impers., it is agreeable, it 
pleases, it suits. 

Lic-eri (licit), dep., to bid money, to 
offer a price. 

Licet, licuit, licitum est, it is allow- 
ed, it is lawful, one must, 583. 



370 



LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 



Lili-um, i, lily. 

Lingu-a, ae, language. 

Litter-a, ee, a letter (as of the alpha- 
bet) ; litter-ae, arum (pi.), a letter, 
i. e., an epistle. 

Littus, (littor) is, 344, b, shore. 

Livi-us, i, Livy, a Roman historian. 

Loc-us, i and a, 309, place. 

Long-e, adv., 215, 1, far, long : (long- 
us.) 

Longitudo, ( longitudin ) is, 339, 
length: (longus.) 

Long-us, a, urn, long. 

Loqu-i (locut-), dep., to speak. 

Lube't. See libet. 

Luct-us, us, grief. 

Lud-ere (lus-, his-, 401, 3, b), to 
play. 

Lud-us, i, sport, -game, play. 

Lun-a, se, moon. 

Lup-us, i, wolf. 

Lux, (luc) is, 293, light 

M. 

Macul-are (av-, at-), to stain. 

Magis, adv., more. 

Magister, tri (64), master, teacher. 

Magistrat-us, us, a magistrate, 

Magnanimus, a, um (magn-us+ani- 
mus ), high-spirited, magnani- 
mous. 

Magnitudo, (magnitudin) is (340), 
extent, greatness. 

Magnus, a, um, great; comp., ma- 
jor, greater. 

Male, adv. (215, 1, R.), badly. 

Maleficium, i (800, 2), evil deed, 
crime. 

Malle (592), to be more willing, to 
prefer; perf, malui. 

Malum, i, evil, misfortune. 

Man-ere (mans-, mans-)., 665, III., 
to remain. 

Manus, us (f., 112, 2), hand, band 
of soldiers. 

Mare, (mar) is (314), sea.* 



Massilia, se, Marseilles. 
Mater, (matr) is (f., 2-5, 2), mother. 
Matrimonium, i, matrimony. 
Matrona, ae, the Marne, a rivef of 

Gaul. 
Matur-are (av-, at-), to hasten. 
Maxim-e (adv., 376), most, most 

greatly, in the highest degree. 
Maxim-us, a, um (sup. of magnus, 

370), greatest. 
Me (ace. and abl. of ego, /), me; 

mecum, with me (125, II., b). 
Medicin-a, ae, medicine. 
Mediterrane-us, a, um, Mediterra- 
nean (medi-us+terr-a). 
Medi-us, a, um, middle. 
Meli-us, adv. (376), better. 
Memini (defect, 611), / remember; 

meminisse, to remember. 
Memori-a, ae, memory ; memoria te- 

nere, to hold in memory, to re- 

member. 
Mens, (ment) is, m., mind. 
Mercator, (mercator) is (319), mer- 
chant. 
Meridi-es, ei (m., 115), mid-day, 

noon. 
Merit-um, i, merit, desert, 
Metall-um, i, metal. 
Met-ere (messu-, mess-, 666, II., b), 

to reap. 
Met-iri (mens-), dep., to measure. 
Metu-ere (metu-, 666, VI., a), to fear. 
Me-us, a, um (122), my, mine. 
Mic-are (micu-, 664, II.), to glitter, 

shine. 
Migr-are (av-, at-), to migrate. 
Miles, (milit) is, soldier. 
Mille (sing, indecl., pi. millia, ium), 

thousand. 
Minerv-a, 83, Minerva. 
Minim-us, a, um, least [superl. of 

parvus, 370). 
Minor (minus), 358, less (compar. of 

parvus, 370). 
Minu-ere (minu-, minut-), to diminish. 



LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 



371 



Mirabil-is, is, e, wonderful. 

Mirific-us, a, urn, causing wonder, 
astonishing (mir-us+facere). 

Miser, a, urn (77, b), miserable, 
wretched. 

Miseret (impers., 579, a), one pities ; 
me miseret, I pity. 

Mitig~are (av-, at-), to mitigate. 

Mitt-ere (mis-, miss-, 401, 3, b), to 
send. 

Mod-us, i, measure, manner. 

Mcenia, ium (used only in pi.), walls. 

Mceror, (moeror) is (319), sadness. 

Mon-ere (monu-, monit-), to advise, 
warn, remind. 

Monstr-are (av-, at-), to show. 

Mord-ere (momord-, mors-, 395, IV-), 
to bite, champ. 

Mor-i, and mor-iri (mort-), dep., to 
die. 

Mortal-is, is, e, mortal. 

Mors, (mort) is, 293, death. 

Mos, (mor) is, 331, 1, b, custom, man- 
ner. 

Mot-us, us, motion, moving. 

Mov-ere (mov-, mot-, 395, V.), to 
move. 

Miilier, (miilier) is, (f.), woman. 

Multitudo, (multitudin) is, 340, mul- 
titude. 

Mult-us, a, um, much, many. 

Mund-us, i, world. 

Mun-ire (iv-, it-), to fortify. 

Munitio, (munition) is, 333, R., forti- 
fication. 

Munus, (muner) is, 344, 3, b, office, 

gift- 
Murus, i, wall. 
Mut-are (av-, at-), to change. 

N. 

Nam, conj.,/<?r. 

Nasc-i (nat-), dep., to be born, spring 

from. 
Nat-are (av-, at-), to swim. 
Naut-a, ob (m.), sailor. 



Natio, (nation) is, 333, R., nation. 

Natur-a, ae, nature. 

Naval-e, (naval) is, 314, a dock-yard. 

Navigatio, (navigation) is, 333, R., 
navigation, voyage. 

Nav-is, (nav) is, 300, ship. 

Ne, interrogative particle, 135, II., a. 

Ne, adv., not, used imperatively, 
534, a; conj., that not, 548, b. 

Nee, conj., nor. 

Neg-are (av-, at-), to deny, refuse. 

Neglig-ere (neglex-, neglect-, 666, 
V., a), to neglect. 

Negligens, (negligent) is, 107, neg- 
ligent. 

Negoti-um, i, matter, business. 

Nemo, (nemin) is, c, no one. 

Neque, conj., neither, nor, 515. 

Nequidem, adv., not even, 217; al- 
ways separated by the words 
which have the emphasis ; e. g., 
ne Socrates quidem, not even Soc- 
rates. 

Nervi-us, i, a Nervian (people of 
G-aul). 

Nerv-us, i, a sinew. 

Nesc-ire (iv-, it-), to be ignorant, not 
to know (ne+scire). 

Neuter, tra, trum, 194, 1, neither of 
the two. 

Nidific-are (av-, at-), to build a nest 
(nidus+facere). 

Niger, nigra, nigrum, 77, a, black. 

Nihil, n., indecl., nothing. 

Nimi-us, a, um, too much. 

Nit-i (nis- and nix-), dep., to stHve. 

Nisi, conj., unless, if not. 

Nobilis, is, e, noble, illustrious. 

Nobilitas, (nobilitat) is, 293, nobil- 
ity. 

Noc-ere (nocii-, nocit-), to hurt, with 
dat. 

Noctii, adv., by night. 

Nolle, nolui, to be unwilling, 592. 

Nomen, (nomin) is, 344, a, name. 

Non, adv., not. 



372 



LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 



Nonne, interrogative particle (ex- 
pects answer yes). 

Nonnullus, a, urn, some; nonnulli, 
some [persons). 

Nonnunquam, adv., sometimes. 

Non-us, a, urn, ninth. 

Nos, we, 120. 

Noso-ere (nov-, not-), to learn, know. 

Noster, tra, tram, 122, our. 

Nov-i (gen. of novus), news, 174 (vo- 
cab.). 

Nov-i, defective, / know, 611 ; no- 
visse, to know. 

Novissiinus, a, urn (superl. of no- 
vus), newest, latest ; novissimum 
agmen, the rear-rank. 

Novitas, (novitat) is, 293, novelty 
(novus). 

Nov-us, a, um, new* 

Nox, (noct) is, 293, night. 

Nub-es, (nub) is, 300, cloud. 

Nud-us, a, um, naked. 

Nullus, a, um, gen. nullius, dat. 
nulli, 194, 1, no one, none. 

Num (interrog. particle),, whether 
(expects the answer no, 174). 

Numa, ae (m.), Numa. 

Numer-us, i, number. 

Nunti-are (av-, at-), to announce. 

Nunti-us, i, a messenger. ~-"~~ 

Nunquam, adv., never. 

Nuptiae, arum, 57, R., a marriage. 

Nutrix, (nutric) is, 293, nurse. 

O. 

Ob (prep, with ace), on account of. 
Obaeratus, a, um, a debtor. 
Obscur-are (av-, at-), to obscure. 
Obsecr-are (av-, at-), to beseech. 
Obses, (obsid) is (c), hostage. 
Obstring-ere (obstrinx-, obstrict-), to 

bind: ob+stringere. 
Obtin-ere (obtinu-, obtent-), to hold, 

maintain : ob+tenere. 
Occas-us, us, setting, e. g., of the sun ; 

occasu solis, sunset, 118, II., c. 



Occidens, (Occident) is, m. (sol un- 
derstood), west. 

Occid-ere ( occid-, occas-, ob + ca- 
dere), to fall, set, die. 

Occid-ere (occid-, occis-, ob + cae- 
dere), to slay, kill. 

Occup-are (av-, at-), to seize, take 
possessio?i of. 

Oceanus, i, ocean. 

Octavus, a, um, eighth. 

Octoginta (indecl.), eighty. 

Octoni, 83, a, eight each, eight at a 
time, 197. 

Ocul-us, i, eye. 

Odi (defect., 611), I hate; odisse, to 
hate. 

Odi-um, i, hatred. 

Offend-ere (offend-, offens-, ob+fen- 
dere), to offend. 

Olim, adv., once upon a time, for- 
merly. 

Omnino, adv., altogether, in all. 

Omnis, is, e, all, every, the whole; 
omnis res, the whole affair. 

Onus, (oner) is, 344, b, burden, load. 

Oper-a, 83, toil, labour. 

Oportet (impers., 583), oportebat, 
oportuit, it behooves, one ought. 

Oppidan-us, a, um, of or belonging 
to a town, a townsman. 

Oppid-um, i, a town. 

Opprim-ere (oppress-, oppress-, ob 
+premere), to repress, crush. 

Oppugn-are (av-, at-), to attack, be- 
siege (ob+pugnare). 

Ops, opis, 293, power ; opes, resour- 
ces, means. 

Optim-us, a, um, best (superl. of 
bonus). 

Opulens, (opulent) is, 107, rich, opu- 
lent. 

Opus, (oper) is, 344, b, work. 

Oracul-um, i, oracle. 

Or-are (av-, at-), to pray, beg, beseech. 

Oratio, (oration) is, 333, H., oration, 
speech. 



LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 



373 



Orator, (orator) is, 319, orator. 

Orb-is, (orb) is (m., 302, R,.), orb, cir- 
cle ; orbis teiTarum, the world. 

Ordo, (ordin) is (m., 340, exc), order. 

Orgetorix, (Orgetorig) is, Orgetorix, 
a Helvetian chieftain. 

Origo, (origin) is, 339, origin. 

Or-iri (ort-), dep., to rise. 

Orn-are (av-, at-), to adorn. 

Ornatus, a, urn, adorned, part, of or- 
nare. 

Ostend-ere (ostend-, ostens-, ob+ 
tendere), to show. 

Ostent-are (av-, at-), to vaunt. 

P. 

Pabulatio, (pabulation) is, 333, H., 
foddering, foraging. 

Paene, adv., almost. 

Pag-us, i, village, canton. 

Palus, (palud) is, 293, marsh. 

Par-are (av-, at-), to prepare. 

Parat-uS; a, urn, prepared, ready 
(part. pass, of parare). 

Parc-ere (pep ere-, pars- and parcit-, 
666, IV., b), to spare, with dot. 

Par-ere (paru-), with dat., to obey. 

Pars, (part) is, 293, part. 

Parsimoni-a, ae, parsimony, frugal- 
ity. 

Parv-us, a, urn, small, Uttle. 

Pastor, (pastor) is, 319, shepherd. 

Pater, (patr) is, father ; patres, urn, 
patricians of Rome. 

Pat-ere (patu-), to be open, extend. 

Pat-i, (pass-), dep., to suffer. 

Patienter, adv., 215, 2, b, patiently. 

Patienti-a, ae, patience, endurance. 

Paucitas, (paucitat) is, 293, feloness. 

Pauci, 89, a, few. 

Paullisper, adv., for a little while. 

Paullo, adv., a little; paullo longius, 
a little too far. 

Pauper, (pauper) is, 107, poor. 

Paupertas, (paupertat) is, 293, pov- 
erty. 



Pax, (pac) is, 293, peace. 

Pecc-are (av-, at-), to sin. 

Peccat-urn, i, sin. 

Pecuni-a, ae, money. 

Pedes, (pedit) is, 306, foot-soldier. 

Pell-ere (pepul-, puis-, 411, b), to 

drive, rout, expel, defeat. 
Pellis, (pell) is, 300, hide, skin. 
Fend-6re (pepend-, pens-, 666, IV., 

a), to weigh, pay. 
Pene, adv., almost. 
Peninsul-a, ae, peninsula (pene+in- 

sula). 
Per [prep, with accus.), through, 

during. 
Perdives, (perdivit-) is, 107, very 

rich. 
Perduc-ere (perdux-, perduct-, per-f- 
ducere), to lead through, bring 
along. 
Perfacilis, is, e, very easy. 
Perferre (pertul-, perlat-, per+ferre), 

to convey, bear through. 
Perfic-ere (perfec-, perfect-, per+fa- 
cere), to accomplish, finish, bring 
to pass. 
Perfring-ere (perfreg-, perfract-, per 

+frangere), to break through. 
Perfug-a, 33, deserter. 
Perg-ere (pen-ex-, perrect-), to go 

on, go straight. 
Pericul-um, i, danger. 
Per-ire (peri-, perit-, per+ire), to 

perish. 
Peritus, a, um, skilful, skilled in 

(with gen.). 
Permdv-ere (permov-, permot-), to 

move thoroughly, to induce. 
Pernici-es, ei, destruction. 
Perpauci, ae, a, very few. 
Perpetu-us, a, um, perpetual. 
Perrump-ere (perrup-, perrupt-, per 

-f-rumpere), to break through. 
Pers-a, ae, a Persian. 
Persequ-i (persecut-, per + sequi), 
dep., to follow after, pursue. 



ii 



374 



LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 



> 



Persever-are (av-, at-), to persevere. 
Persolv-ere (persolv-, persolut-, per 

+solvere), to pay up, pay in full ; 

poenas persolvere, to suffer full 

punishment. 
Perspic-ere (perspex-, perspect-), to 

observe, get sight of, see plainly. 
Persuad-ere (persuas-, persuas-), to 

persuade, convince. 
Perterr-ere (perterru-, perterrit-), to 

frighten thoroughly. 
Pertm-ere (pertinu-, per+tenere), to 

reach, belong to, extend to. 
Perturb-are (av-, at-), to disturb, con- 
found. 
Perven-ire (ven-, vent-), to arrive at, 

come to. 
Pes, (ped) is (m.,295, 3), foot ; pe- 

dem referre, to draw back the 

foot, to retreat. 
Pet-ere (petiv-, petit-), to seek, aim 

at, strive after. 
Petr-a, ae, rock. 

Phalanx, (phalang) is, 293, phalanx. 
Pharsalus, i, Pharsalus, a town in 

Thessaly. 
Philosoph-ari (at-), dep., to philoso- 
phize. 
Piget (impers., 579, a), piguit, it 

grieves, pains, disgusts ; / am 
Pil-um, i, javelin. [grieved at. 

Pisc-is, (pise) is (m., 302, H.),fish. 
Pius, a, urn, pious. 
Plac-ere (placil-, placit-), to please 

(with dat.). 
Placet (impers., 584, a), placuit, it 

pleases ; Caesari placuit, Ccesar 

determined. 
Placid-us, a, um, calm, placid. 
Plant-a, ae, plant. 
Plan-us, a, um, level, plain. 
Plato, (Platon) is, Plato. 
Plebs, (pleb) is, 293, common people. 
Plen-us, a, um, full. 
Plerique, plerasque, pleraque, most, 

the greater part. 



Plerumque, adv., for the most part. 

Plum-a, sb, feather. 

Plurim-us, a, um (superl. of multus), 

most, very many. 
Plurimum, adv., very much, in the 

highest degree. 
Pocul-um, i, cup. 

Poen-a, 83, punishment; pcenas per- 
solvere, pay the full penalty. 
Poenitet (impers., 579), poenituit, it 

repents ; me poenitet, / repent. 
Poet-a, as (m.), poet. 
Pompeius, i, Pompey. 
Pon-ere (posu-, posit-), to place ; 

castra ponere, to pitch the camp. 
Pons, (pont) is (m., 295, 1), bridge. 
Popul-ari (at-), dep., to plunder, lay 

waste. 
Popul-us, i, people. 
Port-a, se, gate. 
Port-are (av-, at-), to carry. 
Port-iis, us, harbour. 
Portori-um, i, tax, customs duty. 
Posc-ere (poposc-, 411, a), to demand 

(admits two accusatives). 
Posse, potui, to be able, can, 587. 
Possessio, (possession) is, 333, R., 



Possid-ere (possed-, possess-), to 
possess. 

Post, prep, with ace, after, behind. 

Postea, adv., afterward. 

Poster-us, a, um, after ; postero die, 
on the day after, on the next day 

Postquam, adv., after that. 

Postul-are (av-, at-), to demand. 

Potens, (potent) is, 107, powerful. 

Potestas, (potestat) is, 293, power. 

Pot-iri (it-), dep., with gen. or abl., 
to acquire, get possession of. 

Prae (prep, with abl.), before. 

Praeb-ere (praebu-, praebit-), to af- 
ford. 

Praeced-ere (cess-, cess-), to go be- 
fore, excel. 

Praeceps, (praecipit) is, 107, headlong. 



LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 



375 



Praeceptor, (praeceptor) is, a teacher, 
preceptor. 

Praecept-um, i, precept. 

Praecip-ere ( cep-, cept-, praa + ca- 
pere), to command, enjoin. 

Praeclar-us, a, urn, illustrious. 

Praeco, (praecon) is, herald. 

Praed-a, 83, booty, prey. 

Praed-ari (at-), dep., to plunder, get 
booty. 

Praedic-are (av-, at-), to declare. 

Praedo, (praedon) is, pirate. 

Praeesse, praefui, to be over, com- 
mand (prae+esse), with dat. 

Praeferre (tul-, lat-), to prefer. 

Prasnc-ere (fee-, feet-, prae+facere), 
to place over. 

Praemitt-ere (mis-, miss-), to send be- 
fore. 

Praemi-um, i, reward. 

Praemmti-a, or praenuncia, as, har- 
binger. 

Praesertim, adv., especially. 

Praesidi-um, i, garrison, defence. 

Praestans, (prasstant) is, 107, excel- 
lent. 

Praest-are (stit-, stit-), to stand be- 
fore, excel. 

Praeter, prep, with ace., besides, ex- 
cept. 

Praeter-Ire (iv- and i-, it-, praeter-r- 
Ire, 605, 2), to pass by. 

Praetor, (praetor) is, aprcetor (Roman 
magistrate). 

Preti-um, i, price, reward. 

Prex, (prec) is, 293, prayer. 

Primus, a, urn, first. 

Princeps, (princip) is, 107, chief (used 
only as a noun). 

Princip at-tis, us, chieftainship, chief 
authority. 

Principi-um, i, beginning, principle. 

Pristin-us, a, um, ancient, former. 

Privatim, adv., privately. 

Privat-us, a, um, private. 

Priusquam, adv., before that. 



Pro (prep, with abl.), before, for, in 

view of. 
Prob-are (av-, at-), to prove. 
Prob-itas, (probitat) is, 293, honesty. 
Prob-us, a, um, honest. 
Proced-ere (cess-, cess-, 401, 3, b), to 

advance, go forward. 
Procell-a, ae, tempest. 
Procurr-ere (curr-, curs-, pro + cur- 

rere), to run forward. 
Prod-esse (pro-J-esse), to profit, with 

dat. 
Proelium, i, battle, fight. 
Profectio, (profection) is, 333, B., 

setting out, departure. 
Proficisc-i (profect-), dep., to set out, 

depart. 
Prohib-ere (prohibu-, prohibit-, pro+ 

habere), to restrain, keep off. 
Projic-ere (jec-, ject-, pro+jacere), 

to throw forward, throw. 
Prope (prep, with ace), near, nigh 

to ; propius, nearer ; proxime, 

nearest. 
Propell-ere (pul-, puis-, pro + pel- 

lere), drive on, drive away. 
Proper-are (av-, at-), hasten. 
Propinquus, a, um, near to, related 

to; propinquus (used as noun), a 

relation. 
Propius. See prope. 
Propon-ere (posu-, posit-, pro-f-po- 

nere), to set before, propose. 
Propter (prep, with accus.), on ac- 
count of. 
Propterea, adv., therefore; propte- 

rea quod, because, for the reason 

that. 
Propuls-are (av-, at-), to icard off, 

avert, repel. 
Prorsus, adv., straight on, truly, pre- 
cisely. 
Prosequ-i (prosecut-), dep., to pursue. 
Proverbi-um, i, proverb. 
Providenti-a, bb, Providence (pro+ 

videre). 



376 



LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 



Provinci-a, ae, province. 

Proxim-us, a, urn (superl., 371), next, 

nearest. 
Ptolemaeus, i, Ptolemy. 
Pudet (impers., 579, a), puduit, it 

shames, one is ashamed. 
Puell-a, ae, girl. 
Puer, i, boy. 

Pugn-are (av-, at-), to fight. 
Pulvis, (pulver) is, 331, b, dust. 
Pun-ire (iv-, It-), to punish. 
Put-are (av-, at-), to suppose, think, 

reckon. 
Pyrenaei (montes), the Pyrenees, 

mountains between Gaul and 

Spain. 

a. 

duadringenti, ae, a, four hundred. 
duser-ere (quaesiv-, quaesit-), to seek, 

ask, inquire into. 
dualis, is, e, of what kind ; talis — 

qualis, such — as, 184. 
duam, conj., than. 
duamdiu, adv., how long. 
duamvis, conj., although. 
duando, adv., when. 
duantus, a, um, how great, 184. 
Cluantuscunque, -acunque, -urncun- 

que, however great, 184. 
Quasi, adv., as if. 
duatern-i, ae, a, four apiece, four at 

a time, 189. 
dnattuor, indecl., four. 
Clue, conj., and, 517, a, 
Glueo, I am able, 606. 
duer-i (quest-), to complain. 
dui, quae, quod, who, which, what, 

164. 
dui a, conj., because. 
duid, neut. of quis, used interrog., 

what ? as adv., why ? 
duicunque, whosoever, 164, R. 
duidam, quaedam, quoddam, or quid- 
dam, a certain one; plur., some, 

178, 1. 



Gluidem, adv., indeed. 

Cluilibet, quoelibet, quodlibet, any 
one, any you please, 178, 2. 

duin, conj., but that, that not, 558, b. 

Gluindecim, indecl., fifteen. 

duingent-i, ae, a, five hundred. 

duinque, indecl., five. 

duint-us, a, um, fifth. 

Quire, to be able, 606. 

duis, quae, quid, interrog., who f 
which, what? 170. 

duisnam, quaenam, quidnam? pray 
who? what? 171. 

duispiam, quaepiam, quodpiam, quid- 
piam, somebody, some, 178, 4. 

duisquam, quicquam, or quodquam, 
any, any one, 178, 3. 

duisque, quaeque, quodque, quid- 
que, each, every one, 178, 6. 

duisquis, whoever, whatever, 637, 3. 

duivis, any one you please, 178, 2. 

duo, adv., whither, in which direc- 
tion ? 

duo, conj., to the end that, that, so 
that, 558, a. 

duod, conj., because. 

duod, rel. pron. neut. of qui. 

dnominus, that the less, that not, af- 
ter verbs of hindering, &c, 558, c. 

duondam, adv., formerly, at one 
time. 

duoniam, conj., since, because. 

duoque, conj., also. 

duot, so many, how many ? 184. 

duotannis, adv., yearly. 

duotidian-us, a, um, daily. 

duot-us, a, um, what one ? quota 
hora, what o'clock ? 

duum, conj., when, since, 561. 

a. 

Rapin-a, ae, rapine, plunder. 
Ratio, (ration) is, 333, R., reason, 

manner, plan. 
Rauracus, i, a Rauracian, people of 

Gaul. 



LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 



377 



Rebellio, (rebellion) is, 333, R., re- 
bellion. 

Reced-ere (cess-, cess-, 401, 3, b), to 
give way, retreat. 

Recip-ere (cep-, cept-, re-j-capere, 
io, 416, c, 199), to receive back, 
take back ; se recipere, to take 
one's self back, to go back. 

Rect-e, adv., 215, 1, rightly. 

Redd- ere (reddid-, reddit-, re+dare), 
666, IV., c), give back, return, re- 
store. 

Redintegr-are (av-, at-), to renew. 

Redim-ere (redem-, redempt-, re + 
emere), to buy back, redeem, farm 
(as revenues). 

Reditio, (redition) is, 333, R., return 
(redire). 

Reduc-ere (dux-, duct-, re+ducere), 
to bring, bring back. 

Referre (retul-, relat-, re-f-ferre), to 
bring back, to draw back ; pedem 
referre, to retreat. 

Refert, it matters, it concerns, it in- 
terests, 584, d. 

Refic-ere (fee-, feet-, re+facere), to 
renew, rebuild. 

Reg-ere (rex-, rect-), to rule. 

Regin-a, 83, queen. 

Regn-are (av-, at-), to reign. 

Regn-um, i, kingdom, royal power. 

Relinqu-ere (reliqu-, relict-), to leave. 

Reliqui-aa, arum, 57, R, remains, 
remnant. 

Reliqu-us, a, um, remaining. 

Reminisc-i (dep.), to remember (with 
gen.). 

Remov-ere (remov-, remot-), to re- 
move. 

Renunti-are (av-, at-), to bring back 
word, report. 

Repell-ere (repiil-, repuls-, re+pel- 
lere), to repel, drive back. 

Repente, adv., suddenly. 

Repentin-us, a, um, sudden; repen- 
tina res, the sudden occurrence. 

I 



Reper-ire (reper-, repert-, 427, V.), 
to find out, to discover. 

Repet-ere (repetiv- and repeti-, re- 
petit-), to demand back, to ask 
again. 

Repugn-are (av-, at-, re+pugnare), 
to oppose, resist. 

Res, rei, thing ; res novae (pi.), rev- 
olution ; res familiaris, private 
property. 

Rescind-ere (rescid-, resciss-), to cut 
down, to cut in pieces. 

Resist-ere (restit-, restit-), 390, in- 
trans., to halt, stop; with dat., to 
resist. 

Respond-ere (respond-, respons-, 665, 
IV.), to ansvjer. 

Respublic-a, reipublicae, 351, 3, re- 
public, state. 

Ret-e, (ret) is, 312, net. 

Retin-ere (retinu-, retent-, re-fte- 
nere), to restrain, hold back, re- 
tain. 

Revert-ere (revert-, revers-, 422), to 
turn back, return. 

Revert-i (revers-), dep., to return. 

Revoc-are (av-, at-), to call back, re- 
call. 

Rex, (reg) is (m.), king- 

Rhen-us, i, Rhine (river). 

Rhetoric-a, 33, rhetoric. 

Rhodan-us, i, Rhone (river). 

Rid-ere (ris-, ris-), to laugh. 

Rip-a, sb, bank of a river. 

Ris-us, us, laughter. 

Robur, (robor) is, 344, a, strength, 

Rog-are (av-, at-), to ask. 

Roman-us, a, um, Roman; Roma- 
nus (used as noun), a Roman. 

Romul-us, i, Romulus. 

Ros-a, 83, a rose. 

Rot- a, se, wheel. 

Ruber, bra, brum, 77, a, red. 

Rumor, (rumor) is, 319, rumour, re* 
port. 

Rursus, adv., backward, again. 

12 



378 



LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 



S. 
Sacer, era, crum, 77, a, sacred. Mons 
Sacer, the Sacred Mount; sacra, 

orum, sacred rites* 
Saepe, adv., often. 
Saeviti-a, 33, cruelty. 
Sagittari-us, i, archer. 
Sagunt-um, i, Saguntum, a town in 

Spain. 
Salt-are (av-, at-), to dance. 
Salus, (salut) is, 293, safety. 
Salv-us, a, urn, safe. 
San-are (av-, at-), to heal, cure. 
Sanct-us, a, urn, sacred. 
Sanguis, (sanguin) is (m.), blood. 
Sapiens, (sapient) is, 107, wise, a 

wise man. 
Sapienter, 215, 2, b, wisely. 
Sapienti-a, ae, wisdom. 
Satis, adv., enough. 
Satius, comp. of satis ; satius est, it 

is better. 
Schol-a, se, school. 
Scienti-a, as, science, knowledge. 
Scind-ere (scid-, sciss-), to cut, cut 

down. 
Scipio, (Scipion) is, Scipio. 
Sc-Ire (sciv-, scit-), to know. 
Scrib-ere (scrips-, script-), to write. 
Scriptor, (scriptor) is, 319, writer. 
Se, ace. of sui, 142. 
Seced-ere (secess-, secess-), to se- 
cede. 
Secreto, adv., secretly, privately. 
Secund-us, a, um, second, following. 
Sed, but. 
Sed-ere (sed-, sess-, 394, V.), to sit, 

sit down. 
Seditios-ns, a, um, seditious. 
Semel, adv., once; semel atque ite- 

rum, once and again. 
Sementis, (sement) is, a sowing (of 

corn). 
Semper, adv., always. 
Sempitern-us, a, um, eternal. 
Senat-us, us, senate. 



Senex, (sen) is, 107, old, old man. 

Senectus, (senectut) is, 293, old age. 

Sen-i, 39, a, six each, six at a time, 
distrib., 189. 

Sententi-a, aa, opinion. 

Sent-ire (sens-, sens-), to feel, think, 
perceive. 

Separ-are (av-, at-), to separate. 

Septem, indecl., seven. 

September, bris (m.), September. 

Septentrion-es, um, the north, the 
seven stars composing Ursa Major. 

Septim-us, a, um, seventh. 

Septuaginta, indecl., seventy. 

Sequan-a, 39, Seine (river). 

Sequan-us, i, Sequanian (people of 
Gaul). 

Sequ-i (secut-), dep., to follow. 

Ser-ere (sev-, sat-), to sow, plant. 

Sermo, (sermon) is, 331, speech. 

Serv-are (av-, at-), to keep, preserve. 

Serv-us, i, slave. 

Severitas, (severitat) is, 293, sever- 
ity. 

Sex, indecl., six. 

Sext-us, a, um, sixth. 

Si, conj., if. 

Sic, adv., so, thus. 

Sicut, conj., so as, just as. 

Sidus, (sider) is, 344, b, star, con- 
stellation. 

Sign-um, i, standard, signal. 

Simil-is, is, e, 104, like (with gen. or 
dat). 

Simul, adv., together, at the same 
time; simulac, simulatque, as soon 
as. 

Sin, conj., but if. 

Sine, prep, with abl., without. 

Sitis, (sit) is, 300, thirst. 

Socer, i, 65, H., father-in-law. 

Societas, (societat) is, 293, society, 
fellowship. 

Soci-us, i, companion, ally. 

Socrates, (Socrat) is, Socrates. 

Sol, (Sol) is, the Sun. 



LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 



379 



Solum, adv., only ; non solum — sed 
etiam, not only — but also. 

Sol-us, a, urn, gen. solius, 194, It. 1, 
alone. 

Somn-us, i, sleep. 

Sordid-us, a, um, sordid, mean. 

Soror, (soror) is, sister. 

Sors, (sort) is, 293, lot. 

Spati-um, i, space, opportunity; spa- 
tium arma capiendi, time for ta- 
king 1 up arms, 492. a. 

Speci-es, ei, appearance. 

Spect-are (av-, at-), to look, look at. 

Spes, ei, hope. 

Splendid-us, a, um, brilliant, splen- 
did. 

Splendor, (splendor) is, 319, splen- 
dour, glare. 

St-are (stet-, stat-, 387, III.), to stand. 

Statim, adv., immediately. 

Statio, (station) is, 333, It., station, 
post. 

Statu-ere (statu-, statut-), to appoint, 
fix, decide. 

Stell-a, as, star. 

Stipendi-um, i, tribute, tax. 

Stipendiari-us, a, um, tributary. 

Stoicus, i, a Stoic. 

String-ere (strinx-, strict-), to draw 
(as a sword). 

Studiose, 215, 1, zealously, studi- 
ously. 

Studi-um, i, zeal, study, desire. 

Stultiti-a, oe, folly. 

Stult-us, a, um, foolish ; stultus, a 
fool. 

Suad-ere (suas-, suas-), to advise, to 
persuade. 

Suav-is, is, e, 104, sweet. 

Sab, prep, with ace, up to, under ; 
with abl., under. 

Subesse (sub+esse), to be under, to 
be near. 

Subig-ere ( subeg-, subact-, sub + 
agere), to subdue. 

Sub-ire (iv-, it-), to go under, to un- 



dergo ; ad pericula subeunda, for 
undergoing perils. 

Subito, adv., suddenly. 

Subjic-ere (subjec-, subject-, sub + 
jacere), to throw under, to throw 
up. 

Sublatas, a, um, part, of tollere, ela- 
ted, puffed up. 

Subsist-ere (substlt-), to stand still, 
to halt. 

Subsidi-um, i, assistance, a reserve 
of troops. 

Suev-us, i, a Suevian (people of 
Germany). 

Sufferre (sustul-, sublat-, sub-f ferre) 
to bear, sustain. 

Sui, reflex, pron., 142, himself, her- 
self, &.c. 

Sum, lam. (See esse.) 

Sum-ere (sumps-, sumpt-, 401, 4, b), 
to take. 

Summ-us, a, um (superl. of sup eras, 
370), highest, top of a thing ; in 
summo monte, on the top of the 
mountain. 

Sumpt-us, us, expense ; sumptu suo, 
at his own expense. 

Super-are (av-, at-), to overcome. 

Superior, oris (compar. of sup eras, 
370), higher. 

Suppet-ere (suppetiv- and suppeti-, 
suppetit-), to be at hand, to be in 
store. 

Supplici-um, i, punishment. 

Suscip-ere (suscep-, suscept-, sub+ 
capere), to undertake. 

Suspicio, (suspicion) is, 333, R., sus- 
picion. 

Sustin-ere (sustinu-, sustent-, sub-f 
tenere), to sustain. 

Suus, a, um, one's own, 143. 

T. 
Tac-ere (tacu-, tacit-), intrans., to be 

silent ; trans., to keep secret. 
Taedet, pertoesum est (impers., 576), 



380 



LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 



it ivearies, it disgusts ; me taedet, 
/ am disgusted. 

Talis, is, e, 184, such. 

Tarn, adv., so. 

Tamen, conj., nevertheless. 

Tang-ere ( tetig-, tact-, 411 ), to 
touch. 

Tanquam, adv., as, like. 

Tantum, so much (neut. of tantus) ; 
tantum aari, so much gold, 186. 

T ant-us, a, um, 184, so great. 

Tard-are (av-, at-), to delay. 

Taur-us, i, bull. 

Tel-um, i, weapon, dart. 

Temere, adv., rashly. 

Temeritas, (temeritat) is, 293, rash- 
ness. 

Temper-are ( av-, at- ), to refrain 
from ; ab injuria temperare, to 
refrain from outrage. 

Temperanti-a, ae, temperance. 

Tempestas, (tempestat) is, 293, storm, 
tempest. 

Templ-um, i, temple; templum de 
marmcre, temple of marble, mar- 
ble temple. 

Tempus, (tempor) is, 344, b, time. 

Tenax, (tenac) is, 107, tenacious, 
firm. 

Tener, a, um, 77, b, tender. 

Ten-ere (tenu-, tent-), to hold. 

Terg-um, i, back. 

Terni, ae, a (distrib., 189), three apiece, 
three at a time. 

Terr- a, ae, earth ; terra marique, by 
land and sea. 

Terr-ere (terru-, territ-), to terrify. 

Terti-us, a, um, third. 

Tiberi-us, i, Tiberius. 

Themistocles, (Themistocl) is, The- 
mistocles. 

Tigurinus pagus, The canton of Zu- 
rich. 

Tim-ere (timu-), to fear. 

Timid-us, a, um, timid. 



Timor, (timor) is, 319, fear. 

Tiro, (tiron) is, 107, inexperienced, 
raio. 

Toler-are (av-, at-), to endure. 

Toll-ere (sustul-, sublat-), to lift up, 
take away. 

Tot, so many, 184. 

Tot-us, a, um, gen. Zus, 194, R. 1, 
whole, all. 

Trabs, (trab) is, beam, 293. 

Trad-ere (tradid-, tradit-), to surren- 
der. 

Tragul-a, ae, a dart (used by the 
Gauls). 

Trah-ere (trax-, tract-, 401, 2), to 
draw. 

Trajic-ere (trajic-, traject-), transit., 
to throw or convey over ; intrans., 
to cross over. 

Tranquill-iter, adv., calmly, tran- 
quilly (215, 2, tranquillus, tran- 
quil). 

Transduc-ere (transdux-, transduct-), 
to lead across. 

Trans-ire (iv-, it-), to cross or pass 
over. 

Transn-are (av-, at-), to swim across. 

Tredecim, indecl., thirteen. 

Tres, tria, 194, three. 

Tribun-us, i, tribune. 

Triginta, thirty. 

Triplex, (triplic) is, 107, triple, three- 
fold. 

Tripartita, adv., in three divisions. 

Tristiti-a, ae, sadness. 

Tu, thou, 130. 

Tullus Hostilius, Tullus Hostilius. 

Turn, adv., then. 

Turbo, (turbin) is (m., 340), whirl- 
wind. 

Turp-is, is, e, 104, base. 

Turpiter, adv., 215, 2, a, 

Tunis, (turr) is, 302, tower. 

Tut-us, a, um, safe. 

Tu-us, a, um, thy, thine, 134. 






LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 



381 



u. 

Ubi, adv., where, when. 
Ubinani? where in the world? 297, d. 
Ull-us, a, urn, gen. ius, 194, 1, any. 
Ulterior, ius (compar. of ultra, 371), 

farther. 
Ultro, adv., of one's own accord. 
Ulysses, (Ulyss) is, Ulysses. 
Umbr-a, ae, shade, shadow. 
Una, adv., together. 
Unde, adv., whence. 
Undecim, indecl., eleven. 
Undique, adv., from all sides. 
Univers-us, a, urn, universal, the 

whole. 
Unquam, adv., ever. 
Un-us, a, um, gen. unius, 194, one. 
Unusquisque, 178, 6, each one. 
Urbs, (urb) is, 293, city. 
Usque, adv., as far as ; usque ad, 

even up to. 
Ut, or uti, conj., that, 546. 
Uter, utra, utrum, 194, whicli of the 

two. 
Ut-i (us-), dep. (with abl., 316, R,.), to 

use, employ. 
Util-is, is, e, 104, useful. 
Utinani, conj., would that, O that, 

528. 
Utrum, conj., whether; utrum — an, 

whether — or. 
Uxor, (uxor) is (f.), wife. 

V. 

Vac-are (av-, at-), to be empty, to re- 
main unoccupied. 

Vag-ari (vagat-), dep., to wander. 

Val-ere (valu-), to avail; plui'imum 
valet, is most powerful. 

Valid-us, a, um, strong. 

Valde, adv., greatly, very much. 

Valetudo, (valetudin) is, 339, health. 

Vali-um, i, rampart. 

Vast-are (av-, at-), to lay waste. 

Vast-us, a, um, vast. [ute. 

Vectigal, (vectigal) is, 325, tax, trib- 



Veh-ere (vex-, vect-), to carry, drive. 
Vehementer, adv., vehemently, 215, 

2,b. 
Vel, conj., or, 519, 2. 
Velle, volui, 592, to wish, to be able. 
Velox, (veloc) is, 107, swift. 
Venator, (venator) is, hunter. 
Vener-ari (at-), dep., to revere, to 

venerate. 
Venetus, a, um, Venetian. 
Veni-a, ae, pardon. 
Ven-Ire (ven- ; vent-, 426, IV.), to 

come. 
Vent-us, i, wind. 
Ver, (ver) is, n., 325, spring. 
Verber-are (av-, at-), to flog. 
Verb-um, i, word. 
Ver-ere (verit-), dep., to fear. 
Verg-ere (vers-), to incline, tend. 
Vero, conj., but, truly, certainly, 173. 
Verres, (Verr) is, Verres. 
Vert-ere (vert-, vers-, 421, b), to turn. 
Ver-us, a, um, true. 
Versus, prep, with ace, towards. 
Vester, tra, trum, your, 134. 
Veteran-us, a, um, veteran. 
Vetus, (veter) is, 108, It. 2, old. 
Vexill-um, i, standard. 
Vi-a, ae, way ; Via Sacra, the Sacred 

Way, a street in Rome. 
Victori-a, ae, victory. 
Vic-us, i, village. 

Vid-ere (vid-, vis-, 394, V), to see; 
videri, pass., to seem, appear. 

Vigilanti-a, ae, vigilance. 

Vigil-are (av-, at-), to watch. 

Vigili-a, ae, watch ; de tertia vigilia, 
about or after the third watch. 

Viginti, indecl., twenty. 

Vil-is, is, e, 104, cheap, vile. 

Vinc-ere (vie-, vict-), to conquer. 

Vincul-um, i, bond. 

Vindex, (vindic) is, avenger. 

Vin-um, i, wine. 

Viol-are (av-, at-), to violate, lay waste. 

Vir, i, man. 



382 



LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 



Virgili-us, i, Virgil. 

Virgo, (virgin) is, 339, virgin. 

Viriliter, adv., manly, courageously. 

Virtus, (virtut) is, 293, valour, vir- 
tue. 

Vis, vim, vi, 301, 2, strength, force; 
pi., vires, ium. 

Vit-a, se, life. 

Vit-are (av-, at-), to shun, avoid. 

Viti-um, i, vice. 

Viv-ere (vix-, vict-), to live. 

Vix, adv., scarcely. 

Voc-are (av-, at-), to call. 



Vol-are (av-, at-), to fly. 

Volo, I wish. (See velle.) 

Voluntas, (voluntat) is, 293, will, 
wish. 

Voluptas, (voluptat) is, 293, pleas- 
ure. 

Volv-ere (volv-, volut-), to roll. 

Vos, you, 130. 

Vox, (voc) is, 293, voice. 

Vulg-us, i, n., 62, H. 1, the common 
people. 

Vulner-are (av-, at-), to wound. 

Vulnus, (vulner) is, 344, b, wound. 



ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. 



ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. 



A. 

Ability, facultas, (facnltat) is, 293. 

Able (to be), posse, quire (queo). 

Abode, domicilium, i. 

Abound, abundare. 

About, circiter (concerning) ; de, abl. 

Abrogate, abrogare. 

Absent (to be), abesse. 

Abstain from, abstinere (abstinu-, 
abstent-). 

Accuse, incusare. 

Accustomed (to be), consuescere 
(suev-, suet-). 

Acquit, absolvere, 421, a. 

Act, agere. 

Act of kindness, beneficium, i. 

Add, addere, 411, c. 

Admire, mirari, adinirari (dep.). 

Admonish, monere. 

Adore, adorare. 

Adorn, ornare. 

Advice, consilium, i. 

Advise, monere, admonere. 

^Eduan, ^Eduus, i. 

Affair, res, 117. 

Affection, affectio, 333, B. 

Affirm, confirmare. 

Afford, praebere, 527. 

After, post (with accus.) ; de (with 
abl.). 

After that, postquam. 

Again, rursus ; iterum, adv. 

Against, contra ; adversus (with ac- 
cus.) ; against Cicero, in Cicero- 
nem. 

Age (time of life), eetas, (aetat) is, 293. 

Agree, cons entire, 427, HI. 

Agreeable, gratus, a, um (with dat.) ; 
■it is agreeable, libet, or lubet, 583. 

K 



Aid, auxilium, i; to aid, adjuvare, 

390. 
Alarm, perturbare. 
All, omnis, e ; cunctus, a, nm ; in all, 

adv., omnino. 
Allowed (it is), licet, 583. 
Ally, socius, i. 
Almost, fere ; pene, adv. 
Alone, solus, 194, It. 1 j onus. 
Already, jam, adv. 
Also, etiam, adv. 
Altogether, omnino, adv. 
Although, quamvis, conj. 
Always, semper. 
Ambassador, legatus, i. 
Ambush, insidioe, 57, It. 
Amiable, amabilis, e, 104. 
Among, inter (with ace). 
Ancients (the), veteres ; pi. of vetus, 

old. 
And, et, que, ac, atque ; and not, 

neque. 
Anger, ira, ae. 
Animal, animal, 325. 
Announce, nuntiare. 
Answer, respondere. 
Antony, Antonius, i. 
Any, ullus, a, um, 194, It. 1 ; any 

one, any you please, &c. See 178. 
Apart (to be), distare. 
Apiece, use the distrib. numerals, 189. 
Apply, adhibere (u-, it-). 
Appoint, constituere, 421, a. 
Approach, adventus, us ; to ap- 
proach, appropinquare : accedere. 
Archer, Sagittarius, i. 
Arise (as a storm), cooriri (coort-), 

dep. 
Arm, armarc. 
K 



386 



ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. 



Arms, arma, orum. 

Army, exercitus, us. 

Arrange, disponere, 406, b. 

Arrival, adventus, us. 

Arrive at, pervenire, 427, IV. 

Art, ars, (art) is, 293. 

Artificer, faber, fabri, 77, a. 

As, conj., ut ; as, of what kind, qua- 

lis, 184 ; as far as to, usque ; as 

soon as, simulatque. 
Ashamed (one is), pudet, 579. 
Ask, rogare, postulare. 
Assemble, convenire, 427, IV. 
Assist, adjuvare, 390. 
Assistance, auxilium, i. 
Association, societas, (societat) is, 
Assure, confirmare. [293. 

At, ad, apud • at home, domi ; at 

length, demum. 
Athenian, Atheniensis, is. 
Athens, Athenae, arum. 
Attack (noun), impetus, us; (verb), 

oppugnare. 
Austerity, severitas, (severitat) is, 

293. 
Auxiliaries, auxilia, orum. 
Avail, valere. 
Avaricious, avarus, i. 
Avoid, vitare. 
Await, expectare. 

B. 

Back, tergum, i. 

Badly, male, adv., 215, It. 

Band (of men), manus, us. 

Barbarian, barbarus, i. 

Base, turpis, e, 104 ; basely, turpi- 
ter, 215, 2, a. 

Battle, praelium, i. 

Be, esse ; be among, interesse, 174 ; 
be over, praeesse ; be wanting, de- 
ess e, with dat. 

Beam, trabs, (trab) is, 293. 

Bear (verb), ferre, 596. 

Beast, bestia, ce ; beast of burden, 
jumentum, i. 



Beautiful, pulcher, chra, chrum, 77, a. 

Because, conj., quod, quia, propterea 
quod. 

Becoming (it is), decet, 583. 

Bed, cubile, (cubil) is, 312 ; bed- 
chamber, cubiculum, i. 

Before, prep., ante (ace.) ; adv., an- 
tea ; before that, antequam. 

Beg, rogare, orare. 

Begin, incipere, 416, c; I begin, 
crepi, 611. 

Beginning, initium, i. 

Behold, spectare. 

Behooves (it), oportet, 583. 

Belgian, Belga, se. 

Believe, credere, 411, c. 

Belong, pertinere, 394, I. 

Benevolent, benevolus, a, um. 

Benevolence, benevolentia, se. 

Beseech, obsecrare. 

Besiege, oppugnare. 

Best, optimus, a, um, 370. 

Betake one's self, se recipere, 418, a. 

Better, melior, 370. 

Between, inter. 

Bind, obstringere. 

Bird, avis (avis), 300. 

Bit, fraenum, i ; pi., i and a, 396. 

Bite, mordere, 395, IV. 

Black, niger, gra, grum, 77, a. 

Blame, incusare, vituperare. 

Blood, sanguis, (sanguin) is (m.). 

Blooming, florens, (florent) is, 107. 

Boast, praedicare. 

Body, corpus, (corpor) is, 344. 

Bond, vinculum, i. 

Book, liber, bri. 

Booty, prada, ae. 

Born (to be), nasci (nat), dep. 

Boundary, finis, (fin) is (m.). 

Boy, puer, i. 

Brave, fortis, e ; bravely, fortiter, 
215, 2. 

Bravery, virtus, (virtut) is, 293. 

Break through, perfringere (page 
275) ; perrumpere, 666, V., a. 






ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. 



387 



Bridge, pons, (pont) is, 295, R. 1. 
Bring, ducere, agere ; bring back, re- 

ducere ; bring back word, renun- 

tiare ; bring to pass, perficere ; 

bring together, cogere, 416, b. 
Britain, Britannia, se ; Briton, Bri- 

tannus, i. 
Broad, latus, a, uin. 
Brother, frater, (fratr) is. 
Build, sedificare ; build a nest, nidi- 

ficare. 
Bull, taurus, i. 
Burn, incendere ; burn up, exurere, 

545. 
Burden, onus, (oner) is, 344. 
Burst into, irrumpere, 666, V., a. 
Business, negotium, i. 
But, sed, autem. 
Buy, eniere ; buy up, coemere. 
By, prep, with abL, a or ab, 93, 2. 
By night, noctu, adv. 

C. 

Ccesar, Caesar, (Caesar) is. 

Call, vocare ; to name, appellare ; 
to be called, nominari, appellari. 

Call together, convocare. 

Cdll-upon, invocare. 

Camp, castra, orum. 

Can (to be able), posse, 587 ; I can- 
not, non possum, nequeo. 

Captive, captivus, i. 

Care (noun), cura, se ; (verb), curare. 

Carefully, diligenter, studios e. 

Carry, portare, vehere ; carry on, 
gerere, 401, 4, a. 

Carthage, Carthago, (Carthagin) is. 

Cassius, Cassius, i. 

Casticus, Casticus, i. 

Catiline, Catilina, ae. 

Cause, causa, ae. 

Cautious, cautus, a, um. 

Cavalry, equitatus, us ; belonging 
to cavalry, equestris, e, 104. 

Celebrate, celebrare. 

Celt, Celta, ae. 



Censure, incusare. 

Centurion, centurio, (centurion) is. 

Certain, certus, a, um ; a certain 
one, quidam, 178. , 

Certainly, adv., certe : profecto, vero. 

Chain, vinculum, i. 

Change (noun), commutatio, (com- 
mutation) is ; (verb), mutare, com- 
mutare. 

Champ, mordere, 395, IV. 

Chide, increpare, 390. 

Chief, princeps, (princip) is, 107. 

Child, infans, (infant) is, 107; chil- 
dren, liberi, orum. 

Choose, deligere, 666, V., a. 

Christ, Christus, i. 

Cicero, Cicero, (Ciceron) is. 

Citadel, arx, (arc) is, 293. 

Citizen, civis, (civ) is, c, 25, a. 

City, urbs, (urb) is, 293. 

Cloud, nubes, (nub) is, 300 ; cloud 
of dust, vis pulveris. 

Cohort, cohors, (cohort) is, 293. 

Cold, frigidus, a, um ; (noun), frigus, 
(frigor) is, 344. 

Collect, colligere (leg-, lect-) ; co- 
gere (coeg-, coact-) ; collect corn, 
frumentari, dep. ; collect into a 
flock, congregare. 

Colour, color, (color) is, 319. 

Come, venire, 427, IV. ; come near, 
appropinquare ; come to, perve- 
nire ; come together, convenire. 

Coming, adventus, us. 

Command, imperare, with dat. 

Commander, imperator, (imperator) 
is, 319. 

Commit, committere ; commit sui- 
cide, mortem sibi consciscere. 

Common, communis, e, 104. 

Common-people, plebs, (pleb) is, 293. 

Companion, socius, i; comes, (co- 
mit) is. 

Compel, cogere, 416, b. 

Complain, queri (quest), dep. 

Complete, coiificere. 



388 



ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. 



Concerning (prep, with abl.), de. 

Concerns (it), interest, refert, 584, d. 

Condemn, damnare, condemnare, 
348. 

Conference, colloquium, i. 

Confess, fateri, dep. 

Confines, fines, pi. of finis. 

Conflict, congressus, us. 

Confirm, confirmare. 

Confound, perturbare. 

Congratulate, gratulari, dep. 

Conquer, vincere (vie-, vict-) ; supe- 
rare. 

Conqueror, victor, (victor) is, 319. 

Conspiracy, conjuratio, (conjuration) 
is, 333, R. 

Consul, consul, (consul) is. 

Consult, consulere (consulu-, con- 
sult-). 

Contemplate, contemplari, dep. 

Contend, contendere. 

Content, contentus, a, um (with abl.). 

Continuous, continens, (continent) 
is, 107. 

Continuance, continuatio, (continua- 
tion) is. 

Corn, frumentum, i. 

Council, concilium, i. 

Counsel, consilium, i. 

Course, cursus, us. 

Covetous, cupidus, a, um. 

Covj, vacca, se. 

Cowardice, ignavia, se. 

Creak, crepare, 390. 

Create, creare. 

Crime, crimen, (crimin) is, 344, a. 

Cross over, transire, trajicere. 

Crow, corvus, i. 

Crown, corona, oe. 

Cry out, exclamare. 

Cultivation, cultus, us ; humanitas. 

Cup, poculum, i. 

Cure, sanare. 

Custom, mos, (mor) is, 331, b. 

Cut down, rescindere (rescid-, re- 
sciss-). 



Cut to pieces, caedere, 411, b. 
Cyrus, Cyrus, i. 

B. 

Daily, adj., quotidianus, a, um ; adw^ 
quotidie. 

Dance, s altar e. 

Danger, periculum, i. 

Danube, Danubius, i. 

Dare, audere (ausus sum). 

Dart, telum, i ; pilum, i. 

Daughter, filia, 33. 

Day, dies, ei, 116, R., by day ; in- 
terdiu, adv. ; to-day, hodie, adv. 

Dragon, draco, (dracon) is. 

Dead, mortuus, a, um. 

Dear, earns, a, um. 

Death, mors, (mort) is, 293. 

Deceive, fallere (fefell-, fals-). 

Decide on, statuere. 

Decree (verb), decernere (decrev-, 
decret-) ; (noun), decretum, i ; de- 
cree of the senate, senatus consul- 
turn. 

Deep, altus, a, um. 

Defeat, pellere, 411, b. 

Defend, defendere, 421, c. 

Defence, munitio, 333. 

Defender, vindex, (vindic) is, 306. 

Defiles, angustiae, arum, 57, R. 

Delay, cunctari (dep.) ; active, tar- 
dare (to retard). 

Deliberate, .deliberare. 

Delight, delectare. 

Delight (with), libenter, adv. 

Demand, poscere, 411, a; postulare, 
imperare, 390 ; demand back, re- 
petere. 

Deny, negare. 

Depart, discedere, 401, 3, b. 

Depart out of excedere. 

Departure, discessus, us. 

Dependant, cliens, (client) is, c. 

Descend, descendere. 

Desert, deserere, 406, a; a desert, 
desertum, i. 



ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. 



3b9 



Deserter, perfuga, ce. 

Desire, cupiditas, ( cupiditat ) is ; 

(verb), cupere (io) : studium, i. 
Desirous, cupidus, a, urn, 
Despair (verb), desperare ; (noun), 

desperatio, 333, R. 
Despise, spernere, 406, III., a: con- 

temnere. 
Destroy, delere, 394, II. 
Destruction, iuteritus, us. 
Determine, constituere, statuere. 
Devoid, expers, 336. 
Die, inoriri, or niori (raortu-), dep. 
Difference (it makes no), nihil inter- 
est, nihil refert. 
Different, diversus, a, urn ; alius, 194. 

R. 1. 
Difficult, dimcilis, e, 104. 
Dignity, dignitas, (dignitat) is, 293. 
Diligence, diligentia, ae. 
Diligent, diligens, (diligent) is, 107; 

diligently, adv., diligrenter. 
Diminish, minuere, dirninuere. 
Direct (of a ship), gubernare. 
Disagree, dissentire, 427, III. 
Discipline, disciplina, ae. 
Discomfit, fugare. 
Discover, invenire, 427, IV. 
Discourse, disserere (disseni-, dis- 
sert-). 
Discretion, consilium, i. 
Dismiss, dimittere (mis-, miss-). 
Displease, displicere (displicu-, dis- 

plicit-), with dat., 161, R. 
Dispute, disputare. 
Dissolve, dissolvere, 421, a. 
Distant (to be), distare. 
Distribute, distribuere, 406, a; ar- 
range, disponere. 
District, pagus, i. 
Divide, dividere, 401, 3, a ; divide 

among, distribuere, 423, c. 
Divulge, enuntiare. 
Do, agere, facere. 
Dock-yard, navale, (naval) is, 312. 
Dosr, canis, (can) is. 

K 



Door, foris, (for) is, 300. 

Double, duplicare. 

Doubt, dubitare. 

Doubtful, incertus, a, um ; dubius, 
a, um. 

Dove, columba, ae. 

Draw, trahere (trax-, tract-) ; du- 
cere (dux-, duct-) ; draw up, in- 
struere, 401, 2 ; draw as a sword, 
stringere, 401 ; draw out, educere. 

Dread, formidare. 

Drive, agere ; drive back, repellere 
drive on, or together, compellere. 

Druids, Dniides, um, pi. 

Duty, rnunus, (muner) is, 344. 

E. 

Each, quisque, 178 ; omnis, e ; each 

of the two, uterque. 
Eagle, aquila, ae. 
Earth, terra, ae. 
Easily, facile (adv.). 
East, Oriens. 

Easy, facilis, e ; very easy, perfacilis. 
Educate, educare. 
Egypt, Egyptus, i (f.). 
Eighty, octoginta. 
Eloquent, facundus, a, um; disertus, 

a, um ; eloquens, 107. 
Embark (upon), conscendere, 309. 
Embrace, amplecti (amplex-), dep. 
Emperor, imperator, (imperator) is, 

319. 
Employ, uti (us-), dep., with abl. : 

adhibere. 
End, finis, (fin) is (m.). 
Endeavour, conari (conat-), dep. 
Endure, durare ; to bear, tolerare. 
Enemy, hostis, (host) is, c. 
Enjoin upon, proecipere. 
Enmity, inimicitia, ae. 
Enough, satis, adv. 
Enrol, conscribSre. 
Entreat, rogure. 

Equanimity (with), aequo animo. 
Erect, communirc. 
K 2 



390 



ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. 



Err, err are. 

Especially, adv., praesertim. 

Establish, confirmare. 

Eternity, eternitas, (eternitat) is, 293. 

Even up to, usque ad. 

Ever, unquam. 

Everlasting, sempiternus, a, ran. 

Every, omnis, e, 104. 

Evil, malum, i. 

Evil-deed, maleficium, i. 

Example, exemplum, i. 

Excel, prsestare (praestit-), with dat. 

Excellent, praeclarus, a, urn; praes- 

tans, 107. 
Excite, excitare. 
Excuse, excusatio, 333, It. 
Exercise, exercere. 
Exhort, hortari, dep. 
Expedient (it is), expedit, 583. 
Expel, expellere. 
Expense, sumptus, us ; at his own 

expense, sumptu suo. 
Eye, oculus, i. 

F. 

Fable, fabula, 89. 

Faith, fides, ei. 

Fail, deficere. 

Fall, cadere, 411, b. 

Fame, fama, se. 

Family of slaves, familia, 83. 

Far, longe, adv. 

Farm (as revenues), redimere. 

Farmer, agricola. 

Father, pater, (patr) is. 

Father-in-law, socer, i. 

Fault, culpa, ae ; peccatum, i ; find 

fault with, culpare, incusare. 
Favour, venia, 83 ; (verb), favere, 

395, V. 
Fear, timor, (timor) is, 319 ; (verb), 

timere, metuere. 
Feather, pluma, 33. 
Fell (cut down), caedere, 413, I2P 3 . 
Few, pauci, 83, a ; very few, per- 

pauci. 



Fidelity, fides, ei. 

Field, ager, gri. 

Fierce, ferox, (feroc) is, 107: atrox, 

107. 
Fifth, quintus, a, um. 
Fight, pugnare. 
Figure, figura, 33. 
Fill, implere ; Jill up, complere, 

395, II. 
Finally, denique, adv. 
Find, invenire, 427, IV. ; find out, 

reperire, 427, V. 
Find fault with, incusare. 
Finish, conficere. 
Fire, ignis, (ign) is (m.). 
Firmament, ccelum, i. 
First, primus, a, um. 
Fish, piscis, (pise) is (m.). 
Fit for, idoneus, a, um, with dat. 
Five, quinque ; five at a time, quini, 

189. 
Flag, vexillum, i. 
Flame, flamma, 33. 
Flee, fugere (io), 416, c. 
Fleet, classis, (class) is, 300. 
Flesh, caro, (earn) is (£). 
Flight, fuga, 33. 
Flock, grex, (greg) is (m.) ; in flocks, 

gregatim, adv. 
Flog, verberare. 
Flow, fluere ; flow together, conflu- 

ere, 401, 2, 422. 
Flower, flos, (flor) is, 331, b. 
Fly, volar e. 

Folloio sequi (secut-), dep. 
Folly, stultitia, 33 ; ineptia3, arum, 

57, II. 
Fool, stultus, i ; foolish, stultus, a, 

um. 
Foot, pes, (ped) is (111.). 
Foot-soldier, pedes, (pedit) is. 
For, conj., enim, etenim; for my 

sake, mea causa. 
Force, vis, vim, vi, 301, 1 ; forces 

(troops), copia3, arum, 57, a. 
Foreign, alienus, a, um. 



ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. 



391 



Forest, sylva, se. 

Forever, in setenmni. 

Forget, oblivisci, with gen. 

Form, forma, se. 

Fortification, 

Fortify, munire. 

Fortunate, fortunatus, a, urn. 

Fortune, fortuna, 33. 

Forum, forum, i. 

Four, quattuor; jour apiece, 189. 

Founder, conditor, 319. 

Fountain, fons, (font) is (m.). 

Frail, fragilis, e, 104. 

Free from (to be), carere, 348. 

Friend, amicus, i. 

Friendship, amicitia, 33. 

Frighten, terrere ; frighten com- 
pletely, perterrere. 

From, a, de ; from every side, undi- 
que, adv. ; from my boyhood, a 
puero. 

Frugality, parsimonia, as. 

Fruit, fructus, us. 

Full, plenus, a, um, 348, b. 

Future, futurus, a, um. 

G. 

Galba, Galba, 33. 

Gain, potiri, 209 ; gain for another, 

conciliare. 
Game, ludus, i. 
Garden, hortus, i. 
Garrison, presidium, i. 
Gate, porta, 33. 
Gather, colligere, 416, b. 
Gaul, G-allia, 33; the Gauls, Galli, 

orum. 
General, imperator, 319. 
German, Germanus, a, um. 
Get sight of, conspicere (conspex-, 

conspect-). 
Gift, donum, i. 
Girl, puella, 33. 
Give, dare, 387, III. 
Give largess, largiri (It-), dep. 
Glare, splendor, 319. 



Glory, gloria, 33. 

Go, ire, 605 ; go straight, pergere ; 
go away, discedere, 401, 3, b ; go 
forward, procedure ; go forth, or 
out, exire. 

Goad, concitare. 

God, Deus, i, 62, R. 3. 

Gold, aurum, i. 

Good, bonus, a, um ; good deed, ben- 
eficium ; good-will, voluntas, 293. 

Govern, gubernare. 

Grant (verb), concedere, 401, 3, b ; 
dare : (noun), concessus, us, 

Great, magnus, a, um ; comp., ma- 
jor ; superl., maximus. 

Greatly, valde. 

Greatness, magnitudo, 339. 

Greek, Gr33cus, a, um. 

Grief mceror, 319 ; luctus, us, 113, N. 

Grieve, dolere ; it grieves one, piget, 
579. 

Guardian, custos, (custod) is, c, 
25, a. 

Guest, hospes, (hospit) is, c, 25, a. 

Guide, dux, (due) is. 

H. 

Hail, grando, (grandin) is, 339. 

Halt, 

Hand, manus, us (f.). 

Hannibal, Hannibal, (Hannibal) is. 

Happen, accidere ; it happens, ac- 

cidit, 580. 
Happily, beate. 

Happy, beatus, a, um ; felix, 107. 
Harass, lacessere, 406, III., b. 
Harbinger, praenuntia, 33. 
Harbour, portus, us. 
Hard, dui-us, 3, um. 
Hasten, festinare, contendere. 
Hate (to), odisse, 611. 
Hatred, odium, i. 
Have, habere (habu-, habit). I have 

a book, est mihi liber, 1 --V) . 
He, is, hie, ille. 
Headlong, \n'xcei)S, (pmcipit) is, 107. 



392 



ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. 



Heal, sanare. 

Health, valetudo, 339. 

Hear, audlre. 

Heart, cor, (cord) is (n.). 

Heaven, coelum, i. 

Heavy, gravis, e, 104. 

Help, auxilium, i. 

Helvetian, Helvetius, a, urn. 

Herald, proeco, (praecon) is. 

Herb, herba, ae. 

Hesitate, dubitare. 

High, altus, a, um ; higher, superior, 
comp. of superus, 370. 

Hill, collis, is (m.). 

Hillock, tumulus, i. 

Hinder, impedlre, prohibere. 

His, suus, a, um: ejus. 

History, historia/ae. 

Hold, tenere, obtinere : hold bach, 
retinere. 

Home (at), domi, gen. of domus. 

Honest, probus, a, um. 

Honour, honor, 319 ; (verb), colere 
(colu-, cult-). 

Honourable, honestus, a, um. 

Hope, spes, ei. 

Horn, cornu, 112. 

Horned, corniger, a, um, 77, b. 

Horse, equus, i. 

Horse-soldier, eques, (equit) is. 

Hostage, obses, (obsid) is, c, 25, a. 

Hour, hora, ae. 

House, domus, i and us (f.), 112, 3. 

Household, familia, 83. 

How great, how many ? quantus, 
186, obs. ; however great, quan- 
tus cunque, 184 ; how long, quam- 
diu, adv. 

Humanity, humanitas, (humanitat) 
is, 293. 

Hunger, fames, (fam) is, 300. 

Hurl, conjicere, 416, c (conjee-, con- 
ject-). 

Hurt, nocere. 



I, ego, 120. 

Ides, Idus, iduum (f.). 

If,*l 

Ignorance, ignoratio, 339. 

Ignorant, ignarus, a, um; to be ig- 
norant of, ignorare, ne scire. 

Illustrious, clarus, a, um ; praecla- 
rus, a, um. 

Image, imago, 339. 

Immediately, statim. 

Immense, immensus, a, um. 

Immortal, immortalis, e, 104. 

Impious, impius, a, um. 

Implore, implorare. 

In, prep., in, with abl. 

Incessant, continens, (continent) is, 
107. 

Increase, augere (aux-, auct-). 

Incredible, incredibilis, e, 104. 

Indeed, quidem. 

Indolence, inertia, ae ; ignavia, ae. 

Indolent, ignavus, a, um. 

Induce, inducere, adducere. 

Indulge, indulgere, dat. 

Infant, infans, (infant) is, c. 

Influence, auctoritas. 

Inform any one, aliquem certiorem 
facere. 

Inhabitant, incola, ae. 

Injure, violare. 

Injury, injuria, ae ; incommodum, i. 

Innocence, innocentia, ae. 

Insect, insectum, i. 

Instead of, pro (prep, with abl). 

Instigate, instigare. 

In the mean time, interea. 

It interests, interest. 

Intrust, committere (with dat.). 

Invoke, invocare. 

Ireland, Hibernia, re. 

Iron, ferrum, i. 

Island, insula, ae. 

Italy, Italia, ae. 

Itself, 159. 



ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. 



393 



J. 

Javelin, teluni, i ; tragula, ae. 

Join, jungere ( junx-, junct-) ; join 

together, conjungere. 
Journey, iter, (itiner) is (n.). 
Junior, junior, 370. 
Jupiter, 351. 
Just, Justus, a, woo.', just so many, 

totidem. 
Justice, justitia, ae. 

K. 

Keep, tenere, servare. 

Kind, benignus, a, um, with dat. : 

suavis, e, 335. 
Kindle, excitare. 
King, rex, (reg) is. 
Kingdom, regnum, i. 
Kill, occidere, iuterficere, 390. 
Know, scire, noscere, 525 ; cognos- 

cere : not to know, nescire. 
Knowledge, scientia. ae. 



Labour (noun), labor, 319 ; (verb), 

laborare. 
Lamb, agnus, i. 
Land, terra ; by land and sea, terra 

marique. 
Language, lingua, ae : sermo, 331. 
Large, magnus, a, um. 
Last (to), durare. 
Latin, Latinus, a, um. 
Laugh, ridere ; laughter, risus, us. 
Law, jus, ( jur) is (n.). 
Lawful (it is), licet. 
Lay aside, deponere, 406, b. 
Lay waste, populari (at-), dep. 
Lead, ducere ( dux-, duct- ) ; lead 

back, reducere ; lead out, edu- 

c6re ; lead together, conducere ; 

lead over or across, transducere, 

113, II. 
Leader, dux, (due) is. 
Leaf, folium, i. 
League, fcedus, (feeder) is, 344. 



Leap down, desilire, 428. 

Learn, discere, 411, a: cognoscere. 

Leave, relinquere. 

Legion, legio, (legion) is, 333, R. 

Letter, epistola, a3 ; litterae, arum, 

58, Ns 
Level, planus, a, um ; aequus, a, um. 
Levy, conscribere. 
Lieutenant, legatus, i. 
Lightning, falgm*, (fulgur) is, 325. 
Life, vita, ae. 

Like, similis, e, 104 (with dat.). 
Line of battle, acies, ei. 
Lion, leo, (leon) is. 
Literature, litterae, arum, 57, R. 
Little, parvus, a, um. 
Live, vivere. 
Living - being, animans, ( animant ) 

is. 
Lofty, altus, a, um. 
Long, longus, a, um ; adv., longe ; a 

long time, diu. 
Look at, intueri, dep. 
Lose, amittere, perdSre. 
Lot, sors, (sort) is, 293. 
Love (verb), amare, diligere ; (noun), 

amor, 319. 
Low, humilis, e, 104. 
Lycurgus, Lycurgus. 

M. 
Magnanimous, magnanimus, a, um. 
Maid-servant, ancilla, ae. 
Maintain, ale re. ' 
Make, facere, 199 ; make war, bel- 

lare ; make war upon, bellum in- 

ferre, with dat. •, make an attack, 

imp e turn facere. 
Maker, faber, bri. 
Maltreat, violare. 
Man, homo, vir. 
Many, multus, a, um. 
Marble, marmor, 325. 
Master (of school), magister, tri; (of 

slaves), herns, dominus. 
Matters (it), interest, refert, 



394 



ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. 



Measure, metiri, 206. 

Medicine, medicina, ae. 

Mediterranean, Mediterraneus, a, 
urn. 

Meet, convenire. 

Memory, memoria, oe. 

Merchant, mercator, 319. 

Messenger, nuntius, i. 

Metal, metallum, i. 

Mid-day, meridies, ei. 

Middle, medius, a, um. 

Migrate, migrare. 

Mile, millia (passuum), 191, b. 

Military command, imperium, i. 

Milk, lac, (lact) is (n.). 

Mind, mens, (ment) is (m.) ; ani- 
mus, i. 

Mine, meus, a, um. 

Minerva, Minerva, ae. 

Miserable, miser, a, um, 77, b. 

Mitigate, mitigare. 

Moderation, modus, i. 

Money, pecunia, ae. 

Moon, luna, ae. 

More, plus, pluris ; adv., magis. 

Mortal, mortalis, e, 104. 

Most, plurimus, a, um; most men, 
plerique, 195. 

Mountain, mons, (mont) is (m.). 

Move, movere. 

Much, multus, a, um; much money, 
magna pecunia. 

Multitude, multitude-, 339. 

My, meus, a, um. 

N. 
Naked, nudus, a, um. 
Name, nomen, (nomin) is, 344, a ; 

to name, nominare. 
Narrow, angustus, a, um. 
Nation, natio, 333, It. ;. gens, 293. 
Nature, natura, ae. 
Navigation, navigatio, 333, It. 
Near, prope, juxta ; nearest to, prox- 

imus, a, um. 
Neglect, neglig&re. 



Neighbouring, finitimus, a, um: 
proximus, a, um. 

Neither, conj. — nor, nee — neque ; 
neither (of two), neuter, tra, tram, 
194, It. 1. 

Net, rete, (ret) is. 

Never, nunquam (adv.). 

Nevertheless, tamen, conj. 

New, novus, a, um. 

Next, posterus, a, um, 118; proxi- 
mus, 371. 

Night, nox, (noct) is, 293. 

Nine, novem. 

Ninth, nonus, a, um. 

Nobility, nobilitas, (nobilitat) is 293. 

Noble, nobilis, e, 104. 

Nobody, nemo, (nemin) is, c. 

Noise, clamor, 319. 

No one, nullus, a, um, 194, It. 1. 

Not, non ; with imper., ne. 

Nothing, nihil. 

Notice, (see) conspicere. 

Nourish, alere. 

Novelty, no vitas, (novitat) is, 293. 

November, November, bris. 

Nurse, nutrix, (nutric) is, 293 

O. 

Oath, jusjurandum, 351, 4. 

Obey, parere (with dat). 

Obscure, obscurare. 

Obtain booty, praedari (dep.). 

Obviously, prorsus. 

Ocean, oceanus, i. 

Of, de. 

Of one's own accord, ultro. 

Old, vetus, (veter) is, 107. 

Old man, senex. 

Old age, senectus, 293. 

On the other 'side of, trans (ace.) ; on 

account of, ob, with ace. 
One, unus, a, um, 194, 1, 
Open, apertus, a, um ; to open, ape- 



, opinio, 333, It. ; senten- 



tia, ae. 



ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. 



395 



Opportunity of ( with gerund in 
gen.), spatium, i. 

Oracle , oraculum, i. 

Oration, oratio, 333, It. 

Orator, orator, 319. 

Order, ordo, (ordin) is (m.) ; to or- 
der, jubere. 

Orgetorix, Orgetorix, (Orgetorig) is. 

Origin, origo, 339. 

Other, alius, a, ud, 194, It. 1. 

Otherwise, alifcer. 

Ought (one), oportet, 583. 

Our, noster, tra, trum. 

Out of, e, or ex (abl.). 

Overcome, superare. 

Ox, bos, 351, 2. 



Pain, dolor, 319. 

Paltry, vilis, e, 104. 

Pardon, venia, a?. 

Parents, parentes, ium. 

Part, pars, (part) is. 

Pass, iter facere, 210. 

Passage, iter, (itiner) is (n.). 

Patience, patientia, se. 

Patiently, patient er, adv. 

Pay, pendere. 

Peace, pax, (pac) is, 293. 

Peninsula, peninsula, ae. 

People, populus, i. 

Perceive, aniraadvertere. 

Perchance, forsitan, forte, adv. 

Persian, Persa, se. 

Persuade, suadere, persuadere. 

Phalanx, phalanx, (phalang) is. 

Philosopher, philosophus, i. 

Philosophize, philosophari, dep. 

Pilot, gubernator, 319. 

Pious, pius, a, urn. 

Pirate, praedo, 335. 

Pity, miserere ; I pity, me miseret, 

579. 
Place, locus, i ; pi., i and a : to place, 

ponere. 
Place into, imponere. 



Placid, placidus, a, um. 

Plain, planus, a, um; aequus, a, um: 

a plain, aequor, 327. 
Plan, consilium, i. 
Plant, planta, 83 ; to plant, serere. 
Plato, Plato, 334. 
Pleading, dictio, 333, R. 
Pleasant, jucundus, a, um. 
Please, placere (with dat.) ; it pleas- 

es, placet, 583. 
Pleasure, voluptas, (tat) is, 293. 
Plough, arare. 

Plunder, diripere : praedari, dep., 491. 
Poet, poeta, a? (m.). 
Pompey, Pompeius, i. 
Poor, aegens, inops, pauper, 107. 
Port, portus, us. 
Post, statio, 333, R. 
Possess one's self of, potiri (with 

gen. or abl.). 
Power, vis, vim, vi, 301, 1 ; potestas, 

(tat) is, 293. 
Powerful, potens, (potent) is, 107. 
Praise, laus, (laud) is, 293 ; to praise, 

laudare. 
Prayers, preces, um, pi. of prex. 
Precept, praeceptum, i. 
Preceptor, praeceptor, 319. 
Precious, cams, a, um. 
Prefer, antepon&re. 
Prepare, p arare. 
Present (to be), adesse ; interesse, 

267. 
Preserve, servare ; preserve modera- 
tion, modum habere. 
Preside over, praeesse. 
Prevail upon, permovere. 
Prevent, prohibere, obstare. 
Principle, principium, i. 
Prisoner, captivus, i. 
Private information, indicium, L 
Proceed, pergSre, 447. 
Proclaimer, praeco, 331, a. 
Procure, comparare. 
Promise, fides, ei ; to promise, spon- 

dere, 395, IV. 



396 



ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. 



Property, res familia.ris : familia, 8B. 

Providence, Providentia, as. 

Province, provincia, ae. 

Prudence, prudentia, ae. 

Prudent, prudens, (prudent) is, 107. 

Ptolemy, Ptolemaaus, i. 

Punish, punire. 

Punishment, poena, ae : supplici- 

um, i. 
Pursue, persequi (dep.). 
Put-to-flight, fugare : dare in fugam. 
Pyrenees, Pyrenaei (montes). 
Pythagoras, Pythagoras, 83. 

a. 

Queen, regina, ae. 
Quickly, cito, adv. 

R. 

Race, genus, (gener) is, 344; gens, 

(gent) is. 
Rain, imber, bris. 
Raise, tollere : excitare. 
Rank, ordo, (ordin) is (m.). 
Rapidly, celeriter, adv. 
Rashly, temere. 
Rashness, temeritas, (temeritat) is, 

293. 
Reach, pervenire. 
Read, legere. 
Reap, metere. 
Reason, ratio, 333, R. 
Rebellion, rebellio, 333, R. 
Recall, revocare. 
Receive, accipere ; receive back, re- 

cipere. 
Reckon, ducere. 
Recollection, naemoria, oe. 
Red, ruber, bra, brum, 77, a. 
Refrain, temperare. 
Refuse, recusare. 

Reign, regnum, i ; to reign, regnare. 
Rejoice, gaudere. 
Relate, narrare : commemorare. 
Relieve, levare. 
Religion, religio, 333, R. 



Remain, manere. 

Remains, reliquiaB, arum, 57, R. 

Remove, removere. 

Renew, renovare : redintegrare. 

Repair, reficere. 

Repel, propulsare (ward oif ). 

Repent, poenitere ; / repent, me pce- 

nitet, 579. 
Repress, opprimere. 
^Reprove, increpare. 
Republic, respublica, 351, 3. 
Resist, resistere, with dat. 
Restrain, retinere. 
Retreat, recedere. 
Return (restore), reddere ; (go back), 

revertere, or reverti. 
Revenue, vectigal, (vectigal) is. 
Revere, venerare. 
Revoke, revocare, abrogare. 
Revjard, praemium, i. 
Rhine, Rhenus, i. 
Rhetoric, rhetoric a, ae. 
Rich, dives, (divit) is, 107. 
Riches, divitise, arum, 57, R. 
Ride (on horseback), equitare. 
Right, jus, (jur) is; rightly, jure 

(abl. of jus) : recte, adv. 
Rise, oriri, dep. 

River, fluvius, i ; flumen, (flumin) is. 
Robber, latro, 331, a. 
Rock, petra, ae. 
Roll, volvere. 
Roman, Romanus, a, um. 
Rome, Roma, ae. 
Rose, rosa, ae. 
Rouse up, excitare. 
Rout, fugare, pellere : fundere, 416, a. 
Royal-power, regnum, i. 
Rule, regere : imperare, with dat. 
Run, currSre. 

S. 
Sacred, sanctus, a, um: sacer, era, 
crum; sacred rites, sacra, orum; 
Sacred Way, Via Sacra ; Sacred 
Mount, Mons Sacer. 



ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. 



397 



Sadness, tristitia, se : moeror, 319. 
Safe, salvus, a, um; tutus, a, um. 
Safety, salus, (salut) is, 293. 
Sailor, nauta, ae, 
Sake— for the sake of, causa, abl., 

135, II., b. 
Same, is, ea, id ; the very same, 

idem, 150. 
Sand, aridum, i. 

Say, dicere ; I say, aio, inquam. 
Scarcely, vix. 
Scatter, spargere. 
Scholar, discipulus, i. 
School, schola, ae. 
Scout, explorator, 319. 
Sea, mare, 312 ; aequor, 325. 
Secede, secedere. 
Second, secundus, a, um. 
Sedition, seditio, 333, H. 
See, videre ; (notice), conspicere. 
Seek, quaerere. 

Seize, occupare ; seize up, arripere. 
Self, ipse. 
Senate, senatus, us. 
Senate-house, curia, as. 
Senator, senator, 319. 
Send, mittere ; send aivay, dimit- 

tere; send for, arcessere. 
Senior, senior, (senior) is, 107 (comp. 

of senex), 370. 
Separate, separare : di videre. 
Sepulchre, sepulchrum, i. 
Sequanian, Sequanus, i. 
Serve (worship), colere. 
Set (as heavenly bodies), occidere. 
Set out, proficisci ; set forth, expo- 

nere ; set up, proponere. 
Setting (of heavenly bodies), occa- 

sus, us. 
Seven, septem ; seventh, septimus, 

a, um. 
Seventy, septuaginta. 
Severe, gravis, e, 104. 
Severity, severitas, (severitat) is, 

293. 
Shadcno, umbra, as. 

L 



Sharp, acutus, a, um. 
Sharply, acriter, adv. 
Shine, micare, 389, |y ; shine forth, 

emicare. 
Ship, navis, 300. 
Shore, littds, (littor) is, 344. 
Short, brevis, e, 104. 
Show, monstrare, ostendere ; (noun), 

species, ei. 
Shower, imber, bris. 
Shun, vitare. 
Shut, claudere. 
Sick, aeger, gi-a, grum. 
Sign, signum, i. 
Sight, conspectus, us ; in sight of, 

conspectu. 
Silent (to be), tacere. 
Silver, argentum, i. 
Similar to, similis (dat.). 
Sin, peccatum, i ; to sin, peccare. 
Since, quum, quoniam. 
Sing, cantare. 
Singing, cantns, us. 
Sister, soror, (soror) is (f.). 
Sit, sedere, 394, V. 
Six, sex ; sixth, sextus, a, um. 
Slave, servus, i. 
Slay, occidere, interficere. 
Slayer, interfector, 319. 
Sleep, somnus, i ; to sleep, dormire. 
Slinger, funditor, 319. 
Small, parvus, a, um. 
Snatch up, arripere. 
So, ita, tarn ; so great, tantus ; so 

long, tamdiu ; so many, tot. 
Socrates, Socrates, is. 
Soldier, miles, (milit) is. 
Some (persons), nonnulli. 
Somebody, some, 178 ; some one, ali- 

quis. 
Sometimes, interdum, nonnunquam. 
Somewhat great, aliquantus, 184. 
Son, filius, i. 
Son-in-law, gener, i. 
Song, cannen, 344, a. 
Soul, animus, i. 



398 



ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. 



Spain, Hispania, ae. 

Spaniard, Hispanus, i. 

Spare, parcere (dat.). 

Sparta, Sparta, ae. 

Speak, dicere, loqui. 

Speech, sermo, 331. 

Spend, consumer e. 

Spiritedly, acriter. 

Splendid, splendidus, a, um. 

Spoil, praeda, 83. 

Spur, calcar, 325. 

Stag, cervus, i. 

Stain, maculare. 

Stand, stare ; stand in the way, ob- 
stare. 

Standard, signum, i. 

Star, sidus, (sider) is, 344; Stel- 
la, a?. 

State, civitas, (civitat) is ; respubli- 
ca, 351, 3. 

Station, statio, 333, R; to station. 
constituere, collocare. 

Stimulate, inducere. 

Stir up, instigare. 

Stoic, Stoicus, i. 

Stone, lapis, (lapid) is (m.). 

Stormy, turbidus, a, um. 

Strange, novas, a, um. 

Strength, vis, 301 ; robur, 344. 

Strengthen, confirmare. 

Strive after, persequi, 206. 

Strong, validus, a, um. 

Strong desire, cupiditas, 293. 

Study, studium, i. 

Subdue, subigere. 

Succour, subsidium, i. 

Such, talis, e, 184. 

Sudden, repentinus, a, um. 

Suddenly, subito, adv. 

Sufficiently, satis. 

Sum of money, pecunia, 89. 

Summer, aestas, (aestat) is, 293. 

Sun, sol, (sol) is (m.). 

Sup, caenare. 

Superior, superior, oris. 

Support, al6re. 



Surrender, deditio, 333, R. 
Surround, circ am venire ; circum- 

stare, 391 ; cingere, 401, 2. 
Sure, certus, a, um. 
Suspicion, suspicio, 333, R. 
Sustain, sustinere. 
Swallow, hirundo, 339. 
Sweet, dulcis, e, 104. 
Swift, celer, velox, 107. 
Swiftly, celeriter, 217. 
Swim, natare j swim across, trans- 

nare. 
Sword, gladius, i. 
Syracuse, Syracusae, arum. 

T. 

Take, sumere ; take away, eripere ; 
take back, recipere ; take captive, 
capere ; take care of, curare ; take 
by storm, expugnare ; take pos- 
session of, occupare. 

Talent, ingenium, i. 

Tame, domare. 

Teach, docere. 

Teacher, magister, tri. 

Tear, lacryma, 33. 

Tell, dicere. nuntiare. 

Tempest, procella, 89 : tempestas. 

Temple, templum, i. 

Tenacious, tenax, (tenac) is, 107. 

Tender, tener, a, um. 

Tent, pellis, 322. 

Tenth, decimus, a, um. 

Terrify, terrere. 

Territory, finis (m.). 

Than, quam. 

That (pron.), ille, is, iste. 

That, conj., in order that, ut ; that 
not, ne. 

Themselves, sui, 142. 

Then, turn, adv. 

There, ibi. 

Thick, densus, a, um. 

Thine, tuus, a, um. 

Thing, res, rei; this thing, hoc; 
these things, haec. 



ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. 



399 



Think, putare, cogitare, existimare, 

sentire, censere. 
Third, tertius, a, um. 
Thirst, sitis, 300. 
Thirteen, tredecim. 
Thirty, triginta. 
This, hie, base, hoc. 
Thither, eo. 
Three, tres, ia. 

Through, per (prep, with ace.). 
Throw, jacere ; throw before, pro- 

jicere. 
Thunder (verb), tonare. 
Thus, ita. 
Thy, tuus, a, um. 
Tiber, Tiberis, is. 
Time, tempus, (temp or) is, 344. 
Timid, timidus, a, um. 
To, ad (prep, with ace). 
To-day, hodie. 
Together, una (adv.). 
Toil, labor, 319 : opera, ae. 
To-morrow, eras (adv.). 
Tongue, lingua, ae. 
Too much, nimius, a, um. 
Tooth, dens, (dent) is (m.). 
Top of, summus, 297, a. 
Touch, tangere ; touch upon, attin- 

gere. 
Tower, turns, 300 : castellum, i. 
Town, oppidum, i. 
Townsman, oppidanus, i. 
Treaty, foedus, (feeder) is, 344. 
Tree, arbor, (arbor) is (f.). 
Trial, judicium, i. 
Tribune, tribunus, i. 
Tributary, stipendiarius, a, um. 
Tribute, stipendium, i. 
True, verus, a, um. 
Truce, indutise, arum, 57, R. 
Trust to, credere (with dat.). 
Turbid, turbidus, a, um. 
Turn, vertere. 
Twenty, viginti. 
Two-a-piece, bini, 189. 



U. 

Ulysses, Ulysses, is. 
Uncertain, incertus, a, um. 
Under, sub, prep., 323. 
Understand, intelligere. 
Undertake, suscipere. 
Unfriendly, inimicus, a, um. 
Unjust, injustus, a, um. 
Unless, nisi (conj.). 
Unmindful of, immemor ( with 

gen.). 
Until, donee, dum (conj.). 
Use, usus, us ; to use, uti, dep. abl., 

316, b. 
Useful, utilis, e, 104. 



Vacant (to be), vacare. 
Vain — in vain, frustra (adv.). 
Valour, virtus, (virtut) is, 293. 
Value, pretium, i ; to value, aesti- 

mare. 
Vast, vastus, a, um. 
Vaunt, ostentare. 
Vehemently, vehementer (adv.). 
Venetian, Venetus, i. 
Very, valde, admodum ; very easy, 

perfacilis, e ; very feiv, perpauci ; 

very near, proximus. 
Vice, vitium, i. 
Victory, victoria, se. 
Vile, vilis, e, 104. 
Village, vicus, i. 
Violate, violare. 
Virgin, virgO, 339. 
Virtue, virtus, (virtut) is, 293. 
Virtuous, probus, a, um. 
Voice, vox, (voc) is, 293. 
Vow, spondere, 395, IV. 

W. 

Wage (e. g., war), gerere : bfllum 

infen*e. 
Wagon, carrus, i. 
Wait for, expectftre. 



400 



ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. 



Walk, ambulare. 

Wall, murus, i ; walls, mcenia, urn. 

Wander, vagare, errare. 

Want, carere, 348. 

Wanting (to be), deesse, 267, b. 

War, bellum, i. 

Warlike, bellicosus, a, urn. 

Warn, monere. 

Wash, alluere. 

Watch, watching, vigilia, se ; to 

watch, vigilare. 
Water, aqua, 33. 
Wave, fluctus, us. 
Way, via, a? ; to make (their) way, 

iter facere. 
Wearied, defessus, a, urn. 
Weary of, taadet, 579. 
Weep, flere. 
Well (to be), valere. 
West, Occidens. 
What (in number) ? quotas ? what 

is the difference ? quid interest ? 
When, quum (conj.). 
Whence, unde (adv.). 
Whether, num, 174 : utrum. 
Where, ubi (adv.). 
Which of the two, uter, 194, R. 1. 
Whirlwind, turbo, (turbin) is (m.). 
Who, qui, qua?, quod ; who ? quis, 

quae, quid ? 
Whole, omnis, e ; universus, a, um ; 

totus, a, um ; cunctus, 441. 
Why? cur? 

Wicked, improbus, a, um. 
Wide, latus, a, um ; widely, late ; 

more widely, latius. 
Wild-beast, fera, as. 
Wind, ventus, i. 
Willingly, libenter. 
Wine, vinum, i. 
Wing, ala, 33. 
Winter, hyems, (hyem) is, 293 ; to 

winter, hiemare ; winter -quarters, 

hiberna, orum (pi.). 
Wisdom, sapientia, 83. 

THE 



Wise, sapiens, (sapient) is, 107; 

ivisely, sapienter. 
Wish, velle, cupere. 
With, cum (prep., abl.). 
Without, sine (prep., abl.) ; to be 

without, carere. 
Withstand, resistere, 390. 
Wolf, lupus, i. 

Woman, femina, 03 ; mulier, is (f.). 
Wonder at, admirari, dep. 
Wonderful, mirabilis, e, 104. 
Wood (a), sylva, se. 
Word, verbum, i ; word is brought, 

nuntiatum est. 
Work, opus, (oper) is, 344. 
World, mundus, i : orbis terrarum. 
Worse, pejus, adv. ; worst, pessi- 

mus, 370. . 
Worship, colere, adorare. 
Worthy, dignus, a, um (with abl.). 
Would-that, utinam, 526. 
Wound, vulnus, (vulner) is, 344 ; to 

vjound, vulnerare. 
Wretched, miser, 77, b. 
Write, scribere. 
Writer, scriptor, 319. 

X. 

Xenophon, Xenophon, (Xenophont) 

is. 

Y. 
Year, annus, adv. 
Yearly, quotannis, i. 
Yes, immo. 
Yesterday, heri. 
Yet, tamen. 
Yoke, jugum, i. 
Young-man, juvenis, is (m.) : ado- 

lescens. 
You, vos (sing., tu). 
Your, vester, tra, trum, 134. 
Youth, juventus, ( juventut) is, 293 ; 

a youth. See young man. 






Z. 



Zeal, stadium, i. 
END. 



Valuable Works recently published by Harper $f 
Brothers, Nexo York, designed for Colleges, 
Schools, 8fc. 

A/AA/ ^^y^v^~- 

I. 

LOGIC, RATIOCINATIVE AND INDUCTIVE. 
Being a connected View of the Principles of Evidence and Meth- 
ods of Scientific Investigation. By J. Stuart Mill. First American, 
from the new and revised London Edition. 8vo, Muslin gilt, $2 00. 

II. 
AIDS TO ENGLISH COMPOSITION, 
Prepared for the Student of all Grades, embracing Specimens and 
Examples of School and College Exercises, and most of the higher 
Departments of English Composition, both in Prose and Verse. By 
Richard Green Parker, A.M. A new Edition, with Additions and 
Improvements. 12mo, Muslin gilt, and Sheep extra, 81 00. 

III. 
ELEMENTS OF RHETORIC AND LITERARY CRITICISM, 
With copious practical Exercises and Examples. Including also 
a Succinct History of the English Language, and of British and 
American Literature from the Earliest to the Present Times. On 
the Basis of the recent Works of Alexander Reid and Robert Con- 
nell : with large Additions from other Sources. Compiled and ar- 
ranged by J. R. Boyd, A.M. 18mo, half bound, 50 cents. 

IV. 

NEW PICTORIAL SCHOOL GEOGRAPHY. 
By Sidney E. Morse, A.M. Embellished by nearly One Hundred 
and Fifty Engravings, and about Fifty Cerographic Maps, in Colours. 
Price 50 cents, neatly bound. 

v. 

PLATO AGAINST THE ATHEISTS; 

Or, the Tenth Book of the Dialogue on Laws, accompanied with 

Notes, critical and philosophical, with extended Dissertations on the 

main Points of the Platonic Theology, as compared with the Holy 

Scriptures. By Tayler Lewis, LL.D. 12mo, Muslin gilt, 81 50. 

VI. 
THE PRACTICAL ASTRONOMER, 
Comprising Illustrations of Light and Colors, Practical Descrip- 
tions of all Kinds of Telescopes, the Use of the Equatorial-Transit, 
Circular, and other Astronomical Instruments, a particular Account 
of the Earl of Rosse's large Telescopes, and other Topics connected 
with Astronomy. By Thomas Dick, LL.D. Illustrated with One 
Hundred Engravings. 18mo, Muslin gilt, 50 cents. 

VII. 

ELEMENTS OF MORALITY, 
Including Polity. By William Whewell, D.D. 2 vols. lSino. 
Muslin gilt, $1 00. 



2 VALUABLE CLASSICAL AND SCHOOL BOOKS 

VIII. 

NOTES ON THE NEW TESTAMENT, 
Explanatory and Practical, for Bible-classes and Sunday-schools. 
By Rev. Albert Barnes. Revised and corrected. Maps and En- 
gravings. 9 vols. 12mo, Muslin gilt, 75 cents each. 

IX. 
THE CAPTIVES, A COMEDY OF PLAUTUS. 
With English Notes, for the Use of Students. By John Proudfit, 
D.D. 18mo, 371- cents. 

X. 
A CLASSICAL DICTIONARY, 
Containing an Account of the principal Proper Names mentioned 
in Ancient Authors, and intended to elucidate all the important 
Points connected with the Geography, History, Biography, Mythol- 
ogy, and Fine Arts of the Greeks and Romans, together with an Ac- 
count of the Coins, Weights, and Measures of the Ancients, with 
Tabular Values of the same. By Charles Anthon, LL.D. Royal 
8vo, Sheep, $4 75. 

XL 
A DICTIONARY OF GREEK AND ROMAN ANTIQUITIES, 
From the best Authorities, and imbodying all the recent Discov- 
eries of the most eminent German Philologists and Jurists. Edited 
by William Smith, Ph.D. Illustrated by a large number of Engrav- 
ings. First American Edition, corrected and enlarged, and contain- 
ing also numerous Articles relative to the Botany, Mineralogy, and 
Zoology of the Ancients. By Charles Anthon, LL.D. 8vo, Sheep, 
$4 75. The same Work abridged for the Use of Schools. 

XII. 

NEW GREEK AND ENGLISH LEXICON, 
Including Liddel and Scott's enlarged Translation of Passow's 
Greek and German Lexicon, with Additions from Greek and Eng- 
lish Lexicons. By Henry Drisler, A.M., under the Supervision of 
Professor Anthon. 8vo. [Nearly ready.] 

XIII. 

A GRAMMAR OF THE LATIN LANGUAGE. 
By C. G. Zumpt, Ph.D. From the Ninth revised Edition of the 
Original, and adapted to the Use of English Students, by Leonhard 
Schmitz, Ph.D., &c. Corrected and enlarged by Charles Anthon, 
LL.D. 12mo, Sheep extra, 90 cents. 

XIV. 
THE ECLOGUES AND GEORGICS OF VIRGIL 
With English Notes, critical and explanatory. By Charles An- 
thon, LL.D. 12mo, Sheep extra. 

XV. 

THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 
With English Notes, critical and explanatory. By Charles An- 
thon, LL.D. 12mo, Sheep extra. 



PUBLISHED BY HARPER & BROTHERS. 3 

XVI. 

GREEK READER. 
I*' iticipally from Jacobs. With English Notes, critical and ex- 
planatory, a Metrical Index to Homer and Anacreon, and a copious 
Lexicon. By Charles Anthon, LL.D. 12mo, Sheep extra, Si 75. 

XVII. 

COMMENTARIES ON THE GALLIC WAR, 
And the First Book of the Greek Paraphrase. With English 
Notes, critical and explanatory, Plans of Battles, Sieges, &c, and 
Historical, Geographical, and Archaeological Indexes. By Charles 
Anthon, LL.D. Map, Portrait, &c. 12rno, Sheep extra, $1 40. 

XVIII. 

SYSTEM OF LATIN VERSIFICATION, 
In a Series of Progessive Exercises, including Specimens of Trans- 
lation from English and German Poetry into Latin Verse. By 
Charles Anthon, LL.D. 12mo, Sheep extra, 90 cents. 

XIX. 

THE /EN E J D OF VIRGIL 

With English Notes, critical and explanatory, a Metrical Clavis, 
and an Historical, Geographical, and Mythological Index. By C. 
Anthon, LL.D. Portrait and many Illustrations, 12mo, Sheep extra, 
$2 00. 

XX. 

THE WORKS OF HORACE, 
With English Notes, critical and explanatory. By Charles An- 
thon, LL.D. New Edition, with Corrections and Improvements. 
12mo, Sheep extra, $1 75. 

XXI. 

LATIN GRAMMAR, PART I. 
Containing the most important Parts of the Grammar of the Latin 
Language, together with appropriate Exercises in the translating and 
writing of Latin. By Charles Anthon, LL.D. 12mo, Sheep extra, 

90 cents. 

XXII. 

LATIN GRAMMAR, PART II. 
An Introduction to Latin Prose Composition, with a Complete 
Course of Exercises, illustrative of all the important Principles of 
Latin Syntax. By C. Anthon, LL.D. 12mo, Sheep extra, 90 cents. 

XXIII. 

SYSTEM OF LATIN PROSODY AND METRE, 
From the best Authorities, Ancient and Modern. By Charles An- 
thon, LL.D. 12mo, Sheep extra, 90 cents. 

XXIV. 

SELECT ORATIONS OF CICERO. 
With English Notes, critical and explanatory, and Historical, Ge- 
ographical, and Legal Indexes. By Charles Anthon, LL.D. An 
improved Edition, Portrait, 12mo, Sheep extra, $1 20. 



4 VALUABLE CLASSICAL AND SCHOOL BOOKS 

XXV. 

SALLUST'S JUGURTHINE WAR AND CONSPIRACY OF CATILINE. 

With an English Commentary, and Geographical and Historical 
Indexes. By Charles Anthon, LL.D. Ninth Edition, corrected and 
enlarged, Portrait. 12mo, Sheep extra, 88 cents. 

xxvi. 

GREEK LESSONS, PART I. 

Containing the most important Parts of the Grammar of the Greek 

Language, together with appropriate Exercises in the translating and 

writing of Greek, for the Use of Beginners. By Charles Anthon, 

LL.D. 12mo, Sheep extra, 90 cents. 

XXVII. 

GREEK LESSONS, PART II. 
An Introduction to Greek Prose Composition, with a complete 
Course of Exercises illustrative of all the important Principles of 
Greek Syntax. By C. Anthon, LL.D. 12mo, Sheep extra, 90 cents. 

XXVIII. 

SYSTEM .OF GREEK PROSODY ANDMETRE, 
For the Use of Schools and Colleges ; together with the Choral 
Scanning of the Prometheus Vinctus of ^Eschylus, and the Ajax 
and CEdipus Tyrannus of Sophocles ; to which are appended, Re- 
marks on the Indo-Germanic Analogies. By C. Anthon, LL.D. 
12mo, Sheep extra, 90 cents. 

XXIX. 

HOMER'S ILIAD, 
According to the ordinary Text, and also with the Restoration of 
the Digamma ; to which are appended, English Notes, critical and 
explanatory, a Metrical Index, and Homeric Glossary. By Charles 
Anthon, LL.D. 12mo, Sheep extra, $1 50. 

xxx. 
GRAMMAR OF THE GREEK LANGUAGE, 
For the Use of Schools and Colleges. By Charles Anthon, LL.D. 
12mo, Sheep extra, 90 cents. 

XXXI. 

NEW GRAMMAR OF THE GREEK LANGUAGE, 
From the German of Kuhner, Matthiae, Buttmann, Rost, and Thi- 
ersch ; to which are appended, Remarks on the Pronunciation of the 
Greek Language, and Chronological Tables explanatory of the same. 
By Charles Anthon, LL.D. 12mo, Sheep extra, 90 cents. 

XXXII. 

FAMILY CLASSICAL LIBRARY. 
Comprising Translations of the best Classics. 36 vols. 18mo, 
Muslin gilt, 45 cents each. 

XXXIII. 

FAMILY LIBRARY. 
A beautiful Series of Standard Works in the several Departments 
of General Knowledge. 173 vols. 18mo, Muslin gilt, 45 cents each. 



PUBLISHED BY HARPER & BROTHERS. 5 

XXXIV. 

ELEMENTS OF MENTAL PHILOSOPHY! 
Embracing the two Departments of the Intellect and the Sensi- 
bilities. By Professor Thomas C. Upham, of Bowdoin College. 2 
vols. 12mo, Sheep extra, $2 50. The same Work abridged, and de- 
signed as a Text-book in Academies, &c. 12mo, Sheep extra, $1 25. 

xxxv. 

A PHILOSOPHICAL AND PRACTICAL TREATISE ON THE WILL. 

By Professor Thomas C. Upham. 12mo, Sheep extra, $1 25. 

XXXVI. 

PSYCHOLOGY; 
Or, Elements of a new System of Mental Philosophy, on the Basis 
of Consciousness and Common Sense. By S. S. Schmucker, D.D., 
S.T.P. 12mo, Sheep extra, $1 00. 

XXXVII. 

THE PHILOSOPHY OF RHETORIC. 
By George Campbell, D.D., F.R.S. Revised edition, 12mo, $1 25. 
XXXVIII. 

THE PRINCIPLES OF ELOQUENCE. 
By the Abbe Maury. With an Introduction by Rev. Dr. Potter. 
18mo, half Sheep, 50 cents. 

xxxix. 

TREATISE ON ORGANIC CHEMISTRY. 

A Treatise on the Forces which produce the Organization of 

Plants. With an Appendix, containing several Memoirs on Capillary 

Attraction, Electricity, and the Chemical Action of Light. By John 

William Draper, M.D. Engravings, 4to, Muslin gilt, $2 50. 

XL. 

ELEMENTS OF CHEMISTRY: 

Including the most recent Discoveries, and Applications of thr 

Science to Medicine and Pharmacy, and to the Arts. By Robert 

Kane, M.D. Edited, with Emendations and Additions, by J. W. 

Draper, M.D. With about 250 Wood-cuts, 8vo, Muslin gilt, $2 00. 

XL1. 
FIRST PRINCIPLES OF NATURAL PHILOSOPHY: 
Being a familiar Introduction to the Study of that Science. By 
James Renwick, LL.D. W T ith Questions. Engravings, ISmo, hall 
Sheep, 75 cents. 

XLII. 

FIRST PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY: 
Being a familiar Introduction to the Study of that Science. By 
James Renwick, LL.D. Engravings, 18mo, half Sheep, 78 oenta 

XLIII. 

ENGLISH SYNONYMES EXPLAINED, 
With copious Illustrations and Explanations, drawn from the beat 
Writers. By George Crabbe, MA 8vo, Sheep extn 



b VALUABLE CLASSICAL AND SCHOOL BOOKS. 

XLTV. 

ELEMENTS OF GEOLOGY FOR POPULAR USE; 
Containing a Description of the Geological Formations and Min- 
eral Resources of the United States. By Charles A. Lee, M.D. En- 
gravings, half Sheep, 50 cents. 

XLV. 

A NEW SYSTEM OF FRENCH GRAMMAR, 
Containing the First Part of the celebrated Grammar of Noel and 
Chapsal. Arranged with Questions, and a Key in English. By 
Sarah E. Seaman. Revised and corrected by C. P. Bordenave, 
Professor of Languages. 12mo, 75 cents. 

XL VI. 

ELEMENTS OF ALGEBRA: 
Embracing also the Theory and Application of Logarithms ; to- 
gether with an Appendix, containing Infinite Series, the General 
Theory of Equations, and the most approved Method of resolving the 
higher Equations. By Rev. Davis W. Clark. 8vo, Sheep, 1 00. 

XLVIL 

THE AMERICAN SYSTEM OF PRACTICAL BOOKKEEPING, 
Adapted to the Commerce of the United States, in its Domestic 
and Foreign Relations ; comprehending all the Modern Improve- 
ments in the Practice of the Art. To which are added. Forms of the 
most approved Auxiliary Books, with a Chart, exhibiting at one 
View the Final Balance of the Leger. By James Arlington Bennet, 
LL.D. Twenty-second Edition. Large 8vo, half Roan, $1 50. 

XL VIII. 

A GRAMMAR OF THE GERMAN LANGUAGE, 
Arranged into a new System on the Principle of Induction. By 
Charles Julius Hempel. 2 vols. 12mo, half Sheep, $1 75. 

XLIX. 

HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY: 
Being the Work adopted by the University of France for Use in 
Colleges and High Schools. Translated, edited, and continued by 
Kev. Dr. Henry. 2 vols, in one, 18mo, half Sheep, $1 00. 

L. 
THE SCHOOL AND THE SCHOOLMASTER. 
Part I. : The School ; its Objects, Relations, and Uses. With a 
Sketch of the Education most needed in the United States, the Pres- 
ent State of Common Schools, the best Means of improving them, 
&c. By A. Potter, D.D. Part II. : The Schoolmaster. The proper 
Character, Studies, and Duties of the Teacher, with the best Meth- 
ods for the Government and Instruction of Common Schools, &c. 
By G. B. Emerson, A.M. Engravings, 12mo, half Sheep, $1 00. 

LI. 
PRACTICAL EDUCATION. 
By Richard Lovell Edge worth and Maria Edge worth. Engrav- 
ings, 12mo, Muslin gilt, 85 cents. 



BOOKS OF STERLING VALUE 



RECENTLY PUBLISHED BY 



HARPER & BROTHERS, NEW-YORK 



ENCYCLOPEDIA OF DOMESTIC ECONOMY. 

A complete Repertory of all Matters connected with the Economy of Houselceeping. 
By T Webster, Esq. Edited, with Additions, &c, by an American Physician. Co- 
piously Illustrated. $3 50. 
This is decidedly a book for the million: it contains all that precise kind of information adapted to 
the use of families, and which- one may seek, for in vain elsewhere. — New-York Evening: Gazette. 
By far the most comprehensive and perfect yamt^y Encyclopedia ever presented to the public. 
Each household should have a copy of this sterling publication. — Courier *nd Enquirer, 

II. 

DICTIONARY OP PRACTICAL MEDICINE: 

Including General Pathology, the Nature and Treatment of Diseases, Morbid 

Structures. &c. By James Copland, M.D. Edited, with Additions, by Charles A. 

Lee, M.D., &c. Publishing in Numbers, price 50 cents each, about 25 to complete 

the work. 

The design and execution of this popular production evince the most consummate skiH and research ; 

every person who desires a thorough digest of medical science must appreciate its high value. — 

Broadway Journal. 

III. 

TRAVELS OP MARCO POLO, 

From valuable early Manuscripts recently published by the French Geographical 
Society: with copious Notes by Hugh Murray. 1 vol. 18mo. 50 cents. 

This well-known production has long been regarded as unique ingeograpbical science. Marco Pola 
has justly been styled the " Herodotus of the Middle Ages."— Evening Pott. 

IV. 

MISS BEECIIER'S DOMESTIC ECONOMY. 



A Treatise on Domestic Economy, for the Use of young Ladies at Home and > 
School. By Catherine E. Beecher. Revised Edition, with many Engraviugs. DM 
75 cents. 

A volume of especial value to the domestic circle, comprising a large amount of r 
tion respecting the duties of domestic life and the educational training of lemaJe*— Lour.ar. 

V. 

THE DUTY OF AMERICAN WOMEN TO T1IEIK 
COUNTRY. 

1 vol. 18mo. 37| cents. 

This aDDeal might well be in the hands of every female in I 

iSof abuses in several departments of popular ed.u-.it.on. \> 

ume to the eepecial notice of our reader*.- C»mme, > \ 

The work is Earnestly, vigorously, and luridly wntt.-n , we recomn,.,,! t 10 ,11 ■«*■ -Br~* 

*j)ay Journal. 



HARPER & BROTHERS RECENT PUBLICATIONS. 
VI. 

MISS BEECHER'S RECEIPT BOOK. 

The American Housekeeper's Receipt Book. By Catherine E. Beecher. 1 vol 
I2mo. 

VII. 

GENERAL GREEN'S TEXIAN EXPEDITION. 

Journal of the Texian Expedition against Mier ; subsequent Imprisonment of the 
Author, his Sufferings, and final Escape from the Castle of Perote, &c. With Re- 
flections upon the present political and probable future Relations of Texas, Mexico, 
and the United States. By General Thomas J. Green. With numerous Engravings. 
1 vol. 8vo. $2 00. 

VIII. 

DR. GARDNER'S FARMER'S DICTIONARY. 

The Farmer's Dictionary ; being a Compendious Account of every Crop raised or 
suited to our Climate, with full Information on Breeding of Stock, Horses, Pigs, and 
Poultry ; the Management of Manures, Farming Implements, and all other Practical 
Matters, as well as an Explanation of all Technical Terms recently introduced into 
Agriculture from the Sciences. Abundantly illustrated by Engravings. [In Press.] 

IX. 

DR. ABERCROMBIE'S NEW ESSAYS. 

Miscellaneous Essays. By John Abercrombie, M.D., Author of " Inquiries into the 
Intellectual Powers," &c. 1 vol. 18mo. 50 cents. 
These essays will be read with pleasure and profit by all who will read them.— Anglo American. 

X. 

HUMBOLDT'S COSMOS. 

Cosmos : a Survey of the general Physical History of the Universe. By Alexander 
Von Humboldt. (Publishing in Numbers.) 
A renowned production, by the greatest of scientific writers. — Courier. 

XI. 

MACKENZIE'S LIFE OF PAUL JONES. 

A Life of Paul Jones. By Alexander Slidell Mackenzie. 2 vols. 12mo. $1 00. 

XII. 

PROF. WHEWELL'S MORALITY AND POLITY. 

Elements of Morality, including Polity. By William Whewell, D.D . 2 vols. 12tno 
$1 00. 

XIII. 

DR. KITCHINER'S COOK'S ORACLE. 

The Cook's Oracle and Housekeeper's Manual. Containing Receipts for Cookery 
and Directions for Carving. With a complete System of Cookery for Catholic Fam 
ilies By William KJtchiner, M.D. 12mo. 88 cents. 



VALUABLE STANDARD WORKS 

IN THE SEVERAL DEPARTMENTS OF LITERATURE, 



PUBLISHED BY 



HARPER & BROTHERS, NEW-YORK. 
Agriculture, Domestic Economy , &c. 

ARMSTRONG'S TREATISE o>: AGRICULTURE: edited by BUEL, 50cts. 

BEECHER'S (Miss C. E.) DOMESTIC ECONOMY, 7 5 'cms. 

HOUSEKEEPER'S RECEIPT-!/ 

BUEL'S (Jesse) FARMER'S INSTRUCTOR, SI 00. 

CHAPTAL'S CHEMISTRY APPLIED TO AGRICULTURE, 50 cents. 

COCK'S AMERICAN POULTRY-BOOK, 35 cents. 

GARDNER'S FARMER'S DICTIONARY. Engravings, $1 50. 

GAYLORD AND TUCKER'S AMERICAN HUSBANDRY, $1 00. 

KITCHENER'S COOK'S ORACLE AND HOUSEKEEPER'S MANUAL, 
88 cents. 

MORRELL'S AMERICAN SHEPHERD. Plates. Paper, 75 cents. Mus- 
lin, 90 cents. 

PARKES'S DOMESTIC DUTIES, FOR MARRIED LADIES, 75 cents. 

SMITH'S (Mrs.) MODERN AMERICAN COOKERY, 40 cents. 

WEBSTER and PARKES'S ENCYCLOPAEDIA of DOMESTIC ECON- 
OMY. Nearly 1000 Engravings. Muslin, $3 50. Sheep extra, $3 75. 



Biblical and Theological History. 

ABERCROMBIE'S MISCELLANEOUS ESSAYS, 38 cents. 
BAIRD'S (Dr.) VIEW OF RELIGION IN AMERICA, 63 cents. 
BARNES'S (Albert) NOTES ON THE NEW TESTAMENT, 9 vols.. 

each, volume sold separately, 75 cents. 

Questions on the above, 6 vols., each 15 cents. 
BELL'S (Sir Chari.es) MECHANISM OF THE HAND, 60 cents. 
BLAIR'S (Rev. Dr.) SERMONS, $1 50. 

BONNECHOSE'S HISTORY OF THE EARLY REFORMERS, 40 cents 
BOOK OF COMMON PRAYER, corrected Standard Edition, in about 30 va 

rieties of size and binding. 
BROWN'S DICTIONARY OF THE HOLY BIBLE, $1 75. 

POCKET CONCORDANCE to the HOLY BIBLE, 38 cents. 

BUNYAN'S PILGRIM'S PROGRESS, 75 cents. 

BUTLER'S ANALOGY OF NATURAL AND REVEALED RELIGION, 

35 cents. 
CHALMERS ON THE POWER, WISDOM, AND GOODNESS OF 

God in the Creation, 60 cents. 
CHURCH (the) INDEPENDENT OF THE STATE, 90 <• 
COLTON ON THE RELIGIOUS STATE OF THE COUNTRY, 60 cents. 
COMFORTER (the) ; OR, CONSOLATIONS FOR MOURIS 
DAYS (the) OF QUEEN MARY, 20 cents. 
PICK'S SIDEREAL HEAVENS, 45 cents. 

CELESTIAL SCENERY: OR, PLANETARY SYSTEM, 

DWIGHT'S (Rev. Dr.) THEOLOGY EXPLAINED AND DEFENDED, 

4 vols., 8vo, $6 00. 
GLEIG'S HISTORY OF THE BIBLE, 2 vols., 80 cents. 
HALL'S (Rev. Robert) COMPLETE WORKS, 
HAWKS'S HISTORY OF THE PROTESTANT EPIS< OPAL < HI K»'H 

in Virginia, $1 75. 
HOLY COAT (the) OF TREVES, 38 cents. 
HUNTER'S BIOGRAPHY OF THE PATRIARCHS, THE - I 

$1 75 
ILLUM'lNATED AND PICTORIAL HI HI I 
JARVIS'S (Rev. S. F.) CHRONOLOGICAL [NTROD1 TH1 

Church, $3 00. 



2 VALUABLE NEW AND STANDARD WORKS 

JAY'S (Rev. William) COMPLETE WORKS, 3 vols., $5 00. 
KEITH'S LAND OF ISRAEL, $1 25. 

DEMONSTRATION OF CHRISTIANITY, $1 38. 

ON THE PROPHECIES, 60 cents. 

LE BAS'S LIFE OF WICLIF, 50 cents. 

LIFE OF ARCHBISHOP CRANMER, $1 00. 

M'lLVliNE'S (Bishop) EVIDENCES OF CHRISTIANITY, $1 00. 

, ON THE DANGERS OF THE CHURCH, 10 cts 

MILMAN'S (Rev. H. H.) HISTORY OF THE JEWS, 3 vols., $1 20. 

HISTORY OF CHRISTIANITY, $1 90. 

MOSHEIM'S ECCLESIASTICAL HISTORY, by Murdoch., $7 50. 

The same Work, by Maclaine, $3 50. 
NEAL'S (Daniel) HISTORY OF THE PURITANS, 2 vols., $3 50. 
PALEY'S EVIDENCES OF CHRISTIANITY, 38 cents. 

NATURAL THEOLOGY: edited by Brougham, 90 cents. 

PARKER'S (Rev. J.) INVITATIONS TO TRUE HAPPINESS, 38 cents. 

PISE'S (Rev. Dr.) LETTERS TO ADA, 45 cents. 

PRIDE AUX'S CONNECTION OF THE OLD AND NEW TESTA 

MENTS, $3 75. 

PROTESTANT JESUITISM, by a Protestant, 90 cents. 
SANDFORD'S (Rev. P. P.). HELP TO FAITH, 75 cents. 
SAURIN'S SERMONS : edited by Bishop Henshaw, $3 75. 
SCOTT'S (Rev. John) LUTHER AND THE REFORMATION, $1 00. 
SHOBERL'S HISTORY OF THE PERSECUTIONS OF POPERY, 20 cts 
SHUTTLEWORTH'S. CONSISTENCY OF REVELATION, 45 cents. 
SMEDLEY'S REFORMED RELIGION IN FRANCE, $1 40. 
SMITH (Rev. Hugh) ON THE HEART DELINEATED, 45 cents. 
STONE'S (Rev. John S.) MYSTERIES OPENED, $1 00. 
SUFFERINGS (the) OF CHRIST, by a Laymon, $1 00. 
SUMMERFIELD'S (Rev John) SERMONS, $1 75. 
TURNER'S (Rev. S. H.) ESSAY ON THE DISCOURSE AT CAPER 

naum, 75 cents. 
TURNER'S (S.) SACRED HISTORY of the WORLD, 3 vols., $1 35. 
UNCLE PHILIP'S EVIDENCES OF CHRISTIANITY, 35 cents. 
WADDINGTON'S HISTORY OF THE CHURCH, $1 75. 
WHEWELL'S ASTRONOMY AND GENERAL PHYSICS, 50 cents. 



Biography. 

APOSTLES AND EARLY MARTYRS OF THE CHURCH, 25 cents. 
BARROW'S (John) LIFE OF PETER THE GREAT, 45 cents. 
BANGS'S LIFE OF JAMES ARMINIUS, D.D., 50 cents. 
BELKNAP'S (Jeremy) AMERICAN BIOGRAPHY, 3 vols., $1 35. 
BELL'S LIFE OF MARY QUEEN OF SCOTS, 85 cents. 
BONAPARTE (Lucien), MEMOIRS OF, 30 cents. 
BREWSTER'S (David) LIFE OF SIR ISAAC NEWTON, 45 cents. 
LIVES OF GALILEO, TYCHO BRAHE, &c. 

BURR (Aaron), PRIVATE JOURNAL OF, $4 50. 
BUSH'S (Rev. George) LIFE OF MOHAMMED, 45 cents 
CALHOUN'S (John C.) LIFE AND SPEECHES, $1 13. 
CAMPBELL'S (Thomas) LIFE OF MRS. SIDDONS, 70 cents 
COBBETT'S (William) LIFE OF GENERAL JACKSON, 40 cents 
COOLEY'S LIFE OF HAYNES: edited by Sprague, 90 cents. 
«K)RNWALL'S (Barry) LIFE OF EDMUND KEAN, 65 cents. 
COURT (the) AND CAMP OF BONAPARTE, 45 cents. 
COWELL'S (Joe) LIFE, by Himself, 20 cents. 
CROCKETT (David), SKETCHES OF THE LIFE OF, 50 cents 
CROLY'S (George) LIFE OF GEORGE IV., 45 cents. 
CUNNINGHAM'S (Allan) LIVES OF EMINENT PAINTERS, $2 10 
D'ABRANTES (Duchess), MEMOIRS OF, $1 38. 
DAVIS'S MEMOIRS OF AARON BURR, $3 80. 
DISTINGUISHED MEN OF MODERN TIMES, (Lives of), 90 cents. 



PUBLISHED BY HARPER & BROTHERS. 3 

DISTINGUISHED FEMALES (Lives of), 35 cents. 

DOVER'S (Lord) LIFE OF FREDERIC THE GREAT, 90 cents. 

DREW (Samuel), LIFE OF, by his Son, 75 cents. 

DWIGHT'S (N.) LIVES OF THE SIGNERS OF THE DECLARATION 

of Independence, 90 cents. 
FENELON'S LIVES OF ANCIENT PHILOSOPHERS, 45 cents. 
FORSTER'S (John) CELEBRATED STATESMEN of the ENGLISH 

Commonwealth. 
FORSYTH'S (Dr.) LIFE OF Dr. PROUDFIT, 75 cents. 
FRANKLIN (Dr.), LIFE OF, by Himself, 2 vols., 90 cents. 
GALT'S (John) LIFE OF LORD BYRON, 40 cents. 
GLASS'S LIFE OF WASHINGTON ; in Latin, $1 13. 
GODWIN'S LIVES OF THE NECROMANCERS, 65 cents. 
HEAD'S LIFE OF BRUCE, the African Traveler, 45 cts. 
HOGG'S (James) ANECDOTES OF SIR WALTER SCOTT, CO cents. 
HOLDICH'S LIFE OF Rev. Dr. WILLBUR FISK, $2 00. 
HOLMES'S LIFE OF MOZART, 50 cents. 
HORNE'S NEW SPIRIT OF THE AGE, 25 cents. 
HUNTER'S SACRED BIOGRAPHY, $1 75. 
IRVING'S LIFE OF OLIVER GOLDSMITH, 90 cents. 
JAMES'S LIFE OF CHARLEMAGNE, 45 cents. 
JAMESON'S MEMOIRS OF CELEBRATED FEMALE SOVEREIGNS, 

SO cents. 
JAY'S (John) LIFE, by his Son, $5 00. 

JOHNSON'S (Dr.) LIFE, AND SELECT WORKS, 90 cents- 
KENDALL'S (Amos) LIFE OF GENERAL JACKSON- 
LEE'S (Mrs.) LIFE OF BARON CUVIER, 50 cents. 
LE BAS'S (C. W.) LIFE OF WICLIF, 50 cents. 

LIFE OF CRANMER, 2 vols., $1 00. 

LOCKHART'S LIFE OF NAPOLEON, 90 cents. 
MACKENZIE'S (A. Slidell) LIFE OF PAUL JONES, $1 00. 

LIFE OF Com. O. H. PERRY, 90 cent*. 

MEMES'S MEMOIRS OF THE EMPRESS JOSEPHINE, 45 cents. 
M'GUIRE'S OPINIONS and CHARACTER of WASHINGTON, $1 13. 
MOORE'S (Thomas) LIFE, LETTERS, &c, OF BYRON, "$2 75. 

LIFE OF LORD EDWARD FITZGERALD, $1 00 

NAVIGATORS (Early), LIVES OF, 45 cents. 
PARK'S (Mungo) LIFE AND TRAVELS, 45 cents. 
PAULDING'S (J. K.) LIFE OF GEORGE WASHINGTON, 90 cents. 
PELLICO'S (Silvio) MEMOIRS AND IMPRISONMENTS, 50 cents. 
PLUTARCH'S LIVES: translated by Langhorne, 1 vol., $2 00, 

The same Work in 4 vols., $3 50. 
RENWICK'S (James) LIFE OF DE WITT CLINTON, 45 cents. 
LIVES OF JOHN JAY AND ALEXANDER 

Hamilton, 45 cents. 
ROBERTS'S LIFE AND CORRESPONDENCE OF II. MORE, $1 50. 
RUSSELL'S (Rev. M.) LIFE OF OLIVER CROMWELL, 90 cents. 
SCOTT'S (John) LIFE OF LUTHER. $1 00. 

SEDGWICK'S (T.) LIFE AND LETTERS OF W. LIVINGSTON, $2 00. 
SOUTHEY'S (Robert) LIFE OF LORD NELSON, 45 cents. 
SPARKS'S (Jared) AMERICAN BIOGRAPHY, 10 vote., $7 50. 

The Volumes sold separately, if desired. 
STEWART'S ADVENTURES IN CAPTURING MURRELL, 90 cents. 
STILLING'S (Heinrich) AUTOBIOGRAPHY, 20 cents. 
STONE'S (W. L.) LIFE OF BRANT, the Indian Ch ISP, 90 cents. 

LIFE OF MATTHIAS THE IMPOSTOR, <H 

ST. JOHN'S (J. A.) LIVES OF CELEBRATED TRAVELERS, $1 IS 
TAYLOR'S (John) -RECORDS OF MY LIFE" $1 50. 
THATCHER'S (B. B.) BIOGRAPHY OF DlSTINGl [SHED IM 

90 cents. 
TYLER'S (John) LIFE AND SPEECHES 

WILLIAMS'S LIFE OF ALEXANDER THE GREAT, 15 < nts. 
WILSON'S LIVES OF ECCENTRIC AND WONDERFI L < IIARAC 

ters, $1 90. 



4 VALUABLE NEW AND STANDARD WORKS 

History, Ancient and Modern. 

ALISON'S (Archibald) EUROPE FROM 1789 TO 1815, $5 00. 

BONNECHOSE'S HISTORY OF THE REFORMERS BEFORE LU 
ther, 40 cents. 

BUCKE'S RUINS OF ANCIENT CITIES, 90 cents. 

BULWER'S ATHENS, ITS RISE AND FALL, $1 20. 

BUNNER'S HISTORY OF LOUISIANA TO THE PRESENT TIME, 
45 cents. 

CAESAR'S COMMENTARIES ; translated by William Duncan, 90 cents. 

CRICHTON'S HISTORY of ARABIA, ANCIENT and MODERN, 90 cts. 

CR1CHTON AND WHEATON'S DENMARK, NORWAY, AND SWE- 
DEN, 90 cents. 

CROWE'S (E. E.) HISTORY OF FRANCE, 3 vols., $1 75. 

DAVIS'S HISTORY OF CHINA, 2 vols., 90 cents. 

DUNHAM'S HISTORY OF SPAIN AND PORTUGAL, $2 50. 

DUNLAP'S (W.) HISTORY of the STATE of NEW YORK, 90 cents. 

HISTORY OF THE AMERICAN THEATRE, $1 75. 

DWIGHT'S (T.) HISTORY OF CONNECTICUT, 45 cents. 

FERGUSON'S HISTORY OF THE ROMAN REPUBLIC, 45 cents 

FLETCHER'S HISTORY OF POLAND, 45 cents. 

FLORIAN'S HISTORY OF THE MOORS IN SPAIN, 45 cents. 

FRASER'S HISTORY OF MESOPOTAMIA AND ASSYRIA, 45 cents. 

HISTORICAL AND DESCRIPTIVE ACCOUNT OF PER- 
SIA, 45 cents. 

GIBBON'S HISTORY OF ROME, with Notes by Milman, $5 00. 

GOLDSMITH'S HISTORY OF ROME: abridged, 45 cents. 

HISTORY OF GREECE: abridged, 45 cents. 

GRANT'S HISTORY of the NESTORIANS, or LOST TRIBES, $1 00 

GRATTAN'S HISTORY OF THE NETHERLANDS TO THE REVO- 
LUTION of 1830, 60 cents. 

HALE'S HISTORY of the UNITED STATES to 1817, 2 vols., 90 cents. 

HALLAM'S CONSTITUTIONAL HISTORY OF ENGLAND. 

VIEW OF EUROPE DURING THE MIDDLE AGES, $2 00 

INTRODUCTION TO THE LITERATURE OF EUROPE, 

$3 75. 

HAWKS'S HISTORY of the PROTESTANT EPISCOPAL CHURCH 
in Virginia, $1 75. 

HENRY'S HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY, 2 vols.; 90 cents. 

HERODOTUS'S GENERAL HISTORY; by Rev. W. Beloe, $1 35. 
HOWITT'S HISTORY OF PRIESTCRAFT IN ALL AGES, 60 cents. 

ICELAND, GREENLAND, AND THE FAROE ISLANDS, 45 cents. 
JAMES'S HISTORY OF CHIVALRY AND THE CRUSADES, 45 cts. 
JAPAN AND THE JAPANESE, 45 cents. 
JARVIS'S CHRONOLOGICAL INTRODUCTION TO THE HISTORY 

of the Church, $300. 
KEIGHTLEY'S HISTORY OF ENGLAND TO 1839, 5 vols , $2 25. 
LANMAN'S HISTORY OF THE STATE OF MICHIGAN, 45 cents. 
LIVY'S HISTORY OF ROME : translated by Baker, 5 vols., $2 25 
LOSSING'S HISTORY OF THE FINE ARTS, 45 cents. 
MACKINTOSH'S ENGLAND TO THE 17th CENTURY, $1 50. 
MTrHELET'S ELEMENTS OF MODERN HISTORY, 45 cents. 
M/LMAN'S HISTORY OF THE JEWS, 3 vols., $1 20. 
MOSHEIM'S ECCLESIASTICAL HISTORY: Maclaine's Edition, $3 50. 

Murdock's Edition of the same Work, $7 50. 
MURRAY'S PIISTORICAL ACCOUNT OF BRITISH AMERICA, 90 cts. 

HISTORICAL ACCOUNT OF BRITISH INDIA, $1 35. 

NEAL'S HISTORY OF THE PURITANS, $3 50. 

PICTORIAL HISTORY OF ENGLAND, TO THE REIGN OF GEORGE 

III., profusely Illustrated. 
PRESCOTT'S HISTORY OF THE CONQUEST OF MEXICO, 3 vols., 
$6 00. 

. HISTORY OF FERDINAND AND ISABELLA, 3 vols.^ 

$6 00. 



PUBLISHED BY HARPER & BROTHERS. 5 

PRIDEAUX'S CONNECTION of the OLD and NEW TESTAMENTS, 

$3 75. 
ROBERTSON'S HISTORICAL WORKS, 3 vols., 8vo, Maps. $5 00. 

HISTORY OF THE REIGN OF CHARLES V., $1 75. 

Ahridjred, 45 cents. 

■ HISTORY OF AMERICA, $1 75. Abridged, 45 

HISTORY OF SCOTLAND AND ANCIENT INDIA, 

$1 75. 
ROBINS'S (Mrs.) TALES FROM AMERICAN HISTORY, 3 vols., $1 00. 
ROLLIN'S ANCIENT HISTORY, WITH A LIFE OF THE AUTHOR. 

S3 75 
RUSSELL AND JONES'S HISTORY OF MODERN EUROPE, $5 00. 
RUSSELL'S (Michael) HISTORY OF EGYPT, 45 cents. 

HISTORY of NUBIA and ABYSSINIA, 45 cts. 

HISTORY of the BARBARY STATES, 45 cts. 

HISTORY OF POLYNESIA, 45 cents. 

HISTORY OF PALESTINE, 45 cents. 

SALE'S (Ladv) JOURNAL OF DISASTERS IN AFGHANISTAN, 10 cts 
SALLUST'S HISTORY : translated by Rose, 40 cents. 
SCOTT'S (Sir W.) HISTORY OF SCOTLAND, 2 vols., $1 20 

HISTORY OF DEMON OLOGY, 40 cents. 

SCOTT'S (John) LUTHERAN REFORMATION, $1 00. 

SEGUR'S HISTORY OF NAPOLEON'S RUSSIAN CAMPAIGN, 90 cts. 

SFORZOSI'S HISTORY OF ITALY, 45 cents. 

SISMONDI'S HISTORY OF THE ITALIAN REPUBLICS, 60 cents. 

SMEDLEY'S SKETCHES FROM VENETIAN HISTORY, 90 cents. 

SMITH'S (H.) HISTORY OF FESTIVALS, GAMES, &c, 45 cents. 

SMITH'S (H. J.) HISTORY OF EDUCATION, -15 cents. 

SPALDING'S HISTORY of ITALY and the ITALIAN ISLANDS. .$1 35. 

STONE'S BORDER WARS OF THE AMERICAN REVOLLTP >N, 90 cts. 

SWITZERLAND, HISTORY OF, 60 cents. 

TAYLOR'S HISTORY OF IRELAND, 90 cents. 

THATCHER'S HISTORY OF THE BOSTON TEA PARTY, 63 cents. 

TALES OF THE AMERICAN REVOLUTION, 35 cents. 

THIRLWALL'S HISTORY OF GREECE, 2v>ls., $3 50. 
THUOYDIDES' GENERAL HISTORY : translated by Smith, 90 cents 
TURNER'S SACRED HISTORY OF TPIE WORLD, $1 35. 
TYTLER'S UNIVERSAL HISTORY, 6 vols., $2 70. 
UNCLE PHILIP'S HISTORY OF VIRGINIA, 35 cents. 

HISTORY OF NEW YORK. 2 vols., 70 cents. 

HISTORY OF LOST GREENLAND. 35 cents. 

HISTORY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE, 2 vols.. 70 cents 

HISTORY OF MASSACHUSETTS, 2 vols., 70 cents 

XENOPHON'S HISTORY : translated by Spelman, 65 cents. 



College & School Books. 

ANTHON'S (Charles) LATIN LESSONS, 90 cents. 

LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION, 90 cenU. 

LATIN PROSODY' AND METRE, 90 

LATIN VERSIFICATION, 

ZUMPT'S LATIN GRAMMAR. 90 

COMMENTARIES 01 

.ENEID OF VIRGIL 

ECLOGUES AND GEORGICS OF VIRGIL 

CICERO'S SELECT OR AT. 

SALLUST. With English x 

: HORACE. With En. |1 75. 

. FIRST GREEK LESSONS, 90 

GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION, 90 © 

GREEK PROSODY AND METRE, 90 < 

GREEK GRAMMAR, 90 cent*. 

NEW CREEK GRAMMAR, 



b VALUABLE NEW AND STANDARD WORKS 

ANTHON'S (Charles) HOMER. With English Notes, $1 50. 

GREEK READER, FROM THE GERMAN OP 

Jacobs, $1 75. 

ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 

GREEK AND ENGLISH LEXICON. 

CLASSICAL DICTIONARY, $4 75. 

SMITH'S DICTIONARY of GREEK and RO- 
MAN Antiquities, $4 75. 
The same work, abridged. 
BENNETT'S (J. A.) SYSTEM OF BOOK-KEEPING, $1 50. 
BOUCHARLAT'S ELEMENTARY TREATISE ON MECHANICS, $2 25. 
BOYD'S ELEMENTS OF RHETORIC, 50 cents. 
CAMPBELL'S PHILOSOPHY OF RHETORIC, $1 25. 
CLARK'S (D. W.) ELEMENTS OF ALGEBRA, &c, $1 00. 
EDWARDS'S (W.) BOOK-KEEPER'S ATLAS, $2 00. 
GRISCOM'S ANIMAL MECHANISM AND PHYSIOLOGY, 45 cents. 
HAZEN'S PROFESSIONS AND TRADES. 81 Engravings, 75 cents. 
HEMPEL'S GRAMMAR OF THE GERMAN LANGUAGE, $1 75 
HENRY'S HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY, 90 cents. 
KANE'S ELEMENTS OF CHEMISTRY, $2 00. 
LEE'S ELEMENTS OF GEOLOGY, 50 cents. 
LEWIS'S PLATONIC THEOLOGY, &c, $1 50. 
MAURY'S PRINCIPLES OF ELOQUENCE, 50 cents. 
MORSE'S NEW SYSTEM OF GEOGRAPHY FOR SCHOOLS, 50 cents. 
NOEL AND CHAPSAL'S NEW SYSTEM OF FRENCH GRAMMAR, 

75 cents. 
PARKER'S AIDS TO ENGLISH COMPOSITION, $1 00. 
POTTER'S (Bishop) POLITICAL ECONOMY, ITS USES, &c, 50 cents. 
PROUDFIT'S PLAUTUS, " THE CAPTIVES." English Notes, 38 cents 
RENWICK'S PRACTICAL MECHANICS, 90 cents. 

ELEMENTS OF CHEMISTRY, 75 cents. 

ELEMENTS OF NATURAL PHILOSOPHY, 75 cents. 

SCHMUCKER'S MENTAL PHILOSOPHY, $1 00. 
UPHAM'S TREATISE ON THE WILL, $1 25. 

MENTAL PHILOSOPHY. 2 vols., $2 50. Abridged, $1 25. 

*,-* Many other works in extensive use as text-books in schools may be 
found under the other heads of this catalogue. 

Essayists, Belles-JLettres, &c. 

ADDISON'S COMPLETE WORKS, 3 vols., $5 00. 

SELECTIONS FROM THE SPECTATOR, 2 vols., 90 cents. 

BACON AND LOCKE'S ESSAYS, 45 cents. 

BROUGHAM'S PLEASURES AND ADVANTAGES OF SCIENCE, 

45 cents. 
BUCKE'S BEAUTIES AND SUBLIMITIES OF NATURE, 45 cents. 
BURKE'S COMPLETE WORKS, 3 vols., $5 00. 

ESSAY ON THE SUBLIME AND BEAUTIFUL, 75 cents. 

WISDOM AND GENIUS ILLUSTRATED BY EXTRACTS 

from ins Writings. 
CHESTERFIELD' S LETTERS TO HIS SON, and other Writings, 

$1 75. 
CICERO'S OFFICES, ORATIONS, AND CATO AND L^ELIUS, $1 25. 
COLERIDGE'S LETTERS, CONVERSATIONS, AND RECOLLEC- 
TIONS, 65 cents. 

, SPECIMENS OF THE TABLE-TALK OF, 12mo, 70 cents. 

COMBE'S PHYSIOLOGY APPLIED TO HEALTH AND MENTAL 

Education, 45 cents. 
DICK ON THE IMPROVEMENT OF SOCIETY BY THE DIFFUSION 

of Knowledge, 18mo, 45 cents. 
DEMOSTHENES' ORATIONS ; translated by Leland, 2 vols., 85 cents. 
DRV DEN'S COMPLETE WORKS, $3 75. 
DUTY (the) of AMERICAN WOMEN TO THEIR COUNTRY, 38 cents 



PUBLISHED BY HARPER & BROTHERS. 7 

EDGEWORTH'S TREATISE ON PRACTICAL EDUCATION, 85 cent*. 

FAMILY INSTRUCTOR; or, DUTIES OF DOMESTIC LIFE, 45 cents. 

GRAVES'S (Mrs. A. J.) WOMAN IN AMERICA, 45 cents. 

HORNE'S NEW SPIRIT OF THE AGE. With 7 Portraits, $1 50. 

JOHNSON'S (A. B.) TREATISE ON LANGUAGE, SI 75. 

LECTURES TO YOUNG MEN, 45 cents. 

LAMB'S ESSAYS OF ELIA, LETTERS, POEMS, &c, §2 00. 

MACKENZIE'S (Henry) COMPLETE WORKS, §1 25. 

MARTINEAU. HOW TO OBSERVE, 43 cents. 

MATHEWS'S (Cornelius) MISCELLANEOUS WRITINGS, $1 00. 

MAURY'S PRINCIPLES OF ELOQUENCE, 45 cents. 

MONTGOMERY'S LECTURES ON POETRY AND LITERATURE, 
45 cents. 

MORE'S (Hannah) COMPLETE WORKS, 7 vols., §6 50. 1 vol., $2 50. 

MUDIE'S GUIDE TO THE OBSERVATION OF NATURE, 45 cents. 

NEELE'S (Henry) LITERARY REMAINS, $1 00. 

NOTT'S (Dr. Eliphalet) COUNSELS TO THE YOUNG, 50 cents. 

POTTER AND EMERSON'S SCHOOL AND THE SCHOOLMASTER, 
$100. 

PRESCOTT'S BIOGRAPHICAL AND CRITICAL MISCELLANIES, 

$2 00. 
PURSUIT OF KNOWLEDGE UNDER DIFFICULTIES, 90 cents. 
SANDS'S (Robert C.) WRITINGS, 2 vols. 8vo, S3 75. 
SEDGWICK'S (Miss) MEANS AND ENDS, 45 cents. 
SIGOURNEY'S (Mrs! L. H.) LETTERS TO YOUNG LADIES, 90 cents. 

LETTERS TO MOTHERS, 90 cents. 

SMITH'S (H- J.) PLAN OF INSTRUCTION AND HISTORY OF Ed- 
ucation, 45 cents. 
SOUTHEY (Robert). THE DOCTOR, &c, 45 cents. 
VERPLANCK'S DISCOURSES ON AMERICAN HISTORY, CO cents. 

INFLUENCE OF LIBERAL STUDIES, 25 cents. 

INFLUENCE OF MORAL CAUSES, 15 cents. 

WIRT'S (William) LETTERS OF THE BRITISH SPY, 60 cents. 



Natural Science, &c. 

BELL. THE HAND, ITS MECHANISM, &c, 60 cents. 

BIRDS. NATURAL HISTOHY OF, 45 cents. 

BRANDE'S ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF SCIENCE AND ART, $4 00. 

BREWSTER'S LETTERS ON NATURAL MAGIC, 45 cents. 

DANIELL'S ILLUSTRATIONS OF NATURAL PHILOSOPHY, 69 cents. 

DICK'S PRACTICAL ASTRONOMY, 50 cents. 

DRAPER'S TREATISE ON THE CHEMICAL ORGANIZATION OF 
Plants, $2 50. 

ELEPHANT (the). NATURAL HISTORY OF, 45 cents. 

EULER'S LETTERS ON NATURAL PHILOSOPHY: edited by Brew- 
ster and Griscom, 45 cents. 

GOOD'S BOOK OF NATURE, $1 25. 

HASWELL'S ENGINEERS' and MECHANICS' POCKET-BOOK, $1 50. 

HERSCHEL'S DISCOURSE ON THE STUDY OF NATURAL PHI- 
LOSOPHY, 60 cents. 

HIGGINS'S PHYSICAL CONDITION AND PHENOMENA OF THE 
Earth, 45 cents. 

HUMBOLDT'S COSMOS; A SURVEY of the PHYSICAL BIS 
of the Universe. 

INSECTS. NATURAL HISTORY OF, 90 cents. 

KANE'S ELEMENTS OF CHEMISTRY: edited l»v Draper. U 

LEE'S ELEMENTS OF GEOLOGY AND RONERAl RESOl ft 
the United States, 50 cents. 

MOSELEY'S ILLUSTRATIONS OF MECHANICS; ■ditcd 

MUuTe's' GUIDE TO THE OBSERVATION I 
QUADRUPEDS. NATURAL HISTOR1 01 



S VALUABLE NEW AND STANDARD WORKS 

RENWICK'S FIRST PRINCIPLES OF NATURAL PHILOSOPHY 
With Questions, 75 cents. 

- FIRST PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY. With Ques- 
tions, 75 cents.. 

. APPLICATIONS OF MECHANICS TO PRACTICAL 

Purposes, 90 cents. 

UNCLE PHILIP'S AMERICAN FOREST, 35 cents. 

TOOLS AND TRADES AMONG ANIMALS, 35 cents 

VEGETABLE SUBSTANCES USED FOR FOOD, 45 cents. 

WHITE'S NATURAL HISTORY OF SELBORNE. Plates, 45 cents. 

WYATT'S MANUAL OF CONCHOLOGY according to Lamarck, $2 75. 



Mental and Moral Science, &c. 

rERCROMBIE'S PHILOSOPHY OF THE MORAL FEELLnGS, 40 cts 
ON THE INTELLECTUAL POWERS, 45 cents. 



ALISON ON THE NATURE AND PRINCIPLES OF TASTE, 75 cents 
BACON AND LOCKE'S ESSAYS, AND CONDUCT OF THE UN 

DERSTANDING, 45 cents. 

BOYD'S ELEMENTS OF RHETORIC AND LITERARY CRITICISM, 

50 cents. 
BURKE'S ESSAY ON THE SUBLIME AND BEAUTIFUL, 75 cents. 
CAMPBELL'S (George) PHILOSOPHY OF RHETORIC, $1 25. 
COMBE'S CONSTITUTION OF MAN, 45 cents. 
DENDY'S PHILOSOPHY OF MYSTERY, 45 cents. 
DYMOND'S PRINCIPLES OF MORALITY: edited by G. Bush, $1 38. 
HENRY'S EPITOME OF THE HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY, 90 cents. 
MARTINEAU'S LETTERS ON MESMERISM, 5 cents. 
HAURY'S PRINCIPLES OF ELOQUENCE, 50 cents. 
MILL'S SYSTEM OF LOGIC, RATIOCINATIVE AND INDUCTIVE, 

$2 00. 
SCHMUCKER'S PSYCHOLOGY, OR MENTAL PHILOSOPHY, $1 00. 
SEERESS (the) OF PREVORST, 20 cents. 

TOWNSHEND'S FACTS IN MESMERISM. With Plates, 75 cents. 
UNCLE SAM'S RECOMMENDATIONS OF PHRENOLOGY, 45 cents. 
WHE WELL'S ELEMENTS OF MORALITY AND POLITY, %\ 00. 
UPHAM'S IMPERFECT and DISORDERED MENTAL ACTION, 45 cts. 

• ELEMENTS OF MENTAL PHILOSOPHY 5 $2 50. Abridged, 

§> 1 25 
PHILOSOPHICAL AND PRACTICAL TREATISE ON THE 

Will, $1 25. 

Voyages and Travels. 

ANTHON'S (C. B.) TREVES, THE VALLEY OF THE MEUSE, &c, 

BARROW'S PITCAIRN'S ISLAND AND MUTINY OF THE SHIP 

Bounty, 45 cents. 
BUCKINGHAM'S TRAVELS IN AMERICA. Engravings, $3 50. 
CHANGE FOR THE AMERICAN NOTES, 10 cents. 
CIRCUMNAVIGATION OF THE GLOBE, FROM MAGELLAN TO 

Cook, 45 cents. 
COKE'S TRAVELS IN THE UNITED STATES, NOVA SCOTIA, AND 

Canada, 75 cents. 
COLTON'S (Rev. Calvin) FOUR YEARS in GREAT BRITAIN, 90 cts. 
COOK'S VOYAGES ROUND THE WORLD. With a Sketch of his Life, 

38 cents. 
DANA'S TWO YEARS BEFORE THE MAST, OR LIFE AT SEA, 45 cts. 
DAVENPORT'S PERILOUS ADVENTURE BY LAND AND SEA, 45 cts 
DE KAY'S SKETCHES OF TURKEY IN 1831-2, $2 00. 
DICKENS'S AMERICAN NOTES FOR GENERAL CIRCULATION. 

10 cents. 



PUBLISHED BY HARPER <fe BROTHERS. 9 

DRAKE, CAVENDISH, AND DAMPIER. LIVES AND VOYAGES Of 

45 cents. 
DURBIN'S TRAVELS IN EUROPE, 2 vols., $2 00. 

TRAVELS IN THE EAST, 2 vols., $2 00. 

ELLIS'S POLYNESIAN RESEARCHES, 4 vols., Plates, §2 50. 
EMERSON'S (James) LETTERS FROM THE JEGEAN 
FEATHERSTONHAUGH'S EXCURSIONS IN THE SLA\ 

&c, 20 cents. 
FIDLER'S OBSERVATIONS ON PROFESSIONS, &c, IN THE I'M 

ted States and Canada, 60 cents. 
FISK'S (Wilbur) TRAVELS IN EUROPE. With Plates, $3 25. 
FLAGG'S TRAVELS IN THE FAR WEST, $1 50. 
GRANT'S TRAVELS AMONG THE NESTOR1ANS, $1 00. 
GREEN'S TEXIAN EXPEDITION AGAINST MIER. P 
HAIGHT'S (Mrs.) LETTERS FROM THE OLD WORLD. 
HEAD'S HOME TOUR THROUGH THE MANUFACTURING DIS- 
TRICTS op England, $1 13. 
LIFE AND ADVENTURES OF BRUCE THE AFRICAN 

Traveler, 45 cents. 
HOFFMAN'S (C. F.) WINTER IN THE WEST, 2 vols., §1 50. 
HUMBOLDT'S TRAVELS AND RESEARCHES IN SOUTH AMERICA, 

&c, 45 cents. 
HUMPHREY'S TOUR in GREAT BRITAIN, FRANCE, and BELGIUM, 

$1 75 
JNGRAHAM'S SOUTHWEST, 2 vols., 12mo, $1 50. 
JACOBS'S SCENES, INCIDENTS, AND ADVENTURES IN THE 

Pacific, $1 25. 
JAMESON'S DISCOVERIES AND ADVENTURES IN AFRICA. 
JAMESON'S (Mrs.) VISITS and SKETCHES at HOME and ABROAD, 

SI 00 
KAY'S(S.) TRAVELS AND RESEARCHES IN CAFFRARIA, 65 cents. 
KENDALL'S EXPEDITION TO SANTA FE, TEXAS, &c, 3 vols., 
KOHL'S SKETCHES OF DUBLIN AND OTHER PARTS OF IRE- 
LAND, 10 cents. 
LANDER'S JOURNAL OF TRAVELS IN AFRICA, 2 vols., 90 cents. - 
LATROBE'S RAMBLES IN MEXICO, 12mo, 65 cents. 

RAMBLES IN NORTH AMERICA, 12mo, $1 10. 

LESLIE, &c, DISCOVERIES AND ADVENTURES IN THE POLAR 

Seas, 45 cents. 
LEWIS AND CLARK'S TRAVELS BEYOND THE ROCKY Ml 

ains, 90 cents. 
MACKENZIE'S YEAR IN SPAIN, 2 vols., $2 25. 

SPAIN REVISITED, 2 vols., $1 75. 

AMERICAN IN ENGLAND, 2 vols., $1 50. 

MILLER'S CONDITION OF GREECE, 3» cents. 
MORGAN'S (Lady) FRANCE IN 1829 AND 1830, 9 its. 

MORRELL'S FOUR VOYAGES TO THE SOUTH SKA. | 
MORRELL'S (Mrs.) VOYAGE TO THE SOUTH SEA .\ 1890 AM) 

1830, 63 cents. 
MOTT'S TRAVELS IN EUROPE AND THE EAST, $1 
NEW ORLEANS AS I FOUND IT, 20 cents. 
OLIN'S TRAVELS IN EGYPT, ARABIA PETR.EA, AND THE HOL1 

Land, $2 50. 
OWEN'S VOYAGES TO AFRICA, ARABIA, AND MADAGAi 

SI 13- 
PARROT'S ASCENT OF MOUNT ARARAT, 50 Ml 
PARK'S (Mungo) TRAVELS IN AFRICA, AND ACCOl NT OF H!S 

Death, 45 cents. 
PARRY'S (Captain) VOYAGES TOWARD THE NORTH POl 
PERILS OF THE SEA; OR, AFFECTING DIS 

T)ffp 35 c^nts 
PHELPS'S (Mrs.) YOUNG TRAVELER FROM OHIO, 
POLO'S (Marco) LIFE AND TRAVELS, 15 a 
PORTER'S (Commodore) LETTERS FROM CONSTAT NNOPLE, 91 50. 



10 VALUABLE NEW AND STANDARD WORKS 

PUCKLER MUSK A U. TUTTI FRUTTI, 50 cents. 

REED AND xMATIIESON'S VISIT TO THE AMERICAN CHURCHES, 

$1 30. 
REYNOLDS'S VOYAGE OF THE FRIGATE POTOMAC ROUND THE 
World, S3 25. 

LETTERS ON THE EXPLORING EXPEDITION, $1 50 

ROBERTS'S EMBASSY to the COURTS of SIAM, COCHIN-CHINA, 

&c, $1 75. 
SALE'S (Lady) JOURNAL OF DISASTERS IN AFGHANISTAN, lOcts 
SARGENT'S AMERICAN ADVENTURE BY LAND AND SEA, 90 cents. 
SIEBOLD'S MANNERS AND CUSTOMS OF THE JAPANESE, 45 cts. 
SEDGWICK'S (Miss) LETTERS FROM ABROAD TO KINDRED AT 

Home, $1 90. 
STEPHENS'S INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL IN CENTRAL AMERICA 

With 88 Engravings and Map, $5 00. 
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL IN YUCATAN. With En- 
gravings, $5 00. 
INCIDENTS of TRAVEL IN GREECE, TURKEY, RUS- 
SIA, and Poland, $1 75. 
INCIDENTS OF TRAVEL IN EGYPT, ARABIA PE- 

TR.EA, AND THE HOLY LAND, $1 75. 

ST. JOHN'S LIVES OF CELEBRATED TRAVELERS, $1 25. 
TASISTRO'S TRAVELS IN THE SOUTHERN STATES, $1 50 
THINGS AS THEY ARE IN THE MIDDLE AND SOUTHERN 

Statfs 75 cents * 
TROLLOPE'S PARIS AND THE PARISIANS IN 1835. Plates, $1 50. 
TYTLER'S DISCOVERIES ON THE NORTHERN COASTS OF 

America, 45 cents. 
UNCLE PHILIP'S WHALE FISHERY AND POLAR SEAS, 70 cents. 
VOYAGES ROUND THE WORLD since the DEATH OF CAPTAIN 

Cook, 45 cents. 
WOLFF'S MISSION TO BOKHARA. Engravings, $2 00. 
WRANGELL'S (Admiral) EXPEDITION TO SIBERIA, POLAR SEAS 

&c, 45 cents. 

Medical and Surgical Science, &c. 

BAYLE'S TREATISE ON ANATOMY : edited by Doane, 88 eents. 

CHAILLY'S TREATISE ON MIDWIFERY: edited by Bedford, $2 00. 

COOPER'S DICTIONARY OF PRACTICAL SURGERY: edited by Dr. 
Reese, $3 88. 

COPLAND'S DICTIONARY OF PRACTICAL MEDICINE : edited by 
Dr. Lee. 

CRUVEILHIER'S HUMAN ANATOMY : edited by Pattison, $3 00. 

DOANE'S SURGERY ILLUSTRATED. With 52 Plates, $4 50. 

FERRIS'S TREATISE ON EPIDEMIC CHOLERA. With Plates. $1 25 

GALT'S TREATMENT OF INSANITY. 

GOOD'S STUDY OF MEDICINE : edited by Cooper and Doane, $5 00. 

GUY'S PRINCIPLES OF FORENSIC MEDICINE: edited by Lee, $3 00. 

HOOPER'S MEDICAL DICTIONARY : edited by S. Akerly, $3 00. 

JOHNSON'S ECONOMY OF HEALTH, 65 cents. 

KITCHINER'S INVALID'S ORACLE FOR INVIGORATING LIFE, 40 
cents. 

MAGENDIE'S HUMAN PHYSIOLOGY: translated by Revere, $2 00. 

MASSE'S POCKET ANATOMICAL ATLAS. 442 Figures, engraved on 
Steel, and beautifully colored, $7 50 ; with Plates uncolored, $3 00. 

NELIGAN ON MEDICINES, THEIR USES, AND MODE OF ADMIN- 
ISTRATION, $1 75. 

PARIS'S PHARMACOLOGIA: enlarged, with Notes by Lee, $1 50. 

REESE'S PRACTICAL TREATISE ON EPIDEMIC CHOLERA, 75 ots 

SMITH'S ETIOLOGY AND PHILOSOPHY OF EPIDEMICS, $1 00 

STEWART'S DISEASES OF CHILDREN, $1 50. 

TICKNOR'S PHILOSOPHY OF LIVING, OR WAY TO ENJOY LIFE 
and its Comforts, 45 cents. 



PUBLISHED BY HARPER & BROTHERS. 11 

Dictionaries and Encyclopaedias. 

ANTHON'S (Charles) CLASSICAL DICTIONARY, $4 75. 

GREEK AND ENGLISH LEXICON. 

. DICTIONARY OF GREEK AND ROMAN an- 
tiquities, by Smith, $4 75. 

• Same work, abridged for Schools. 

BRANDE'S DICTIONARY OF SCIENCE, LITERATURE, AND ART, 

$4 00. 
BROWN'S DICTIONARY OF THE HOLY BIBLE, SI 75. 
COBB'S MINIATURE LEXICON OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE, 

50 cents. 
COOPER'S DICTIONARY OF PRACTICAL SURGERY, S3 88. 
COPLAND'S DICTIONARY OF PRACTICAL MEDICINE. 
CRABB'S DICTIONARY OF ENGLISH SYNONYMES, $2 38. 
GARDNER'S FARMER'S DICTIONARY. Engravings, $1 50. 
HOOPER'S MEDICAL DICTIONARY : edited by S. Akerly, S3 00. 
M'CULLOCH'S GEOGRAPHICAL, STATISTICAL, and HISTORICAL 

Dictionary, $6 50. 
WEBSTER'S (Noah) ENGLISH DICTIONARY, $3 50. 
WEBSTER'S ENCYCLOPEDIA OF DOMESTIC ECONOMY, S3 75. 



Political Science. &c. 

BULWER'S (E. L.) ENGLAND AND THE ENGLISH, 2 vols.. 65 cents. 

BULWER'S (H. L.) FRANCE, SOCIAL, LITERARY, and POLITICAL, 
90 cents. 

CALHOUN'S (John C.) LIFE, 10 cents. 

LIFE, SPEECHES, AND REPORTS, $1 13. 

CAMP'S (George Sidney) DEMOCRACY, 45 cents. 

DEFENCE OF THE WHIGS BY A MEMBER OF THE 27th CON- 
GRESS, 20 cents. 

DOWNING'S (Major) LETTERS TO MR. DWIGHT, 63 cents. 

DUER'S (W. A.) CONSTITUTIONAL JURISPRUDENCE OF THE 
United States, 45 cents. 

LESTER'S GLORY AND SHAME OF ENGLAND, 2 vols., $1 50. 

LIEBER'S ESSAYS ON PROPERTY AND LABOR: edited by Dr. 

M'CULLOCH'S GEOGRAPHICAL, STATISTICAL, and HISTORICAL 
Dictionary, $6 50. 

PAULDING'S (James K.) VIEW OF SLAVERY IN THE UNITED 
States, 63 cents. 

POTTER'S (Dr.) POLITICAL ECONOMY, ITS OBJECTS, &c, 50 cents. 

SEDGWICK'S PUBLIC AND PRIVATE ECONOMY, 3 vols., $1 60. 

TYLER'S (John) SPEECHES, MESSAGES, AND LIFE, 40 cents. 

WAKEFIELD'S (E. G.) COMPARISON OF ENGLAND AND AMER- 
ICA, $1 25. 

WIRT'S (William) LETTERS OF THE BRITISH SPY, 60 cents. 



Poetry and the Drama. 

^SCHYLUS'S TRAGEDIES : translated by Potter, 45 cents. 
BOOK (the) OF GEMS OF MODERN POETS, $6 50. 
BROOKS'S RIVALS OF ESTE AND OTHER POEMS, 50 cents. 
BRYANT'S (W. C.) POEMS, $1 13. 

SELECTIONS FROM AMERICAN POETS 

BULWER'S SIAMESE TWINS AND OTHER TAL1> 
LADY OF LYONS; OR, LOVE AND PRIDE, 40oeal* 



- SEA CAPTAIN; OR, THE BIRTHRIGHT, 20 OMfa. 

- REBEL AND OTHER TALES, 50 cents. 

- RICHELIEU. A Play, 45 cents. 

- LIFE AND POEMS OF SCHILLER, 90 cents. 



Po 



12 VALUABLE NEW AND STANDARD WORKS. 

EURIPIDES' TRAGEDIES : translated by Potter, $1 30. 
FORD'S DRAMATIC WORKS, 2 vols., 85 cents. 
HALLECK'S FANNY AND OTHER POEMS, $1 13. 

SELECTIONS FROM BRITISH POETS, 90 cents. 

ALNWICK CASTLE AND OTHER POEMS, $1 13 

HOFFMAN'S VIGIL OF FAITH AND OTHER POEMS, 75 cents. 
HOMER'S ILIAD AND ODYSSEY: translated by Pope, $1 35. 
HORACE AND PHiEDRUS : translated by Francis and Smart, 90 cents, 
JAMES'S BLANCHE OF NAVARRE. A Play, 20 cents. 
JUVENAL AND PERSIUS'S SATIRES : translated by Badham, &c, 45 

MASSINGER'S DRAMATIC WORKS, 3 vols.. $1 30. 
MORGAN'S DRAMATIC SCENES FROM REAL LIFE, 60 cents. 
OVID'S METAMORPHOSES AND EPISTLES : translated by Dryden, 

GO cents 
PELAYO; OR, THE CAVERN OF COVADONGA, 63 cents. 
PINDAR AND ANACREON'S ODES: translated by Wheelwright and 

Bourne, 45 cents. 
SCOTT'S DOOM OF DEVORGOIL ; a Melo-Drama. With AUCHIN- 

DRANE ; OR, THE AYRSHIRE TRAGEDY, 35 Cents. 

SHAKSPEARE'S DRAMATIC WORKS, 6 vols., $6 50. 1 vol., $2 50. 
Illustrated Edition: edited by Gulian -C. Verplanck. 

SIGOURNEY'S (Mrs.) POCAHONTAS AND OTHER POEMS, 90 cents. 

SMITH'S (Seba) POWHATAN; a Metrical Romance, $1 00. 

SOPHOCLES' TRAGEDIES : translated by Francklin, 45 cents. 

THOMAS'S (F. W.) BEECHEN TREE. A Tale, 50 cents. 

TYLER'S (Robert) AIIASUERUS, 45 cents. 

DEATH ; OR, MEDORUS' DREAM, 45 cents. 

VIRGIL'S ECLOGUES, GEORGICS, AND JENEID : translated by Dry- 
den, Wrangham, &c., 90 cents. 

Illustrated Works. 

BIBLE. Harper's Illuminated Edition. 1600 Engravings by Adams, prin- 
cipally from Designs by Chapman. 

BOOK OF COMMON PRAYER. 700 Engravings, $ 11 00. 

BOOK OF GEMS OF MODERN POETS, $6 50. 

BUNYAN'S PILGRIM'S PROGRESS, $1 38. 

AIKIN AND BARBAULD'S EVENINGS AT HOME, $1 20. 

FAIRY STORIES. With new Tales. 81 Wood-cuts, $1 30. 

PICTORIAL HISTORY of ENGLAND TO THE REIGN of GEORGE 
III. Numerous Engravings. In Numbers. 

LIFE OF CHRIST IN THE WORDS OF THE EVANGELISTS, $1 00. 

DEFOE'S ROBINSON CRUSOE. Complete, $1 25. 

SHAKSPEARE Verplanck's Illuminated Edition, 1400 Plates. 

SUE'S WANDERING JEW. Numerous Plates. 

Miscellaneous Works. 

GOLDSMITH'S VICAR OF WAKEFIELD, 35 cents. 
HOES AND WAY'S ANECDOTICAL OLIO, $1 13. 
LLOYD'S (M. B.) PARLOR MELODIES, for the PIANO FORTE, $1 00. 
/ NOTE-BOOK OF A COUNTRY CLERGYMAN, 38 cents. 
PERCY ANECDOTES (the), $2 00. 
PHILOSOPHICAL EMPEROR (the), 38 cents. 
REED'S (Rev. Dr.) MARTHA. A Memorial of an only and beloved Sister, 

75 cents. 
NO FICTION. A Narrative founded on Recent and 

Interesting Facts, 75 cents. 
SCHOOLCRAFT'S INDIAN TALES AND LEGENDS, $1 25. 
SCOTT'S INFANTRY TACTICS, $2 50. 

STANSBURY'S INTEREST TABLES AT SEVEN PER CENT., $1 50 
WARREN'S DIARY OF A PHYSICIAN, $1 35. 



L&o- 



Deacidified using the Bookkeeper process 
Neutralizing agent: Magnesium Oxide 
Treatment Date: July 2006 

PreservationTechnologies 

A WORLD LEADER IN PAPER PRESERVATION 

1 1 1 Thomson Park Drive 
Cranberry Township, PA 16066 
(724)779-2111 




88811 




» 1 




